- 


LIBRARY 

OF  THE 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA. 

Class 


THE 


Manuol  of  Business 


BKINQ   A  COLLECTION  OF 

CORRECT    BUSINESS   FORMS   FOR   EXECUTING  ALL   COM- 
MERCIAL INSTRUMENTS,  COMMERCIAL   DATA    AND 
ADVICE      ON      THE     THOUSAND    AND      ONE 
QUESTIONS     OF    CORRECT     METHODS 
THAT    ARE    CONSTANTLY    ARIS- 
ING IN    EVERY  DAY    BUSI- 
NESS   LIFE. 


Compiled    from    Various   Sources 


BY 

SIDNEY  P.   JOHNSTON 


1902: 

DANIEL    STERN,    PUBLISHER 
69  DEARBORN  ST.,  CHICAGO. 


•NERAL 


Entered  According  to  Act  of  Congress  in  the  year  1902,  by 

DANIEL   STERN 
In  the  Office  of  the  Librarian  of  Con^rcs:-.  at  Washington,  D.  C. 


PREFACE 


There  are  a  number  of  books  on  the  market  whose 
title  is  very  similar  to  this  one,  but  whose  contents 
are  devoted  rather  to  store  management  than  to  busi- 
.renerally.  They  deal  with  the  arrangement  of 
good>  on  shelves,  personal  neatness  and  other  phases 
of  commercial  life  thai  would  appear  to  us  to  afford  but 
(•oiiiinonplace  information  to  the  average  business  man. 
In  the  present  volume  I  believe  a  work  has  been  com- 
piled that  will  prove  a  ready  reference  work  in  regard 
to  the  many  forms  of  business  usage  and  correspondence 
whose  employment  identifies  the  man  posted  in  com- 
mercial methods  and  commands  an  attention  and  recog- 
nition that  the  incorrectly  worded  commercial  instru- 
ment is  rarely  accorded. 

This  work  will  also  prove  invaluable  to  the  young 
business  man,  acquainting  him  with  the  forms  in  vogue 
in  commercial  life  and  increasing  his  commercial  worth 
as  he  masters  its  points. 

THE  COMPILER. 

Chicago,   Sept.    10,    1902. 


CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  I.  Page 

PENMANSHIP  AND  COMMERCIAL  CORRESPONDENCE  7 


CHAPTER  II. 
BOOKKEEPING 


DEBTS  AND  C 
BANKING 
COMMERCIAL 
CONTRACTS 
NOTES 

CHAPTER  III 

OLLECTIONS 

37 

CHAPTER  IV 

.      .      .     45 

CHAPTER  V. 
PAPERS 

.      .      .     50 

CHAPTER  VI. 
CHAPTER  VII. 

80 
.      .      .   126 

PATENTS     . 
MEASTTREMEN' 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

.      .      .   143 

CHAPTER  IX. 

rs 

.    149 

CHAPTER  X. 
PUBLIC  ROADS 166 

CHAPTER  XI. 
POSTAL  REGULATIONS      .....  ...   169 

CHAPTER  XII. 
DISCOUNT  AND  INTEREST 184 

CHAPTER  XIII 
PROPERTY,  REAL  AND  PERSONAL 196 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  XIV. 
TRANSPORTATION 199 

CHAPTER  XV. 
RIGHTS  OF  PARENTS 203 

CHAPTER  XVI. 
PARLIAMENTARY  RULES  AND  FORMS  OF  RESOLUTIONS   205 

CHAPTER  XVII. 
DICTIONARY  OF  BUSINESS  TERMS 209 

CHAPTER  XVIII. 
BUSINESS  ABBREVIATIONS 228 

CHAPTER  XIX. 
BUSINESS  MAXIMS  .  231 


OF  THE 

UNIVERSITY 

OF 


THE 

MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS 


CHAPTER  I. 

Penmanship  and  Commercial  Corres- 
pondence. 

While  stenography  is  making  steady  encroachments 
on  penmanship,  the  latter  is  still  a  valuable  business 
accomplishment,  and  the  art  of  business  correspondence 
is  a  .s-///r  <ju<t  uon  o\'  successful  merchandising. 

Tin-  following  rules  and  examples  of  penmanship  will 
doubtless  be  of  some  service  to  those  wishing  to  further 
perfect  themselves  in  this  art. 

KTLKS   FOR  PENMANSHIP. 

Three  things  are  necessary  in  good  penmanship,  legi- 
bility, rapidity  and  beauty.' 

A 1  \\ays  sit  in  an  upright,  easy  position,  with  both 
feet  placed  on  the  floor. 

Your  pen  will  not  get  away  from  you,  so  do  not  pinch 
it,  for  this  will  cramp  the  fingers  and  destroy  all  freedom 
of  movement. 

Hold  the  pen  lightly  between  the  thumb  and  first  two 
li Hirers,  so  that  the  holder  will  point  over  your  right 
shoulder.  This  will  cause  the  points  of  the  pen  to  press 
evenly  on  the  paper. 

Avoid  the  finger  movement.  It  is  not  practical  and 
very  laborious. 

In  business  writing  flourishes  should  be  avoided. 

Neither  the  right  side  of  the  hand  nor  the  wrist  should 
over  touch  the  desk,  as  this  will  hinder  a  free  and  easy 
movement . 

In  order  to  have  the  correct  slant  in  writing,  the  down- 
ward >troke  of  the  pen  should  be  drawn  toward  the  center 
of  the  body. 

Do  not  sacrifice  legibility  to  rapidity.  Be  accurate 
first  and  rapid  afterward. 

Practice,  careful  practice,    is  necessary    in    order   to 


8  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

become  a  good  penman.     Compare  your  work  frequently 
with  the  copy,  and  note  all  defects. 

As  a  single' element  of  success  good  penmanship  stands 
almost  without  a  rival. 

HOW  TO  USE  CAPITALS. 

Officiary  and  honorary  titles  begin  with  a  capital. 

Every  quotation  should  begin  with  a  capital  letter. 

Every  entire  sentence  should  begin  with  a  capital. 

All  appellations  of  the  Deity  should  begin  with  capitals. 

Names  of  religious  denominations  begin  with  capitals. 

Any  word  of  Special  importance  may  begin  with  a  cap- 
ital. 

The  pronoun  I  and  the  exclamation  O  are  always  cap- 
italized. 

Every  line  of  poetry  should  begin  with  a  capital. 

The  days  of  the  week  and  the  months  of  the  year  bo- 
gin  with  capitals. 

In  preparing  accounts  each  item  should  begin  with  a 
capital. 

Titles  of  books  and  the  heads  of  their  chapters  and 
divisions  are  printed  in  capitals. 

Proper  names  and  the  adjectives  derived  from  them 
should  be  capitalized. 

PUNCTUATION. 

Correct  punctuation  is  very  necessary  in  good  com- 
position. Business  Men  often  consider  it  of  small  im, 
portance,  whereas  it  is  important  in  good  letter  writing- 
and  especially  in  the  proper  construction  of  commercial 
and  legal  documents. 

MARKS  USED  IN  PUNCTUATION. 

The  Comma  (,)  denotes  the  shortest  pause. 

The  Semicolon  (;)  a  pause  double  that  of  the  comma. 

The  Colon  (:)  a  pause  double  that  of  the  semicolon. 

The  Exclamation  Point  (!)  follows  an  exclamation 
or  any  expression  indicating  emotion. 

The  Period  (.)  follows  every  complete  affirmative  or 
negative  sentence,  abbreviations,  headings,  etc. 

The  Interrogation  Point  (?)  denotes  that  a  question 
is  asked. 

The  Dash  ( — )  denotes  a  sudden  pause  or  change  of 
subject. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  9 

The  Ellipsis  (....)  denotes  that  some  letters  are 
omitted. 

The  Quotation  Marks  ("  '')  are  used  to  show  that  a 
word  sentence  has  been  copied  from  another  author. 

The  Parenthesis  [  ( )  J  is  used  to  indicate  an  explan- 
atory sentence. 

The  Apostrophe  (')  denotes  the  possessive  case,  and 
the  omission  of  letters. 

The  Brackets  ( [  ] )  are  used  to  include  words  that  serve 
to  explain  the  preceding  sentence. 

The  Hyphen  (-)  is  used  to  connect  compound  words. 

The  Indices  or  hand  (S^0)  points  out  a  paragraph 
which  is  to  be  particularly  observed. 

The  Paragraph  (^f)  denotes  the  beginning  of  a  new 
subject. 

The  Marks  of  Reference  (*ftll§)  are  used  to  call  atten- 
tion of  notes  of  explanation  at  the  bottom  of  the  page. 

The.  Caret  (A)  is  used  to  show  that  something  has 
been  omitted  through  mistake. 

RULES  FOR  WRITING  A  POS1AL. 

A  card  should  be  dated  either  on  the  upper  right  hand 
corner,  or  on  the  lower  left  hand  corner. 

Always  sign  your  name  in  full. 

Never  write  an  invitation  on  a  postal.  Society  pie- 
scribes  polite  forms  for  this  purpose. 

Never  write  .a  demand  or  a  request  for  money  on  a 
postal  card.  It  is  disrespectful  to  the  person  receiving  it. 

If  you  wish  an  answer  give  your  full  postoffice  address, 
unless  it  is  well  known  by  the  person  to  whom  you  are 
writing. 

Do  not  trust  important  matters  to  a  postal  card,  for 
it  is  open  to  inspection,  and  the  law  does  not  provide 
for  its  return  to  the  writer  if  it  fails  to  reach  its  destina- 
tion. 

RULES  FOR  SPELLING. 

Verbs  of  one  syllable,  ending  with  a  single  consonant, 
preceded  by  a  single  vowel,  and  verbs  of  two  or  more 
syllables,  ending  in  the  same  manner,  and  having  the 
accent  on  the  last  syllable,  double  the  final  consonant 
whenever  another  syllable  is  added,  as,  get,  getting; 
omit,  omitted. 

The  plural  of  nouns  ending  in  y,  when  y,  is  preceded 
by  a  consonant,  is  formed  by  changing  y  into  i  and  add- 


10  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

ing  es ;  as,  lily,  lilies.  When  y  final  is  preceded  by  a  vowel 
the  plural  is  formed  by  adding  s;  as,  valley,  valleys. 

Nouns  ending  in  o  preceded  by  another  vowel  form 
their  plurals  regularly  by  adding  s  to  the  singular;  as, 
cameo,  cameos. 

Words  formed  by  prefixing  one  or  more  syllables  to 
words  ending  in  a  double  consonant  retain  both  con- 
sonants; as,  befall,  rebuff.  The  exceptions  are,  with 
al,  an  nul,  dis  til,  in  stil,  ful  fil,  un  til. 

The  word  full,  used  as  an  affix,  always  drops  one  1; 
and  its  compounds,  thus  formed,  make  their  plurals 
regularly  by  adding  s  to  the  singular,  as,  handful,  hand- 
fuls;  spoonful,  spoonfuls. 

BUSINESS  CORRESPONDENCE. 

Business  letters  in  this/Teat  trading  and  money  making 
century  are  necessarily  of  great  importance.  A  well 
worded  and  neatly  written  letter  is  a  very  desirable 
recommendation  of  a  business  house.  Although  the 
pen  is  used  less  than  formerly,  the  ability  to  dictate 
readily  and  correctly  is  of  more  importance  than  ever 
before.  The  following  rules  may  be  of  service  to  many: 

RULES   FOR  WRITING   BTS1XKSS   LETTERS. 

Business  letters  should  be  promptly  answered. 

Never  write  an  anonymous  lot  tor. 

Never  write  a  letter  on  foolscap  paper. 

Do  not  abbreviate;  use  eonstrations  sparingly. 

Guard  carefully  the  repitition  of  the  same  words. 

In  letters  of  business  use  as  few  words  as  possible. 

Avoid  all  flourishes  in  writing  business  letters  or  papers 

Do  not  use  postcripts  when  it  is  possible  to  avoid  the 
same. 

Do  not  use  the  character  "&"  except  in  the  title  of  firms. 

Never  use  both  titles  Mr.  and  Esq.  in  the  same  address. 

Never  discuss  or  refer  to  social  matters  in  a  business 
letter. 

Neve'  write  a  letter  with  a  lead  pencil,  always  use  black 
ink. 

Always  enclose  a  stamp  for  reply  when  writing  for 
information. 

In  ordering  goods  state  carefully  the  amount,  kind, 
quality,  etc. 

Read  your  letter  carefully  when  written,  to    see  that 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  11 

you  have  made  no  omissions  or  mistakes.  Examine 
carefully  your  envelope  when  addressed  to  see  that  it 
is  rightly  directed. 

Avoid  erasures  or  blots,  rather  rewrite  the  whole  letter 
than  to  have  it  thus  marred. 

State  your  subject  so  clearly  that  it  will  not  be  necessary 
to  guess  your  meaning. 

Copy  important  business  letters  and  properly  file  them. 
The  possession  of  a  letter  sometimes  prevents  litigation 
and  serious  misunderstanding. 

In  reply,  acknowledge  first  the  receipt  of  the  letter, 
mentioning  its  date. 

Give  town,  county,  state  and  date;  it  is  frequently 
of  irreat  importance. 

When  you  request  payment,  do  so  in  the  most  courteous 
manner.  There  is  more  loss  than  gain  in  rude  and  insult- 
ing language. 

In  sending  money,  always  state  the  amount  and  the 
means  by  which  you  send 'it. 

Send  Money  by  Draft,  P.  O.  Money  Order,  or  Express, 
taking  a  receipt  for  the  same. 

In  writing  business  letters,  or  in  preparing  letters, 
or  papers  for  the  press,  write  on  one  side  only. 

Never  neglect  to  properly  punctuate  a  letter  and  be 
exact  in  punctuating  the  address  on  the  envelope. 

All  letter  of  importance  should  be  marked  in  this  man- 
ner: i-Yoni  R.  B.  Echols,  received  Sept.  15,  answered 

Sept.     10. 

Letters  of  introduction  and  recommendation  should 
not  be  sealed,  as  the  bearer  should  know  its  contents. 

Letters  of  application  should  be  carefully  written  in  the 
applicant's  own  handwritting,  modest  but  self-respectful. 

Before  beginning  a  letter  arrange  the  subject  matter 
in  your  mind,  so  as  to  enable  you  to  write  or  dictate  in  a 
proper  and  logical  order. 

Business  Men  will  find  it  a  very  convenient  and  useful 
practice  to  have  a  printed  heading  for  business  corres- 
pondence, giving  the  name  of  the  writer,  his  business,  the 
location  From  which  he  writes,  and  a  space  for  date.  En- 
velopes stamped  writh  one's  business  and  address  are  also 
desirable. 

FORM  OF  A  LETTER. 

A  correctly  written  letter  will  embrace  the  foiling  parts, 
viz.:  The  (late,  address,  complimentary  address,  body 
of  the  letter,  complimentary  closing  and  signature. 


12  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

POSITION  OF  PARTS  OF  A  LETTER 

The  Date  or  Heading,  which  embraces  the  place  of 
writing  as  well  as  the  day  of  the  month  and  year,  is  writ- 
ten near  the  upper  right  hand  corner  of  the  sheet. 

The  Address,  which  consists  of  the  name  and  residence 
of  the  person  to  whom  it  is  written,  should  be  placed  on 
the  line  beneath,  one  inch  from  the  left  side  of  the  sheet 
or  to  the  left  at  the  close. 

The  Complimentary  Address,  such  as  Dear  Sir  or  Dear 
Madam,  should  be  written  on  the  line  below,  a  little  to  the 
right  of  the  address.. 

The  Body  of  the  Letter  is  commenced  nearly  under  the 
last  letter  of  the  complimentary  address. 

The  Complimentary  Closing,  as,  I  remain  Yours  sin- 
cerely, Yours  truly,  etc.,  is  begun  on  the  next  line  beneath 
the  body  of  the  letter,  in  the  center  of  the  page. 

The  Center  of  the  Subscription,  which  is  simply  the 
signature,  may  be  under  the  last  letter  of  the  compli- 
mentary closing. 

PROPER  MODES  OF  ADDRE>- 

The  style  of  address  are  varied  to  meet  the  occasion. 
To  a  person  with  whom  a  writer  is  not  very  well  acquainted 
he  should  say,  "  Sir"  or  "  Madam,"  concluding  with  "  Your 
obedient  servant,"  or  "Yours  respectfully;"  to  those  with 
whom  he  is  tolerably  well  acquainted*  "  Dear  Sir"  or 
"Dear  Madam,"  with  "Yours  faithfully;"  and  to  those 
with  whom  he  is  on  familiar  terms,  "My  dear  Sir"  or 
"My  Dear  Madam"  with  "Yours  truly"  or  "Yours  sin- 
cerely." To  a  young  unmarried  lady  the  salutation  is 
omitted,  the  address  being  used  as  an  introduction. 
"Dear  Miss"  or  "My  Dear  Miss'  is  the  proper  way  to 
address  young  ladies  with  whom  you  mav  be  but  slightly 
acquainted. 

MODEL  HEADINGS. 

FORM  1. 

Chicago,  111.,  Sept.  10,  1902. 
Mr.  John  S.  Train, 
505  State  St., 

St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Dear  Sir: 

Your  letter  of  the  20th 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  13 

FORM  2. 

St.  Louis,  Mo.,  Sept.  25,  1902. 
Mrs.  Jane  Wilton, 

Springfield,  Ohio. 
Dear  Madam:     I  thought  you  would 

FORM  3. 

4127  Ellis  Ave.,  Chicago,  111. 

Sept.  11,  1902. 
Messrs.  Hanson  Bros., 
Broad  way. 

New  York. 
Gentlemen:     Please  send  by  return  mail 

FORM  4. 

Wells  &  Nellegar  Co., 

Lake  and  State  Sts.,  Chicago. 
Gentlemen : 

FORM  5. 

To  the  Editor  of  The  American  Artisan, 
Chicago. 

Dear  Sir: 

FORM  6 

Rev.  D.  S.  Thayor, 
Kokomo,  Ind. 

My  Dear  Sir: 

FORM  7. 

Northwestern  University, 
Evanston,  111. 

Sept.  15th,  1902 
My  Dear  Friend: 

I  have  just  received 

MODELS  FOR  CLOSING 

Yours  truly,  I  remain,  dear  sir, 

A.  B.  Rice.  Your  obedient  servant, 

E.  M.  Van  Buren. 


14  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


Yours  very  truly,  I  remain, 

R.  R.  Moffatt.  Your  sincere  friend, 

R.  R.  Richards. 

Yours  sincerely,  Fraternally  yours, 

Mrs.  D.  Trevelyan.  E.  K."  Brown. 

MODELS  FOR  ADDRESSING  ENVELOPES. 


Stamp 


Louis  Legner  &  Co., 

328  Wabash  Av<>., 

Chicago,  111. 


Stamp 


E.  A.  Douglas, 

Valparaiso, 

Ind. 


Stamp 


Hon.  T.  B.  Barrett, 
Box  450, 

Oehvein,  la. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


15 


Stamp 


Hibbard    Spencer,  Bartlett  &  Co., 
Chicago, 

111. 


Stamp 


To  the  President, 

Executive  Mansion, 

Washington,  D.  C. 


Stamp 


Miss  Mary  Jones, 

Kalamazoo, 
Care  of  E.  D.  Eaton.  Mich. 


16  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

NOTICE  OF  COPARTNERSHIP. 

New  York,  Sept.  20,  1902. 
Mr... 


We  beg  to  inform  you  tnat  we  have  this  day  formed  a 
copartnership  under  the  firm  name  of  Brown  &  Berry,  for 
the  purpose  of  carrying  on  the  manufacturing  and  jobbing 
of  hardware  specialties,  at  80  Chambers  St.,  New  York. 
Our  long  and  varied  experience  in  this  business  enables 
us  to  assure  our  friends  and  the  trade  generally  that  they 
will  consult  their  best  interests  by  favoring  us  with  their 
patronage.  Respectfully, 

A.  B.  Brown, 
E.  E.  Berry. 

DISSOLUTION  OF  COPARTNERSHIP. 

Springfield,  Mass.,  Sept.  23, 19,)2. 
Mr... 


You  are  hereby  respectfully  advised  that  the  copart- 
nership hitherto  existing  under  the  firm  name  of  Williams, 
Jennings  &  Smith  is  this  day  dissolved  by  mutual  consent. 
Mr.  Chas.  Smith  will  sign  in  liquidation  and  is  empowered 
to  receive  and  pay  all  debts  of  the  late  copartnership. 
Very  respectfully, 

John  Williams, 
Thos.  L.  Jennings, 
Chas.  Smith. 

ORDERING  A  BILL  OF  GOODS. 

New  Ulm,  Minn.,  Sept.  4,  1902. 
Messrs.  S.  S.  Dugan  Co., 

Aurora,  111. 

Dear  Sirs: — Please   ship   me   at   your  earliest   con- 
venience, by  United  States  Express, 

20  doz.  pairs  Gentleman's  Woolen  Hose,  30c $72.00 

20    "    pairs  Ladies' Cotton  Hose,  20c 48.00 

10     "    pairs  E>pys'  Woolen       "     20c 24^00 


$144.00 

Enclosed  find  draft  on  New  Ulm  National  Bank, 
Yours  truly, 

Babcock  &  Thayer. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  17 

FROM  A  YOUNG  MAN  COMMENCING  BUSINESS 
TO  WHOLESALE  HOUSE  WITH  ORDER. 

Putnam,  Conn.,  Sept.  1,  1902. 
Messrs.  Hurdle,  Snell  &  Hurdle, 
Chicago,  111. 

Dear  Sirs; — Having  recently  commenced  business  for 
myself,  with  fair  prospects  of  success,  I  shall  be  pleased 
to  open  an  account  with  your  house,  and  trust  that  it  will 
he  to  our  mutual  advantage. 

Should  you  think  favorably  of  the  matter  you  will 
fill  the  accompanying  order  with  the  least  possible 
delay,  and  on  your  best  terms.  For  testimonials,  I  refer 
you 'to  J.  B.  Bardon  &  Co.,  of  this  city,  by  whom  I  have 
been  until  recently  employed;  but  as  this  is  my  first  trans- 
action with  your  house,  upon  forwarding  me  an  invoice  of 
goods,  and  deducting  your  usual  discount  for  cash,  will 
remit  a  sight  draft  on  the.  Second  National  Bank  of 
your  city  for  the  amount  by  return  mail.  Expecting 
prompt  attention,  I  am, 

Yours  respectfully, 

Cyrus   E.    Blenkarn.' 


KKCJUKST  Foil  CATALOGUE  AND  TERMS. 

Freeport,  111.,  Sept.  2,  1902. 
Jackson,  (Irani   Co., 

New  York,  N.  Y. 

Cent  lemon: — Please  favor  me  with  your  catalogue  and 
quote  your  best  prices  and  terms  on  your  goods  generally. 
If  your  line  of  goods  and  prices  prove  saitsfactory,  I  shall 
be  pleased  to  give  you  an  order. 

Respectfully, 

Henry  Conklin. 

L  UTTER  CONTAINING  REMITTANCE. 

Rockford,  111.,  Sept,  26,  1902. 
Messrs.  Andrews  &  Wilson, 
St.  Paul,  Minn. 

Gentlemen :— Enclosed  you  will  please  find  my  check 
for  Twenty-five  Dollars  ($25.00),  in  payment  of  your  bill 
of  the  5th  inst.  Please  acknowledge  receipt  of  the  same 
and  oblige.  F.  J.  Hopkins. 


18  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

LETTER  CONTAINING  CHECK. 

St.  Paul,  Minn.,  Sept,  28,  1902. 
Mr.  F.  J.  Hopkins, 

Rockford,  111. 

Dear  Sir: — Your  favor  of  the  26th  inst.,  containing  check 
for  Twenty-five  Dollars  is  received. 

Accept  our  thanks  for  your  prompt  remittance 
Respectfully  yours, 

Andrews  &  Wilson. 

SENDING  RECEIPT. 

Chicago,  111.,  Oct.  1,  1902. 
Mr.  J.  N.  Needham, 

Sterling,  111. 

Dear  Sir: — Your  favor  of  Sept,  27,  1902,  is  at  hand. 
Enclosed   please   find   receipt.     Thanking   you   for  your 
promptness  in  remitting  the  same,  I  am, 
Yours  truly, 

B.  K.  Larkins. 

SENDING  DRAFT. 

Indianapolis,  Ind.,  Sept.  5,  1902. 
Messrs.  A.  K.  Ltiter  Co., 
234  Clare  St., 

Detroit,  Mich. 

Gentlemen: — Enclosed  please  find  draft  on  the  State 
National  Bank,  No.  1346,  for  $32.20,  in  payment  of  bill  for 
dry  goods,  dated  Aug.  26,  1902. 

Please  acknowledge  receipt,  and  oblige, 

Yours  respectfullv, 

A.   T.   Hendricks. 

ENCLOSING  NOTES  FOR  DISCOUNT. 

Newark,  N.  J.,  Sept.  11,  1902. 
R.  A.  Hawkins,  Esq.  Cashier. 

Dear  Sir: — We  offer  for  discount  enclosed,  F.  R.  John- 
son's note,  Aug.  26,  at  sixty  days,  for  $280.75. 
By  discounting  the  same  you  will  greatly  oblige, 
Yours  respectfully, 

F.  M.  Alexander  &  Co. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  19 

ENCLOSING  NOTES  FOR  COLLECTION. 

Omaha,  Neb.,  Sept.  15,  1902. 
Cashier  Second  National  Bank, 

Lincoln,  Neb. 
Dear  Sir: — Enclosed  find  for  collection: 

Note  A.  B.  Jones,  due  Aug.  9 $500.25 

E.  S.  May,  due  Aug.  10   50.25 

$550.50 
If  collected,  please  remit  draft  for  proceeds. 

Very  respectfully, 

A.  D.  Lacy. 

LETTER    COMPLAINING    OF    ERROR 
IN     BILL. 

New  York,  N.  Y.,  July  5,  1902. 
Smith  Co., 

Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

Gentlemen: — Upon  examining  bill  accompanying  your 
last  lot  of  goods,  I  find  that  I  am  charged  with  eight  dozen 
pairs  of  spring  hinges,  which  I  never  ordered  or  received. 
I  enclose  the  bill  and  copy  of  the  invoice  of  the  goods, 
that  the  error  may  I  corrected. 

Yours  truly, 

L.  A.  Wakeman. 

SHIPMENT  ON  COMMISSION. 

Ann  Arbor,  Mich.,  July  24, 1902. 
Messrs.  Ardath  &  Fruehling, 

Chicago,   111. 

Gentlemen:  Your  favor  of  the  5th  inst.  at  hand. 
I  have  today  shipped  to  your  consignment  two  hundred 
and  twenty  crates  of  peaches  and  three  hundred  dozen 
of  eggs. 

Please  take  them  in  charge  and  sell  to  the  best  advant- 
age, holding  proceeds  subject  to  my  order. 
Respectfully, 

H.  R.  Jenkins. 

LETTER  OF  COMPLAINT  FOR  IMPERFECT  GOODS. 

Cleveland,  O.,  Oct.  5,  1902. 
Messrs.  West  &  Co., 

Boston,    Mass. 
Dear  Sir:     For  the  first  time  in  my  long  business  con- 


20  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

nection  with  your  house  I  am  obliged  to  complain  of  the 
goods  which  you  last  forwarded  me. 

They  were  so  imperfectly  packed  that   some  of  the 
articles   were   greatly   injured,    while    the   quantity    was 
much  inferior  to  the  last  lot  received  at  the  same  price. 
I  should  prefer  to  return  the  goods,  and  will  do  so. 
unless  you  wish  to  deduct  20  per  cent.,  at  which  price 
I  will  keep  them  to  save  expense  of  transportation. 
I  remain, 

Yours  truly, 

J.   M.    Miller. 

A  TENANT'S  COMPLAINT. 

Cameron,  Mo.,  July  21,  1902. 
Mr.  D.  R.   Leland, 

St.  Louis,   Mo. 

Dear  Sir:  I  called  your  attention  some  time  ago  to 
the  condition  of  the  drains  of  this  house,  but  no  notice 
has  been  taken  of  my  letter.  Unless  you  send  someone 
at  once  to  attend  to  this  matter,  I  shall  apply  to  t In- 
Sanitary  Inspector,  and  whatever  he  considers  necessary 
I  shall  have  none,  and  charged  to  you. 
Respectfully, 

H.  S.    Vail. 

*     NOTICE  OF  AN  AGENT'S  VISIT 

PRINTED   HEADING. 

Sept,   7,    1902. 
Messrs.  Rice  &  Conover, 

Seattle,   Wash. 

Gentlemen:  Our  agent,  Mr.  Wilson,  is  traveling  in  your 
direction  and  expects  to  reach  your  city  about  the  25th 
of  the  present  month. 

We  should  be  pleased  if  you  would  defer  placing   your 
orders  for  goods  until  you  examine  his    samples.     With 
the  expectation  of  increased  orders  from  you 
We  remain  yours,  etc., 

J.  K.  Listen  &  Co. 

NOTICE  OF  HAVING  FORWARDED  GOODS. 

St.  Paul,  Minn.,  Sept.  9,  1902. 
Messrs.  King  &  Co., 

St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Dgar  Sirs: 

According  to  our  agreement  I  have  shipped  you  this 
day,  per  steamer  Garden  City: 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  21 

250  bbls.  Pears Marked  K.  &  Co. 

180  baskets  of  Plums "         " 

25  bbls.  Sweet  Potatoes "         «     «  « 

Trusting  that  these  will  prove  as  satisfactory  as  those 
heretofore  sent,  and  bring  as  good  a  price. 
Respectfully    yours, 

John  Jackson. 

OFFER  TO  SELL  ON  COMMISSION. 

Harlem,  Ind.,  July  8,  1902. 
Messrs.  Mueller  &  Co., 

Chicago,  111. 

Gentlemen:  The  orders  which  I  have  sent  you  from 
this  place  have  probably  made  you  aware  that  I  have 
been  doing  a  good  business  in  your  line  for  some  time. 
I  now  sco  an  opportunity  for  a  large  increase  of  sales, 
and  as  my  capital  is  not  large,  would  be  glad  to  sell  for 
you  on  commission. 

The  business  relations  already  existing  between  us 
will,  I  presume,  be  sufficient  guarantee  of  my  dealing 
fairly  with  you,  but  if  necessary  I  can  give  you  full  se- 
curity against  loss.  If  my  proposition  meets  with  your 
approval,  please  let  me  know  your  most  favorable  terms 
at  once. 

Respectfully, 

John    Lockland. 

LETTERS  REQUESTING  PAYMENT. 

The  correct  method  of  requesting  payment  is  of  vital 
importance  in  business  correspondence.  A  suavely 
weirded,  polite  letter  of  this  kind  is  a  valuable  recom- 
mendation respecting  the  character  of  a  business  house. 
If  a  repetition  of  a  request  becomes  necessary  let  the 
same  gentlemanly  tone  be  preserved,  but  make  the  re- 
quesl  in  less  and  more  earnest  words,  even  in  a  final 
demand  of  payment,  which  if  not  complied  with  will 
ivsuh  in  steps  that  are  undesirable. 

FORM   1. 

Chicago,  111.,  July  23,  1902. 
.   Pope  &  Franklin, 
New  Haven,  Conn. 

Gentlemen:  Inclosed  you  will  find  a  statement  of 
your  account  for  the  past  month,  which  we  think  you  will 
find  correct. 


22  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

Please  examine  the  same  at  your  earliest  convenience 
and  oblige  us  by  sending  your  check  for  the  amount. 
Respectfully, 

Bartlett,   Lisk  &  Co. 

FORM  2. 

Chicago,  111.,  Aug.  23,  1902. 
Messrs.  Pope  &  Franklin, 

New   Haven,    Conn. 

Gentlemen:  We  are  under  the  necessity  of  remind  ing 
you  that  your  account  is  now  several  weeks  past  due, 
and  as  we  have  especial  need  of  all  available  fund-  tl  is 
month,  we  trust  you  will  make  us  a  remittance  without 
further  delay.  If  we  do  not  hear  from  you  by  the  first 
we  will  draw  on  you  at  sight. 

Respectfully, 

Bartlett,   Lisk  &  Co. 

FORM    3. 

Chicago,  111.,  Sept.  11,  1902. 
Messrs.  Pope  &  Franklin, 
New  Haven,  Conn. 

Gentlemen:  Not  having  honored  our  sight  draft,  we 
shall,  unless  we  hear  from  you  without  further  delay, 
find  it  necessary  to  place  your  account  in  the  hands  of 
an  attorney  for  collection. 

Respectfully, 

*  Bartlett,  Lisk  £  Co. 

REQUESTING  PAYMENT  OF  RENT. 

Joliet,  111.,  July  30,  1902. 
Mr.  Henry  Bolan, 

Elgin,   111. 

Dear  Sir: — I  have  waited  patiently  for  your  conven- 
ience in  the  payment  of  rent  for  the  house  you  now  occupy. 
As,  however,  you  have  now  been  my  tenant  for  throe 
months  without  meeting  any  of  the  payments,  which 
were  to  be  made  monthly,  I  feel  obliged  to  remind  you 
that  there  is  now  $70  due  me.  I  trust  that  you  will  give 
the  matter  your  immediate  attention. 

Yours  truly, 

R.  L.    Brownell. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  23 

REQUESTING  PAYMENT. 

Detroit,  Mich.,  Sept.  8,  1902. 
John  Ruhling,  Esq. 

Dear  Sir: — Inclosed  you  will  find  your  account.  You 
will  greatly  oblige  me  by  settling  at  an  early  date,  as  I 
have  several  heavy  payments  to  meet. 

Trusting  that  you  will  excuse  my  troubling  you,  I  am, 
Yours  respectfully, 

Wm.  Jacks. 

LETTERS  OF  INTRODUCTION  AND  RECOMMEND- 
ATION. 

Letters  of  this  kind  are  often  of  great  value  to  business 
men.  A  man  should  be  careful  not  to  sacrifice  his  honor 
nor  endanger  his  good  reputation  by  giving  a  letter  of 
introduction  to  a  person  concerning  whose  true  character 
he  is  uncertain  in  any  degree.  One  should  not  introduce 
to  a  friend  any  person  whose  acquaintance  such  a  friend 
would  not  desire  to  make. 

Be  careful  what  is  said  in  all  such  letters.  Should  a 
I  otter  have  the  form-  of  a  recommendation  for  credit, 
then  the  sender  may  be  held  legally  responsible  for  the 
same. 

A  person  recommending  another  should  be  well  ac- 
quainted with  the  qualifications  and  character  of  the 
same.  The  letter  should  be  carefully  worded,  plain  and 
brief.  Whoever  gives  a  letter  of  recommendation  is, 
to  a  certain  extent,  responsible  for  the  character  and 
ability  of  the  person  he  recommends.  It  should  there- 
fore not  have  the  form  nor  tone  of  a  letter  of  credit.  To 
refuse  a  letter  of  recommendation  is  unpleasant,  but  a 
duty.  To  aid  in  placing  an  unworthy  person  in  the  serv- 
ice of  another  is  an  act  of  dishonesty  toward  the  new 
employer  and  the  public  at  large. 

INTRODUCING  A  FIRM. 

Kansas  City,  Mo.,  June  4,  1902. 
('arson,  Pirie,  Scott  &  Co., 

Chicago,   111. 

Gentlemen: — The  new  firm  of  Wilkins  &  Everett, 
which  this  note  is  to  introduce  to  your  favor,  have  re- 
cently opened  a  general  store  in  this  city.  Having  been 
acquainted  with  the  gentlemen  of  this  firm  for  several 
years,  we  take  pleasure  in  saying  that  we  believe  them 


24  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

to  be  men  of  strict  integrity  and  of  excellent  financial 
ability. 

Respectfully, 

Billings    &    Matthews. 

INTRODUCING  ONE  GENTLEMAN  TO  ANOTHKR. 

Chicago,  111.,  July  10,  1902. 
Mr.  Frank  Baker, 

Chicago,   III. 
Friend   Frank : 

The  bearer  of  this,  Mr.  L.  S.  Charles,  is  a  stove  dealer 
in  our  town,  who  visits  your  city  for  the  purpose  of  mak- 
ing purchases  for  his  fall  trade.  Any  favor  you  can  ren- 
der him  by  introducing  him  to  your  leading  whole-ale 
houses  will  be  appreciated  by  Mr.  Charles,  and  acknowl- 
edged by 

Your  friend, 

E.  T.  Kundell. 

RECOMMENDING  A  SALESMAN. 

New  York,  N.  Y.,  Aug.  11,  1902. 
Chas.   Green,   Esq., 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Dear  Sir: — We  beg  to  recommend  to  your  notice  the 
bearer,  John  King,  for  the  past  two  years  a  sale-man  in 
our  house.  Mr.  King,  for  personal  reason.-,  is  desirous 
of  locating  in  Brooklyn,  and  to  our  regret  has  .! 
to  leave  us.  If  you  have  a  vacancy  in  your  stor 
cannot  do  better  than  to  employ  him.  While  in  our 
employ  his  affability  and  uniform  courtesy  to  customers. 
coupled  with  his  truthful  representations  in  regard  to 
goods,  made  him  a  universal  favorite.  The  firm  securing 
his  services  may  be  congratulated  on  their  good  fortune. 
Very  truly, 

Herman  &  Parker 

RECOMMENDING  A  BOOKKEEPER. 

Cincinnati,  O.,  Aug.  8,  1902. 

The  bearer  of  this,  Mr.  William  Linke,  having  been  in 
my  employ  for  the  past  three  years  as  bookkeeper,  it 
gives  me  great  pleasure  to  testify  to  his  ability.  He  is 
a  good  penman  and  a  thorough  accountant.  His  per- 
sonal character  and  practical  knowledge  of  business  are 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  25 

such  that  he  would  prove  a  valuable  acquisition  to  any 
"establishment.  He  leaves  my  employ  voluntarily,  with 
my  best  wishes. 

Thomas  R.    Browne. 

FORM  OF  GENERAL  RECOMMENDATION. 

Chicago,  Aug.  3,  1902. 
To  whom  it  may  concern: 

I  take  great  pleasure  in  certifying  to  the  worth  and 
character  of  the  bearer,  Mr.  Samuel  Barrett,  of  this  city. 
Mr.  Barrett  is  a  young  man  of  good  family,  steady  habits, 
and  honest  and  conscientious  in  the  peformance  of  every 
duty.  He  sustains  an  excellent  reputation  among  his 
associates  and  neighbors,  and  is  highly  respected  by  all. 
He  i-i  possessed  of  a  good  education  and  I  feel  sure  that 
in  whatever  employment  he  may  engage  he  will  be  found 
a  valuable  and  reliable  assistant. 

John  L.  Moran. 

APPLICATIONS  FOR  SITUATIONS. 

Every  issue  of  the  daily  press  contains  many  adver- 
ti^cments  for  employees  in  various  industries.  As  hun- 
dreds of  persons  are  also  seeking  employment,  and  will 
apply  for  the  same  position  in  writing,  and  as  the  situa- 
tion, other  things  being  equal,  will  be  given  to  that  indi- 
vidual who  writes  the  best  letter,  it  is  of  great  importance 
to  be  able  to  write  a  letter  elegantly  and  correctly. 

The  following  forms  may  be  of  help  to  some  such  ap- 
plicants: 

BOOKKEEPER'S  APPLICATION. 

1'nmkfort,  111.,  July  25,  1902. 
Messrs.  F.  L.  M.  &  Co.,  Chicago,  111. 

Gentlemen- — In  reply  to  your  advertisement  in  to-day's 
issue  of  the  "Herald"  for  a  bookkeeper,  I  respectfully 
offer  myself  as  applicant  for  the  position.  I  have  gradu- 
ated  af  Bryant  <fc  Stratton's  Business  College  of  Chicago, 
and  am  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  system  of  double 
entry  and  commercial  correspondence.  I  enclose  copy  of 
testimonial  from  my  late  employers,  and  can  also  refer 
you,  regarding  my  character  and  ability,  to  the  following 
business  men  of  this  city: 

Jones  Bros.,  Bankers, 
Frank  Smith  &  Co.,  Merchants. 
I  shall  be  glad  to  furnish  you  with  any  additional  in- 


26  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

formation  which  you  may  desire,  or  call  upon  you  for  a 
personal  interview. 

A.  T.  Clarendon. 

SALESMAN'S  APPLICATION. 

Cleveland,  Ohio,  Sept.,  4,  1902. 
Messrs.  Rooney,  Macbeth  &  Co., 
42  State  St., 

Chicago,  111. 

Gentlemen: — I  saw  your  advertisement  for  a  salesman 
in  the  "Times"  of  this  morning,  and  would  respectfully 
apply  for  the   position  which  you  offer.     I  am  thoroughly 
acquainted  with  the  stove  and  hardware  business,  having 
been  for  the  past  six  years  in  the  employ  of  C.  J.  Lawlis 
&  Co.  of  this  city.     Inclosed  you  will  find  copies  o; 
monials  furnished  me  by  them,  etc., 
Hoping  to  hear  from  you  in  reply, 
I  remain, 

Yours  respectfully, 

Chns.  T.  Trench. 

A  BOY'S  APPLICATION   FOR  A  CLERKSHIP. 

Cleveland,  Ohio,  July  31,   1902 
J.  L.  Sands. 
241  Lake  St., 
Chicago,  111. 

Dear  Sir: — Having  learned  that  you  desire  the  services 
of  a  boy  in  your  commission  house,  T  take  the  first  oppor- 
tunity to  apply.  I  am  sixteen  years  old  and  reside  with 
my  parents  at  44  45th  St.  Until  this  time  I  have  at- 
tended the  Public  School,  and  I  >end  you  a  certificate  of 
character  from  my  late  teacher.  I  am  very  willing  to 
accept  small  wages  if  there  is  a  good  opportunity  to 
acquire  business  knowledge  and  a  chance  of  gradual  ad- 
va^cement.  Very  respectfully, 

Chas.  Howard. 

CANVASSER'S  APPLICATION. 

Rockford,  111.,  Aug.  ft,  1902. 
Blackton  Book  Co., 

Chicago. 

Gentlemen: — In  response  to  your  advertisement  in  this 
morning's  "Record-Herald"  for  canvassers  on  your  new 
work,  I  would  respectfully  tender  my  services."  I  have 
had  nearly  three  years'  experience  in  work  of  this  kind, 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  27 

having  been  employed  by  the  Wisner  Publishing  Co., 
from  whom  I  enclose  you  a  copy  of  testimonial. 
Hoping  to  hear  from  you  in  reply, 

Yours  respectfully, 

G.  L.     Thompson. 

APPLICATION    FOR    SCHOOL. 

Walkerton,  Ind.,  July  8,  1902. 
H.  Somerfield,  Esq., 
Sec.  School  Board, 

Indianapolis,  Ind. 

Dear  Sir: — Having  been  informed  that  a  vacancy  exists 
in  your  school  I  beg  leave  to  offer  myself  as  a  candidate 
for  the  position.  I  inclose  testimonials  and  my  certificate 
of  examination  from  the  State  Board  of  Education. 
Should  you  see  fit  to  engage  me,  I  assure  you  that  I  will 
endeavor  to  discharge  the  duties  of  the  position  to  the 
best  of  my  ability  and  I  hope  to  your  entire  satisfaction. 
Yours  respectfully, 

S.  T.  Braithwaite. 

LETTERS  OF  APOLOGY. 

Letters  of  this  kind  should  be  written  as  promptly  as 
possible.  Always  state  the  reasons  why  the  obligation, 
was  not  met.  Such  failures  may  become  unavoidable 
but  neglect  to  promptly  render  an  apology  is  inexcusable 
and  greatly  injures  a  man's  credit. 

APOLOGY  FOR  DELAY  IN  PAYMENT. 

Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  5,  1902. 
Joseph  Bright, 

City. 

Dear  Sir: — I  must  beg  your  pardon  for  not  calling  on  you 
yesterday,  as  per  agreement,  to  pay  you  that  little  bill 
then  due.  I  expected  to  receive  some  money  for  work 
done,  but  I  have  not  as  yet  received  the  same.  I  hope, 
therefore,  that  you  will  do  me  the  kindness  to  wait  a  few 
days  longer,  by  which  time  I  hope  to  be  able  to  pay  you 
in  full.  Yours  truly, 

A.  E.  Ettlinger. 


28  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

APOLOGY  FOR   BREAKING  A   BUSINESS 
ENGAGEMENT. 

Cleveland.  Ohio,  July  23,  1902. 
Mr.  J.  H.  Jones, 

Detroit. 

Dear  Sir: — I  very  much  regret  being  compelled  in 
apologize  for  not  attending  the  meeting  of  the  Royal 
League  last  evening  as  I  agreed  to  do.  You  will  pardon 
my  absence  when  I  tell  you  that  Mrs.  Martin  was  so  ill 
that  I  could  not  leave  her. 

Hoping  that  the  arrangements  we  anticipated  were 
perfected,  I  remain, 

Yours  sinrerelv, 

C'has.   K.   Martin. 

REQUESTING  A  LOAN. 

Sterling,   111.,   Aug.    1,   1902. 
George  Brown, 

South  Bend,  Ind. 

Dear  Friend: — Circumstances  over  which  I  have  no 
control  have  so  shaped  1hem>elve<  that  1  am  unable  to 
meet  certain  payments  coining  due  the  second  of  next 
month.  Can  you  favor  me  with  a  loan  of  Kighty-five 
Dollars  ($85.00)  on  my  note  at  seventy  days?  By  that 
time  I  shall  be  able  to  return  the  same,  without  fail. 
Yours  very  truly, 

George  Grant. 

LETTER  OF  roNGKATl'LATN  >N. 

I)e>  M. .me<,  la.,  July  24,  1902. 
Dear  Friend  John: 

I  have  just  received  a  little  missive  which  informs  me 
of  two  happy  hearts  made  one.  With  all  my  heart  I  wish 
you  a  long,  happy  and  prosperous  married  life.  May 
you  share  with  each  other  many  joys  and  few  sorrows. 
God  bless  you  and  yours,  and  surround  you  ever  with  his 
choicest  blessings.  Your  sincere  friend, 

John  White. 

LETTER  OF  SYMPATHY. 

Atlanta,  Ga.,  July  6,  1902. 
My  Dear  Friend : 

I  have  just  heard  with  sincere  regret  of  your  illness 
and  write  to  express  my  sympathy  for  you  in  your  afflic- 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  29 

tion.  I  am  aware  that  mere  words  are  powerless  to 
soothe  pain;  however  I  could  not  refrain  from  expressing 
my  regrets. 

Hoping  that  you  will  speedily  recover,  I  remain, 
Your  sincere  friend, 

Walter  Green. 


CHAPTER  II. 
Bookkeeping. 

Everybody  who  can  write  at  all  writes  letters,  but  take 
the  country  through  and  only  a  small  per  cent,  a  very 
small  per  cent,  of  those  who  can  write,  and  are  in  some 
sort  of  business,  too,  keep  any  sort  of  account-book,  and, 
of  those  who  do,  not  many  do  it  in  a  systematic  and 
thorough  way.  It  is  not  necessary,  ordinarily,  to  under- 
stand all  the  intricacies  of  double  entry  and  scientific 
book-keeping,  and  it  is  no  part  of  the  present  purpose  to 
teach  professional  bookkeeping — only  such  accounting 
as  everybody,  whatever  his  mode  of  life  or  employment, 
ought  to  practice. 

There  are  a  great  many  kinds  of  blank  books  to  be  had, 
and  almost  as  cheaply  as  plain  paper.  It  would  be  well 
to  supply  oneself  with  such  book  or  books  of  account  as 
would  be  most  convenient,  remembering  that  the  great 
object  of  bookkeeping  is  to  be  able  to  determine  what 
one  is  really  doing  in  business,  what  money  he  receives 
and  pays  out,  whom  and  what  he  owes  and  who  are  owing 
him,  what  business  he  is  doing,  in  detail  and  in  the  aggre- 
gate, at  what  profit  or  loss,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  that 
also  in  detail  and  in  the  aggregate. 

Many  a  poor  man  finds  he  is  all  the  time  in  debt,  in- 
,-tead  of  getting  ahead  a  little  all  the  time,  because  there 
is  a  leak  somewhere  which  he  would  stop-  if  he  could  only 
put  his  finger  on  the  spot.  Many  a  business  man  does  a 
large  business  at  a  good  profit,  apparently,  but  some  day 
wakes  up  a  bankrupt,  because  there  was  a  defect  in  his 
calculations,  which  a  thorough  knowledge  of  his  affairs 
would  have  disclosed.  Had  he  known  about  it  in  time 
he  \\ould  have  pulled  himself  together  and  been  saved 
from  failure.  Account  books  well  kept  must  also  be  well 
understood.  There  is  no  use  in  having  the  notations  if 
they  are  not  to  be  studied  and  heeded. 


30 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


The  simplest  form  of  bookkeeping  is  the  day-book,  or 
book  for  the  entry  of  all  business  transactions  in  the 
order  of  their  occurrence  from  day  to  day.  On  one  side 
is  the  credit  amount,  on  the  other  the  debtor,  or,  receipts 
and  expenditures.  That  book  wants  to  be  posted  or 
footed  every  day,  week  or  month,  according  to  the  cir- 
cumstances of  the  case.  The  merchant  must  take  off  his 
daily  acounts  on  his  ledger  every  day,  but  a  good  many 
men  can  afford  to  figure  up  less  frequently.  Common 
sense  must  govern  and  determine  this  matter. 

In  trade  a  cash-book  is  usually  employed  for  strictly 
cash  deals,  and  an  index  is  needed  for  the  convenience  of 
reference.  In  making  debtor  entry  the  word  "  to "  is 
often  prefixed,  as  in  making  a  credit  entry  the  word 
"by"  is  employed  to  avoid  mistakes.  Here  is  an  ex- 
ample from  a  country  merchant's  accounts: 

Chicago,  Thursday,  Sept,  4,  1902. 


1 

Began  business  with   assets  and 
liabilities  as  below  stated  : 
John  Doe,  Cr. 
By  cash  on  hand      .    ... 

300 

1 

2 
3 

4 

'  '  Stock  of  Goods  as  per  inventory 
"  James  Bucklin,  owes  me  on  an  'T 
Dr. 
To  amount  due  John  Leslie    
James  Bucklin,                  Dr. 
To  amount  due  me  as  above        
John  Leslie,                         Cr. 
By     amount  due  me  as  above     
Saturday,  Sept.  6th. 
Jefferson  Jones,                  Dr. 
To    7  Ibs.  Coffee  at  19c,   
To    1  Ib.  Tea 

700 
90 

1 

33 

75 

1090 

50 
90 
50 

To    7  Ibs.Sugar  at  13c 

01 

2 

90 

5 

Monday,  Sept.  8th. 
Mrs.  Josephine  Darwin,    Dr. 
To  1  doz.  Paris  Hose       
To  5  yds.  Linen  at  50c 

4 
2 

56 
50 

To  1  Fancy  Fan       

? 

9 

Ofi 

6 

Tuesday,  Sept.  9th. 
John  Fisher,                       Dr. 
To  1  set  Harness      .  .  . 

28 

MANUEL  OF  BUSINESS. 


31 


6 
2 
3 

10 
4 

John  Fisher 
By  Cash  on  acc't      
Saturday,  Sept.  13th. 
James  Bucklin 
By  Cash  on  acc't. 

Cr. 
Cr. 

2 

14 

85 

16 
50 
50 
15 

2 

45 

99 

Monday,  Sept.  15th. 
John  Leslie, 
To  paid  him  cash  in  full 

Dr. 

Tuesday,  Sept.  16th. 
John  R.  Samson 
By  103  Ibs.  Butter  at  15c 

Jefferson  Jones 
By  overcharge  in  price  of  Coff 
7  Ibs.  at  2c        
Bv  Cash  in  settlement 

Cr. 

Cr. 
ee  p20, 

The  above  is  a  day-book  entry.      Here  follows  a  leaf 
from  the  ledger. 

James  Bucklin,  Dr.        Cr. 


1902 
Sept. 

5 

SO 

To  17  yds.  muslin,  10^  
To  1  saucepan                         .  . 

1 
1 

79 
00 

Oct. 
i  < 
Jan.  1903 

Feb. 

i  t 

15 
15 
15 
10 
19 
1 
16 
16 

To  10  feet  Rubber  Hose,  25 
To  Pipe  and  Coupling      
By  Cash  on  acc't          
To  1  Cook  Stove                
To  1  Tin  Oven          
To  22  Ibs.  Rope,  20        
To  84  yds.  Duck,  32     
By  Cash  on  acc't 

2 
2 

18 
1 
4 
26 

50 
00 

50 
50 
40 

88 

3 
35 

00 
00 

Mar. 

2 
2 

17 

To  Linen  Remnant          
To  8  yds.  Tow-cloth,  22    .... 
By  Goat  "  Billy  "              .... 

1 
1 

00 
76 

5 

00 

<  t 

17 

By  Cash  to  balance            .... 

61 

33 

18 
61 

33 
33 

In  bookkeeping  it  is  customary  to  use  capital  letters 
much  more  freely  than  in  writing  a  letter,  as  will  be  ob- 
served from  the  foregoing  examples.  It  fac  ilitates  the  read- 
ing over  of  an  account  by  attracting  attention  to  the 
chief  words  of  the  entry.  A  Ledger  account  is  generally 
passed  in  review  and  closed  once  a  year.  All  accounts 


32  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

should  be.  The  simplest  book  of  business  records  should 
be  summarized  at  least  once  a  year.  As  a  guide  to  that 
important  side  of  an  account  book,  there  is  herewith 
appended  Professor  Gaskell's  directions  for  closing  the 
Ledger,  the  application  of  which  to  any  other  and  simpler 
book  being  obvious  as  to  be  safely  left  to  common  sense 
of  the  individual. 

(1)  The  Trial  Balance,     If  the  Ledger  is  correct,  the 
total  debits  and  the  total  credits  will  be  the  same;  hence 
the  trial  balance  as  a  test. 

(2)  An  inventory  of  all  goods,  etc.,  unsold,  that  should 
go  to  the  Ledger.     This  is  usually  made  in  a  separate 
book,  and  is  termed,  "taking  account,  of  stock." 

(3)  We  now  open  two  additional  accounts  in  the  L 

one,  Loss  and  Gain  to  show  all  the  losses  and  gains  from 
the  different  accounts;  the  other,  Balance,  to  exhibit  all 
the  balances,  i.  e.,  the  resources  and  the  liabilities. 

(4)  The  next  step  is  to  carry   to  the  credit  of  their 
respective  accounts  the  value  of  such  unsold  or  other 
property  as  has  not  been  credited  by  sales  or  otherwise    - 
the  Inventories.     In  business  there  are  frequently  x-veral 
accounts  in  which  the  balances  unsold,  on  hand  (or  ac- 
cumulated, as  in  the  case  of  interest),  and  not   shown  in 
the  account,  that  are  so  treated,      l-'or  instance:     It'  ti 

is  remaining  on  hand  Merchandise  to  the  value  of  si?. ">()(), 
that  sum  must  go  to  the  credit  of  that  account.  Th" 
reason  for  this  is  that  Merchandise  has  been  debited  with 
all  on  hand  at  beginning  business,  and  with  all  the  pur- 
chases since;  it  has  also  been  credited  with  all  sales;  it 
lacks  only  the  value  of  that  unsold,  which  was  char. 
to  the  account  when  it  was  bought,  to  show  the  loss  or 
gain.  The  words  By  Balance  are  used  because  the  unsold 
goods  are  a  resource.  In  Interest  Account,  where  inteiv-t 
has  accumulated  both  in  favor  of  ourselves  and  oth< 
it  is  better  to  carry  in  both,  To  Balance,  the  liability,  and 
By  Balance,  the  resource.  Thus  we  have  expressed  in 
these  the  interest  we  owe  that  has  not  been  credited. 

(5)  Begin  with  all  these  accounts  to  which  inventory 
balances  have  been  carried,  and  close  them  up  first.      The 
difference  in  the  sides,  if  an}-,  will  show  a  gain  or  a  1- 
either  that  the  account  has  produced  more  than  it  has 
cost,  or  vice  versa.     The  closing  entry  (in  red  ink)  ex- 
pressing the  difference,  is  To  or  By,  Loss  and  (Jain.    Thes  ' 
finished,  take  the  other  accounts  in  the  Ledger  not  closed, 
omitting  Stock  or  Partner's  Accounts,  closing  By  or  To, 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  33 

Balance,  if  a  resource  or  a  liability,  and  To  or  By,  Loss 
and  Gain,  if  there  is  a  loss  or  a  gain ;  rule,  and  bring  down 
the  totals. 

The  loss  and  gain  red  ink  entries  in  the  several  accounts 
are  now  all  carried  in  black  ink  to  the  opposite  sides  of  Loss 
and  Gain,  and  the  "  balances "  to  the  Balance  Account. 
When  this  is  done  the  first  will  exhibit  all  the  gains  and 
of  the  business  under  one  head,  and  the  latter,  all 
the  resources  and  liabilities. 

(6)  Loss  and  Gain  Account  is  now  closed  in  red  ink, 
By  (or  To)  Stock,  because  the  investment  has  been  in- 
creased if  there  has  been  a  gain,  (or  diminished  by  the 

md  carry  this  to  Stock  in  black.     In  a  partnership 
each  partner  is  credited  or  charged  with  his  proportion. 

(7)  All  the  accounts  are  now  closed  except  Stock  and 
Balance.     Take  the  difference  between  the  sides  of  Stock 
Account,  and  enter  in  red  ink,  To  or  By,  Balance.     This 
goes  to  Balance  in  black,  and  completes  the  process  of 
closing  the  Ledger. 

Red  ink  is  used  for  all  balances  that  are  to  be  carried 
to  another  account.  When  the  entry  goes  to  the  other 
account  it  is  written  in  black.  This  rule  is  purely  arbi- 
trary, but  very  convenient. 

It  is  always  good  practice  for  every  man  to  have  a  private 
account-book  of  his  own,  no  matter  how  many  book- 
keepers there  may  be  in  his  business.  He  wants  to  know 
where  he,  himself,  individually  stands.  As  in  ordinary 
conversation  it  is  wise  to  "keep  something  to  yoursel'  ye 
scarcely  tell  to  ony, "  so  in  business  have  a  private  ledger. 
It  is  unnecessary  to  give  any  form,  for  it  would  vary 
according  to  the  business.  Only  it  should  be  exact  and 
complete,  without  being  cumbered  with  non-essential 
details. 

Often  in  litigation  account-books  are  introduced  in 
evidence.  Many  a  successful  lawyer  has  owed  his  getting 
on  in  his  profession  to  his  facility  in  going  through  and 
i  UK lerst  anding  a  set  of  books.  An  eminent  judge  once  ex- 
claimed in  his  vexation  over  his  own  inability  to  under- 
stand bookkeeping :  "  Double  entry  is  an  invention  of  the 
devil  to  help  rascals  rob  honest  men  and  not  get  caught 
at  it  by  the  courts."  But  the  difference  between  single 
and  double  entry  is  not  hard  to  see.  In  the  former  the 
account  opened  is  with  the  individual  only,  but  in  the 
latter  it  is  also  with  cash,  expenses,  bills  receivable,  mer- 


34  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

chandise,  real  estate,  stocks,  bonds,  or  whatever  things 
latter  into  the  business  transacted. 

In  that  way  the  book  shows  all  the  time  what  is  the 
condition  of  every  part  of  the  business,  just  what  is  being 
gained  or  lost  on  the  classes  of  things  purchased  and  sold, 
the  amount  due  on  notes  and  bills,  as  well  as  from  and  to 
persons,  the  expenses  and  everything  else  it  is  desirable 
to  know.  And  all  this  is  as  simple  and  as  easily  arranged 
by  the  bookkeeper  as  the  most  imperfect  system  of  single 
entry.  It  would  be  almost  impossible  to  do  business 
intelligently  on  the  present  scale  were  it  not  for  double- 
entry.  These  diffeent  accounts  are  explained  substan- 
tially as  follows  in  all  text-books  on  bookkeeping: 

CASH  ACCOUNT. 

This  account  should  show  all  the  receipts  and  dislmrsi- 
ments  of  cash,  and  the  balance  on  hand.  It  is  debited 
with  all  cash  received  and  credited  with  all  paid  out. 
The  difference  between  the  amount  that  ha<  come  in  and 
that  which  has  gone  out  will  be  the  amount  of  cash  on 
hand  or  ''  balance.  "  The  amount  of  cash  on  hand  should 
agree  with  the  difference  bet  ween  the  sides  of  the  account. 
The  Cash  Hook  should  be  cl<»ed  every  night. 


ACCnl'NTS. 

All  personal  accounts  show  the  relation  of  the  individual, 
company  or  corporation  to  our  business,  whether  they 
owe  us,  or  we  owe  them.  They  are  debited  with  all  they 
buy  or  receive  on  account,  and  credited  with  all  we  buy 
Or  receive  from  them.  The  difference  between  the  side- 
of  the  accounts  will  show  the  balance  due  us  or  them.  If 
the  debit  be  the  larger,  the  person  or  company  owes  u<;  it' 
the  credit,  we  owe  him  or  them. 

MERCHANDISE" 

This  account  is  intended  to  show  the  amount  paid  and 
received  for  goods,  and  the  gain  or  loss  resulting  from 
dealing  therein.  All  the  merchandise  purchased  is 
charged  to  the  account;  and  all  the  goods  sold,  as  well 
as  the  balance  remaining  on  hand,  whenever  books  are 
closed,  credited.  Separate  accounts  may  be  opened  for 
different  classes  of  merchandise,  such  as  Dry  Goods 
Account,  Groceries  Account,  or  all  may  go  under  the 
title  of  merchandise. 


.MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  35 


BILLS  RECEIVABLE. 

The  account  shows  the  notes  received  by  us  in  the  course 
of  business.  It  is  debited  with  all  notes  and  drafts  given 
us,  and  credited  as  these  are  paid,  or  endorsements 
made  thereon.  The  difference  between  the  sides  should 
show  exactly  the  amount  due  on  all  negotiable  time-bills. 
These  are  always  debited  and  credited  with  the  sum  ex- 
pressed on  their  face;  if  more  or  less  is  received  the  amount 
goes  to  "  Interest  and  Discount.  " 

BILLS  PAYABLE. 

These  are  our  notes  and  bills  held  by  other  parties. 
The  account  is  credited  when  our  notes  are  given,  and 
debited  as  they  are  paid.  The  difference  will  show  the 
amount  of  our  written  obligations  outstanding. 

•  REAL  ESTATE. 

This  account  is  debited  with  all  purchases  of  real  estate, 
and  expenses  incurred  about  it  for  labor,  care,  taxes,  etc., 
and  credited  with  all  it  brings  in.  When  books  are  closed 
the  value  of  the  real  estate  unsold  is  placed  to  the  credit 
side.  The  difference  shows  a  gain  or  loss. 

EXPENSE. 

This  account  represents  the  losses  in  items  of  expendi- 
ture, such  as  clerk-hire,  rent,  gas,  coal,  etc.  All  expenses 

are  debited. 

INTEREST  AND  DISCOUNT. 

Under  this  head  arc  debited  and  credited  all  allowances 
for  the  use  of  money  on  notes,  drafts,  etc.,  the  account 
shows  a  gain  or  a  loss.  Debit  the  account  when  it  costs 
value;  credit  it  when  it  produces  value. 

STOCK  OR  PARTNER'S  ACCOUNTS. 

The  term  "Stock"  is  used  to.  denote  the  proprietor 
of  the  business.  In  a  partnership,  the  names  of  each  of 
the  persons  composing  it  are  used  instead.  On  the  credit 
side  of  these,  accounts  are  placed  the  sums  invested,  and 
on  the  debit  side  the  debts  and  the  amount  drawn  out. 
Gains  in  business  are  carried  to  the  credit,  and  losses  to 
the  debit  side.  This  is  done  when  the  ledger  is  closed — 
generally  once  or  twice  a  year. 


36  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS 


RESOURCES  AND  LIABILITIES. 

A  Resource  is  generally  understood  to  be  any  kind  of 
property. 

A  Liability  is  a  debt  owed  by  the  business. 

LOSSES  AND  GAINS. 

A  Loss  occurs  in  business  where  a  less  amount  of  value 
is  received  than  given  in  exchange;  also  when  property 
depreciates. 

A  Gain  occurs  where  a  greater  amount  of  value  is 
received  than  given  in  an  exchange;  also  when  property 
appreciates. 

NET  WORTH  OR  NET  INSOLVENCY. 

The  Net  Loss  is  found  by  subtracting  the  individual 
gains  from  the  individual  losses,  or,  the  net  worth  at 
the  close  from  the  net  worth  at  the  commencement. 

As  already  stated,  the  object  aimed  at  in  his  connec- 
tion is  not  to  furnish  a  text-book,  but  hints  and  guides  to 
a  man  who,  without  being  a  professional  bookkeeper, 
wants  to  either  keep  his  own  accounts  in  an  e:i-y  way  or 
to  understand  the  records  made  by  his  bookkeeper.  The 
foregoing  rules,  hints  and  examples  are  alike  applicable 
to  all  grades  and  kinds  of  business,  frm  the  wage-worker's 
personal  expense  book  to  the  private  ledger  of  the  mer- 
chant prince.  "  Know  thyself"  may  well  be  supplemented 
by  "  Know  thine  own  business. " 

PRACTICAL  RULES  FOR  DETECTING  ERRORS  IN 
A  TRIAL  BALANCE. 

Errors  of  SI,  $10,  $100,  $1,000,  etc.,  have/in  ail  proba- 
bility been  made  in  the  additions  either  of  the  Ledger  or 
Trial  Balance. 

In  the  case  of  a  large  error  the  amount  may  have  been 
omitted  in  the  Trial  Balance.  If  the  mistake"  occurred  in 
posting,  the  Trial  Balance  will  show  just  that  amount  out 
of  balance ;  look,  therefore,  for  that  amount  in  the  Journal 
or  Day  Book. 

In  the  Cash  Book  the  Cash  Balance  can  never  stand  on 
the  credit  side.  In  Bill  books  the  balance  of  Bills  Re- 
ceivable should  never  be  on  the  credit  side,  nor  the  bal- 
ance of  Bills  Payable  on  the  debit  side  of  the  account. 

If  in  the  Ledger  the  amount  has  been  posted  on  the 
wrong  side,  the  Trial  Balance  will  be  just  twice  the  amount 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  37 

put  of  balance.     To  find  the  error  look  for  half  that  amount 
in  the  books. 

If  the  error  lies  in  the  dollar  or  cents  column  only,  then 
the  columns  to  the  left  need  not  be  re-added. 

POINTS  OF  LAW  ON  BOOKKEEPING. 

Any  original  entry  in  a  Day  Book  or  others  is  evidence 
of  sale  and  delivery'of  goods  or  work  done. 

The  entry  should  be  made  when  the  goods  are  ready  to 
be  delivered. 

Such  entries  must  be  made  by  the  proper  person  and 
without  interlineation  or  alteration.  If  mistakes  are  made 
they  must  be  corrected  by  marking  the  wrong  entry  void 
and  making  a  correct  one  and  an  accompanying  explana- 
tion. 

Each  item  of  any  account  must  be  given  separately ;  no 
general  charge  is  accepted  as  evidence. 

If  Brown  guarantees  that  Smith  will  pay  a  certain  bill 
of  goods,  then  the  goods  must  be  charged  to  Brown;  but 
if  Brown  guarantees  only  the  account  of  Smith,  of  a  past 
date,  then  such  guarantee  must  be  in  writing. 

In  order  to  collect  a  debt  from  a  person  at  a  distance 
upon  tho  evidences  of  a  book  account,  a  copy  of  such 
account,  accompanied  with  an  affidavit  that  the  account, 
is  correct  and  just,  and  that  the  person  named  as  debtor 
is  not  entitled  to  any  credits  not  mentioned  in  the  account, 
must  be  sent.  If  such  an  affidavit  is  properly  sworn  to 
then  it  will  save  the  trouble  of  producing  or  sending  the 
book. 


CHAPTER    III. 
Debts. 

Good*  are  bought  on  credit,  to  be  paid  for  at  a  definite 
or  indefinite  future  time.  Labor  is  employed,  to  be  paid 
for  at  certain  future  periods.  Lands,  houses  and  other 
property  are  purchased  under  contract  of  future  payment. 
Money  is  borrowed,  under  notes,  mortgages  or  other 
securities,  and  many  other  transactions  in  business  and 
trade  call  forth  occasions  or  present  temptations  to  con- 
tract debts. 

SUGGESTIONS  FOR  AVOIDING  DEBTS. 

(1)  Do  a  strictly  cash  business.  Better  small  profits 
and  quick  sales,  than  large  profits  and  long  credits. 


38  MAXCAL  OF  lU'SIXESS. 

Mark  your  goods  as  low  as  possible  and  adhere  unswerv- 
ingly to  your  cash  principle.  This  is  best  for  buyer  and 
seller.  It  avoids  collections  and  prevents  los>c<.  It 
saves  the  time  and  labor  of  keeping  accounts.  This 
enables  the  seller  to  sell  cheaper  and  the  buyer  to  buy  for 
less  than  on  credit. 

(2)  Cautions.  Goods  sent  abroad  should  be  paid  for 
before  the  purchaser  takes  possession. 

The  time  of  credit  should  be  as  short  as  possible  and 
the  bills  collected  when  due.  When  working  for  others 
collect  your  wages  weekly  or  monthly,  in  accordance  with 
the  agreement  to  pay,  unless  your  employer  is  quite  re- 
sponsible, thus  making  your  dues  safe. 

In  renting  lands  or  houses  a  duplicate  lea-e  .-hould  be 
made,  one  for  each  party,  the  rent  paid  promptly  when 
due,  at  the  house  or  business  place  of  the  landlord,  and 
the  payment  credited  on  the  back  of  the  1 

In  receiving  or  making  payments,  a  receipt  should 
always  be  made  out;  it  is  a  voucher  and  may  save  trouble. 

Hotel  and  boarding  house  keepers  cannot  be  too  prompt 
and  strict  in  collecting  their  dues  as  their  customers  are 
mostly  transient,  making  forced  collections  sometimes 
impossible. 

Never  loan  money  without  requiring  a  note  or  a  due  bill. 
if  the  amount  is  small;  this  is  safest  even  between  trusted 
friends. 

When  the  loan  is  large,  have  the  note  secured  by  a 
mortgage  on  real  estate;  but  see  to  it  that  the  same  is 
not  encumbered  by  previous  claims  which  would  render 
your  security  worthless.  It  is  sal'e-i  to  require  an  ab- 
stract of  title  and  then  have  your  mortgage  recorded 
immediately. 

This  precaution  should  also  be  observed  where  a  chattel 
mortgage  is  taken  on  personal  property. 

If  a  small  amount  of  money  has  been  loaned  without 
security,  and  it  can  apparently  not  be  collected  without 
legal  process,  it  may  be  best  to  drop  the  matter  and  con- 
sider the  loss  as  so  much  paid  for  a  lesson  in  business 
prudence. 

FIRST  STEPS  IN  MAKING  COLLECTIONS. 

These  depend  very  much  upon  circumstances.  The 
debtor  may  have  met  with  reverses  or  a  misfortune, 
rendering  him  unable  to  pay  at  the  time  specified,  and 
deserves  patience;  others  may  be  careless  and  need  a 
sharp  reminder;  a  third  party,  inclined  to  be  dishonest, 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  39 

may  need  close  watching.  Thus  discretion  is  necessary 
as  to  the  form  and  tone  of  the  letters  requesting  payment. 
For  letter  forms  illustrating  the  first  efforts  in  making 
collections,  note  the  following: 

FORM    1. 

Chicago,  111.,  Sept.  12,  1902. 
Brown  &  Smith, 

San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Gentlemen : 

Enclosed  you  will  find  a  statement  of  your  account  for 
the  past   month   which  we  think  you  will  find  correct. 
Please  examine  the  same  at  your  earliest  convenience  and 
oblige  us  by  sending  your  check  for  the  amount. 
Respectfully, 

Powers,  Jones  &  Co. 

FORM  2. 

Chicago,  111.,  Sept.  12,  1902. 
Brown  &  Smith, 

San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Gentlemen: 

We  are  under  the  necessity  of  reminding  you  that  your 
account  is  now  long  past  due,  and  as  we  have  especial 
need  of  all  our  available  funds  this  month  we  trust  you 
will  inke  us  a  remittance  without  further  delay.  If  we 
do  not  hear  from  you  by  the  first  we  will  draw  on  you 
at  sight.  Respectfully, 

Powers,  Jones  &  Co. 

FORM    3. 

Chicago,  111.,  Sept.  12,  1902. 
Brown  &  Smith, 

San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Gentlemen: 

Not  having  honored  our  sight  draft,  we  shall,  unless 
we  hear  from  you  without  delay,  find  it  necessary  to 
place  your  account  in  the  hands  of  an  attorney  for  col- 
lection. Respectfully, 

Powers,  Jones  &  Co. 

LEGAL  STEPS  IN  COLLECTIONS. 

No  other  motive  except  the  question  "Will  it  pay?" 
should  induce  the  creditor  to  legally  enforce  payment.  A 
mere  feeling  of  retaliation  or  of  getting  satisfaction  has 
no  place  in  business. 


40  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

Before  resorting  to  the  power  of  the  law  it  is  well  to 
ask  the  following  questions: 

(1)  Have  all  reasonable  and  peaceful  efforts  been  made 
to  induce  the  debtor  to  make  payment? 

(2)  Is  the  amount  sufficient  to  warrant  the  expense 
involved  in  the  legal  pro< 

(3)  Has  the  debtor  more  property  than  the  law  allows 
him  by  way  of  exemption? 

(4)  What  does  the  law  exempt? 

Then  all  peaceable  means  have  been  exhausted  and 
the  debt  is  not  paid  it  then  becomes  necessary  to  collect 
it,  if  possible,  by  legal  proo 

If  satisfied  thai  the  debt  can  be  collected,  then  the 
account  should  be  plaeed  in  the  hands  of  a  Justice  of  the 
Peace,  unless  it  is  larger  than  conies  within  his  jurisdiction. 
This  amount  varies  in  different  States,  as  shown  by 
the  following  table: 

FORM  OK  SUMMONS  L'. 

The  wording  of  this  summons  will  be  somewhat  a- 
follows : 

State  of | 

County,  fs>      

The    People   of  the   State   of to   any  con- 
stable  of  said   County,   (Greeting: 

You  are  hereby  commanded  to  summon  S.  K.  to  ap- 
pear before  me  at on  the day  of , 

at     o'clock.  ...  M..    to    answer    the    complaint    of 

M.  S.  for  a  failure  to  pay  him  a  certain  demand  not  ex- 
ceeding  ,  and   hereof  make  due  return,  as  the 

law  directs.     Given  under  my  hand  this day 

of ,    19 

William  Smith. 

In  case  the  party  is  absent  or  refuses  to  hear  the  sum- 
mons the  constable  may  read  it  to  some  member  of  the 
family  of  ten  years  or 'upward  and  leave  a  copy  of  the 
same.'  A  summons  is  usually  served  at  least  three  days 
before  the  trial  is  to  take  place.  Tpon  the  serving  of  the 
summons  the  debtor  may  pay  to  the  constable  the  de- 
mand of  the  debt  and  costs,  taking  his  receipt  for  the 
same,  which  will  satisfy  the  debt  and  prevent  all  further 
costs. 

THE  JUDGMENT. 

If  at  the  time  set  for  trial  both  parties  appear  and 
are  ready  for  the  same  the  Justice  proceeds  with  it  and 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  41 

determines  the  matter  in  controversy.  His  determina- 
tion is  called  the  judgment.  The  judgment  can  be  ren- 
dered if  the  defendant  does  not  appear  at  the  trial. 

THE  EXECUTION. 

The  judgment  being  obtained,  the  plaintiff  may  now 
enforce  payment.  This  process  is  called  execution.  It 
consists  in  a  writ  commanding  the  constable  to  seize 
sufficient  of  the  property  of  the  defendant  "which  is  not 
exempted  by  law"  to  satisfy  the  claim  and  costs  and  to 
sell  the  same  and  bring  the  money  into  the  court  to  be 
paid  to  the  plaintiff.  The  constable  then  proceeds  to 
do  this,  and  if  he  succeeds  in  finding  such  property, 
seizes  it,  sells  it  at  auction,  and  brings  the  money  into 
court. 

ATTACHMENTS. 

Cases  may  arise  where  the  legal  process  by  summons, 
judgment  and  execution  works  too  slowly,  and  the  dis- 
honest debtor  may  get  away  before  payment  can  be 
(MI forced.  Others  who  are  disposed  to  defraud,  secrete, 
conceal,  assign  or  remove  their  property  beyond  the 
reach  of  the  law.  To  prevent  such  evasion  the  law  pro- 
vides a  short  process  to  get  possession  of  property  owned 
by  th"iii:  this  is  called  attachment. 

H()\V  AN  ATTACHMENT  IS  OBTAINED. 

The  causes  justifying  an  attachment  are  various;  the 
creditor  must  affirm  by  oath  that  the  debtor  intends  to 
defraud  him  by  removing  his  property  and  departing 
beyond  the  reach  of  the  law.  In  the  affidavit  is  stated 
tlil-  amount  of  the  debt,  that  the  same  is  just,  is  due, 
unpaid,  and  giving  one  or  more  reasons  why  the  attach- 
ment should  be  issued. 

Usually  the  attachment  is  not  issued  until  ^the  debt 
is  due,  but  in  some  states  it  is  issued  before  if  it  can  be 
shown  that  the  debt  would  probably  be  lost  unless  an 
attachment  is  secured  at  once. 

THH  CREDITOR'S  BOND. 

In  order  to  secure  the  costs  and  the  debtor  against 
all  (liiniMgi-s  in  case  the  attachment  is  improperly  issued, 
the  creditor  securing  the  same  must  give  a  bond,  usually 
double  the  amount  claimed. 


42  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


THE  WRIT. 

Makes  it  the  duty  of  the  officer  to  at  onoe  seize  suffi- 
cient property  of  tlie  debtor  to  satisfy  the  claim  (except- 
ing such  as  i's  exempt  from  execution)  and  to  hold  the 
same  until  the  plaintiff  can  got  judgment  and  seize  is 
upon  execution.  Property  of  the  debtor  in  the  hands 
of  a  third  party  may  also  be  soi/ed. 

THE  HEAL  OBJECT  OF  THE  ATTACHMENT. 

Is  to  hold  sufficient  property  of  the  debtor  to  satisfy 
the  debt  until  the  creditor  can  get  judgment.  When 
the  properly  has  been  -ei/cd  the  summons  is  served, 
and  if  the  case  is  properly  proved  judgment  is  obtained 
in  the  ordinary  way.  After  this  the  creditor  take-  out 
his  execution,  makes  a  levy  upon  the  property  attached, 
and  out  of  the  proceed-  -ati-fies  his  debt. 

Each  state  has  its  own  attachment  laws  and  since 
officers  of  the  law  mu-t  be  engaged  to  obtain  the  attach- 
ment there  need  be  no  difficulty  in  the  details  of  the 
procedure. 

GARNISHMENT. 

In  the  course  of  collection  of  debt<  it  sometime^  hap- 
pens that  while  the  defendant  himself  may  have  no 
property  in  his  possession  upon  which  an  attachment 
can  be  made  some  other  person  may  have  in  his  possession 
property  belonging  to  the  debtor  or  may  be  indebted  to 
him.  In  such  cases  the  plaintiff  can  proceed  against 
this  third  party,  who  is  called  the  garnishee.  just  at 
against  the  original  debtor,  although  in  some  a  certain 
amount  of  money  is  exempt  and  cannot  be  jiarnishood. 

All  ACHING  THE  BODY. 

If  under  an  attachment  the  officer  returns  "no  property 
found,"  but  the  plaintiff  is  convinced  that  the  defendant 
has  property  concealed,  with  the  intention  of  defrauding 
him,  and  believes  he  is  in  danger  of  losing  his  claim, 
unless  the  debtor  is  held  to  bail,  several  States  empower 
the  Justice  to  issue  a  capias  for  the  arrest  of  the  debtor. 
A  capias  is  issued  usually  only  as  a  last  resort,  when  it 
appears  that  the  claim  can  only  be  collected  by  arresting 
the  defendant. 

PERSONS  WHO  CANNOT  BE  ARRESTED. 

The  Constitution  of  the  United  States  prohibits  the 
arrest  of  Members  of  Congress  and  Electors  while  on 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  43 

duty,  except  for  treason,  felony  and  breach  of  peace. 
In  many  States  the  militia,  while  attending  musters  or 
while  on  a  journey;  so  also  attorneys  and  counselors  at 
law,  judges,  sheriffs,  and  all  other  officers  of  the  several 
Courts,  also  witnesses  and  other  persons  necessarily  at- 
tending Court  are  exempt  from  arrest  except  for  felony, 
etc. 

REAL  ESTATE  HELD  FOR  DEBT. 

When  under  an  execution  no  personal  property  can 
be  found  with  which  to  pay  the  debt  and  it  is  known 
that  the  debtor  possesses  real  estate  enough  to  meet  the 
claim,  then  certain  States  allow  the  Justice  to  certify 
to  the  Clerk  of  the  Circuit  Court  a  transcript  of  the  judg- 
ment. This  when  filed  by  the  Clerk  becomes  a  lien  upon 
the  real  estate  of  the  debtor.  The  Court  can  then  issue 
an  execution  and  the  property  be  sold  for  payment  of 
the  debt  and  costs. 

RIGHT  TO  APPEAL. 

If  all  legal  steps  have  been  properly  taken  in  a  trial 
before  a  Justice  or  jury  and  the  decision  is  that  the  debtor 
must  pay  the  claim,  lie  can  then  appeal  to  the  next  higher 
tribunal,  which  is  the  Circuit  Court,  District  Court,  Court 
of  ( 'onmion  I'l'-as  or  others. 

Before  an  appeal  is  allowed  the  defendant  must  give 
a  bond,  signed  by  one  or  more  responsible  persons,  to 
a  sum  twice  the  amount  of  the  claim,  to  cover  the  debt 
and  all  costs  in  case  he  is  beaten. 

If  the  defendant  loses  his  case  also  in  this  Court  then 
he  can  carry  it  to  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  State,  where 
the  matter  generally  ends,  though  the  way  remains  open 
for  him  to  appeal  to  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United 
Stales.  A  bond  twice  the  amount  of  the  debt  and  the 
costs  accumulated  by  the  successive  trials  up  to  this 
time  is  required  before  an  appeal  from  one  court  to  another 
is  granted,  as  from  the  first. 

WHEN  AN  AMOUNT  BEYOND  THE  JURISDIC- 
TION OF  A  JUSTICE  is  to  be  collected  the  case  must 
be  brought  before  the  Circuit  Court,  District  Court, 
Court  of  Common  Pleas,  or  a  Court  of  similar  character. 
There,  the  Clerk  issues  the  summons,  the  sheriff  or  his 
deputy  serves  it  and  the  case  is  usually  tried  before  a 
jury  of  twelve  men  at  the  next  term  of  Court. 


44  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


DELAY.  IN  FORCED  COLLECTIONS 

Since  the  defendant  can  promptly  defend  his  case  and 
if  beaten  apply  to  a  higher  Court  he  can  thereby  delay 
payment  of  the  original  debt  for  one  or  more"  years. 
But  as  each  appeal  increases  the  costs  they  soon  become 
heavy  and  but  few  persons  are  able  or  willing  to  bear  them. 
A  debtor  will  generally  pay  the  debt  in  the  earlier  part 
of  the  prosecution,  unless  he  believes  himself  wronged, 
or  for  other  reasons  refuses  to  do  so. 

COST  OF  COLLECTIONS  BY  LAW. 

The  first  questions  that  should  properly  be  asked, 
before  resorting  to  or  before  .-ubmitting  to  collections 
by  law,  are:  What  will  it  cost?  Will  it  pay?  The 
actual  cost  cannot  definitely  but  only  approximately 
be  foretold,  and  only  in  so  far  as  the  amount  of  the  fees 
are  fixed  by  law. 

If  the  amount  and  the  intricacies  of  the  case  are  such 
that  it  is  though  best  to  employ  a  lawyer  a  day  or  two, 
his  charges  will  probably  range  from  ten  to  twenty  dollars. 

If  the  plaintiff  gains  the  case  the  debtor  must  pay  all 
the  costs.  If  the  justice  or  jury  decides  against  the  plain- 
tiff, declaring  no  cause  for  action,  then  the  plaintiff  must 
pay  the  cost  of  the  suit. 

The  following  fees  of  an  ordinary  suit  do  not  vary  in 
the  different  States: 

Docketing  the  suit 

Issuing  summons 25 

Constable  for  serving  summons 35 

Each  mile  traveled  by  constable  in  serving  summons      .05 

Justice  fee  for  entering  up  judgment 25 

For  discharge  of  docket 25 

Fee   of  justice   for   hearing   statement    and   giving 
decision.  .  .2.00 


Total $3.40 

Witnesses  are  allowed  50  cents  a  dav,     say    two 

witnesses s  1  .  ( )( ) 

Justice  for  issuing  subpoena  of  witnesees  at  25  cents     .50 

Constable  for  serving  each  subpa>na  at  25  cents 50 

Constable  for  mileage  and  administering  oath  to  wit- 
ness about 50 

Total.  .  .  .85.90 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  45 

If  tried  by  jury,  each  juryman  is  allowed  50  cents; 

12  jurymen $6 . 00 

For  entering  verdict  of  jury 15 

Constable  for  waiting  on  jury 50 

Entering  satisfaction  of  judgment 10 

Approximate  cost  of  trial  without  attorney  before 

a  justice  if  settled  there 12. 65 

If  an  attorney  is  employed,  say  fee 15.00 

Total $27.65 

If  debtor  does  not  settle,  fee  for  execution $0.50 

Fee  for  constable  for  serving  and  returning  execution     .  50 

Advertising  property  for  sale 50 

Commission  on  sales,  not  exceeding  ten  dollars,  10 
per  cent.;  if  more,  5  per  cent. ;  property  sales,  say 
$50,  commission 2 . 50 

Total  cost  of  legal  process  ending  in  execution  $31 . 65 
Total  cost  of  suit  involving,  say  a  debt  of  $50. 

If  the  case  is  settled  without  effecting  the  sale  under 
execution,  the  cost  connected  with  the  execution  is  one- 
half  of  what  is  stated  above.  Add  to  this  the  time  lost, 
to  say  nothing  about  the  moral  effect,  and  the  question, 
"Will  it  pay?"  is  pretty  well  answered. 


CHAPTER  IV. 
Banking  and  Banking  R. \iles. 

Make  your  deposits  in  the  bank  as  early  in  the  day 
as  possible  and  never  without  your  bank  book. 

Always  use  the  deposit  tickets  furnished  by  the  bank. 
When  checks  are  deposited,  the  banks  require  them  to 
be  indorsed,  whether  drawn  to  his  order  or  not. 

Do  not  allow  your  bank  book  to  run  too  long  without 
balancing.  Compare  it  with  the  account  of  the  bank. 

Write  your  signature  with  the  usual  freedom  and 
never  vary  the  style  of  it. 

Draw  as  few  checks  as  possible;  when  several  bills  are 
to  be  paid  draw  the  money  in  one  check. 

Every  check  is  paid  by  the  bank  at  its  own  risk.  If 
forged  the  bank  must  lose  the  amount. 

If  a  raised  check  is  paid  by  the  bank,  it  can  only  charge 
the  depositor  the  amount  for  which  he-  drew. 

Always  keep  your  check  book  under  lock  and  key. 


46  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

In  filling  your  checks  do  not  leave  space  in  which  the 
amount  may  be  rased.  Always  fill  the  space  \\iih  a  dash. 
I'sr  words  instead  of  figures. 


Chicago,   July  27,    1902.        •    Xo.   31. 
Tru 


The  American  Trust  and  Sarinu*  Hank, 
of  Chicago. 
Pat/  to  the 

order  of  M.  E.  Jones,  "i.oo 

Six  Hundred  Dollars. 

I!'.    A'.    Chn-ke. 


I'.ANK   DIIAI-T. 


No.  42.  Trad-rs  Xutiomil  Hank,  of  X.  J . 

$800.00  Newark.Tf.J.,  ./»////  23,   11102. 

At  siaht  jnii(  t<>  tin  order  <>}  II".  /•:.  Smith  Eiyht  Hundred 
Dollar*,  an<l  chnrtje  wane  t<>  our  account. 

II'.    A'.    Dunlnn,    Ca*ht'<r. 
To  Firvt  Xational  Hank  Ind. 


.JOINT  AND  SKVKIiAL  NOTE. 
$300.00  Henderson,   Mich.,  .////»/  4,    1«.H)2. 

Four   nionflix  after  date,    ire,   or  e/'tfnr  of   u »,   /troHtine 

to  paij  Atidreir    ]\'hite,  or  ordo-,    

Three   Hundretl   Dollar*.  Dollars 

]'ahn    r«'(  iced.  '  °° 

C.  /:*.  Collins. 
No.  25.  /,'.   E.  Hunt. 

THE  DEPOSIT  TK'KKT. 

Tin-  dt-jM»it  1ick(>t  is  a  blank  Form  from  which  the 
customer  fills  out  so  as  to  show  the  date,  the  amount 
and  kinds  of  funds  deposited. 

DEPOSIT  TICKET. 


Deposited  in  First  Xational  Hank. 

Bil  If.  It.  Small. 

Chicago,  July  23,  1!M)12. 

Currency £700.  (X) 

Checks,  C/ias.  Bnnm 75.00 

ir.  E.  Strong' 30  00 


$805.00 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


47 


THE  PASS  BOOK. 

If  money  is  deposited  in  a  bank  to  remain  there  for 
an  indefinite  time,  the  depositor  receives  a  certificate  of 
deposit,  but  if  he  wishes  to  draw  out  frequently  the 
banker  furnishes  him  a  pass  book  in  which  are  entered 
the  date  and  the  amount  drawn  out.  From  time  to  time 
they  are  balanced,  showing  the  amount  of  deposit  there 
is  in  the  bank. 


Dr.    Second  National  Bank  in  account  with  J.  E.  Jones. 

Cr. 

July 

u 

Aug. 
March 

18 
18 
19 
3 

2 

1902 
To  cash   $700 
500 
850 

200 

.00 
00 
00 
00 

Feb.    12 
"       18 
"       25 
March  2 

1902 
By    check 

Balance 

$250 
300 
450 
500 
850 

.00 
.00 
.00 
.00 
.00 

ToBal. 

$2,250 

.00 

$2,250 

.00 

850 

00 

THE  CHECK  BOOK. 

The  check  book  contains  the  blank  orders  or  checks 
with  a  margin  on  which  to  write  date,  amount  and  to  whom 
the  check  is  given.  When  filled  out  the  check  is  taken 
to  the  bank,  while  the  memorandum  remains  in  the  book. 


No.  I 

J)til<-Jnne'23,  li>02 
Furor  of  E.  M  .  ./one*. 
I'1'!,-  Mcrch.(in<lix<'. 
$500.00 

No.  1  Chicago.  July  23,  1902. 
First  National  Bank. 
Pay  to  E.  M.  Jones  or  order, 
Five  Hundred  &°0  Dollars. 
$500.00     E.  F.  Clarke. 

No.  2 
Date  Feb.  9,  1902 
Chicago  Tribune 
For  Adrcrtixing. 
$200.00 

No.  2  Chicago,  July  24,  1902. 
First  National  Bank. 
Pay  to  the  Chicago  Tribune, 
or  order,  Two  Hundred  ^  Dollars. 
$200.00              E.  E.  White. 

No.  3 

Dull-  June  24,  1902. 
11  /  Ilia  m  Stewart. 

('la/,-  hire. 

$60.00 

No.  3  Chicago,  July  24,  1902. 
First  National  Bank. 
Pay   to    William   Stewart,   or 
order    Twenty   Five   Dollars. 
$25  .  00                R.  E.  Forbs. 

48  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

WRITING,  ACCEFHNG  AND  TRANSFERRING 
DRAFTS. 

A  draft  is  a  written  order  by  one  person  on  another 
for  the  payment  of  a  specified  sum  of  money. 

The  one  who  writes  the  draft  is  called  the  drawer,  the 
one  on  whom  it  is  written  is  called  the  drawee,  and  the 
one  to  whom  it  is  to  be  paid  is  called  the  payee. 

Drafts  drawn  at  sight  or  on  demand  are  not  presented 
for  acceptance,  but  for  payment  only. 

Drafts  arc  negotiable  both  before  and  after  acceptance. 

Drafts  may  be  made  payable  at  sight,  on  demand,  or 
at  a  certain  time  after  date,  or  after  sight. 

Drafts  may  l>e  drawn  to  one's  own  order,  and  then  in- 
dorsed in  favor  of  the  party  to  whom  they  are  to  be  sent-. 

When  acceptance  or  payment  is  refused,  the  draft  is 
protested,  in  which  case  the  drawer  and  indorser  are  held 
liable  for  payment. 

A  protest  is  a  formal  declaration  made  by  a  notary 
public,  under  his  hand  and  seal,  at  t  he  request  of  the  holder 
for  non-aceeptance  or  non-payment,  and  the  parties  liable 
are  formally  notified. 

The  person  drawn  upon  is  under  no  obligation  to  the 
holder  of  the  draft  unless  he  accepts  it. 

The  usual  method  of  writing  an  acceptance  is  to  write 
aero-s  t  hr  face  of  the  draft  with  red  ink  the  word  accepted, 
following  with  date  and  signature. 

In  buying  a  draft  at  the  1  ank  it  is  always  best  to  have 
it  made  payable  to  yourself,  and  then  indorse  it  in  favor 
of  1  he  party  to  whom  you  intend  to  transfer  it.  Tlu's  gives 
you  a  good  receipt  for  your  money. 

A  promise  to  accept  a  draft  will  be  equivalent  to  an 
acceptance,  if  it  has  given  credit  to  the  bill. 

Should  the  person  upon  whom  the  draft  is  drawn  die 
before  it  was  accepted  it  should  be  presented  for  accept- 
ance to  his  legal  representatives. 

Drafts  on  foreign  countries  are  usually  drawn  in  sets 
of  three,  each  one  referring  to  the  other  two,  in  order  to 
prevent  loss  in  transmission.  They  are  sent  by  different 
routes,  and  the  payment  of  one  of  them  cancels  the 
three. 


MANUAL  OF.  BUSINESS.  49 


FORMS  OF  DRAFTS. 

DRAFT    TO    MY    OWN    ORDER. 

$300.00  Madison,  Wis.,  July  21,  1902. 

Twenty  Five  days  after  sight  pay  to  my  own  order 
Three  Hundred  Dollars,  and  charge  to 

W.  E.  Jones. 
To  H.  R.  Powers, 

Madison,   Wis. 

SIGHT   DRAFT. 

$300.00  Henderson,   Mich. 

At  Mill  it  pay  to  the  order  of  Henry  Hosmer  Three  Hun- 
dred Dollars,  ~and  charge  to  the  account  of 

G.  E.  Smith. 
To   Henry   Brown, 

Chicago,  111. 

TIME    DRAFT. 

$60.00  Belvidere,  111.,  July  2-02. 

At  twelve  days  sight  pay  to  the  order  of  J.  J.  Hardin 
of  South  Haven   Bank  Sixty  Dollars. 

C.    E.    Black. 
Value  received. 
E.   I.   Burrows, 

Rockford,    111. 

TIME    DRAFT,    SECOND    FORM. 

$500.00  Newark,  N.  J. 

Fifteen  days  from  date  pay  R.  E.  Powers,  or  order, 
Fh -e  Hundred  Dollars,  value  received. 

James    Clark. 
To  A.  B.  Heller, 

Newark,  N.  J. 

ACCEPTED    DRAFT. 

$25.00  Henderson,  Mich.,  July  24,  1902. 

July  5,  1902,  pay  to  bearer  Twenty  Five  Dollars,  and 
charge   to 

R.   E.   White. 

To  S.  E.  Snow, 

Calumet,    Mich. 
(Written  across  the  face)  Accepted  R.  E.  White. 


50  MANUAL  OF  BUSL\I->s. 


BILLS  OF  EXCHANGE. 

A  Bill  of  Exchange  in  common  language  is  a  draft  whose 
drawer  and  the  person  drawn  upon  live  in  different 
countries,  and  which  is  therefore  drawn  in  one  country 
and  paid  in  another.  The  rules  governing  Drafts  and 
Bills  of  Exchange  are  generally  the  same. 

Foreign  Bills  of  Exchange  are  often  drawn  in  triplicate, 
thai  is  three  alike,  except  that  they  are  numbered  first, 
second  and  third.  If  the  first,  which  is  usually  kept  by  the 
purchaser,  to  be  presented  by  himself  for  payment  at  the 
foreign  bank,  is  lost,  then  the  second  or  third,  bring 
sent  by  mail,  may  be  used.  The  payment  of  one  <•: 
the  other  two. 

The  bank  selling  a  Bill  of  Exchange  having  money 
deposited  in  a  foreign  bank  order-;  the  bill  cashed  there. 
In  this  way  travelers  arc  saved  the  trouble  and  the  risk  of 
carrying  large  amounts  of  money  with  them.  Merchants 
engaged  in  foreign  trade  also  find  them  very  convenient 
and  make  all  their  payments  through  Bills  of  Exchange. 

BANK  DISCOUNT. 

Discount  is  a  certain  percentage  deducted  from  a  note 
or  debt  for  the  payment  of  the  same  before  it  is  due. 

Bank  discount  is  simple  interest  on  the  principle  taken 
in  advance,  and  in  most  states  is  reckoned  for  three  days 
more  than  the  specified  time. 

In  discounting  a  note  which  is  drawing  interest  the 
discount  must  be  reckoned  on  the  amount  or  value  of 
the  note  when  due. 

The  interest  for  the  full  time  must  be  added  to  the  deed-;, 
or  present  worth. 


CHAPTER   V. 

ComrrverciaJ  Pa.pers. 

DEMANDING  PAYMENT. 

Time  of  Demand.  When  a  note  or  draft  becomes  due 
its  payment  should  be  made  at  the  proper  time.  But 
no  demand  is  necessary  to  make  the  maker  of  a  note 
or  the  acceptor  of  a  draft  responsible.  For  instance, 
the  owner  may  have  ascertained  beforehand  that,  tin- 
note  or  draft  would  be  paid.  He  may  sue  them  as 
as  the  paper  is  due  without  demanding  payment. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  51 

With  indorsers  the  rule  is  different.  To  make  the  in- 
dorser  of  a  note,  or  the  indorser  or  drawer  of  a  draft 
responsible,  the  paper  must  be  presented  and  payment 
demanded  of  the  maker  or  acceptor  on  the  very  day 
when  it  becomes  due. 

The  maker  of  a  note  and  the  acceptor  of  a  draft  are 
the  primary  debtors,  the  others  are  sureties,  and  are  en- 
titled to  have  the  demand  made  of  the  primary  debtors 
first,  even  though  it  is  known  that  they  will  refuse  to 
pay. 

Regarding  Checks.  Demand  of  payment  should  be 
made  as  soon  as  possible.  The  drawer  is  not  discharged 
by  any  delay,  unless  he  can  show  that  he  was  injured 
by  it,  as  by  the  bank's  failure  in  the  meantime,  but  the 
indorser  is  discharged,  unless  it  is  sent  to  the  bank  for 
payment  before  the  end  of  the  next  day  after  the  person 
to  whom  he  indorsed  it  receives  it. 

Place  of  Demand.  If  the  name  of  a  bank  or  any  other 
place  is  mentioned  in  the  paper  demand  should  be  made 
there* 

By  Whom.  The  owner  or  anyone  acting  for  the  owner 
may  make  demand  and  send  the  notice.  Banks  often 
do  it  for  those  who  keep  accounts  with  them.  Usually 
the  owner  or  his  agent  notifies  all  the  parties  on  the 
paper,  and  this  is  the  most  businesslike  as  well  as  the 
most  prudent  way.  This  renders  all  parties  responsible  to 
him,  and  each  responsible  to  each  other  in  their  order. 

Puxxession  of  Paper.  The  party  making  the  demand 
should  have  possession  of  the  paper,  for  the  debtor  can 
insist  on  having  it  delivered  to  him  when  paid. 

Protest.  If  demand  is  legally  made  and  payment  is  re- 
fused the  paper  must  be  protested  and  the  proper  parties 
notified.  This  is  commonly  done  by  an  officer  called  a 
Notary  Public,  to  whom  the  owner  delivers  the  paper 
for  that  purpose.  The  Notary  then  usually  draws  up  a 
certificate  showing  that  what  he  has  done,  and  attaches 
it  to  the  note  or  draft.  On  all  commercial  paper,  except 
foreign  bills  of  exchange,  anyone  may  make  the  demand 
and  serve.'  the  notice.  On  foreign  bills  it  is  better  to  em- 
ploy a  Notary. 

LAWS  REGARDING  LOST  NOTES  OR  BILLS. 

General  Law.  A  note  payable  to  bearer,  coming  before 
it  is  due  to  one  who  purchases  it  believing  that  the  seller 
has  the  right  to  sell  it,  belongs  to  him,  though  stolen  from 
the  true  owner. 


52  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

Bond.  If  the  maker  should  refuse  to  pay  a  note  or 
bill  which  has  been  lost,  he  may  by  law  be  compelled 
to  pay  it,  but  it  would  be  necessary  for  the  party  col- 
lecting it  to  give  bond,  to  protect  the  maker  from  all 
futher  claims,  on  account  of  the  lost  paper. 

Proof.  It  is  necessary  to  prove  that  the  note  has  been 
given  by  a  certain  party  or  parties,  and  up  to  date  not 
paid.  The  maker  of  the  note  can  compel  the  holder  of 
the  same  to  give  evidence  that  the  amount  promised 
therein  has  not  been  paid. 

Informal  A'o/V.s.  Although  informal  notes  are  regarded 
with  suspicion,  they  may  be  collected.  Any  form  of  a 
written  promise  to  pay  a  certain  amount  is  regarded  as 
an  evidence  of  an  intention  to  do  so  and  will  stand  test 
of  law. 

('an/ion.  Before  letting  the  maker  of  a  note  know  that 
it  lias  been  lost,  -••run1  it'  possible  his  acknowledgment  of 
the  amount  of  said  note  in  the  presence  of  disinterested 
parties,  because  it  may  afterwards  be  difficult  to  secure 
suliicient  evidence  to  establish  the  debt. 

Toledo,  Ohio,  Aug.  5,  1902. 
$26,000. 

Received  of  William  C.  Thome  twenty-six  thousand 
dollars  in  full  payment  for  a  certain  note  given  by  said 
Henry  E.  Gray,  dated  Apirl  19,  1902,  calling  for  twenty- 
six  thousand  dollars;  which  said  note  is  lost,  destroyed, 
or  mislaid,  and  this  receipt  is  a  guarantee  against  future 
demands  of  said  note. 

Sam  T.  Brookman. 

N.  B.     Better  never  lose  a  note. 

TRANSFER  OF  COMMERCIAL  PAPER. 

Transferring  Legally.  Commercial  paper  is  usually 
transferred  before  it  matures,  and  the  innocent  holder  is 
protected  by  law  in  his  pos-es>ion.  Kven  though  he 
bought  it  from  a  party  who  has  stolen,  found,  or  procured 
it  by  fraud,  it  nevertheless  belongs  to  him,  provided  he 
did  not  know  that  it  had  been  obtained  illegally. 

Usual  Method  of  Transferring.  Papers  are  commonly 
transferred  by  the  seller  placing  his  name  on  the  back 
of  the  note  or  bill.  By  this  the  indorser  agrees  to  the 
amount  if  the  maker  fails  to  do  so,  and  if  properly  notified 
when  the  paper  is  clue  and  not  paid,  he  is  held  responsible. 

Void  Paper.  If  a  paper  is  void  where  it  is  made  it  is 
everywhere  void.  A  party  who  indorses  a  void  paper 
over  to  an  innocent  holder  is  bound  bv  his  indorsement. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  53 

Buying  Defective  Notes.  If  you  purchase  a  note  and  are 
aware  of  any  defects  in  it,  or  if  there  is  anything  suspicious 
about  it,  you  buy  at  your  own  risk. 

A  Transfer  After  Maturity.  Papers  may  be  transferred 
as  readily  after  maturity  and  in  the  same  manner  as  before 
maturity,  but  the  purchaser  takes  it  at  his  own  risk.  It 
is  subject  in  his  hands  to  any  defenses  that  may  have 
existed  against  it  in  the  hands  of  the  one  holding  it  when 
it  became  due. 

Claims  of  an  Innocent  Holder.  If  an  innocent  holder 
of  a  paper  has  paid  its  value  before  it  became  due,  he  can 
hold  both  the  maker  and  the  indorser  for  payment. 

LAWS  REGARDING  FORGED  PAPER. 

Forgery  is  the  Fraudulently  Making  or  Altering  a  Written 
Instrument.  An  indorsement  is  itself  a  written  instrument 
and  therefore  if  any  one  having  or  finding  a  piece  of  com- 
mercial paper  made  payable  to  the  order  of  some  one  else 
should  indorse  it  in  his  name  without  authority  to  do  so, 
and  with  a  fraudulent  intent  it  would  be  forgery. 

Any  material  alteration  made,  with  intent  'to  defraud, 
on  a  true  instrument  is  forgery.  Thus  if  the  amount  in 
a  check  wen1  written  thus,  $70.00,  a  forgery  might  be 
committed  by  merely  erasing  the  dot. 

A  Forged  Instrument.  A  forged  instrument  is  not 
commercial  paper.  Being  false,  it  represents  neither  a 
contract  nor  property,  and  no  rights  are  gained  by  its 
possession  or  transfer. 

The  Responsibility.  One  whose  name  is  forged  cannot 
be  made  responsible.  The  act  is  not  his,  and  one  cer- 
tainly should  not  be  held  responsible  for  another's  acts 
which  are  entirely  unauthorized. 

If  your  name  is  forged  as  the  drawer  of  a  check,  and 
the  bank  believing  it  genuine  pays  it,  the  bank  must 
lose  the  amount.  It  makes  no  difference  how  careful 
or  honest  one  is  who  takes  commercial  paper, 
he  must  always  take  the  risk  of  its  being  a  forgery. 

Payment  Under  Mistake.  Money  paid  under  mistake 
must  be  refunded.  One  whose  name  is  forged  not  only 
need  not  pay  but  even  if  he  should  himself  be  deceived 
by  the  skillfulness  of  the  forgery,  and  should  pay,  he 
may  nevertheless  recover  his  money  from  the  one  to 
whom  he  paid  it. 

Exceptions.  There  are,  however,  two  important  ex- 
ceptions to  the  rule  of  proceding.  They  both  relate  to 
the  case  where  a  person  drawn  upon  has  recognized  the 


54  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

paper  as  genuine  either  by  paying  it  or  accepting,  or  (in  a 
check)  certifying  it,  for  a  bona  fide  owner.  The  cases 
are  (1)  where  the  drawer's  name  is  forged  and  (2)  where 
the  acceptance  (in  a  check  certification)  is  forged.  If  in 
these  two  cases  the  person  or  bank  drawn  upon  accepts 
or  certifies  or  pays,  they  miM  stand  by  the  act.  The 
reason  for  this  is  the  convenience  for  business. 

Transfer.  Since  forged  paper  is  in  reality  nothing  but 
a  piece  of  waste  paper,  one  who  sells  it  to  another  in 
n-ality  sells  nothing  except  so  far  as  it,  is  genuine,  even 
though  both  believe  it  genuine.  Therefore  one  who  buys 
forged  paper  may  recover  what  he  loses  by  it  from  the 
one  from  whom  he  buys  it,  because  it  is'  money  paid 
under  mistake. 

lidixinf/  Amount.  Paper  is  frequently  forged  In 
ing  the  amount  named  in  the  genuine  instrument  and 
inserting  a  larger  one.  It  is  then  perfectly  valid  as  to 
the  original  sum,  but  wholly  void  as  to  the  excess.  \'.\- 
ample:  If  a  check  is  drawn  for  "  •}.()()''  and  by  era-ing 
the  dot  the  amount  is  raided  to  "  S -100"  the  signer  of  the 
check  will  only  be  held  for  "$4.00"'  and  whoever  takes 
the  check  for  $400  lose-  the  s:;<)t;,  unless  of  course,  it  can 
be  recovered  from  the  forger. 

Caution.  Never  buy  a  paper  unless  you  are  abso- 
lutely certain  that  it  is  genuine  and  a  valid  contract  in 
every  respect. 

LEGAL  BUSINESS  FORMS 

COMMERCIAL    LAW. 

Law  is  a  direction  from    the    governing    power    of    a 

country  to  its  inhabitants,  Mlinir  them  what  they  must 
or  must  not  do.  Every  civili/ed  nation  has  a  sy-tem  of 
written  laws,  as  no  nation  could  exist  without  a  sys- 
tem of  laws  of  some  sort. 

Mercantile  law  is  that  branch  of  law  which  governs 
mercantile  transactions  of  any  kind.  The  general  prin- 
ciples of  law -are  everywhere  founded  on  the  same  con- 
siderations, and  are  identical.  This  is  especially  true  of 
'commercial  or  mercantile  law.  The  very  nature  of  com- 
merce and  trade  compelled  business  men  of  different 
lands  to  adopt  similar  customs  and  mode-  of  doing  busi- 
ness. Their  usages  and  customs  have  become  almost 
identically  the  same  in  all  parts  of  the  civilized  world, 
and  are  therefore  recognized  as  binding  law  by  the  courts. 
and  in  many  cases  are  confirmed  and  defined  by  special 
statutes. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  55 

It  is  therefore  of  practical  value  to  give  to  .business 
men  a  collection  of  useful  rules  and  principles  of  legal 
forms,  the  application  of  which  is  not  confined  to  any 
locality.  Such  a  collection  is  given  in  the  following 
pages: 

Sources  of  law  in  every  State,  arranged  in  the  order  of 
their  relative  authority. 

1.  The  United  States  Constitution. 

2.  The  laws  of  Congress,  upon  subjects  named  in  the 
U.  S.  Constitution. 

3.  The  Particular  State  Constitution. 

4.  The  Statutes  of  the  State. 

5.  The  Common  Law. 

AGREEMENTS. 

Aii  agreement  is  in  substance  a  contract  in   accordance    * 
with  which  individuals,   .singly  or  collectively,  agree  to 
perform  certain  duties  within  a  specified  time. 

In  connection  with  all  matters  concerning  which  a 
difference  of  opinion  or  misunderstanding  may  arise, 
it  is  very  important  that  agreements  or  contracts  be 
plainly  and  fully  reduced  to  writing,  whereby  frequently 
a  long  and  expensive  law  suit  may  be  saved  the  parties  to 
the  agreement. 

An  agreement  for  which  there  is  no  consideration  can- 
not be  enforced  at  law.  The  consideration  need  not  be 
entirely  adaquate,  but  it  must  have  some  real  value. 

An  agreement  should  state  explicitly  the  time  within 
which  the  conditions  are  to  be  complied  with. 

Misrepresentation,  fraud,  or  changing  of  the  date  ren- 
ders an  agreement  void. 

It  is  advisable  in  drawing  up  a  written  agreement  to 
have  it  signed  by  a  witness;  such  witness,  however,  need 
not  know  the  contents  of  the  document. 

An  agreement  had  better  be  drawn  up  and  signed  with 
pen  ana  ink.  Signatures  made  with  pencil  are  good  in 
law,  but  it  is  advisable  to  have  them  written  in  ink. 

Duplicates  should  always  be  made  of  an  agreement, 
and  each  party  retain  a  copy. 

AGREEMENT  FOR  SALE  OF  PERSONAL 
PROPERTY. 

This  agreement,  made  the  fifth  day  of  August,  1902, 
between  John  Meyers,  of  LaSalle,  County  of  LaSalle, 
State  of  Illinois,  of  the  first  part,  and  Fred  Brown,  of 


56  MANUAL  OF  BUSIXF— 

Chicago,   Cook  County,   State  of  Illinois,   of  the  second 
part: 

\Vitnesseth  that  the  said  John  Meyers,  in  consideration 
of  the  agreement  of  the  party  of  the  second  part,  herein- 
after contained,  contracts  and  agrees  to  and  with  the 
said  Fred  Brown,  that  he  will  deliver,  in  good  condition, 
at  the  City  of  Piper  City,  111.,  during  the  month  of  Sep- 
tember, of  this  year  two  thousand  bushels  of  corn,  in 
the  following  lots  and  on  the  following  specified  terms; 
namely,  three  hundred  bushels  by  the  21st  of  August, 
two  hundred  and  fifty  additional  bushels  by  the  30th  of 
August,  one  hundred  bushels  more  by  the  3rd  of  Septem- 
ber, ;md  the  entire  two  thousand  to  be  delivered  by  the 
20th  of  September. 

And  the  said  Fred  Brown,  in  consideration  of  the  prompt 
fulfillment  of  this  contract  on  the  part  of  the  party  of 
the  first  part,  contract  to  and  agree  with  the  said  John 
Meyers  to  pay  for  said  corn  at  the  rate  of  sixty  cents  per 
bushel,  for  each  bushel  as  >oon  a<  delivered. 

In  ca.-e  of  failure  of  agreement  of  either  party  it  is 
hereby  agreed  that  the  party  so  failing  shall  nay  to  the 
other  Sixty-Five  Dollars  as  fivd  and  >ettled  damages. 

In  witness  whereof  we  have  hereunto  set  our  hands,  tin- 
day  and  year  above  written. 

ACJHKKMFAT    Foil  HIKIXC  A  WoRKMAX. 

Memorandum  of  agreement,  made  this  (ith  day  of 
August,  A.  D.  1902,  between  .John  Smith  and  ('has. 
Jones. 

The  said  John  Smith  agrees  to  serve  ('has.  Jones  a> 
foreman  in  his  business  as  carpenter,  in  the  City  of  San 
Francisco,  Cal.,  for  one  year  from  this  date,  at 'a  salary 
of  two  thousand  dollars  per  annum,  payable  in  equal 
monthly  payments  on  the  la^t  day  of  each  month  by 
said  ('has.  Jones.  And  the  said  John  Smith  agrees  to 
devote  all  his  attention  and  skill  to  the  busim  ss  and 
superintend  the  same,  under  the  direction  of  Chas.  Jones, 
as  they  may  from  time  to  time  be  given  him,  and  at 
all  times  to  furnish  ('has.  Jones  with  any  desired  informa- 
tion concerning  the  business. 

AGREEMENT  WITH  CLERK  FOR  SFH VICES. 

This  Agreement,  made  this  sixth  day  of  August,  one 
thousand  nine  hundred  and  two.  between  Win.  Horn, 
of  Streator,  County  of  LaSalle,  State  of  Illinois,  party 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  57 

of  the  first  part,  and  Ben  Knapp,  of  Tonica,  County  of 
Clay,  State  of  Illinois,  party  of  the  second  part : 

Witnesseth,  that  said  Ben  Knapp  agrees  faithfully 
and  diligently  to  work  as  clerk  and  salesman  for  the  said 
Wm.  Horn,  and  during  the  space  of  one  year  from  date 
hereof,  should  both  live  such  length  of  time,  without 
absenting  himself  from  his  occupation;  during  which  time 
he,  the  said  Ben  Knapp,  will  carefully  and  honestly  at- 
tend, performing  all  duties  as  clerk  and  salesman,  in 
all  respects  as  directed  and  desired  by  the  said  Wm. 
Horn. 

In  consideration  of  which,  services,  so  to  be  rendered 
by  the  said  Ben  Knapp,  the  said  Horn  agrees  to  pay 
said  Knapp  the  sum  of  One  Thousand  Dollars  ($1000) 
annually,  in  monthly  payments,  each  payment  to  be  made 
upon  the  fifteenth  day  of  each  month. 

In  witness  whereof,  we  have  hereunto  set  our  hands  and 
seals,  this  sixth  day  of  August,  A.  D.  1902. 

Wm.  Horn  [Seal.] 

Ben  Knapp  [Seal.] 

AGREEMENT   FOR   HIRING  A   FARM   HAND. 
Know  all  Men  by  these  Presents: 

That  James  B.  Vaughn  agrees  to  work  faithfully  for 
Frank  White,  as  a  general  laborer  on  his  farm,  and  to  do 
any  work  that  he  may  be  called  upon  to  do  in  connection 
therewith,  in  the  township  Ophir,  County  of  LaSalle, 
and  State  of  Illinois,  for  the  period  of  two  years,  beginning 
the  first  day  of  September,  next,  1902,  for  the  sum  of 
Thirty-Five  Dollars  per  month. 

In 'consideration  of  the  service  to  be  performed,  the 
said  James  Vaughn  agrees  to  pay  Frank  White  Thirty- 
Five  Dollars  per  month. 

In  Witness  Win -roof,  the  said  parties  have  hereunto 
set  their  hands  this  sixth  day  of  August,  1902. 

James    B.    Vaughn.  , 
Frank   White. 

AGREEMENT  TO  CULTIVATE  LAND  ON  SHARES. 

This  Agreement,  made  this  sixth  day  of  August,  A.  D. 
1902,  between  Thorns.  Scanlan  of  the  town  of  Sue 
Falls,  County  of  Clinton,  State  of  Dakota,  and  Henry 
King  of  Joliet,  County  of  Cook,  State  of  Illinois,  party  of 
th>  second  part,  Witnessed  that  the  said  Thorns,  Scanlan 
will,  on  or  before  the  first  day  of  November,  break, 


58  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

properly  prepare,  and  sow  with  wheat  the  forty  acres  lie- 
longing  to  and  lying  north  of  the  dwelling  place  of  the 
said  Henry  King,  in  the  town  of  Joliet. 

That  one-half  of  the  seed  wheat  shall  be  found  by  said 
Henry  King.  That  when  said  crop  is  in  proper  condition, 
the  said  Thorns.  Scanlan  will  cut,  harvest,  and  safely 
house  it  in  the  barn  of  Henry  King.  That  he  will  prop- 
erly thresh  and  clean  the  same.  That  he  will  deliver 
one-half  of  the  said  wheat  to  the  said  Henry  King  at 
his  in-unary,  on  or  before  the  fifteenth  day  of  December, 
1002. 

Witness  our  hands  and  seals. 

Thoins.   Scanlan  [Seal.] 

Henry   King  [Seal.] 

Signed,  Sealed  and  delivered 
in    the    presence    of 
Thomas  Oliver. 
James   Byer<. 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS. 

An  acknowledgement  is  the  assent  of  a  person  that  any 
document  to  which  his  name  is  afiixed  is  true  in  fact,  or 
that  it  is  a  voluntary  act  on  his  part  .in  transferring  property 
or  any  personal  right  to  another.  It  must  always  be 
made  before  a  competent  legal  authority  a<  the  law  re- 
quires. 

The  law  makes  it  obligatory  upon  persons  who  give 
deeds  for  lands,  or  mortgages  on  property  of  any  kind, 
to  acknowledge  the  execution  of  the  paper,  so  that  it 
may  be  properly  recorded. 

On  any  legal  document,  an  unmarried  person's  ,-iirna- 
ture  alone  is  suflicient,  but  if  married  then  both  husband 
and  wife  should  sign  it. 

EXAMINING  WITNESSES  TO  A  DEED,  ON  OATH, 
UPON  THE  BIBLE. 

You  do  solemnly  swear  that  you  will  true  answers 
make  to  such  questions  as  shall  be  put  to  you  in  regard 
to  the  parties  to  the  deed  here  shown  to  you,  and  the 
execution  thereof,  so  help  you  God. 

HOLDING    UP    THE    RIGHT    HAM). 

You  do  swear,  in  the  presence  of  the  ever-living  God, 
that  you  will  true  answers  make  to  such  questions  as 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  59 

shall  be  put  to  you  touching  the  parties  to  the  deed  shown 
to  you,  and  the  execution  thereof. 

A     SINGLE     GRANTOR'S     ACKNOWLEDGEMENT. 
State  of  Dakota,         ) 
County  of  Clinton       j"  ss 

I,  John  Feeney,  a  notary  public  for  and  within  said 
county,  in  the  said  State  aforesaid,  do  hereby  certify  that 
George  Webster  personally  known  to  me  as  the  real  person 
whose  name  is  subscribed  to  the  foregoing  deed  as  having 
executed  the  same,  appeared  before  me  in  person  and 
acknowledged  that  he  signed,  sealed  and  delivered  the 
said  instrument  in  writing  as  his  free  and  voluntary  act, 
for  the  use  and  purpose  therein  set  forth. 

Given  under  my  hand  and  seal  of  office,  this  sixth  day 
of  August,  A.  D.  1902. 
[Notarial  Seal.] 

JOHN  FEENEY, 

Notary  Public. 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT  BY  HUSBAND  AND  WIFE, 

State  of  Illinois, 
County  of  LaSalle, 

Before  me,  Edward  Blake,  a  notary  public  for  and  within 
said  county,  in  the  State  aforesaid,  appeared  the  above 
named  Oscar  Brooke,  and  Mary  Brooke,  his  wife,  both 
personally  known  to  me  as  the  real  persons  whose  names  are 
subscribed  to  the  within  conveyance,  as  having  executed 
the  same,  and  acknowledged  that  they  signed,  sealed, 
and  delivered  the  same  for  purposes  therein  mentioned. 

And  the  said  Mary  Brooke,  having  been  by  me  exam- 
ined, separate  and  apart,  and  out  of  hearing  of  her  husband 
acknowledged  that  she  executed  the  same  freely,  and  with- 
out any  fear  or  compulsion  of  her  said  husband. 

Given  under  my  hand  and  seal  of  office,  this  sixth  day 
of  August,  A.  D.,  1902. 
[Notary  Seal] 

EDWARD  BLAKE. 

Notary  Public. 

AFFIDAVITS. 

A  written  statement  of  facts  under  oath  or  affirmation 
is  called  an  affidavit.  Affidavits  may  be  made  in  law 
suits  or  independently  of  legal  proceedings  to  verify  cer- 
tain facts.  They  must  be  made  in  the  presence  of  an 


60  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

officer  qualified  to  administer  an  oath,  as  a  justice  of  the 
peace. 

Amendment  to  the  affidavit  may  be  made  by  the  order 
of  the  court,  and  the  document  must  be  sworn  to.  A 
counter  affidavit  is  one  made  in  opposition  to  affidavit 
already  made. 

GENERAL  FORM  OF  AFFIDAVIT. 

State  of  California.  | 

Sutter  County,  City  of  SaD  Francisco,  i  ss' 

John  Monroe,   bring  duly  sworn,  depo-u--  and  Bar 
alleges  and   says):  Tint      (Hrrr   srt    out    in   full   and   ac- 
curate language  thr  mat  in-  to  be  alleu 
[Seal]  JUKI.   I!<> 

Sworn  (or affirmed)  before  mr.  \h\~~  seventh  day  of  August. 
A.  n.,  1902.  Oscar  Mason,  Justice  of  the  IVaVe.  (If  the 
affiant  is  unable  to  read,  thr  subscription  should  be  as 
follows :) 

Subscribed  and  <\\-orn  to  before  me  this  seventh  day 
of  August,  A.  i).,  1902,  the  same  having  been  by  me  (or 
in  my  presence)  read  to  this  affiant,  he  being  illiterate  (or 
blind),  and  understanding  the  same. 

(Officer's  signature  and  title.) 

AFFIDAVIT    OF   ACCOUNTS. 

State  of  California, 
Humboldt  County, 

Before  me,  the  undersigned,  one  of  the  justice  of  the 
peace  in  and  for  said  county,  personally  came  Fred  Kenny 
of  Ottawa,  and,  being  duly  sworn  according  to  law,  de- 
poses and  says:  That  the  above  account, as  stated,  is  just 
and  true. 

That  the  above  sum  of  one  hundred  dollars  is  now 
justly  due  and  owing  to  this  deponent  by  the  above  named 
Dan  Lawless.  That  he,  the  above  said  Fred  Kenny,  has 
never  received  the  same  or  any  part  thereof,  either  directly 
or  indirectly,  nor  any  person'  from  him  by  his  direction 
or  order,  knowledge  or  consent. 

Fred  Kenny. 

Sworn  and  subscribed  before  me,  seventh  day  of  August. 
A.  D.,  1902. 

Albert  Murphy, 
Justice  of  the  Peace. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  61 

AFFIDAVIT  TO  PETITION. 


State  of  Michigan,  t 


Scott  County,  } 

Arthur  Taylor,  being  duly  sworn  says:  That  the  facts 
set  forth  in  the  foregoing  petition  are  true  to  the  best 
of  his  knowledge  and  belief. 

Arthur    Taylor. 
Sworn,  etc.  (as  in  the  preceding  form). 

Affidavit  to  Signature  of  an  absent  witness. 

State  of  Illinois,  ) 
Cook  County,       j"  Sk- 

Joliet,  August  7,   1902. 

BE  IT  REMEMBERED,  that  on  the  above  mentioned 
day,  before  me,  the  undersigned,  William  Cotton,  one 
of  the  Justices  of  the  Peace  in  said  county,  personally  ap- 
peared Peter  Sheehan,  who,  being  duly  sworn,  deposes 
and  says:  That  Clarence  Provines,  one  of  the  subscribing 
witnesses  to  the  within  (will  or  deed),  is  dead  or  absent 
from  the  State,  as  the  case  may  be. 

That  he  has  frequently  seen  said  Clarence  Provines 
write,  and  that  he  is  well  acquainted  with  the  hand 
writing  of  said  Clarence  Provins. 

That  to  the  best  of  his  knowledge  and  belief  (or  he 
verily  believes)  the  name  of  Clarence  Provins,  signed 
to  the  same  as  one  of  the  subscribing  witnesses,  is  the 
proper  and  individual  handwriting  of  said  Clarence 
Provins. 

Peter  Sheehan. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me,  this  seventh  day 
of  August,  A.  D.  1902. 

William  Cotton, 
Justice   of   the   Peace. 

AGENCY  AND  ATTORNEY. 

1.  The  greatest  importance  of  the  law  of  agency  exists 
in  its  relation  to  making  contracts  through  agents. 

2.  A  General  Agent  is  one  authorized  to  represent  his 
principal  in  all  his  business  of  one  particular  branch. 

3.  A  Special  Agent  is  one  appointed  to  a  particular 
thing  only,  or  a  few  particular  things. 

4.  An  Agent  is  a  person  authorized  to  act  for  another 
tvith  a  third  party.     The  Principal  is  the  one  for  whom 
he  acts.     The  person  with  whom  the  agent  does  busi- 
ness is  the  third  party. 


62  MAXCAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

5.  Agencij  is  one  of  the  most  common  and  nece»ary 
relations  of  life.  Nearly  everyone  acts  every  day  as  the 
agent  of  someone  else.  Thus  every  clerk  in  the  store  is 
the  agent  of  the  proprietor.  Almost  all  the  business  of 
the  brokers,  commission  merchants,  lawyers,  auctioneers, 
etc.,  is  sonic  sort  of  an  agency.  Corporations  act  wholly 
\iy  means  of  agents,  viz.:  their  officers,  clerks,  etc. 
'6.  Who  Man  Ac',  fix  Principal  or  Agent.  Any  one  who 
s  competent  to  do  business  for  himself  may  act  as  prin- 
cipal, and  appoint  an  agent  to  transact  for  him.  Per- 
sons who  cannot  do  business  for  themselves  may,  how- 
ever, be  appointed  to  act  as  agent.  Therefore  minors 
and  married  women  may  act  as  agents. 

7.  I/oir    Appointed.     An    Agent's    authority    may    be 
given  orally  or  by  writing;  no  particular  form  of  words 
is  necessary.      In   important    matters,  the  agent  is  often 
appointed  by  written  instrument  which  is  called  power 
of  attorney.     When  thus  authorized  under  seal,  an  agent 
can  sign  deeds,  or  other  conveyances  of  real  estate  or 
sealed  instruments. 

8.  Extent  of  Authority.     The  employing  of  an  agent 
is    the    act    which   gives   him   his   authority.     An   agent 
has  authority  to  do  whatever  is  necessary  or  genera  lly 
done  in  connection  with  the  purpose  for  which  he  is 
employed.     Some  employments  give  very  wide  latitude 
of  power,  and  leave  very  much  to  the  direction  of  the 
agent,   others  give  a   very  limited  authority.     Thus  any 
act   of  the  president  or  cashier  of  a  bank  in  connection 
with  its  banking  business  binds  the  bank,  while  a  me»eii- 
ger  would  have  authority  only  to  carry  a  message. 

9.  Liability  of  Principal.     The  principal  is  responsible 
for  the  acts  of  his   agents   committed   in   the   execution 
of  the  agency  and  which  are  within  the  real  or  apparent 
scope  of  the*  principal's  business.     A  distinction  is  here 
made  between  a  special  and  a  general  agent.     If  a  special 
agents  exceeds  or  disobeys  his  instructions  the  principal 
is  not  liable;  but  if  a  general  agent  exceeds  his  authority 
the  principal  will  be  bound,  if  the  act   is  within  the  ap- 
parent scope  of  an  agent's  authority,   when  it   is  such 
an  act   as  is  natural  and  usual  in  transacting  business  of 
that    kind.       Hy    appointing   him   to   do   that    busii. 
the  principal   is  considered  as  saying  to  the  world  that 
his  agent    has  all  the  authority  necessary  to  transact  it 
in   the   usual    way.      For   any   criminal  act,  however,    of 
the    agent,    the    principal   is   not    responsible    unJ^ss    h*> 
diroctlv  commands  him  to  commit  it. 


.MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  63 

The  Agent's  Liability.  1.  To  His  Principal.  An 
agent  is  bound  in  transacting  the  affairs  of  his  principal 
to  exercise  all  the  care  which  a  reasonable  man  would 
exercise  in  his  own,  and  to  the  utmost  good  faith.  For 
any  loss  to  the  principal  through  neglect  or  unfaithful- 
ness, the  agent  is  liable  to  him. 

2.  To  the  Third  Party.  If  an  agent  conceals  his 
character  as  an  agent,  or  transcends  his  authority,or 
otherwise  conducts  himself  as  to  make  his  principle  respon- 
sible, or  if  he  expressly  binds  himself  in  any  way,  h»is 
himself  liable  to  the  third  party. 

Sub- Agents.  An  agent  may  himself  appoint  another 
agent  and  act  through  him.  Such  a  person  is  called  a  sub- 
agent,  and  is  responsible  to  him  who  has  appointed  him, 
as  Ins  principal.  In  most  commercial  transactions  sub- 
agents  may  be  employed. 

In  Whose  Name  the  Business  is  Done.  All  business 
should  be  transacted  and  money  deposited  in  the  name  of 
the  principal.  If  an  agent  deposits  money  in  his  own 
name,  and  the  bank  fails  he  is  responsible  for  the  loss. 

Mining  Property.  If  an  agent  mixes  his  own  property 
with  that  of  his  principal,  so  that  it  cannot  be  identified 
it  will  all  belong  to  the  principal. 

Responsibility  to  the  Third  Party.  Ordinarily  a  person 
can  only  be  responsible  for  his  own  acts,  but  an  agent's 
act  is  really  considered  as  that  of  his  principal.  There- 
fore the  rule  is  that  the  principal  is  responsible  for  the 
act  of  his  agent.  The  principal  is  bound  even  though  he 
was  unknown  at  the  time  the  act  was  done,  because  he 
is  supposed  to  derive  the  benefits  of  the  same. 

Ratification.  If  a  principal  ratifies  an  act  done,  he  is 
bound  by  it,  whether  he  had  given  the  agent  authority  or 
not. 

Subsequent  ratification  is  equivalent  to  prior  authority 
But  if  such  ratification  is  made  under  a  mistake  of  circum- 
stances it  is  not  binding. 

Responsibility  of  Third  Party.  A  person  doing  busi- 
ness with  an  agent  is  just  as  responsible  to  his  principal 
as  though  he  had  transacted  the  business  with  the  latter 
in  peix.n. 

Revocation.  It  is  always  in  the  power  of  the  principal 
to  revoke  an  agency;  but  if  the  power  conferred  is  coupled 
with  an  interest,  as  where  an  agent  has  power  to  sell  goods 
and  apply  the  proceeds  to  his  own  use;  or  if  it  is  given  for 
valuable  consideration,  and  a  continuance  of  the  agency 
is  necessary  to  meet  the  responsibilities  he  has  assumed 


64  MANTAL  OF  BUSIN! 

in  advance,  to  carry  it  on,  then  such  agency  cannot  be 
revoked  at  the  pleasure,  of  the  principal. 

How  to  Reroke  fin  A<JCHC;I.  It  iruM  be  done  by  an 
express  act  of  the  principal  or  by  the  act  of  the  law.  The 
first  implies  a  written  form  revoking  the  power  of  the 
attorney  that  has  been  conferred,  or  any  other  express 
declaration  to  revoke.  The  second  occasion  may  be  the 
death  of  the  principal  or  agent. 

Xotice  to  lit-  (iirni.  Due  notice  should  be  given  by 
the  principal  of  Mich  revocation  to  those  who  knew  of  the 
authority  given  to  such  agent,  because  a  general  authority 
may  continue  to  bind  the  principal  after  it  has  been 
actually  recalled,  if  the  agency  were  well  known  and  the 
recalling  of  it  wholly  unknown  to  the  party  dealing  with 
the  agent  without  that  party's  fault. 

POWER    or    ATTORNEY. 

Know  All  Men  by  th---e  1'iv-mt -.  That  I,  Y.  J.  Duncan, 
of  Ferndale,  in  the  County  of  Humboldt,  State  of  Cal- 
ifornia, have  made,  constituted,  and  appointed  .John  Scott 
of  Andover,  County  of  Ashtabula,  and  State  of  ( )hio,  a 
a  true  and  lawful  attorney  for  me  and  in  my  behalf,  to 
(here  insert  the  subject-matter  of  the  power):  hereby 
giving  and  granting  unto  my  said  attorney  full  power  and 
authority  generally  to  do  and  perform  all  and  every  act 
whatsoever  reijui.-ite  or  proper  to  effectuate  all  or  any  of 
the  premises,  with  the  same  powers  and  to  all  inter' 
purposes  with  the  same  validity  as  if  I  were  p-i-on- 
ally  present,  hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  what 
my  said  attorney  shall  and  may  do  by  virtue  hereof  in 
the  premises. 

In   witness   whereof.    I,   the   said   V.   J.    Duncan,    have 
hereunto  set    my  hand  and  afiixed  my  seal,  this  seventh 
day  of  August,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  nine 
hundred  and  two. 
Sitjncd  and  Denied  in  presence  of 

V.  J.  Duncan.       [Seal] 

POWER    OF    ATTORNEY    TO    COLLECT    D! 
RENTS,    ETC. 

Know  All  Men  by  these  Presents,  That,  I,  Fred  P.eem, 
of  Freeport,  Illinois,  do  by  these  presents  make,  consti- 
tute and  appoint  J.  J.  Garland  my  true  and  lawful  attor- 
ney, for  me  and  in  my  name,  place  and  stead  to  demand, 
ask,  sue  for,  collect,  and  receive  all  sums  of  money,  ac- 
counts, debts,  dues,  rents  and  demands  of  every  descrip- 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  65 

tion,  kind  and  nature  whatsoever,  which  are  due,  owing 
or  payable  from  any  person  or  persons  whatsoever,  and 
to  give  good  and  sufficient  receipts,  acquittances  and  dis- 
charges therefor;  giving  and  granting  unto  my  said  attor- 
ney full  authority  and  power  to  do  and  perform  every  act 
and  thing  whatsoever  necessary  and  requisite  to  be  done 
in  the  premises,  as  I  might  or  could  do  if  personally  present. 

In  testimony  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my 'hand  and 
seal,  this  seventh  day  of  August,  1902. 
Signed  and  sealed     ) 
in  the  presence  of    [•  Fred  Beem  (L.  S.) 

AVm.  Woolfe.         ) 

POWER  TO  TAKE  CHARGE  OF  AND  CARRY  ON 
BUSINESS. 

Know  All  Men  by  these  Presents,  That  I,  Harry  Sailor, 
of  Toledo,  Ohio,  do  by  these  presents  appoint,  constitute 
and  make  L.  W.  Armstrong  my  true  and  lawful  attorney, 
for  me  and  in  my  place  and  stead  to  take  charge  of  my 
business  of  general  merchandising  at  Toledo,  Ohio;  to 
purchase  and  sell  for  cash  or  on  credit  all  such  articles 
g<  )()<!-,  merchandise  and  wares,  as  he  shall  deem  proper 
necessary  and  useful  in  said  business;  to  sign,  accept  and 
indorse  all  notes,  drafts  and  bills;  to  state  accounts;  to 
sue  and  prosecute,  compromise,  collect  and  settle  all 
claims  or  demands  due  or  to  become  due,  now  existing  or 
hereafter  to  exist  in  my  favor,  toad  just  and  pay  all  claims 
and  demands  which  now  exist  or  may  hereafter  arise 
against  me,  either  connected  with  said  business  or  other- 
wise. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and 
seal  this  seventh  day  or  August,  1902. 

Harry  Sailor     (L.  S.) 

POWER  TO  VOTE  AS  PROXY  AT  AN 
'ELECTION. 

Know  All  Men  by  these  presents,  That  I,  Frank  O'Con- 
nor, of  Streator,  Illinois,  do  hereby  appoint  J.  J.  Masters 
to  vote  as  my  proxy  at  any  election  of  directors  or  other 
officers  of  the  (name  the  company  or  corporation)  accord- 
ing to  the  number  of  votes  I  should  be  entitled  to  if  I  were 
then  personally  present. 

John    Peterson     (L.    S.) 


66  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


LETTER   OF   REVOCATION. 

Know  All  Men  by  these  Presents,  That  I,  Tom  Rob- 
inson, of  Oakland,  California,  in  and  by  my  letter  of  attor- 
ney, bearing  date  the  seventh  day  of  August,  did  make, 
constitute  and  appoint  T.  W.  Oarman  my  attorney,  as  my 
said  letter  more  fully  appear*. 

That  I,  the  said  Tom  Robinson,  do  by  these  presents 
annul,  countermand,  revoke  and  make  void  said  letter  of 
attorney  and  all  authority  and  power  thereby  given  said 
attorney,  T.  W.  Oarman. 

In  witness,  etc.  Tom  Robinson. 

APPRENTICE  FORMS. 

An  apprentice  is  a  minor,  male  or  female,  bound  by  due 
form  of  law  to  learn  sonic  art.  trade  or  business,  and  when 
so  bound  is  under  obligation  to  serve  the  ina-ter  during 
tin-  time  of  the  apprenticeship. 

The  contract  should  be  signed  by  the  apprentice  and  his 
father,  or  in  case  of  death  or  incapacity  of  the  latter,  by 
the  mother  or  legally  constituted  guardian.  It  is  executed 
in  duplicate,  one  copy  going  to  the  master,  the  other 
to  the  apprentice.  The  minor  cannot  be  bound  for  a 
longer  time  than  until  he  becomes  of  age.  Without  the 
consent  of  the  parent  or  guardian,  the  contract  would 
not  be  binding  on  the  minor. 

Consent  of  Minor.  The  minor  cannot  be  bound  without 
his  consent,  which  consent  must  be  stated  in  the  contract. 

Duties  of  the  Master.  It  is  made  the  master's  duty  l>y 
the  contract  to  teach  the  apprentice  the  trade  or  business 
which  he  himself  follows,  to  provide  him  with  suitable 
food,  clothing  and  shelter.  He  lias  no  right  to  employ 
the  apprentice  in  menial  labors  not  connected  with  the 
trade  or  business  which  he  undertook  to  teach  him.  If 
he  corrects  for  misbehavior,  the  punishment  must  be 
moderate  and  reasonable. 

Duties  of  the  Apprentice.  He  is  under  obligation  to 
serve  his  master  faithfully  and  well;  to  obey  all  the  lawful 
commands;  to  guard  his  master's  property  and  interests, 
and  to  faithfully  endeavor  to  learn  the  business,  and  to 
perform  what  is  required  of  him  in  the  contract. 

Termination  of  Apprenticeship.  His  time  of  service 
ends  when  he  becomes  of  age,  or  in  case  his  master  dies, 
unless  the  contract  includes  the  master's  executors 
and  administrators.  If  the  apprentice  runs  away,  and 
enters  the  employment  of  another,  the  master  is  not 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  67 


bound  to  take  him  back,  but  is  entitled  to  whatever  he 
may  earn,  provided  he  can  prove  that  the  new  employer 
was  aware  of  the  existence  of  the  apprenticeship. 

The  apprentice  cannot  be  compelled  to  leave  the  state, 
nor  can  he  be  assigned  to  anyone  else. 

INDENTURE  OF  AN  APPRENTICE. 

This  Indenture  of  Apprenticeship,  between  Albert 
Dillon,  father  of  John  Dillon,  on  the  one  part,  and  Oscar 
Lynch,  of  the  other  part,  witnesseth:  That  the  said 
John  Dillon,  aged  sixteen  years  on  the  2nd  day  of  Septem- 
ber, A.  D.  1902,  is  hereby  bound  as  an  apprentice  under 
the  said  Oscar  Lynch,  from  the  date  hereof  until  the 
2nd  day  of  September,  1907,  to  learn  the  trade  and  art  of 
a  carpenter,  and  is  faithfully  to  serve  the  said  Oscar 
Lynch  and  correctly  conduct  himself  during  the  term 
of  his  apprenticeship. 

And  the  said  Oscar  Lynch  hereby  covenants  that  he 
will  teach  the  said  John  Dillon  the  said  trade  and  art 
and  will  furnish  him,  during  said  apprenticeship,  with 
board,  lodging,  washing,  clothing,  medicine,  and  other 
necessaries  suitable  for  an  apprentice  in  sickness  and 
health;  and  will  send  him  to  a  suitable  public  school  at 
least  two  months  during  each  of  the  first  two  years  of  said 
term;  and  at  the  expiration  of  the  said  apprenticeship 
will  furnish  him  with  two  new  suits  of  common  wearing 
apparel  and  one  hundred  dollars  in  money. 

In  testimony  whereof,  the  parties  hereto  have  set  their 
hands  and  seals  this  seventh  day  of  August,  A.  D.  1902. 
w.,  j  Bert  Wilson.          (Apprentice)  John  Dillon. 

ss  (  W.  W.  Moore.       (Master)          Oscar  Lynch. 
(Parent)          Albert  Dillon. 

RELEASE  OF  AN  APPRENTICE. 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents,  that  I,  son  of  Albert 
Dillon,  did  by  this  indenture,  bearing  date  the  7th  day 
of  August,  A.  D.  1902,  bind  myself  as  an  apprentice  unto 
2nd  of  September,  for  a  term  of  years  (or  until  he 
should  be  of  legal  age)  from  the  date  thereof,  as  by  said 
indenture  more  fully  appears. 

In  witness  whereof  I  have  hereto  set  my  seal  this  seventh 
day  of  August,  A.  D,  1902, 

(Signature.) 


68  .MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


ARBITRATION*. 

When  a  question  concerning  the  rights  of  persons,  or 
to  personal  property,  is  by  the  parties  in  dispute  sub- 
mitted to  the  derision  of  the  one  or  more  disint  vested 
persons,  agreed  upon  by  both,  instead  of  taking  their  dis- 
pute1 before  a  court  of  law,  it  is  called  arbitration. 

If  both  parties  have  sufficient  confidence  in  some  one 
individual  they  will  agree  to  abide  by  this  decision.  It 
is,  however,  a  common  practice  to  submit  the  matter  to 
two  parties,  one  selected  by  each  disputant,  and  to  give 
them  the  power  to  select  a  third  in  case  they  are  unable 
to  agree. 

The  agreement  is  called  the  submission,  and  the  (!• 
the  award. 

The  .submission  may  be  voluntary,  oral  or  Avritten 
agreement,  or  by  order  of  the  court. 

The  award  must  not  go  beyond  the  subject-matter 
submitted;  it  must  be  clear,  certain,  possible,  reasonable, 
final  and  conclusive. 

Arbitrators  are  not  bound  by  legal  rules  in  the  admis- 
sion or  exclusion  of  evidence,  unices  it  be  so  stipulated 
in  the  agreement. 

Arbitration  is  sometimes  ordered  by  the  court,  when 
both  parties  agree  to  do  so.  No  one  can  be  compelled  to 
agree  to  arbitration,  neither  can  he  be  compelled  to  select 
his  arbitrators,  even  after  he  has  signed  the  agreement. 
nor  to  submit  his  side  of  the  case  after  the  arbitrators 
have  been  appointed. 

But  after  a  valid  reward  has  been  made  the  court-  will 
enforce  it.  Before  the  award  is  written  out  either  party 
may  recall  his  submission.  But  the  party  who  thus  re- 
calls the  arbitration  is  responsible  for  all  the  costs  and 
damage  that  have  occurred  in  consequence  of  his  previous 
consent  to  submit  to  arbitration. 

FORM  OF  SUBMISSION  TO  ARBITHATK  >X. 

Know  all  Men  by  these  Presents:  That  we,  the  under- 
signed, hereby  mutually  agree  to  submit  all  the  matters 
in  difference  between  us.  of  every  kind,  name  and  nature, 
to  the  determination  and  award  of  Frank  Marston,  Joseph 
Thornbrough  and  Melvin  De  Lines  of  Hamblin,  Scott 
County,  Michigan,  as  arbitrators. 

That  said  arbitrators,  or  any  two  of  them,  shall  hear 
and  determine  the  matters  in  dispute  between  us,  and 
award  the  payment  of  all  costs  and  expenses  incurred  in 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  69 

such  arbitration.  That  the  said  arbitrators  shall  make 
their  award  in  writing  on  or  before  the  10th  day  of  Novem- 
ber, A.  D.  1902.  Done  at  Hamblin,  Michigan,  August  7th, 
A.  D.  1902. 

Win.  Meagher,  )  w.,  Robert  Carr. 

F.  C.  Combs,     P  R.  B.  Leland. 

FORM  OF  NOTICE  TO  ARBITRATORS. 

Gentlemen:  You  have  been  chosen  arbitrators  on 
behalf  of  the  undersigned,  to  arbitrate  and  award  between 
them  in  clivers  matters  and  things  set  forth  in  their  sub- 
mission, which  will  be  produced  for  your  inspection  when 
you  meet  at  Court  House,  in  Alameda,  on  the  1st  day  of 
September,  at  2  o'clock  P.  M.,  to  hear  the  allegations  and 
proofs. 

Dated,  etc.  Ollie  Norman, 

Fred  Roady. 


FORM    OF   ARBITRATION    BOND. 

Know  all  Men  by  these  Presents:  That  John  Smith  and 
Harry  Allen  have  this  seventh  day  of  August,  A.  D.  1902, 
submitted  their  matters  in  controversy  concerning  the 
boundary  and  division  line  of  a  certain  tract  of  land  (de- 
scribe it)  to  Chas.  Goodrich,  Fred  Maher  and  Mack  Burke, 
to  arbitrate,  award,  order,  judge,  and  determine  of  and 
concerning  the  same. 

That  we,  the  undersigned,  bind  ourselves  in  the  sum  of 
one  thousand  dollars  that  said  John  Smith  and  Harry 
Allen  shall  submit  to  the  decision  and  award  of  said 
nrbil  raters,  provided  said  award  be  made  in  writing  on  or 
before  the  1st  day  of  September,  A.  D.  1902. 

(Signed)  Dougal  Boyle. 

Harry  Butler. 


FORM  OF  AWARD. 

Know  All  Men  by  these  Presents:  That  we,  the  under- 
signed, arbitrators  of  all  the  matters  of  difference,  of  every 
name,  kind  and  nature,  between  John  Smith  and  Harry 
Allen,  by  virtue  of  their  agreement  of  submission  of 
August  7th,  1902,do  award,  order,  judge  and  determine 


70  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

of  and  concerning  the  same  as  follows :    That  (then  state 

the  award  in  full), 

In  witness  whereof  we  have,  in  each  other's  presence, 

hereunto  set  our  hands  this  seventh  day  of  August,  1902. 

Peter  Perkins, 
Norman  Cook, 
Chris  Burns. 

ASSIGNMENTS. 

Any  transfer  of  the  title  to  a  right  of  property  is  called 
an  assignment. 

In  effect,  it  is  passing  to  another  person  all  of  one's 
title  or  interest  in  any  kind  of  real  or  personal  property 
rights,  actions  or  estates. 

Corporations  may  assign  their  interest  in  paper  or 
property  to  other  corpoations,  or  to  individuals. 

An  assignment  carries  with  it  all  the  collateral  securities 
and  guarantees  of  the  original  debt,  even  though  they  are 
not  mentioned  in  the  instrument. 

In  connection  with  the  sale  of  injured  property  the 
policy  should  be  assigned  to  the  purchaser;  this  can  only 
be  done  with  the  consent  of  the  insurer,  in  order  to  have 
it  indorsed  on  the  policy.  Only  the  person  owning  the 
insured  property  at  the  time  of  the  assignment  can  legally 
become  the  assignee  of  an  insurance  policy  covering  it, 
and  then  the  consent  of  the  insurers  to  the  transfer  must 
be  obtained. 

The  following  are  some  thinirs  that  may  be  legally  as- 
signed: Copyrights,  contracts,  deeds,  mortgages,  bonds, 
leases,  notes,  drafts,  accounts,  judgments,  all  claims  for 
money  or  \\ages.  insurance,  corporation  shares,  etc. 

Some  things  are  not  assignable,  as  an  officer's  pay  or 
commission,  a  judge's  salary,  government  bounties,  per- 
sonal trusts,  as  a  guardianship,  or  the  rights  of  a  master 
in  his  apprentice. 

No  formality  is  required  by  the  law  in  an  assignment. 
Any  instrument  between  the  contracting  parties  that  goes 
to  show  their  intention  to  pass  the  property  from  one  to 
another  will  be  sufficient.  Proof  will  be  called  for  only 
when  it  appears  that  it  was  a  mere  sham  or  fraudulent . 

It  is  usual  to  employ  as  operative  words  in  an  assign- 
ment the  phrase  'assign,  transfer  and  set  over,"  bin. 
"  give,  grant,  bargain  or  sell, "  or  any  words  indicating  an 
intention  on  the  part  of  the  parties  to  transfer  the  property 
are  sufficient  in  law. 

An  assignment  for  the  benefit  of  creditors  covers  all 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  71 

the  assignor's  property,  wherever  of  whatever  it  may  be, 
which  is  not  exempt  from  execution. 

Correct  schedules  of  the  property  assigned  should  ac- 
company the  assignment  in  all  cases. 

A  party  may  convey  by  assignment  his  whole  property 
absolutely,  or  in  trust,  or  any  equitable  right  to  the  benefit 
of  it,  the  legal  title  remaining  to  the  assignor. 

An  assignment  of  a  mortage  carries  with  it,  at  the  same 
time,  without  a  transfer,  the  debt,  note  or  bond. 

ASSIGNMENT  FOR  THE  BENEFIT  OF  CREDITORS. 

Know  All  Men  by  these  Presents:  That  whereas  I, 
Stephen  Newman,  merchant  of  the  city  of  Chicago,  and 
State  of  Illinios,  am  indebted  to  various  persons  in  con- 
siderable sums  of  money,  which  I  am  at  present  unable 
to  pay  in  full,  and  being  desirous  to  convey  all  my  property 
for  the  benefit  of  my  creditors,  without  preference  or 
priority  other  than  provided  by  law: 

Now,  therefore,  I,  in  consideration  of  the  premises,  and 
of  the  sum  of  Two  Dollars  paid  to  me  by  Ermine  Brown, 
of  the  same  city  and  state,  do  hereby,  grant,  bargain,  sell, 
assign  and  convey  unto  the  said  Ermine  Brown  all  my 
hinds,  tenements,  goods  and  chattels  of  every  name,  nature 
and  description,  wheresoever  the  same  may  be,  excepting 
and  reserving  only  such  property  as  is  exempted  by  law 
from  attachment. 

To  have  and  hold  the  same  until  the  said  Ermine 
Brown,  in  trust  and  confidence,  to  sell  and  dispose  of  the 
said  real  and  personal  estate  for  cash  upon  such  terms  and 
conditions  as  in  his  judgment  may  appear  best,  and  apply 
the  proceeds  to  the  following  manner,  to  wit: 

First.  To  pay  all  such  debts  as  by  the  Law  of  the 
United  States  are  entitled  to  preference  to  such  cases. 

Second.  To  pay  and  discharge  all  the  just  and  reason- 
able expenses,  costs  and  charges  of  executing  this  assign- 
ment. 

Third.  To  distribute  and  pay  the  remainder  of  said 
proceeds  to  the  creditors  of  the  party  of  the  first  part  for 
all  debts  and  liabilities  which  he  may  owe,  rateably,  in 
proportion  to  their  respective  claims. 

Fourth.  The  residue  and  remainder  of  the  proceeds 
of  said  sales,  if  any  there  be,  shall  be  paid  over  to  me,  my 
executors,  administrators  or  assigns. 


72  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

In  witness  thereof  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and 
seal  this  7th  day  of  August,  1902. 

in  presence  of  Stephen  Xewman     [Seal] 

Myers  Fisher, 

Chas.    Kinkade. 

ASSIGNMENT  WITH  POWER  OF  ATTORNEY. 

In  consideration  of  the  sum  of  Two  thousand  dollars 
(the  receipt  of  which  is  hereby  acknowledged),  I  do  hereby 
assign,  transfer  and  set  over  to  Melvin  Platt  (of  LuSallV 
111.)  all  my  right,  title  and  interest  in  and  to  (here  describe 
what)  (and  I  hereby  constitute  said  Melvin  Pratt  my 
attorney  in  my  name  or  otherwise,  but  at  his  own  cost 
and  charges,  to  take  all  legal  measures  which  may  be 
proper  or  necessary  for  the  complete  recovery  and  enjoy- 
ment of  the  preini- 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal  this  7th  day  of  August,  1902. 

(Witnesses.)  M.  T.  Molon 

A  SIMPLE  ASSIGNMENT. 

For  value  received,  I  hereby  a«:<ign  all  my  right,  title 
and  interest  in  the  within  contract    to  Arthur  Tilhnan. 
Dated,  Sioux  Falls,  So.  Dakota,  August  7th,  A.  D.  1902. 

Maurice   Finn. 

ASSIGNMENT  OF  ACCOUNT. 

In  consideration  of  Two  dollars,  value  received,  I 
hereby  sell  and  assign  to  M.  T.  White  the  within  account 
which  is  justly  due  from  the  within  Albert  Shock,  and  I 
hereby  authorize  the  said  M.  T.  White  to  collect  the  same. 

New  York,  August  7th,   1902.         Robert  Doorman. 

ASSIGNMENT  OF  MORTGAGE. 

Know  All  Men  by  these  Presents:  That  I,  George  Yost. 
the  within  named  mortgagee,  for  a  consideration  of  Seven 
Hundred  Dollars  ($700),  hereby  assign,  the  within  named 
instrument  of  mortgage,  and  all  real  estate,  with  appurte- 
nances therein  mentioned  and  described,  to  have  and  hold 
the  same  forever,  subject,  nevertheless,  to  the  equity  and 
right  of  the  redemption  of  the  within  named  Fred  Osman, 
his  heirs  and  assigns  therein. 

In  witness  whereof  the  party  of  the  first  part  has  here- 
unto set  his  hand  and  seal  this  seventh  day  of  August, 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  73 

in  the  year  of  our  Lord,  One  Thousand  Nine  Hundred 
and  Two. 

George  Yost.     [Seal.] 
Sealed  and  delivered  in  the  presence  of 
Henry  Koenig. 

BAIL. 

Bail  and  guarantee  have  largely  the  same  import  in 
law.  It  is  a  voucher  by  a  responsible  person  that  another 
will  perfonn  a  duty  required  of  him  by  some  civil  authoriy. 

By  giving  bail  a  person  is  temporarily  set  free  or  re- 
leased from  custody,  if  charged  with  having  violated  some 
public  law. 

The  person  giving  the  surety  is  called  the  bailor,  and 
the  prisoner  the  bailee.  The  bailor  obligates  himself  to 
pay  a  certain  sum  of  money  in  case  the  bailee  fails  to  be 
present  and  peacefully  submit  himself  to  the  court  when 
ever  his  trial  or  examination  is  appointed. 

Should  the  prisoner  not  appear  for  trial,  then  the  surety 
forfeits  whatever  sum  is  pledged  in  the  bail  bond. 

RECOGNIZANCE  FOR  FURTHER  EXAMINATIONS. 

State  of  California, 
County  of  Sutter, 

This  day  personally  appeared  before  the  undersigned, 
a  Justice  of  the  Peace  in  and  for  said  County,  Max  Ludwig 
and  Louis  King,  all  of  Oakland,  in  said  County  and  State, 
and  jointly  and  severally  acknowledge  themselves  to  be 
indebted  unto  the  people  of  the  State  of  California  in  the 
sum  of  Six  Hundred  Dollars,  to  be  levied  on  their  goods 
and  chattels,  lands  and  tenements. 

Whereas,  the  above  bounden  Max  Ludwig,  on  the  7th 
day  of  August,  A.  D.  1902,  was  brought  and  examined  by 
and  before  Franks  Weeks,  a  Justice  of  the  Peace  in  and 
for  the  county  aforesaid,  on  a  charge  preferred  against  the 
said  Max  Ludwig  for  stealing  Sixty  Dollars  from  the 
store  of  J.  J.  O' Brine,  in  said  county,  and  the  further 
examination  of  said  Max  Ludwig  having  been  continued 
to  the  1st  day  of  September,  A.  D.  1902,  at  nine  o'clock 
A.  M.,  and  the  said  Max  Ludwig  having  been  adjudged 
and  required  by  the  said  Justice  to  give  bonds,  as  required 
by  the  statute  in  such  case  made  and  provide  for  his 
appearance  to  answer  to  said  charge.  Now  the  condition 
of  this  recognizance  is  such  that  if  the  above  bounden 


74  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

Max  Ludwig  shall  be  and  appear  before  the  undersigned 
at  the  Harbor  Police  Court  Room,  in  the  City  of  Oakland, 
in  said  county,  on  the  1st  day  of  September,  A.  D.  1902,  at 
nine  o'clock  A.  M.,  then  and  there  to  answer  to  the  said 
people  of  the  State  of  California,  on  said  charge,  and 
abiae  the  order  and  judgment  of  said  Court,  and  not  depart 
the  same  without  leave,  then  and  in  that  case  this  recog- 
nizance to  become  void,  otherwise  to  be  and  remain  in 
full  force  and  virtue. 

As  witness  our  hands  and  seals  this  seventh  day  of 
August,  A.  D.  1902. 

Taken,  entered  into  and  acknowledged  before  me  this 
seventh  day  of  August,  1902.  James  Crowley,  Justice  of 
the  Peace. 

Max  Ludwig.         [Seal.] 
Louis  King.  [Seal.] 

HILL  OF  LADING. 

A  Bill  of  Lading  is  a  document  delivered  l»y  a  \na-ter 
or  owner  of  a  vessel,  or  the  officer  of  a  transportation 
company,  and  signed  by  such  part  ies  a<  an  acknowledg- 
ment that  the  goods  have  been  received  for  1  ran>porta- 
tion. 

The  Hill  constitutes  the  contract  between  the  shipper 
and  the  carrier.  Three  copies  of  the  bill  are  made  out , 
one  is  kept  by  the  shipper,  another  by  the  party  trans- 
port ing  the  goods,  and  the  third  is  sent  to  the  person  to 
whom  the  goods  are  directed. 

Hills  of  Lading  are  transferable  and  assignable,  and  the 
assignee  may  sue  for  the  recovery  of  the  good-. 

If  the  goods  perish  without  fault  of  the  master  of  the 
ship,  the  freight  must  be  paid,  otherwise-  the  master  or 
the  owner  of  a  ship  is  liable  for  damage-. 

Railroad  companies,  as  common  carriers,  are  subject  to 
the  common  State  Laws  regulating  such  business;  their 
bill  of  lading  usually  states  as  to  how  far  they  hold  thn n- 
selves  responsible  for  the  safe  transportation  of  the  goods. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  75 

BILL  OF  LADING. 

Chicago,  August  7,  1902. 

Shipped  in  good  order  and  well  conditioned,  by  William 

J -  Rial on  board  the 

ship  Cunard 

Marked  as  follows:                 whereof  Chas.  Freeman. 
Melvin  Elliott,                        is  master,   now  lying  in  the 
port  of  New  York 

London.  and   bound   for  the   port   of 

London 600     boxes     of    coffee,     being 

marked  and  numbered  as  in  the  margin,  and  are  to  be 
delivered  in  the  like  order  and  condition  at  the  port  of 

London (the     dangers     of     sea     only 

excepted)  unto  Melvin  Elliott or  his 

assigns,  he  or  they  paying  freight  for  the  said  cases,  with 
nine  cents  primage  and  average  accustomed. 

In  witness  whereof  I  have  affirmed  to  three  bills  of 
lading,  all  of  this  tenor  and  date;  one  of  which  being 
accomplished,  the  others  to  stand  void. 

Fred  A.  Maxwell. 

(In  the  above  form  Rial  is  the  shipper  or  consignor,  El- 
liott the  consignee,  and  Maxwell  the  carrier.  It  might  be 
signed  by  master  (Freeman  instead  of  Maxwell.) 

BILL  OF  SALE. 

A  Bill  of  Sale  is  a  written  instrument  by  which  the 
ownership  of  personal  property  is  transferred.  A  seal  is 
not  required. 

The  validity  of  the  sale  does  not  depend  on  the  actual 
possession  of  the  goods,  passing  from  the  seller  to  the 
buyer.  If  the  seller,  however,  retains  possession,  the 
buyer  runs  the  risk  of  having  the  goods  attached  by  third 
parties  who  have  claims  against  the  seller,  unless  he  can 
prove  the  validity  of  the  sale. 

To  protect  the  interest  of  the  purchaser  against  the 
creditor  of  the  seller,  the  bill  is  not  sufficient  of  itself, 
there  should  also  be  a  delivery  of  the  property. 

A  warranty  of  the  seller's  title  is  usual  in  bills  of  sale, 
and  such  warranty  is  implied  by  the  law,  though  not  stated. 
On  the  other  hand  warranty  of  quality  or  condition  must 
be  expressed.  The  general  rule  of  the  law  is,  that  the 
buyer  must  look  out  for  his  own  interest.  But  the  seller 
will  not  be  protected  where  actual  fraud  has  been  prac- 
tised. Where  goods  are  sold  by  sample  there  is  an  im- 
plied warranty  that  the  goods  correspond  with  the  sample. 


76  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

In  case  of  a  dispute,  juries  have  the  power  to  pass  de- 
cision upon  the  fairness  or  unfairness  of  the  sale,  and 
fraud  can  be  shown  by  the  evidence,  the  bill  of  sale  will 
be  ignored  and  declared  void. 

FORM  OF  BILL  OF  SALE. 

Know  Ml  Men  by  these  Presents:  That  I.  Albert  F. 
Hunt,  of  Clinton,  Iowa,  in  consideration  of  Six  Hundred 
Dollars  ($600), the  receipt  of  which  is  hereby  acknowledged, 

do   hereby  grant,    sell,    transfer  and  deliver  unto   Chas. 
Caton  the  following  property,  to  wit  : 

Four  Chairs    x.'.O - 

Five-  Tables    20 100 

Three  Pictures 10 30 

Two  Lamps    20 40 

Total $370 

To  have  and  to  hold  the  said  goods  and  chattels  unto' 
the  said  (lias.  Caton,  his  executor-,  administrators  and  if 
assigns,  to  his  own  proper  use  and  benefit  forever.  An 
I,  the  said  Albert  V.  Hunt  do  avow  myself  to  be  the  true 
and  lawful  owner  of  said  goods  and  chattels:  that  I  have 
full  power,  good  right  and  lawful  authority  to  dispo-e  of 
said  goods  and  defend  the  same  against  the  lawful  claims 
and  demands  of  all  persons  whomsoever. 

In  witness  whereof,  I,  the  said  Albert  F.  Hunt,  have 
hereto  set  my  hand  this  seventh  day  of  August.  1902. 

(Witness) Albert    F.    Hunt. 

BONDS. 

Bonds  are  written  instruments  by  which  one  person 
binds  himself  to  pay  a  certain  sum  of  money  to  another 
person  or  persons,  at  a  specifiedtime,  for  some  real  con- 
sideration. 

If  this  is  all,  the  bond  is  called  a  "simple  bond,"  but 
the  word  bond  is  more  generally  applied  to  a  bond  with 
a  condition  attached  to  it,  which,  if  fulfilled, renders  t he- 
promise  of  payment  of  no  effect. 

The  person  executing  the  bond  is  called  the  obligor, 
the  person  receiving  the  same  the  obligee. 

The  penal  sum  in  a  bond  is  usually  made  double  the 
amount  involved  in  the  transaction  in  order  to  cover  debit, 
interest,  and  costs  in  case  the  obligor  fails  to  meet  his 
obligations. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  77 

Should  the  conditions  of  the  bond  not  be  fulfilled,  the 
obligee  cannot  recover  the  full  amount  of  the  penal 'sum, 
but  only  sufficient  to  cover  the  principle,  interest  and 
cost  if  the  condition  was  the  payment  of  a  certain  sum  of 
money  or  enough  to  cover  any  actual  damages  and  costs 
if  the  condition  was  for  the  doing  or  the  not  doing  of  a 
certain  thing. 

The  penalty  may  attach  and  appertain  to  either  the 
obligor  or  obligee,  accordingly  as  the  bond  is  drawn. 

Under  ordinary  circumstances  a  bond  remains  in  full 
effect,  yet  if  an  act  of  Providence  renders  its  accomplish- 
ment impossible,  the  penalty  cannot  be  enforced. 

A  bonol  is  in  force  for  twenty  years  or  during  such  time 
as  the  special  statute  of  the  state  may  provide. 


GENERAL    FORM    OF    BOND. 

Know  All  Men  by  this  Instrument:  That  I,  Norman 
Cook,  of  Andover,  in  the  County  of  Ashtabula,  State  of 
Ohio,  am  firmly  bound  unto  A.  A.  Meads,  of  the  place 
aforesaid,  in  the  sum  of  Two  Thousand  Dollars,  to  be  paid 
to  the  said  X  on  nan  Cook,  or  his  legal  representatives;  to 
which  payment,  to  be  made,  I  bind  myself,  my  heirs, 
executors  and  administrators  firmly  by  this  instrument. 

Sealed  with  my  seal.  Dated  the  7th  day  of  August, 
1902.  The  condition  of  the  above  obligation  is  such,that 
if  the  above  bounden  Norman  Cook,  his  heirs,  executors 
or  administrators,  shall  promptly  pay  the  sum  of  two 
thousand  dollars  in  four  equal  annual  payments  from 
the  date  thereof,  with  annual  interest,  then  the  above 
obligation  to  be  of  no  effect;  otherwise  to  be  in  full  force 
and  valid. 

Norman  Cook.  (L.  S.) 

Signed,  sealed  and  delivered  } 
in  presence  of 

Henry  Phillips.          ) 


BOND    TO    A    CORPORATION. 

Know  All  Men  by  these  Presents:  That  I,  Oscar  Green- 
field, of  Piper  City,  Cook  County,  State  of  Illinois,  am 
firmly  bound  to  the  Piper  City  Plow  manufacturing  Com- 
pany in  the  sum  of  Twenty  Thousand  Dollars,  to  be  paid 
to  the  said  company,  or  their  assigns,  for  which  payment, 
to  be  made,  I  bind  myself,  and  representatives  firmly  by 
these  presents.  Sealed  with  my  seal.  Dated  this  seventh 
day  of  August,  1902.  The  condition  of  the  above  is  such, 


78  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

that  if  I,  the  said  Oscar  Greenfield,  or  my  legal  representa- 
tives, shall  pay  unto  the  Piper  City  Plow  Manufacturing 
Company,  or  assigns,  Ten  Thousand  Dollars  in  two  equal 
payments,  viz:  Five  Thousand  Dollars  September  2, 
1902,  and  Five  Thousand  Dollars  September  30,  1902. 
then  the  above  to  be  void;  otherwise  to  remain  in  full 
force  and  effect. 

Oscar  Greenfield.  (L.  S.) 
Signed,  sealed  and  delivered  ) 
in  presence  of 

Tomas  S.  Soran.      ) 


I  '.<).\  I)    <>F    I.  \DK.MM  TV. 


I\>n»r  All  Mtn  l>n  tlu'xe  1'rcscntx:  That  I,  John  Brown, 
of  Waterloo,  Iowa,  am  held  and  firmly  bound  unto  Piper 
Leahy,  of  the  same  place,  in  the  sum  of  Three  Hundred 
Dollars,  to  be  paid  to  the  said  Piper  Leahy,  his  executor 
or  administrators,  for  which  payment,  well  and  truly,  to 
be  made,  I  do  bind  myself,  my  heirs,  executor-  and 
administrators  firmly  by  these  presents. 

Sealed  with  my  seal.  Dated  this  7th  day  of  August, 
1902.  Whereas,  Piper  Leahy  is  about  to  employ  my 
nephew,  Robert  A.  Conway,  as  cashier  in  his  store,  for  the 
term  of  two  years  from  November  1,  1902: 

Now  the  condition  of  this  obligation  is  such  that  it 
the  said  Robert  A.  Conway  shall  fully  perform  all 
the  duties  of  his  said  employment  and  promptly  and  cor- 
rectly account  for  and  pay  over  all  the  money  or  property 
of  the  said  Piper  Leahy,  which  may  come  into  his  hands 
during  its  course,  then  this  obligation  shall  be  void  ;  other- 
wise to  remain  in  full  force. 

John  Brown. 

BROKERS. 

A  broker  is  one  employed  by  the  owner  of  property  in 
the  negotiation  of  contracts  pertaining  to  it.  A  broker  is 
an  agent  to  make  contracts. 

Kinds  of  Brokers.  There  are  many  kinds  of  brokers, 
therefore  the  term  "  broker  "  is  a  broader  and  more  indefi- 
nite term  than  "  commission  merchant.  " 

Bill  and  Note  Brokers  are  those  who  buy  and  sell  for 
others,  drafts,  bills  and  notes. 

Real  Estate  Brokers  buy  and  sell  real  estate  or  mort- 
gages on  real  estate  for  others. 

Stock  Brokers  buy  and  sell  for  others  the  stock  and 
bonds  of  States,  railroads,  etc. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  79 

Insurance  Brokers  act  for  the  owners  of  property  in 
obtaining  insurance  upon  it,  settling  losses,  etc. 

Responsibility  to  Principal.  The  contract  between  the 
broker  and  the  owner  of  the  property  for  whom  he  acts  is 
one  of  personal  service  like  all  contracts  of  agency.  (See 
Agency  and  Attorney.) 

A  Merchandise  Broker  is  one  employed  to  make  a  sale 
of  property  known  as  merchandise. 

A  merchandise  broker  is  much  like  a  commission  mer- 
chant, with  the  exception  that  the  former  does  not  have 
possession  of  the  property,  while  the  latter  does. 

When  a  merchandise  broker  sells  goods,  he  makes  out 
two  papers,  one  for  the  seller  and  the  other  for  the  buyer 
and  delivers  them  to  the  respective  parties.  The  two 
papers  taken  together  makes  a  written  contract  of  sale 
(§ee  form.) 

Kdution  to  Third  Party.  Some  kinds  of  brokers  act 
wholly  as  agents  and  reveal  the  names  of  their  principals 
and  therefore,  are  not  responsible  for  any  authorized  and 
honest  act;  others  do  not  mention  their  principals,  and 
therefore  are,  so  far  as  third  parties  are  concerned,the 
real  principals  themselves. 


MERCHANDISE  BROKER'S  CONTRACT. 
1.     MEMORANDUM  TO  BE  GIVEN  TO  THE  SELLER. 

San  Francisco,  Cal.,  Aug.  8,  1902. 
Messrs.  Colburn  &  Meyer,  234  Market  St.: 

We  have  sold  to-day  on  your  account   to  Worth  Cum- 
mings,  234  Ellis  St.,  the  following    goods:    2,000  ounces 
Sulphate  Quinine  B.  and  G.  at  $1.50  per  ounce. 
Respectfully, 

Brown  &  Scott,  Brokers. 

2.     MEMORANDUM  TO  BE  GIVEN  TO  THE  BUYER. 

San  Francisco,  Cal.,  Aug.  8, 1902. 
Mr.  George  Burgess,  564  Freeport  St. : 

We  have  bought  to-day  for  account,  from  Colburn  and 
Meyer,  the  following:  2,000  ounces  Sulphate  of  Quinine 
B.  *&.G  at  $1.50  per  ounce. 

Respectfully, 

Brown  &  Scott,  Brokers. 


CHAPTER  VI. 
Contracts. 

The  underlying  law  of  contracts  may  be  regarded  as 
including  nearly  all  laws  which  regulate  the  relations  of 
human  life,  It  lies  at  the  ba-is  of  human  society.  Every 
feature  of  social  lite  pre-uines  it  and  rots  upon  it.  All 
rights,  all  duties,  all  obligations  and  all  laws  grow  out  of 
contracts,  expressed  or  implied,  declared  or  understood. 
Almost  all  the  procedure  of  human  life  implies  or  rather 
is  the  continual  fulfillment  of  contracts.  (Parsons.) 

Dt/hiilion.  A  contract  is  an  agreement  between  two 
or  more  parties,  based  upon  a  sudicient  consideration,  to 
do  or  not  to  do  some  particular  thing. 

Simple  Contracts  are  such  as  are  not  under  seal,  and 
may  be  written  or  verbal,  expressed  or  implied. 

An  implied  Contract  is  one  which  the  law  will  imply 
from  the  relations  and  conduct  of  the  parties. 

A  Contract  by  Specialty  is  one  that  is  can-fully  reduced 
to  writing  and  atte-ted  by  the  seal  of  the  parties. 


WHO    MAY     AM)    MAY     X()T      MA  KM 
A  CONTRACT. 

Any  person  may  enter  into  a  contract  who  is  competent 
to  do*  business,  and  who  is  legally  responsible. 

Minors,  idiots,  insane  persons,  drunkards,  who  know. 
not  what  they  are  doing,  and  persons  who  cannot  exercise 
their  own  free  will,  but  are  forced  into  a  contract  by 
threats,  cannot  legally  make  a  contract. 


THE  CONSIDERATION. 

The  consideration  of  a  contract  is  something  given, 
done,  or  promised  to  be  given  or  done  by  the  person  to 
whom  the  promise  is  made.  Each  part's  promise  in  a 
contract  implies  or  is  accompanied  by  a  corresponding 
promise  by  the  other  party,  which  is  the  consideration, 
and  where  either  party  fails  to  make  good  the  promise 
the  consideration  is  wanting  and  the  contract  is  of  course 
void. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  81 

A  contract  differs  from  an  agreement  in  this,  that  it 
implies  or  expresses  several  agreements  made  by  the 
parties. 

Freedom  of  Contract.  Everyone  is  free  to  make  any 
contract  he  chooses  to  make,  except  such  that  are  for- 
bidden by  law. 

The  fundamental  rule  of  law  regarding  contracts  is, 
that  everyone  must  fulfill  every  agreement  he  makes 
unless  some  new  agreement  has  changed  or  abrogated  it. 

The  principal  is  so  important  that  the  United  States 
Constitution  forbids  any  State  to  pass  any  law  which  shall 
ivlra*o  any  person  from  obligation  to  perform  any  con- 
tract he  has  made. 

RULES  FOR  WRITING  A  CONTRACT. 

1 .  The  date,  the  names  of  the  parties  and  their  places 
of  residence  being  written,  then  state  fully  all  that  the 
first  party  agrees  to  do,  and  after  that  the  name  of  the 
second  party. 

2.  Then  state  the  penalties  or  forfeitures  in  case  either 
party  does  not  faithfully  and  fully  perform  his  part  of 
the   agreement. 

3.  The  parties  are  taken  in  the  order  in  which  they  are 
written  and  referred  to  as  "  the  party  of  the  first  part, " 
"  the  party  of  the   second   part, "  without  repeating  the 
names.     The  order  of  the  names  is  immaterial. 

4.  Lastly,  the  final  clause,  the  signature,  seals,  and 
the  signatures  of  the  witnesses  are  written.     (A  seal  is 
simply   a   mark   made  with   the   pen   around   the  word 
[Seal]  written  after  the  signature.) 

A  written  contract  requires  no  special  legal  form  or 
language.  State  in  your  own  words  plainly  just  what  you 
want  done,  just  the  same  as  you  write  a  letter  or  anything 
else.  Errors  in  grammar  or  spelling  do  not  affect  the 
legality  of  the  contract. 

•  Where  the  language  is  obscure  the  court  interprets  the 
intent  of  the  agreement. 

An  agreement  must  either  be  all  in  writing  or  all  verbal. 

ESSENTIAL  PARTS  OF  A  CONTRACT. 

1.  A    Valuable  Consideration.     A  valuable  considera- 
tion is  one  whose  value  is  equal  to  money,  or  may  be 
changed  into  money. 

2.  Promise  of  Marriage.     If  a  man  promises  a  woman 
a  certain  sum  of  money  if  she  would  agree  to  marry  him, 
the  court  will  hold  that  the  promise  of  marriage  was  a 


82  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

sufficient  consideration  for  the  money,  and  compel  him 
to  pay  it. 

3.  A   Good  Consideration.      A  good  consideration  is 
one  which  is  based  upon  love,  gratitude,  esteem  or  blood 
relationship.     But  to  make  a  good  consideration  legal  the 
agreement  has  to  be  performed  by  one  or  both  pan 

4.  Gratuitous  Consideration.     This  is  where  something 
is  done  or  money  is  promised  on  account  of  some  affection 
or  charity;  in  this  case  the  act  must  be  performed  in 
order  to  hold  the  party;  that  is,  the  benevolent  purpose 
Mich  as  the  erection  of  a  church,  or  a  charitable  enterprise 
must  be  carried  out. 

">.  A  Sufficient  Consideration.  The  law  takes  no 
notice  of  the  bargains  that  may  be  good  or  bad,  it  requires 
only  that  something  be  done  by  the  parties,  no  matter 
how  small  tin-  consideration.  For  instance,  $4,000  worth 
of  property  can  be  legally  sold  for  $2,000. 

GENERAL  LAWS  GOVERNING  CONTRACTS. 

1.  Essential  Parts.  A  contract  must  have:  (1)  I \-tr- 
ties.  (2)  Subject -matter.  (3)  Consideration.  (4)  Co- 
sent  of  the  parties.  There  cannot  be  a  contract  wln-rc 
any  of  these  are  wanting. 

The  consideration  is  what  induces  a  person  to  make  t  he 
contract. 

CONTRACTS  THAT  MUST  BE  IN  WRITING. 

A  guaranty  must  be  in  writing. 

A  contract  which  cannot  be  performed  within  a  year 
must  be  in  writing. 

A  contract  cannot  be  partly  written  and  partly  verbal 
It  must  be  either  wholly  written  or  wholly  verbal. 

A  contract  for  the  sale  or  purchase  of  personal  property 
over  a  certain  amount,  ranging  from  $30  to  $200  in  dif- 
ferent states  must  be  in  writing. 

A  contract  required  by  law  to  be  in  writing  cannot  be 
dissolved  by  verbal  agreement.  A  verbal  release  without 
payment  or  satisfaction  "for  the  debt  is  not  good,  release 
must  be  under  seal. 

CONTRACTS  THAT  ARE   BINDING  WITHOUT 
WRITING. 

If  any  part  of  the  goods  is  delivered  to  the  purchaser, 
and  accepted  by  him,  the  whole  contract  is  binding  without 
writing.  If  any  part  of  the  price  implied  in  a  contract 
is  paid  and  received  the  whole  contract  is  binding  without 
writing. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  83 

CONTRACTS  THAT  ARE  NOT  LAWFUL. 

1 .  A  contract  not  consistent  with  law  is  void. 

2.  A  contract  for  immoral  purposes  is  void. 

3.  A  contract  to  commit  a  breach  of  the  peace  is  void. 

4.  If  any  part  of  a  contract  is  illegal  the  whole  is 
illegal. 

5.  The  right  to  vote  or  hold  office  cannot  be  sold  by 
contract. 

6.  A  contract  which  the  law  forbids  is  void.     Fraud 
renders  all  contracts  void. 

7.  An  agreement  to  prohibit  the  carrying  on  of  a  trade 
throughout  the  State  is  void. 

8.  A    contract    without    a   consideration,    such   as   a 
promise  to  make  a  gift,  cannot  be  enforced. 

9.  Where  consent  to  an  agreement  is  given  by  mistake 
it  cannot  become  a  contract. 

10.  If  there  are  two  parts  to  a  contract,  and  one  con- 
flicts with  the  other,  the  first  part  holds  good  in  preference 
to  the  last. 

11.  If  no  time  of  payment  is  stated  in  a  contract, 
payment  must   be   made   on  delivery    of  the    goods. 

12.  An  alteration  of  a  contract  in  a  material  part, 
after  it  has  been  drawn  up  and  signed  by  the  parties, 
renders  it  void. 

13.  A  contract  totally  restraining  the  exercise  of  a 
man's  trade  or  profession  is  void,  but  one  restraining  him 
in  any  particular  place  is  not  void. 

14.  A    contract    for    concealing    felony    or    violating 

Eublic  trust,  for  bribery  and  extortion,  are  prohibited  by 
iw. 

15.  A  fraudulent  contract  may  be  binding  on  the  party 
guilty  of  fraud,  without  laying  any  obligation  upon  the 
party  acting  in  good  faith. 

16.  A  contract  made  by  a  minor,  a  lunatic  or  an  idiot 
is  not  binding  upon  him,  yet  he  can  hold  the  party  with 
whom  he  contracts  to  all  the  conditions  of  the   contract. 


CONTRACTS  THAT  CANNOT  BE  ENFORCED. 

1 .  Wagers  or  bets  cannot  be  collected  by  law. 

2.  Money  borrowed  for  the  purpose  of  betting,  the 
lender  knowing  it  to  be  for  that  purpose,  cannot  be  col- 
lected. 

3.  Contracts  in  which  there  are  misrepresentation  or 
concealment  of  material  facts  cannot  be  enforced.     It  is 
fraud  to  conceal  fraud. 


84  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

4.  If  a  person  agrees  to  serve  as  laborer  or  clerk  he 
cannot  be  compelled  to  fulfil  his  agreement;  damages,  how- 
eve.r,  may  be  recovered. 

5.  Guardians,    trustees,    executors,    administrators   or 
attorneys  cannot  take  advantage  of  those  for  whom  they 
act  by  becoming  parties  to  the  contract. 

6.  If  a  thing  contracted  for  was  not  in  existence  at  the 
time  when  the  contract  wa*  made,  >uch  as  buying  a  horse 
without  knowing  that  it   was  dead  at  the  time  when  the 
contract,  was  made,  it  is  void. 

ADDITIONAL  RULES  COX('KI{X1X<;   CONTRA< 

1.  The  form  of  the  writing  is  immaterial.    It  may  be  full 
and  formal  or  simply  a  note  or  memorandum  embodying 

its  substance,  written  with  ink  or  pencil.  It  must  br 
signed,  but  writing  simply  the  initials  is  sufficient.  The  fact 
that  there  is  an  authenticated  paper  is  the  important 
thing,  not  the  form  of  it. 

2.  If  only  one  party  signs  he  is  bound  by  the  contract, 
but  the  other  is  not.     But  if  the  other  party  agrees  to  pay 
a  certain  sum,  although  he  has  not  signed,  payment  can 
be  enforced. 

3.  Signature  by  Agent.     A  person  may  authorize  any 
person  as  his  agent    to  make  a  contract  for  him,  and  to 
sign  either  his  own  name  or  of  his  principal's.      A  broker, 
for  instance,  signs  for  both  the  seller  and  the  purcha-er 
by  his  own  name. 

4.  Letters.      If  a  letter  containing  an  offer  is  answered 
by  another  accepting  it,   the  two  letters  taken   together 
constitute  the  written  contract.     If  an  order  for  goods  is 
sent  and  filled  it  is  a  written  contract  as  far  as  the  writer  is 
concerned  but   not   as  to  the  other  party.      A  telegram  in 
in  the  same  way  may  be  a  written  contract. 

COXTIIACT    FOR    BUILDIX(J. 

.Memorandum  of  Agreement,  made  this  Sth  day  of  Au- 
gust, one  thousand  nine  hundred  and  two,  between  Henry 
Clay,  builder,  of  Cincinnati,  party  of  the  first  part,  and 
Dorman  Peltier,  of  the  same  place,  of  the  second  part. 

Said  party  of  the  second  part  also  agrees  that  he  will 
furnish  and  procure  all  the  necessary  material  for  said  work 
in  such  quantities  and  at  such  times  as  said  first  party 
shall  or  may  reasonably  require. 

Witnesseth,  That  the  said  Henry  Clay,  party  of  the 
first  part,  for  consideration  hereinafter  named  contracts 
and  agrees  with  the  said  Dorman  Peltier,  party  of  the 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  85 

second  part,  that  he,  the  said  Henry  Clay,  will,  within 
two  hundred  days,  next  following  this  date,  in  a  good 
and  workmanlike  manner,  and  according  to  the  best 
skill,  well  and  substantially  erect  and  finish  one  dwelling 
house  on  lot  belonging  to  party  of  the  second  part,  and 
known  as  No.  1013  Guion  Street,  which  said  house  is  to 
be  of  the  following  dimensions,  with  brick,  stone,  lumber, 
and  other  materials  as  are  described  in  the  plans  and 
specifications  hereto  annexed.  (Here  describe  the  house, 
material  for  construction  and  plans  in  full.) 

In  consideration  of  which  the  said  Dorman  Peltier  cov- 
enants and  agrees  to  pay  the  said  Henry  Clay  the  sum  of 
Six  Thousand  Dollars  in  a  manner  as  follows,  to  wit :  Two 
Two  Thousand  Dollars  at  the  beginning  of  the  said  work, 
Two  Thousand  Dollars  when  the  building  is  inclosed,  and 
the  balance  when  the  building  is  completed  according  to 
contract  and  accepted. 

The  architect,  Mr.  R.  W.  Mason,  is  hereby  made  the 
judge  of  the  proper  completion  of  said  building  according 
to  contract . 

For  the  true  and  faithful  performance  of  this  contract, 
and  of  each  and  all  of  its  covenants  and  agreements,  the 
said  parties  hereto  bind  themselves  each  the  other  in 
the  penal  sum  of  Two  Thousand  Dollars,  as  liquidated 
damages  to  be  paid  by  the  failing  party.  Witness  our 
hands  and  seals  the  eighth  day  of  August  and  year  first 
written  as  above. 

Henry  Clay,  (L.  S.) 

Dorman  Peltier.  (L.  S.) 


CONTRACT    FOR    LAYING    TILE. 

Know  All  Men  by  these  Presents:  That  this  agreement 
made  this  eighth  day  of  August,  A.  D.,  1902,  between 
Robert  Kline,  party  of  the  first  part,  and  Rector  Haight, 
l;Mrfy  of  the  second  part. 

Witnosseth,  That  the  party  of  the  first  part  agrees  to 
lay  three  hundred  (300)  rods  of  eight  inch  tile  at  sixty 
cents  (60c)  per  rod.  The  average  depth  and  fall  of  said 
tile  shall  be  sufficient  to  drain  the  land  through  which 
said  title  may  be  laid. 

The  party  of  the  second  part  shall  direct  place  and  part 
of  land  to  be  drained  by  the  aforesaid  number  of  rods  of  tile. 

Robert  Kline,  (Seal.) 

Rector  Haight.  (Seal.) 


86  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

CONTRACT    FOR  BUILDING    FENCE, 
SIDEWALK,     ETC. 

This  Agreement,  Between  Arthur  Weller  and  Oscar 
French,  made  this  eighth  day  of  August,  1902.  Wit- 
nesseth,  That  the  said  Arthur  Weller  agrees  to 
build  two  hundred  (200)  feet  of  picket  fence  at  twenty 
cents  (20c)  per  foot.  The  height  and  designs  of  said  fence 
shall  be  as  the  said  Arthur  Weller  may  direct. 

Arthur    Weller, 
Oscar  French. 

CORPORATIONS. 

A  Corporation  is  a  body  composed  of  different  indi- 
viduals authorized  by  a  general  or  by  a  special  charter 
to  transact  business. 

A  Charter  is  the  instrument  embodying  the  rights  and 
privileges  granted  by  law  to  the  incorporated  body. 

Capital  Stock  is  the  money  paid  in  to  carry  on  the 
business  of  the  corporation. 

A  Share  is  one  of  the' equal  parts  into  which  the  -lock 
or  capital  is  divided,  and  is  usually  $100,  but  sometimes 
So()  or  $25. 

Stockholders  are  the  owners  of  one  or  more  share  of  the 
capital. 

Certificate  of  Stock  is  the  written  statement  setting 
forth  number  and  value  of  the  share  to  which  the  holder 
is  entitled. 

The  Par  Value  of  the  stock  is  the  amount  named  as  each 
share1;  it  is  also  called  the  nominal  value. 

The  Market  Value  is  the  sum  for  which  -hares  will  sell. 
They  are  said  to  be  at  par  when  they  sell  at  their  nominal 
value,  above  par,  or  at  a  premium  when  they  sell  for 
more,  and  below  par  when  they  sell  for  less  than  their 
nominal  value. 

The  Premium  or  Discount  on  stock  is  computed  at  a 
certain  per  cent,  on  the  original  nominal  value  of  the  shares. 

Preferred  Stock  takes  preference  of  the  ordinary  or  com- 
mon stock,  and  the  holders  are  entitled  to  a  fixed  per  cent. 
out  of  the  earnings  of  the  corporations  before  a  dividend 
can  be  declared  on  the  common  stock. 

The  Dividend  is  the  declared  share  of  the  profits  due 
each  stock  holder  after  all  expenses  have  been  paid. 

Corporation  laws.  A  corporation  acts  through  its 
officers  or  authorized  agents.  Its  business  must  be  done 
in  its  corporate  name  and  in  harmony  with  its  charter. 

A  corporation  may  be  plaintiff  or  defendant  in  suit  at 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  87 

law  or  equity.  The  notice  or  summons  is  served  upon 
any  of  the  executive  officers. 

Liability.  The  stockholders  are  personally  liable  for 
the  debt  of  the  corporation  in  accordance  with  the  statutes 
of  the  state.  Their  liability  is  often  limited  to  the  amount 
of  stock  they  hold  in  the  corporation. 

Dissolution  of  Corporation.  Corporations  are  in  theory 
immortal,  but  practically  they  can  be  terminated  in 
various  ways.  If  a  corporation  violates  its  charter,  it 
loses  the  right  to  continue  its  existence.  It  may  also  be 
terminated  by  an  act  of  the  legislature  when  the  law  that 
created  it  has  reserved  the  right  to  dissolve  or  to  abolish 
it.  A  corporation  limited  as  to  time  is  of  course  dissolved 
at  the  expiration  of  such  time. 

When  dissolved,  the  debt  of  the  corporation  must  be 
paid  out  of  the  assets,  and  what  remains  beyond  that  is 
divided  among  the  stockholders. 

Land  granted  to  a  corporation  reverts  to  the 
grantor  when  it  is  no  longer  used  for  the  purpose  for  which 
it  \vas  granted.  If  used  for  another  purpose,  or  not  used 
at  all,  the  grantor  can  claim  it  as  forfeited. 

HOW  STOCK  IS  WATERED. 

Sometimes  the  charter  of  a  corporation  forbids  the 
declaring  of  a  dividend  exceeding  a  certain  per  cent. 
of  the  par  value  of  the  stock.  In  case  the  directors  may 
find  it  desirable  to  "water"  the  stock,  that  is,  issue  addi- 
tional shares.  This  increase  in  the  number  of  shares 
of  course  reduces  the  percentage  of  dividend,  although  the 
same  profit,  in  the  aggregate,  is  secured  to  the  stock- 
holders. 

FORM    OF    APPLICATION    FOR 
INCORPORATING. 

State  of  Ohio, 

City  of  Toledo. 
To  John  Brown,  Secretary  of  State: 

We,  the  undersigned,  Otto  Schindier,  Wm.  Oarman 
and  Fred  Derby,  propose  to  form  a  corporation  under  an 
act  of  the  General  Assembly  of  the  State  of  Ohio,  entitled, 
"An  Act  Concerning  Corporations,"  approved  Sept.  1, 
1902,  and  all  acts  amendatory  thereof,  and  that  for  the 
purpose  of  such  original  organization  we  thereby  state 
as  follows,  to  wit: 

The  name  of  such  corporation  is  the  Toledo  Hardware 
Company. 


88  MANUAL-  OF  BUSINESS. 

2.  The  object  for  which  it  is  formed  is  to  carry  on 
the  business  of  manufacturing  hardware  in  all  its  branches 
and  to  sell  the  product  so  manufactured. 

3.  The  capital  stock  shall  be  Two  Hundred  Thousand 
($200,000)    Dollars. 

4.  The  amount  of  each  shaiv  i<  Fifty  ($50.00)  Dollars. 

5.  The  number  of  shares  four  thousand   (-1,000). 

6.  The 'location  of  the  principal  office  is  in  Toledo, 
State  of  Ohio. 

7.  The    duration    of    the    corporation    shall    be    (50) 
years. 

Otto    Srhindlrr, 
William  ( >arman, 
Fred.  Derby. 

The  document   must   bear  the  following: 

INDOIISKMKNT  o\    TIII;   BACK. 
State   of  Ohio, 

City  of  Toledo. 

I,  a  notary  public  in  and  for  the  said  City  of  Toledo, 
and  State  aforesaid,  do  hereby  certify  that  on  this  10th 
day  of  September,  A.  1).  1!>02,  personally  appeared  be- 
fore m«-  Otto  Schindler,  \Yilliam  Oainian  and  Fred  Der- 
by, to  me  personally  known  to  be  the  same  persons 
who  executed  the  foregoing  statement,  and  severally 
acknowledged  that  they  executed  the  same  for  the  pur- 
pose- therein  set  forth. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and 
seal  the  day  and  year  above  written. 

Notary  Public. 
DEEDS. 

A  deed  is  a  writing  by  which  lands  and  appurtenance, 
thereon  are  conveyed  from  one  person  to  another.  It 
must  be  written  on  paper  or  parchment,  properly  signed, 
sealed  and  witnessed.  It  must  be  acknowledged  before 
competent  officers,  as  a  justice  of  the  peace,  notary 
public,  master  in  chancery,  judge  and  clerk  of  a  court 
mayor  of  the  city,  or  commissioner  of  deeds,  etc. 

Persons  competent  to  gire  a  deed.  In  order  to  legally 
convey  property  a  person  must  be  of  a  sound  mind,  of  age, 
and  the  right  fit)  owner  of  the  pro  pert;/. 

The  maker  of  a  deed  is  the  grantor,  the  party  to  whom 
it  is  delivered  the  grantee. 

If  the  grantor  has  a  wife,  she  must,  even  in  the  absence 
of  a  statute'  to  that  effect,  sign  and  acknowledge  the  deed, 
otherwise  she  may,  after  her  husband's  death,  claim  the 
use  of  one-third  during  her  life. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


A  deed  of  a  homestead  not  acknowledged  by  the  wife 
of  the  grantor  is  void.  Her  acknowledgment  must  be 
of  her  own  free  will  and  accord,  and  the  officer  before 
whom  the  deed  is  acknowledged  must  certify  to  the  fact. 
Special  care  is  necessary  to  have  the  deed  properly  ac- 
knowledged and  witnessed  and  the  proper  seal  attached. 

After  the  acknowledgment  of  a  deed  the  parties  have 
no  right  to  make  the  slightest  alterations.  Any  altera- 
tion or  interlineation  made  before  acknowledgement 
must  be  carefully  noted  at  the  bottom  of  the  instrument 
and  properly  witnessed. 

An  alteration  of  a  deed  after  execution  in  favor 
of  the  grantee  renders  it  void.  If  altered  before  delivery, 
such  alteration  destroys  the  deed  as  to  the  party  alter- 
ing it. 

The  deed  takes  effect  upon  its  delivery  to  the  person 
authorized  to  receive  it,  and  should  be  recorded  a*t  once. 

DIFFERENT  KINDS  OF  DEEDS. 

A  Warranli/  Deed  is  so  called  because  the  grantor 
covenants  to  warrant  and  defend  lands  mentioned  against 
all  persons,  and  to  the  extent  specified. 

.1  (icneral  Warranty  covenants  and  warrants  against 
all  persons  whatsoever. 

A  8 [ire  i a  I-  Warranty  covenants  and  warrants  only 
against  one  person,  his  heirs  and  those  claiming  under  him. 

A  Quit  Claim  Deed  is  one  which  conveys  all  the  in- 
terest which  the  grantor  possesses,  whatever  it  may 
I.e.  in  the  lands  specified  without  containing  any  warrants. 
By  it  the  grantor  merely  quit  claims  any  interest  he  may 
have,  but  does  not  warrant  his  title. 

.1  Trust  Deed  conveys  property  to  persons  to  hold 
for  the  use  of  some  person  who  is  entitled  to  the  proceeds, 
title,  or  use  of  the  property. 

Deeds  Requiring  no  Warranty.  Deeds  by  executors, 
administrators  or  guardians  generally  contain  no  war- 
ranty; and  every  requisition  of  the  law  should  be  com- 
plied with  to  obtain  a  good  title. 

Caution.  Do  not  purchase  real  estate  without  first 
carefully  examining  the  title,  and  always  procure  an 
abstract  of  title  before  advancing  money  or  signing  con- 
tract for  purchase  of  property. 

WARRANTY  DEED. 

Tliis  Indenture,  made  this  sixth  day  of  September 
in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  nine  hundred  and 
two  between  Ralph  White  and  Mary  White,  his  wife, 


90  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

of  the  Village  of  Marengo,  in  the  County  of  Kane,  State 
of  Illinois,  party  of  the  first  part,  and  Howard  Pierce, 
of  the  City  of  Rockford,  in  the  County  of  Winnebago,  and 
Stale  of  Illinois,  party  of  the  second  part. 

\\'/fnesseth,  That  the  >uid  party  of  the  first  part,  for 
and  in  consideration  of  the  sum  of  Seven  Thousand 
($7,000)  Dollars,  in  hand,  paid  by  the  said  party  of  the 
second  part,  the  receipt  whereof  is  hereby  acknowledged, 
have  granted,  bargained,  sold,  remised,  released,  con 
aliened  and  confirmed,  and,  by  these  presents,  do  grant, 
bargain,  sell,  remi-e,  release,  convey,  alien  and  confirm  unto 
the  said  party  of  the  second  part,  and  his  heirs  and  assigns 
forever,  all  that  certain  piece,  or  parcel,  of  land  situated 
and  being  in  the  Village  of  Marengo,  County  of  Kane, 
and  State  of  Illinois  and  described  as  follo\\<,  to  \\it: 

The    Southwest    Quarter    of    Section    Twenty    ('2\^.    in 
TownsRip    Thirty-Two    (3'2),    North    of    Range    Si 
East    of  the   Fourth    Principal   Meridian,   containing  Two 
Hundred  acres  by  government   survey. 

Together  with  all  and  singular'  the  hereditaments 
thereto  belonging  or  in  any  way  appertaining,  To  Have 
and  to  Hold  the  said  premises  as  described,  with  the 
appurtenances,  unto  the  said  party  of  the  second  part, 
and  to  his  heirs  and  as-i^ns  forever.  And  the  said  party 
of  the  first  part,  their  heirs,  executors  and  administrators, 
do  covenant,  grant,  bargain  and  agree  to  and  with  the 
said  party  of  the  second  part,  his  heirs  and  assigns,  that 
at  the  time  of  the  ensealing  and  delivery  of  the<e  presents 
they  are  well-seized  of  the  premises  above  conveyed, 
as  of  a  good,  sure,  perfect,  absolute  and  indefeasible 
estate  of  inherit ance  in  law,  in  fee  simple,  and  have  good 
right,  full  power  and  lawful  authority  to  grant,  bargain, 
sell  and  convey  the  same  in  manner  and  form  aforoaid: 
that  they  are 'free  from  all  other  grants,  bargains,  -ales. 
liens,  taxes,  assessments  and  encumbrances  of  what 
kind  of  nature  whatsoever,  and  that  they  will,  and  their 
heirs,  executors  and  administrators  shall,  warrant  and 
defend  the  same  against  all  lawful  claims  whatsoever. 

In  MY/wxx  II7/ov<>/.  The  said  party  of  the  first  part 
have  dereunto  set  their  hands  and  seals  the  day  and 
year  first  above  written. 

Signed,  Sealed  and  Delivered 
in  the  presence  of 

P.  H.  Murray,  Ralph  White,  L.  S. 

R,  S.  Simmins.  Mary  White.  L.  S. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  91 

QUIT  CLAIM   DEED. 

This  Indenture,  made  the  first  of  September,  in  the 
year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  nine  hundred  and  two, 
between  Robert  H.  Powers  and  Emma  H.  Powers  his 
wife  of  Union,  Cook  County,  State  of  Illinois,  parties  of 
the  first  part,  and  William  Fleming,  of  Huntley,  County 
of  Cook,  State  of  Illinois,  party  of  the  second  part. 

Witnesseth,  That  the  said  parties  of  the  first  part,  for 
and  in  consideration  of  the  sum  of  Two  Dollars  to  them 
in  hand  paid  by  the  party  of  the  second  part,  the  receipt 
whereof  is  hereby  confessed  and  acknowledged,  do,  by 
these  presents,  grant,  bargain,  sell,  remise,  release,  and 
forever  quit  claims  unto  the  party  of  the  second  part,  and 
to  his  heirs  and  assigns,  forever,  all  that  certain  piece, 
or  parcel,  of  land  situated  and  being  in  the  County  of 
Cook,  and  State  gf  Illinois,  and  described  as  follow 
to- wit : 

The  Northeast  quarter  of  Section  Number  Ten,  in 
Township  Number  Four,  South  of  Range  Number  Two, 
\Yc<t,  containing  Three  Hundred  Acres  of  Land,  be  the 
same  more  or  less.  Together  with  all  the  singular  the 
hereditaments  and  appurtenances  thereto  belonging,  To 
Have  and  To  Hold  the  said  premises,  as  above  described, 
to  the  said  party  of  the  second  part,  and  to  his  heirs  and 
assigns,  to  the  sole  and  only  proper  use  and  benefit  of  the 
said  party  of  the  second  part,  his  heirs  and  assigns,  for- 
ever. 

In  Witness  Whereof,  The  said  parties  of  the  first  part 
have  hereunto  set  their  hands  and  seals  the  day  and  year 
first  above  written. 

Signed.  Sealed  and  Delivered 
in  the  presence  of 

James  Brown,          Robert  H.  Powers,         (Seal.) 
William  Simmins.   Emma  H.  Powers.          (Seal.) 

GUARANTIES. 

A  guaranty  is  an  assurance  made  by  a  second  party 
that  the  first  party  will  perform  some  specific  act,  and 
that,  on  his  default,  the  guarantor  will  pay  all  damages. 

He  who  guarantees  the  performance  is  called  the  guar- 
antor, and  the  person  to  whom  the  pledge  is  made  is 
called  the  guarantee. 

The  first  liability  rests  upon  the  person  who  is  guaranteed 
by  another,  but  if  he  fails  to  meet  the  obligation  then  the 
party  who  gives  the  guaranty  is  held  to  the  same  extent 
as  the  other. 


92  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

A  guaranty,  to  be  binding,  should  be  for  some  consider- 
ation, such  consideration  for  giving  the  pledge  should  be 
either  named  or  expressed,  as,  "for  value  received." 

A  guaranty  must  be  accepted  to  make  it  a  contract, 
and  the  guarantor  must  have  notice  of  its  acceptance 
within  a  reasonable  time. 

A  guarantor,  after  paying  the  debt,  has  a  right  to  sub- 
stitute himself  in  the  place  of  the  creditor. 

A  guaranty  For  a  collection  is  a  very  different  thing  from 
a  guaranty  of  payment.  The  first' guarantees  that  the 
money  is  collectable,  the  latter  that  it  will  be  paid  at 
maturity.  In  the  Jirst  case  the  party  guaranteed  must 
be  able  to  prove  that  due  diligence  was  employed  in  at- 
tempting to  collect  the  money,  in  tin-  second  no  such 
proof  is  necessary. 

The  only  form  necessary  in  guaranteeing  a  note  is  in 
writing  one's  name  across  the  back  of  it,  a  proce--  ••l.ni- 
monly  called  indorsing. 

The  laws  recognize  guaranties  of  any  contract,  legally 
made,  and  aid  in  enforcing  them. 

Guaranties  of  commission  merchants,  binding  them  to 
warrant  the  solvency  of  the  purchaser  of  goods  tin 
on  credit,  need  not  be  in  writing. 

GUAKAXTY  OF  A  NOTE. 

For  value  received  1  guarantee  the  due  payment  of  a 
promissory  note,  dated  September  12,  1902,  whereby 
William  Jennings  promises  to  pay  Howard  Smith  ( hie 
Hundred  Dollars  in  one  year. 

John  Bright . 

Belvidere,  September  18,  1902. 

GUARANTEE    FOR    THE    PEHFoli MANGE 
OF    A    mXTRACT. 

For  a  good  and  valuable  consideration,  by  u>  received, 
\ve,  the  undersigned,  do  hereby  guarantee  a  faithful  com- 
pliance with  the  terms  of  the  above  (or  within)  agreement 
upon  the  part  of  the  said  contractor,  John  Williams. 

Done  at  Elgin,  Kane  County,  State  of  Illinois,  this 
10th  day  of  September,  A.  D.,  1902. 

Signed,  Sealed  and  Delivered 
in  the  presence  of 

Henry  Worth,  (/has  Smith,  (Seal.) 

Chas.  Buckley.  William  Jennings.      (Seal.) 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  93 

GUARANTY    FOR    THE    PURCHASE 
OF    A    HORSE. 

Chicago,  111.,  Sept.,  1,  1902. 

In  consideration  of  Two  Hundred  Dollars  for  a  black 
mare,  I  hereby  guarantee  her  to  be  only  five  years  old, 
sound,  free  from  vice  and  easy  to  ride  or  drive. 

H.  P.  Blackwell. 

N.  B. — In  this  guaranty  the  seller  will  be  held  for  all 
the  defects  in  the  animal  at  the  time  of  sale.  This  is 
the  safest  way  for  one  who  is  not  an  experienced  judge  of 
horses  to  purchase  one. 

GUARANTY  OF  A  DEBT  NOT 
YET  INCURRED. 

Chicago,  111.,  Sept.  1,  1902. 
Mosrs.    Williams  &  Worth,   Dubuque. 

Gentlemen:  The  bearer  of  this,  Mr.  R.  J.  Walker, 
of  this  city,  is  on  the  point  of  visiting  your  city  for  the 
purpose  of  buying  goods,  and  desires  articles  in  your  line. 
He  is  considered  worth  some  thirty  thousand  dollars, 
and  such  is  our  confidence  in  his  ability  and  integrity, 
that  we  hereby  guarantee  the  payment  of  any  bills 
which  he  may  make  with  you  during  this  year,  to  an 
amount  not  exceeding  five  thousand  dollars. 
Yours  respectfully, 

Jacobs   and   Walker. 

GUARANTY  OF  DEBT  ALREADY 
INCURRED. 

Chicago,  111.,  September  2,  1902. 
The  Chicago  Supply  Co.,  Chicago. 

Gentlemen:     In  consideration  of  two  dollars,  paid  by 

yourselves,  the  receipt  of  which  is  hereby  acknowledged, 

!   iMiarantee  that  the  debt  of  six  hundred  dollars,  now 

owing  to  you  by  L.  D.  Graham,  shall  be  paid  at  maturity. 

Yours  truly, 

William   Maitland. 

INSURANCE. 

Insurance  is  a  contract,  an  agreement  by  which  one 
a -si  Hues  a  certain  risk  which  another  would  otherwise 
bear.  The  consideration  on  which  the  contract  rests  is 
called  the  premium;  the  instrument  by  which  the  con- 
tract is  made,  the  policy. 


94  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

Insurance  is  of  four  principal  kinds:  Fire,  marine,  life 
and  accident  insurance.  Many  general  principles  are 
applicable  to  all.  Insurance  is  usually  made  by  in- 
corporated companies. 

All  stipulations  and  conditions  contained  in  the  policy 
are  binding  upon  both  parties,  though  signed  by  but  one, 
the  insurer. 

The  holder  of  the  policy  must  have  a  personal  interest 
in  the  property  or  life  insured. 

An  Open  Policy.  This  is  one  in  which  the  property 
upon  which  the  risk  is  taken  is  not  fully  described,  but 
referred  to  in  general  terms. 

I  IRE  INSURANCE. 

Fire  insurance  is  a  contract  to  indemnify  the  owner 
of  certain  property,  if  it  is  damaged  or  destroyed  by  fire, 
whether  upon  buildings,  ships,  or  the  goods  or  stock  con- 
tained therein,  or  live  stock. 

1.  The  CoHlrurt  has  two  parties,  (1)  the  owner  of  the 
property,  and  (2)  the  company.  In  it  the  owner  agi 
to  pay  the  company  a  certain  sum  of  money  called  the 
Premium,  in  any  event,  the  company  agrees  to  pay  him 
whatever  his  damage  amounts  to.  it'  there  is  a  fire,  up  to  a 
slated  amount.  When  no  fire  occurs  the  company  gains 
the  whole  premium. 

The  Time.  The  insurance  may  be  for  any  time. 
but  it  is  usually  one,  two  or  three  years.  At  the  end 
of  this  time  a  renewal  is  usually  issued  without  making 
a  new  policy. 

The  ftisfe*.  The  company  is  responsible  for  damage 
done  by  fire  or  by  the  water,  etc..  in  putting  it  out. 

Payment  of  Premium.  The  policy  is  usually  so  made 
as  not  to  go  into  effect  until  the  premium  is  paid  to  the 
company,  either  by  the  insured  himself  or  by  his  proker. 

If  such  a  provision  does  not  exist,  then  the  policy  is 
binding  before  the  premium  is  paid,  and  the  amount  of 
unpaid  premium  i<  deducted  by  the  company  from  the 
amount  allowed  for  damages.  Notice  of  losses  mu.-t 
without  delay  be  given  to  the  company. 

Ownership  OJ  Pro/xrh/.  A  person  may  insure  property 
he  owns,  or  in  which  he  has  an  interest  or  upon  which  he 
holds  a  mortgage.  The  insurance  policy  does  not  go  with 
out  the  consent  of  the  company. 

The  amount  of  premium  is  based  upon  the  degree  of 
danger  there  is  of  fire.  The  insured  must,  therefore, 
not  increase  the  risk;  if  he  does  the  policy  becomes  void. 
Changes  made  should  therefore  be  reported  to  the  com- 
pany and  its  consent  obtained. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  95 

Changes  made  after  the  policy  is  issued  for  which 
the  insured  is  not  responsible  will  not  affect  the  contract. 

Amount  Paid.  The  amount  to  be  paid  in  flre  in- 
surance is  the  amount  of  the  loss,  unless  the  loss  exceeds 
the  amount  of  the  policy.  It  never  pays  more  than  the 
policy.  Thus  if  the  policy  is  for  $3,000  and  the  loss  is 
$300,  it  pays  $300  and  the  policy  becomes  $2,700.  If 
the  policy  is  $5,000  and  the  loss  $6,000  the  company 
pays  only  the  $5,000  and  the  policy  is  discharged. 

Full  Insurance.  Many  companies  do  not  take  more 
than  a  $5,000  or  $10,000  risk  on  property.  To  obtain 
different  companies  until  he  obtains  the  desired  amount. 

Xcgligence.  A  fire  caused  by  negligence  does  not 
exempt  the  company  from  paying  the  loss.  Most  fires 
are  caused  by  carelessness,  and  against  such  losses  the 
owner  wishes  to  protect  himself.  But  the  owner  must  do 
all  he  can  to  save  his  property  and  to  set  it  on  fire  is  a 
crime. 

Misrepresentations  on  the  part  of  the  owner  as  to 
the  character  of  the  property  or  the  danger  to  which 
it  may  be  exposed  make  the  policy  void. 

Conditions  in  the  Policy.  All  policies  contain  certain 
additional  agreements  such  as:  that  no  gun-powper 
or  kerosene  oil,  or  other  explosives,  are  to  be  kept  on 
11  u;  premises  insured;  that  they  shall  not  become  vacant, 
or  that  if  any  other  insurance  is  added  the  company  be 
notified. 

Agencies.  Every  company  is  strictly  liable  for  all 
any  of  its  duly  authorized  agents  may  do  or  engage  to  do. 

Mutual  Companies.  These  differ  from  the  Common 
Stock  Companies  in  this,  that  every  insured  party 
is  a  member  of  the  same,  and  is  entitled  to  his  share  of  the 
profits. 

Mutual  companies  are  usually  forbidden  by  their  char- 
ters to  insure  for  more  than  two-thirds  of  the  full  value 
of  the  property. 

FIRE    INSURANCE    POLICY. 

THE   MAIN   CLAUSE. 

No.  390,147.  $10,000. 

THE     ROCKFORD    FIRE    INSURANCE    COMPANY 
OF  ROCKFORD. 

In  consideration  of  ($50.06)  fifty  dollars,  do  insure 
William  Worth  against  loss  or  damage  by  fire  to  the  amount 
amount  of  ten  thousand  dollars,  as  follows: 


96  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

On  certain  books,  engravings,  steel  and  copper  plates, 
and  other  merchandise  row  contained  in  the  building  at 
No.  345  Loomis  Street,  Illinois. 

And  the  said  company  hereby  agree  to  make  good  unto 
the  assured,  his  executors,  administrators  and  assigns,  all 
such  immediate  loss  or  damage  (not  exceeding  in  amount 
the  sum  insured)  as  shall  happen  by  fin-  1<>  the  property 
above  specified,  from  the  10th  day  of  September,  1902, 
at  noon,  to  the  10th  day  of  September,  11)03,  at  noon,  the 
amount  of  such  loss  and  damage  to  be  proven  and  paid 
or  made  good  according  to  the  following  terms  and  con- 
ditions : 

(Here  follow  ordinarily  a  large  number  of  additional 
da  uses.  See  below.) 

In  witness  whereof  we  have  caused  this  policy  to  be 
attested  by  the  president  and  secretary  of  the  company 
the  12th  day  of  September,  1902. 

Chas.  Ilammel,  William    IJyan, 

Secretary.  President. 

EXAMPLES    OF    SOME    OF    THE    ADDI- 
TIONAL   CLAUSES. 

1.  No  assignment    of   this  policy   shall   be   \alid   until 
indorsed  hereon  and  approved  by  the  company. 

2.  This  company  shall  not  be  liable  for  loss  in  ea-e  of 
fire  caused  by  rioting,  or  by  explosion,  or  in  case  the  as- 
sured shall  keep  on   the  premises  gunpowder,   fireworks, 
phosphorus,  naptha,  etc. 

3.  This  policy  shall  not  be  binding  upon  the  company 
until  the  premium  be  actually  paid. 

4.  In  case  there  should  be  any  other  insurance  on  the 
property  hereby  insured,  whether  prior  or  subsequent,  the 
assured    shall    be    entitled    to    recover   on    this   policy    no 
greater  proportion  of  the  loss  sustained  than  the  sum  herein 
insured  bears  to  the  whole  amount  insured  thereon. 

RENEWAL    OF    FIRE    INSURANCE. 

Rockford,  111.,  Sept,  1,  1902. 
THE  ROCKFORD  INSURANCE  COMPANY. 
Do   insure  'John   Williams,    in   consideration   of   fifty 
dollars,  being  the  premium  on  five  thousand  five  hundred 
dollars;  this  being  a  renewal  of  policy  No.  157,874,  which 
is  hereby  continued  in  force  for  one  year,  to  wit,  from 
September  1,  1902,  to  September  1,  1903,  at  noon. 

James  Wood,  .  William  Downs. 

Secretary.  President. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  97 

LIFE    INSURANCE. 

Life  insurance  is  a  contract  to  pay  a  certain  sum  of 
money  on  the  death  of  a  certain  person  or  when  he  reaches 
a  certain  age. 

The  premium  is  a  fixed  sum  paid  by  the  person  insured 
annually  or  semi-annually. 

The  object  of  life  insurance,  when  properly  conducted, 
is  to  give  those  dependent  upon  a  certain  person  some 
means  of  support  if  he  should  suddenly  die;  or  to  secure 
to  the  insured  himself,  when  he  arrives  at  an  age  or  is 
placed  in  circumstances  when  he  may  need  such  support 
or  assistance  as  the  insurance  will  supply. 

The  insurance  may  also  be  taken  out  in  favor  of  any 
legal  representative  who  has  an  insurable  interest,  as 
is  possessed  by  a  creditor  in  the  life  of  his  debtor,  by  a 
father  in  the  life  of  his  minor  child,  by  a  wife  in  her  hus- 
band, by  a  sister  in  the  life  of  her  brother,  and  in  general, 
when  by  the  death  of  the  insured  there  would  naturally 
follow  actual  and  pecuniary  loss  or  disadvantage  to  him 
to  whom  the  policy  is  issued.  If  there  is  no  insurable 
interest  the  contract  is  void,  as  being  a  gaming  policy. 

The  consent  of  a  person  whose  life  is  insured  must  be 
obtained  to  a  policy  issued  in  favor  of  a  third  party. 
If  the  insurable  interest  exists  when  the  policy  is  issued 
and  ceases  before  the  death  of  the  insured  the  contract 
still  holds  good. 

Any  material  misrepresentations  made  by  the  insured 
at  the  time  the  policy  is  issued  will  render  it  void.  Thus 
a  false  statement  as  to  health  such  as  a  denial  that  the 
applicant  had  heart  disease,  would  void  the  contract. 

Very  often  that  third  party  is  the  one  insured;  he  is 
then  said  to  insure  his  own  life.  He  may  make  it  payable 
to  himself,  and  if  it  is  payable  at  his  death  it  then  forms 
part  of  his  estate,  or  he  may  make  it  payable  to  his  wife 
and  children  or  any  one  else  he  chooses.  If  made  pay- 
able to  another  it  cannot  be  touched  by  his  creditors,  nor 
can  he  in  his  will  deprive  the  other  of  it. 

Tli?  Contract  is  not  to  indemnify,  qut  to  pay  a  certain 
sum,  and  in  this  respect  differs  from  fire  and  marine 
insuranee.  A  person  may  insure  this  own  life  in  as  many 
companies  as  he  chooses,  providing  he  is  willing  to  pay 
the  premiums 

Payment  of  Premium.  '  The  insurance  ceases  if  the 
premium  is  not  paid  when  due.  This  is  so  even 
though  it  were  accidentally  forgotten,  and  even  for  a 
day.  Some  companies  will  re-insure  upon  the  same 


98  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

terms,    but   require   a    new   examination   and   certificate 
of  good  health. 

AxNifjnitii'tt!.  Policies  .-ire  frequent ly  as>ign«-d.  Thus, 
instead  (if  ;i  creditor  obtaining  a  policy  on  his  debtor's 
life,  the  debtor  may  obtain  it  on  his  o\vn  life  and 
it  to  the  creditor.  In  i-m-i/  <i*xi</n)/nnt  tin  i>r>ulciit  rule 
is  to  obtain  the  c<»t*rnt  of  the  <•<>/// [KIHI/.  Sometimes  the 
policy  provides  that  it  shall  be  void  if  it  is  assigned  with- 
out consent . 

Mo>t  mutual  companies  i>sue  policies  that  are  not 
assignable  1o  any  other  persons  except  blood  relations. 

Misrepresentations.  Veracity  is  in  life  insurance  of 
the  utrno-t  importance.  The  comj)any  be  lore  foiling 
a  policy  requires  a  written  application  in  which  the 
applicant  must  an.-wer  many  questions  with  regard 
to  his  health,  occupation,  etc.  Tho-e  questions  mu>t 
be  answered  truthfully.  If  deception  is  practiced  the 
policy  becomes  void. 

If ,  persons  g<>  on  a  journey  or  change  their  residence 
by  which  their  life  may  be  exposed  to  greater  danger, 
they  nm-t  give  notice  thereof  to  the  company  to  obtain 
their  consent.  Mo>t  companies  state  all  such  conditions 
in  their  policies,  which  should  be  carefully  read  by  the 
applicant  before  he  insures  and  faithfully  lived  up  to 
afterwards. 

LIFE  INSURANCE  POLICY. 

No.  1'.)x,2()3.  $2,000. 

Tin:  l'i;ii:\i)'s  LIFE  IxsruAxci:  COMPANY. 

In  consideration  of  the  representations  made  to  them 
in  the  application  for  this  policy,  and  of  the  sum  of  fifty 
dollars  and  the  further  sums  of  fifty  dollars  to  be  paid 
on  the  lOtii  day  of  September  and  April  of  each  year 
during  the  continuance  of  thi>  policy,  do  insure  tin- 
life  of  Howard  .\el-on,  of  San  Francisco,  in  the  County 
of  Cook,  State  of  California,  in  the  amount  of  two  thou- 
sand dollars  for  the  term  of  his  natural  life.  And  tin- 
said  company  does  promise  and  agree  to  pay  the  amount 
of  the  said  insurance  at  its  office  in  California  to  Howard 
Nelson's  legal  representatives  in  sixty  days  after  due- 
notice  and  satisfactory  proof  of  his  death  during  the 
continuance  of  this  policy. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  said  Friend's  Life  Insurance 
Company   has   by  its  president   and   actuary  signed   and 
delivered  this  contract  this  12th  day  of  September,  1902. 
William   Smith,  Holden   Jinks, 

Actuary.  President. 

Premium  $50.00  payable  semi-annually. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  99 

ACCIDENT  INSURANCE. 

Accident  Insurance  covers  the  causalities  to  which 
travelers  by  land  or  sea  are  constantly  exposed,  without 
undue  carelessness  on  their  part.  If  loss  of  limb  or  health 
occurs  the  insurer  agrees  to  pay  a  stipulated  sum  to  the 
insured  in  accordance  with  the  premium  paid. 

Mutual  companies  usually  pay  a  certain  stipulated 
sum  per  week  as  long  as  the  accident  sustained  renders 
the  party  incapable  to  resume  his  occupation. 

Opportunities  to  affect  an  accident  insurance  are  offered 
in  all  prominent  railroad  depots  and  in  ocean  steamship 
offices.  It  is  the  part  of  prudence  for  any  person  who 
travels  extensively  to  take  out  an  insurance  for  his  own 
benefit  or  for  those  dependent  upon  him. 

LANDLORD  AND  TENANT. 

LEASES. 

Leases  are  contracts  by  which  one  party  called  the 
lessor  or  landlord  gives  to  the  second  party  called  the 
]esx«T  or  tenant  possession  of  land  or  other  real  estate  for 
a  fixed  period  of  time,  receiving  in  return  for  the  use, 
possession  and  profit  thereof  a  fixed  compensation  called 
the  rent . 

Duration.  A  lease  may  be  for  life,  at  will,  on 
su (Trance  or  for  a  term  of  years.  A  lease  for  life  terminates 
with  the  death  of  the  lessee  or  tenant  or  any  person  speci- 
fic 1  as  such  in  the  lease. 

.1  Lease  of  Suff ranee  of  the  landlord  exists  when 
a  lease  or  a  term  of  years  has  expired  and  the  tenant 
is  allowed  to  remain  in  possession.  Such  possession 
may  be  terminated  without  notice. 

A  LCIIKC.  df  ll'ill  is  one  which  exists  only  during  the 
will  of  the  llandlord  and  may  terminate  at  the  will  of 
either  party,  as  the  rights  of  possession  on  the  part  of  the 
landlord  or  the  rights  of  abandonment  on  the  part  of  the 
tenant  may  justify  or  by  the  death  of  either  party. 

.1    Lease  for  a  'Term  of  Years  begins    and  ends  at  a 
certain    -perilled    date.     Under    the    latter    the     tenant 
greater  privileges  than  under  either  of  the  for- 
mer.   When  the  number  of  years  is  not  mentioned  it  is 
eon-trued  to  mean  not  less  than  two. 

s  Written  or  Unwritten.  In  some  states  a  lease 
to  be  \  alid  must  be  in  writing,  in  others  verbal  agreements 
holds  good  in  law.  It  is  best  under  all  circumstances 
to  specify  clearly  and  definitely  all  the  terms  of  the  con- 
tra et  in  writing.  In  some  states,  where  leases  are  re- 


100  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


quired  to  be  in  writing,  the  mere  signatures  of  the  parties 
is  sufficient;  in  others  they  must  also  be  sealed  and  wit- 
nessed. 

A'.s-xr nfffil  Specifications  in  a  written  lease  are:  Dates, 
Names,  Rent,  Description. 

The  date  fixes  the  beginning  of  the  lease.  Where  no 
date  is  mentioned  the  time  commences  ordinarily  with 
the  delivery  of  the  lease.  This,  however,  is  not  always 
conclusive  if  another  date  can  be  proven. 

Names.  Tin-  law  recognizes  only  one  Christian  name 
and  the  surname.  If  the  partv  asMimes  a  false  name  he 
is  nevertheless  responsible.  The  landlord  deals  with  the 
man  and  not  with  the  name. 

Tin  Ifi'tif.  Hents  may  be  payable  in  other  valuables 
besides  inoni-y;  the  amount  should,  however,  always  be 
stated.  If  not  stated  the  law  will  allow  the  landlord  what 
the  u>r  <>i'  the  premises  is  reasonably  worth. 

Description  of  Premise*.  The  'lease  must  describe 
the  premises.  It  need  not  be  in  full  detail :  any  general 
description  that  will  identify  the  property  is  sufficient . 
The  parts  and  appurtenanes  as  ordinarily  belong  to  such 
premises  are  included. 

H7/o  Cannot  (iin-  a  /.M/.sr.  A  husband  cannot  make 
a  lease  which  will  bind  his  wife's  property  after  his  death. 
A  guardian  cannot  give  a  lea-e  extending  beyond  a 
minor's  majority  which  the  minor  cannot  annul  if  he 
wishes,  but  if  he  does  not  annul  it  the  tenant  is  bound  by 
it.  Cnder  the  common  law  a  married  woman  cannot 
lease  her  property,  but  under  the  statutes  of  most  states 
she  can.  A  special  statute  supersedes  the  common  law. 

A  minor  cannot  make  a  valid  lease  but  can  become  a 
tenant.  Students  under  age  hiring  rooms  come  under 
this  class. 

RIGHTS    OF    LANDLORDS. 

Subletting   and   Assigning   Lease.     The    landlords    can 
prohibit    his    tenant     from    supletting    the    premi- 
any  part  of  them,  or  from  assigning  ihe  lease,  by  stating 
the  prohibition  in  a  special  clause  of  the  same. 

2.  Tenant  Breaking  the  Condition.     If  the  tenant  has 
broken  the  condition  of  the  laese  by  subletting  the  pre- 
mises,  the  landlord,  if  he  accepts  the  rent  due  cannot 
remove  the  tenant. 

3.  Making  Demand  for  Rent.     To  make  a   non-pay- 
ment of  rent' a  cause  for  removal  of  the  tenant  the  land- 
lord must  make  his  demand  for  the  rent  on  the  day 
when  due,    before  sunset,   and  in  the  most   prominent 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  101 

place  of  the  same.  The  absence  of  the  tenant  at  such 
time  does  not  relieve  the  landlord  from  making  such  a 
demand. 

4.  Making _  Repairs.     Unless    expressly    covenanted, 
the  landlord  is  not  obliged  to  make  the  necessary  re- 
pairs,    If  a  tenant  wishes  his  landlord  to  make  special 
repairs  during  the  term  he  must  stipulate  for  the  same  in 
the  lease.     But  if  the  landlord  does  agree  to  make  all 
necessary  repairs  and  fails  to  do  so,  even  that  does  not 
relieve  the  tenant  from  paying  rent. 

5.  Notice  to  Qujt.     When  the  tenancy  is  from  year 
to  year  the  landlord  can  terminate  the  same  only  by 
a  notice  to  quit.     Such  notice  must  be  explicit,  in  writing, 
served  personally  and  signed  not  by  the  agent,  but  by  the 
person  who  has  the  right  to  immediate  possession.     In 
some  states  the  statutes  require  six  month's  notice  in 
some  three,  in  others  one. 

G.  Refusal  to  Vacate.  If  a  tenant  refuses  to  Yacate 
the  premises  after  the  termination  of  his  lease,  from 
any  cause,  the  proper  and  safest  way  for  the  landlord, 
as  well  as  the  cheapest,  is  to  get  him  out  by  process  of 
law,  or  by  a  sealed  lease  to  a  third  party,  who  can  legally 
claim  possession. 

7.  Right  to  Inspect  Premises.  The  landlord  has  the 
right  to  enter  upon  the  premises  to  ascertain  whether  there 
is  any  waste  or  injury  done,  after  first  giving  notice  of  his 
intention. 

RIGHTS  OF  TENANT. 

Some  of  the  rights  of  tenants  are  embodied  in  the 
above  statements  of  the  rights  of  the  landlord. 

1.  To  What  a  Tenant  is  Entitled.     In  taking  possession 
of  the  premises  the  tenant  is  entitled  to  all  the  privileges 
and   appurtenances  to  the  property  in  all  their  details 
without  being  expressed  in  the  laese. 

2.  Sale    of    Property.     The    landlord  •  has    no    rigdt 
to  interfere  with  the  tenant's  rights  by  selling  the  pro- 
perty.    Such  sale  must  be  made  subject  to  the  rights 
of  the  tenant. 

3.  The    Right   to    Sublet.     A    tenant    can    sublet    the 
rented  premises  or  any  part  of  them,  unless  expressly 
prohibited  from  doing  so  by  the  terms  of  the  lease.     He, 
how  ver,  remains  responsible  to  his  landlord,  unless  fc  he 
latter  accepts  such  thirdparty  as  his  tenant  in  place  of  the 
former  and  release  him  in  writing. 

4.  Lease    Assignable.     A    tenant's    lease    is    always 
assignable  unless  it  contains  restrictions  to  the  contrary. 


102  MANUAL  OF  BUSIM— 

Such  an  assignment  may  be  for  a  part  of  the  whole  of  Un- 
original term,  but  if  for  less  than  the  original  term  ihen  it 
is  properly  subletting. 

5.  The  tinhlnuint.  The  subtenant  bears  no  rela- 
tion to  the  original  landlord  and  is  not  responsible  to 
him  for  the  rent.  The  tenant  from  whom  he  has  rented 
is  his  only  landlord.  In  the  ea-e  of  an  alignment  of 
the  lease  the  new  tenant  becomes  the  tenant  or  the  orig- 
inal landlord  and  must  pay  him  the  rent. 

(i.  Ih-jHtfrx.  A  tenant  cannot  make  repairs  upon 
the  property  rented  and  then  deduct  the  amount  paid 
out  from  the  rent,  for  that  would  be  in  effect  compelling 
the  landlord  to  do  it. 

7.  Making    Improvements.     For    improvements    that 
become  part  of  the  premi-es.   or  such   a-  cannot    be   re- 
moved without   injury  to  the  same,  the  tenant   can  claim 
n    allowance   from   the   landlord:   but    a   tenant    may   re- 
move from  rented  property  articles  which  he  has  placed 
for  use    in    some    trade.    ^\u-}\    afi    -team    engines   or   other 
machines,  or  even  buildings  erected  for  the  <ame  purpo-e, 
or  articles  for  dome-tic   u-e,   such   as   furnaces,   -helve-. 
gas    fixtures,     etc.      Of    course     hi-     personal     property     a 
tenant   can  remove  any  time  at   plea-ure. 

8.  Right    to    (Juit.      Where    the    renting    is    for    a    de- 
finite  time   no   notice   from   either   party    to   the   other   is 
neces>ary.    as    the    landlord    has    the    immediate    right   of 
possession  as  soon  as  the  time  expire-;  so  the  tenant   has 
also    the    right    to    vacate    at    that    time    without    giving 
notice,    to    the    landlord.      Where,    however,    no    limit    of 
time  is  set  a  notice  from  either  party  is  required  for  six 
month's    time    or    le-s. 

9.  Paijntcut   of    7V/./V.V.      Where   the   tenant    is   to   pay 
the  taxes  on  the  property  he  occupies  it  must  be  distinctly 
stated  in  the  lease,  as  a  verbal  promise  is  of  no  effect. 

10.  .1    J\ccur<l«l  Ltosc.      If  a   lease   for  three  or  more 
years    is    acknowledged    and    recorded    in    the    recorder'- 
office    then    the    leased    property    cannot    be    -ecivtly    or 
fraudulently  conveyed  during  that   time. 

11.  Effects  of  Mortgage.     If  after  renting,  the  landlord 
should    mortgage    the   property,    the   mortgagee's    rights 
would  be  subject    to  those  of  the  tenant,   and  a   sale   for 
foreclosure  could  not  disturb  the  tenant's  possession. 

DUTIES  OF  THE  LANDLORD. 

1.  It  is  the  landlord's  duty  to  see  to  it  that  his  tenant 
has  the  quiet  enjoyment  of  the  premises  and  is  not  dis- 
turbed by  anyone  having  a  better  title  to  the  same  than 
the  landlord. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  103 

2.  The  landlord  must  not  render  the  tenant's  occu- 
pation uncomfortable  by  erecting  anything  like  a  nuis- 
ance on  or  near  the  premises. 

3.  If  not  otherwise  provided  for  in  the  lease,  it  is 
the  landlord's  duty  to  pay.  the  taxes,  ground  rent,  or 
interest  on  a  mortgage  that  may  exist. 

4.  The   landlord   is   not   bound   to   make   repairs   or 
allow  the  tenant  for  repairs  which  he  may  make  unless 
especially  agreed  for  in  advance  and  so  stated  in  the  lease. 

DUTIES  OF  THE  TENANT. 

1.  The  tenant  must  take  such  care  of  the  premises 
that  others  may  not  be  injured  by  any  neglect  of  any 
part  of  it. 

2.  The  chief  duty  of  the  tenant  is  to  pay  rent.     If 
no  time  for  his  possession  is  fixed  then  he  is  only  obliged 
to  pay  for  the  time  he  has  occupied;  but  if  under  an  agree- 
ment for  a  certain  term  he  will  have  to  pay  for  that  term. 

3.  He  is  expected  to  keep  the  premises  wind  and  water 
tight  and  repair  all  damages  made  or  suffered  by   him. 
Natural  war  and  tear  he  need  not  make  good. 

!.  The  tenant  is  obliged  to  return  the  premises  to 
his  landlord  at  the  end  of  his  term  un  diminished  in  value 
by  any  wilful  or  neglcgent  act  of  his.  This  requires 
him  to  replace  broken  doors  or  windows,  or  such  other 
articles  as  may  have  been  broken  by  use,  neglect  or 
accident. 

LKASKS    FOR    RENTING     A    HOUSE, 

SHORT    FORM. 

This  Instrument,  made  the  fourth  day  of  September, 
1902,  wihiesseth  that  I  have  this  day  let  and  rented  unto 
William  Smith  my  house  and  premises,  No.  120  Forest 
A\e.,  in  the  citv  of  Boston,  and  State  of  Massachusetts, 
with  t  he  sole  and  uninterrupted  use  and  occupation  thereof 
for  one  year,  to  commence  the  first  day  of  October  next, 
at  the  monthly  rent  of  thirty  dollars,  payable  in  advance. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal. 

John  Wilson.  (Seal.) 

LEASE  FOR  RENTING  A  HOUSE. 

LONG    FORM. 

This  Indenture,  made  the  1st  day  of  September 
1902.  between  John  Smith,  of  Union,  State  of  Indiana, 
of  the  first  part,  and  John  Jones,  of  the  same  place,  of  the 
second  part. 


104  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

Witnesseth,  That  the  party  of  the  first  part  has  hereby 
let  and  rented  to  the  party  of  the  second  part,  and  the 
party  of  the  second  part  has  hereby  hired  and  taken  from 
the  party  of  the  first  part,  the  ground  floor,  cellar  and 
second  story  of  the  premises  known  as  2049  Union  Ave., 
in  the  city  of  Belvidere,  with  the  appurtenances,  for  the 
term  of  three  years,  to  commence  the  third  dav 
tember,  1902,  .-it  the  yearly  rental  of  one  thousand  (S1000) 
dollars,  payable  in  equal  quarterly  payments  on  the 
usual  quarter  days  in  each  year. 

And  it  is  airreed  thai  if  any  rent  shall  be  due  and  unpaid, 
or  if  default  shall  be  made  in  any  of  the  covenants  herein 
named,  then  it  shall  be  lawful  for  the  said  party  of  the 
fir>t  part  to  re-enter  the  said  premises  and  lo  remove  all 
persons  therefrom. 

And  the  said  party  of  the  second  part  covenants  to  pay 
to  the  said  party  of  the  lir-t  part  the  said  rent-  a-  herein 
specified  and  that  at  the  expiration  of  the  said  term  the 
said  parly  of  the  second  part  will  quit  and  surrender  the 
premises  in  as  <rood  state  and  condition  as  reasonable 
us.-  and  wear  thereof  will  permit,  damages  by  the  elements 
except ed;  and  the  said  party  of  the  second  part  on  paying 
the  said  yearly  rent  and  performing  the  covenants  aforesaid 
shall  and  may  peaceably  and  quietly  have, hold  and  enjoy 
the  said  demised  premises  for  the  term  aforesaid. 

In  witness  whereof  the  parties  hereto  have  hereunto 
interchangeably  set  their  hands. 

E.     H.     Worth. 
R.    W.    Hohn<. 

LANDLORD'S    AGREKMKXT. 

This  certifies  that  I  have  let  and  rented,  this  fourth  day 
of  September,  1902,  unto  William  Maker  my  house  anil 
lot,  No.  152  Wabash  Ave.,  in  the  City  of  Chicago,  State 
of  Illinois,  and  its  appurtenances;  he  to  have  the  free  and 
uninterrupted  occupation  thereof  for  one  }rear  from  this 
date  at  the  yearly  rental  of  four  hundred  dollars,  to  be 
paid  monthly  in  advance,  rent  to  cease  if  destroyed  by 
fire  or  otherwise  made  untenantable. 

William  Jones. 

TENANT'S  AGREEMENT. 

This  certifies  that  I  have  hired  and  taken  from  William 
Jones  his  house  and  lot,  No.  152  Wabash  Ave.,  in  the  City 
of  Chicago,  State  of  Illinois,  with  appurtenances  thereto 
belonging  for  one  year,  to  commence  this  day,  at  a  yearly 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  105 

rental  of  four  hundred  dollars  to  be  paid  monthly,  in 
advance  unless  said  house  becomes  untenantable  from 
fire  or  other  causes,  in  which  case  rent  ceases,  and  I  further 
agree  to  give  and  yield  said  premises  one  year  from  this 
fourth  day  of  September,  1902,  in  as  good  condition  as 
now,  ordinary  wear  and  damage  by  the  elements  excepted. 
Given  under  my  hand  this  day,  etc. 

William  Baker. 

LANDLORD'S  NOTICE  TO  QUIT. 
To  William  Baker. 

Sir: — Please  observe  that  the  term  of  one  year  for  which 
the  house  and  land  situated  at  152  Wabash  Avev  and 
now  occupied  by  yourself,  were  rented  to  you  expired  on 
the  fourth  day  of  September,  1903,  and  as  I  desire  to  re- 
possess said  premises  you  are  hereby  requested  and 
required  to  vacate  the  ^ame. 

Respectfully  yours, 

William    Jones. 
Chicago,  111.,  Sept.  12, 1902. 

TENANT'S  NOTICE  OF  LEAVING. 

To  William  Jones. 

Sir-  The  premises  I  now  occupy  as  your  tenant  at  No. 
152  Wabash  Ave.,  I  shall  vacate  on  the  third  day  of 
September,  1903.  You  will  please  take  notice  accordingly. 

Yours  truly, 

William  Baker. 
Chicago,  111.,  Sept.  3,  1903. 

FARM  LEASES. 

While  the  foregoing  laws  are  of  general  application  to 
landlords  and  tenants,  some  additional  features  per- 
taining to  farm  leases  demand  special  attention. 

General  Duties  of  Farm  Tenants.  A  tenant  of  a  farm  is 
bound  without  a  special  clause  in  the  lease  to  cultivate  the 
land,  and  generally  so  to  manage  all  the  affairs  of  the  tarm 
as  good  husbandry  requires,  and  is  as  the  custom  in  the 

vicinity.  .„    •, 

Crops.  As  a  general  rule  when  no  time  is  specified 
at  which  the.  tenancy  shall  cease,  the  tenant  is  entitled 
to  the  so-called  "away-going  crops/'  or  crops  ot  the 
present  season,  but  when  the  time  is  fixed  and  certain 
the  tenant  is  not  entitled  to  such  crops,  because  he  knew 


106  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


when  he  sowed  that  he  took  the  risk  of  getting  his  crops 
off  before  the,  termination  of  his  term.  It  is  also  held 
that  the  tenant  leaving;  is  entitled  only  to  the  annual 
production  of  the  soil  raided  by  hi<  own  labor,  which 
does  not  include  the  permanent  and  natural  products  of 
the  earth,  such  us  trees,  fruits  of  the  orchard,  natural 
grasses  and  the  like.  Local  usages  of  the  country  are, 
however,  largely  taken  into  consideration  h'-re,  and 
special  statutes  of  the  states  may  vary  greatly  in  this 
respect. 

Miniiin.  It  i-  a  general  law  that  manure  upon  a 
leased  farm  cannot  l>e  removed  l>y  the  outgoing  tenant. 

/•'/./•/ an*.  The  question  as  to  what  constitute  iix- 
ture<  on  a  farm  is  a  broad  one,  and  we  can  only  say 
that  respecting  this  the  rules  are  liberal  in  favor  of  the 
tenant.  It  is  stated  in  a  general  way  that  a  tenant  may 
sever  and  remove  at  any  time  all  such  fixt  un-s  of  a  chattel 
nature  as  he  ha-  himself  erected  or  placed  upon  the  rented 
premises  for  the  purpose  of  ornament,  domestic  con- 
venience, or  to  carry  on  a  certain  trade,  such  may  be 
steam  engines  or  other  stationary  machinery  and  build- 
ings erected  by  him  for  such  machinery. 

Tu.ns.  The  tenant  in  poxs,— ion  i-  generally  con- 
sidered as  liable  for  the  taxes,  .but  without  special  agree- 
ment he  is  under  no  obligations  to  his  landlord  to  pay  the 
taxes,  :md  if  he  does  pay  them  so  a-  to  protect  himself 
in  the  possr»ion  and  free  enjoyment  of  the  premises 
he  can  deduct  the  amount  from  the  rent  and  hold  his 
landlord  for  any  excess  above  the  rent  due  him. 

Good  Advice.  No  class  of  litigation  is  more  intri- 
cate and  technical  than  that  of  landlord  and  tenant. 
It  should  therefore  be  avoided  if  possible.  In  order  to 
do  so  have  your  lease  carefully  executed,  specifying  as 
far  as  possible  all  details  of  conditions  and  then  observe 
them  carefully.  Tf,  however,  any  one.  be  he  landlord 
or  tenant,  anticipates  difficulty,  then  we  advise  him  to 
secure  the  services  of  a  competent  lawyer  to  help  if  pos- 
sible to  avert  the  litigation  or  to  conduct  it  for  him. 

"Law  and  justice  are  two  things  which  God  has  joined 
but  man  has  put  asunder." 

LEASE  OF  A  FARM. 

This  Indenture,  made  this  second  day  of  September, 
1902,  between  John  Wilkins.  of  the  township  of  Union, 
County  of  Cook,  and  State  of  Indiana,  of  the  first  part, 
and  William  Burke,  of  the  said  township  and  county, 
of  the  second  part. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  107 

Witnesseth,  That  the  said  John  Wilkins,  for  and 
in  consideration  of  the  yearly  rents  and  covenants  here- 
inafter mentioned  and  reserved  on  the  part  and  behalf  of 
the  said  John  Wilkins,  his  heirs,  executors  and  adminis- 
trators, to  be  paid,  kept  and  performed,  hath  demised, 
set  and  to  farm  let,  and  by  these  presents  doth  demise, 
set  and  farm  let  unto  the  said  William  Burke,  his  heirs 
and  assigns,  all  that  certain  piece,  parcel  or  tract  of  land 
situated,  lying  and  being  in  the  township  of  Union  afore- 
said, known  as  lot  No.  (Description  of  farm  here),  now 
in  iln'  possession  of  William  Worth,  containing  four  hun- 
dred acres  of  land,  together  with  all  buildings  and  im- 
provements, to  have  and  to  hold  the  same  unto  the  said 
William  Worth,  his  heirs,  executors  and  assigns,  from 
the  fifth  day  of  September  next,  for  and  during  the  term 
of  five  years  next  ensuing,  and  fully  to  be  complete  and 
ended,  yielding  and  paying  for  the  same  unto  the  said 
John  Wilkins,  his  heirs  and  assigns,  the  yearly  rent  or 
sum  of  Two  Thousand  Dollars  on  the  fifth  day  of  Septem- 
ber in  each  and  every  year  during  the  term  aforesaid 
and  at  the  expiration  of  said  term  or  sooner  if  determined 
upon,  he,  the  said  William  Burke,  his  heirs  or  assigns, 
shall  and  will  quietly  and  peacefully  surrender  and  yield  up 
said  premises  with  the  appurtenances  unto  the  said 
John  Wilkins,  his  heirs  and  assigns,  in  as  good  order  and 
repair  as  the  same  are  now,  reasonable  wear,  tear  and 
easualities  which  may  happen  by  fire  or  otherwise  only 
excepted. 

In  witness  whereof,  we  have  hereto  set  our  hands  and 
seals. 

Signed,  Sealed  and  Delivered 
in  the  presence  of 
E.  J.  Smith. 

John  Wilkins,          (L.  S.) 
William  Burke.        (L.  S.) 

A  LEASE  OF  REAL  ESTATE. 

This  Indent ure,  made  this  second  day  of  September, 
A.  j>.  11)02,  between  John  Simmins  of  the  Town  of  Ep- 
worlh  in  the  County  of  Cook,  and  State  of  Illinois,  of 
t  he  first  part,  and  Ronald  Smith  of  the  Town  of  Dubuque, 
in  the  County  and  State  aforesaid,  of  the  second  part, 
-  Witnesseth',  that  the  said  John  Simmins,  for  the  con- 
sideration hereinafter  named,  has  demised,  granted  and 
teased  and  doth  by  these  presents  hereby  demise,  grant 
and  lease  unto  the  said  Ronald  Smith  and  his  assigns 
Lots  five  (5)  and  six  (6)  in  Block  eight  (8)  of  the  original 


108  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

town  of  Epworth,  as  shown  by  the  plat  of  said  town. 
Also  the  southeast  quarter  (S.  ~E.  £)  of  Section  six  (6), 
in  Township  ten  (10),  Range  seven  (7).  west  of  fourth 
Principal  Meridian,  and  containing  one  hundred  (100) 
acres,  according  to  government  survey,  together  with 
all  the  privileges  and  appurtenances  belonging  thereto, 
to  have  and  to  hold  the  above  described  premi- 
and  during  the  time  of  four  years  from  the  date  hereof. 

And  the  said  Honald  Smith  doth  covenant  and  agree 
to  pay  the  said  .John  Simmins  or  his  assigns  the  sum  of 
One  Thousand  Dollars  as  yearly  rent  for  said  premises, 
in  three  equal  payments  of  Three  Hundred  and  Thirty- 
Dollars  and  one-third  eaeh,  at  the  expiration  of  every 
four  months  from  date,  during  the  continuation  of  thi's 
Lease. 

In  witness  whereof  the  said  parties  have  to  this  and 
one  other  instrument  of  the  same  tenor  and  date  inter- 
changeably set  their  hands  and  >eals  the  day  and  year 
first  above  written. 

Signed,    Sealed   and    Delivered. 
in  the  presence  of 
YY.    II.   Jennings. 

John  Simmin<          (Seal.) 
Ronald  Smith 


LETTERS  OF  CREDIT. 

These  are  written  papers  in  which  the  writer  author- 
izes the  person  addressed  to  pay  a  certain  amount  to 
the  bearer. 

Letters  of  this  kind  are  commonly  <ent  by  a  banker 
or  other  responsible  men  to  a  distant  banker  or  wealthy 
friend.  The  person  bearing  the  latter  may  deposit  ah 
equivalent  sum  with  the  person  who  has  given  it  to  him 
in  money,  bonds,  mortgages  or  stocks.  Between  in- 
timate friends  no  security  may  be  required. 

The  person  sending  the  letter  must  sign  it  and  guard 
it  against  fraud  as  are  drafts,  checks,  etc.  A  copy  of  the 
letter  is  also  sent  by  mail  to  the  person  addressed,  in 
which  the  bearer  is  so  described  that  lie  may  be  recognized. 
Having  been  fully  identified,  the  bearer  must  then  com- 
ply strictly  with  all  the  conditions  of  the  letter  before  he 
receives  the  money. 

In  case  the  money  is  to  be  used  to  pay  a  debt  due 
from  the  bearer  to  another  party  it  should  be  stated  in 
the  letter. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  109 

If  the  letter  is  not  accepted  by  the  person  to  whom  it 
is  addressed  the  bearer  should  at  once  notify  the  author 
and  give  the  reason  why  it  has  not  been  honored.  Such 
a  letter  may  also  be  used  in  an  ordinary  business  trans- 
action and  combined  with  a  letter  of  introduction  and 
addressed  to  a  business  house  where  the  writer  is  well 
known  and  the  bearer  is  not,  setting  forth  his  financial 
ability  for  credit  and  guaranteeing  the  payment  of  any 
indebtedness  contracted  by  him  to  a  certain  specified 
limit.  This  lette'r  should  also  contain  a  description  of 
the  person. 

Or  if  the  bearer  has  a  debt  with  the  party  addressed 
the  letter  may  guarantee  payment  at  a  specified  time. 

The  party  whose  signature~the  letter  bears  is  held  re- 
sponsible for  the  amount  involved,  if  the  business  house 
accepts  the  guarantee  when  presented. 

LETTER  OF  CREDIT. 

Chicago,  111.,  Sept.  1,1902. 
Messrs.  Smith  &  Jones, 
Washington,  D.  C. 

Dear  Sirs:  We  take  pleasure  in  introducing  to  you 
Mr.  Woodbury,  of  this  city,  who  visits  Washington  for 
the  purpose  of  investing  in  property  in  the  city  or  vicinity 
of  Washington  and  desires  to  open  a  credit  with  you 
of  Two  Thousand  Dollars.  We  hereby  authorize  you 
to  honor  his  drafts  to  an  amount  not  exceeding  in  the 
aggregate  the  above  named  sum  and  charge  the  same 
to  us. 

The  signature  of  Mr.  Woodbury  accompanies  this. 

Yours   very   respectfully, 

James    &    Wilkins    Co. 
Signature  of  Mr.  Woodbury. 

James  &  Wilkins  Co.'s  Letter  Sent  by  Mail. 
Messrs.  Smith  &  Jones,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Gentlemen:  We  have  to-day  granted  a  letter  of  credit 
on  your  house  (as  per  enclosed  duplicate)  to  Mr.  Wood- 
bury  for  Two  Thousand  Dollars. 

Mr  Woodbury  is  forty-five  years  of  age,  five  teet  ten 
inches  tall,  has  a  light  complexion,  light  brown  hair  and 

blue    eyes. 

Respectfully    yours,  . 

James  &lWilkms. 


110  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

A  GUARANTEE  LETTER  OF  CREDIT. 

Mr.  fleorge  Brown, 

S;in  Franeiseo.  Cal. 
Dear  Sir: 

Mr.  Smith,  the  bearer  of  this  letter,  is  an  extensive 
dealer  in  boots  and  shoes  in  this  city  and  is  no\v  about 
visiting  your  city  for  the  first  time,  with  a  view  of  purchas- 
ing goods.  \Yr  have  reason  to  know  the  condition  of  his 
financial  ability  and  his  prompt  ness  in  meeting  his  liabil- 
ities. We  then-lore  readily  guarantee  the  payment  of 
any  indebtedness  that  he  may  contract  with  your  house  not 
exceeding  Five  Thousand  Dollar-. 

Very  respect  fully, 

Iv.I.  .Myers.  17:*  Newark  Axe. 

THK   I.KTTKI;   SI-:\T   I:Y   MAIL. 

17:-5  Newark  Ave..  St.  Louis.  .M....  Sept.  10,  1902. 
Mr.  (ieorge  Brown, 

San   Franeiseo,  Cal. 
Dear  Sir: 

We  have  to-day  given  a  guarantee  letter  of  credit  upon 
yon  for  Five  Thousand  Dollars  in  merchandise.  The 
bean-r  of  our  letter  of  credit  i-  Mr.  Smith,  an  acquaintance 
of  ours  and  a  prominent  merchant  of  this  city. 

Mr.  Smith  is  thirty  years  old.  six  feet  tall,  has  a  dark 
complexion,  with  dark  hair  and  eyes. 

\Ye   commend    him    to   your   consideration. 

Respectfully, 

!•:.  .!.  Myers.  17:*  Newark  Ave. 

LICENSE. 

A  Licence  is  a  permission  granted  by  the  proper  author- 
ities to  a  person  or  persons  to  sell  certain  kinds  of  nrer- 
chandise  or  to  transact  any  other  lawful  and  specified 
business  within  a  certain  district,  city  or  village,  on  the 
payment  of  a  special  tax  or  premium  for  such  privileges. 

Such  licenses  are  granted  by  the  geneial  government, 
the  state,  county  or  city,  or  by  others  in  authority. 

The  trades,  vocations  and  professions  for  which  licenses 
are  granted  are  of  great  variety.  They  are  regulated  by 
.statutes  and  ordinances  of  city  governments  which  pro- 
vide restrictions  and  fix  penalties  for  violating  the  con- 
ditions? of  the  lieen.se  by  misrepresentation  or  other 
fraudulent  practice. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  Ill 

A  license  is  liable  to  be  recalled  or  cancelled  by  the 
authorities  who  have  issued  the  same  either  in  accordance 
with  a  fixed  date  or  because  of  some  by  violation  the 
licensed  person. 

A  license  may  be  legally  granted  in  mere  words  without 
writing,  but  in  such  cases  the  presence  of  a  competent 
witness  is  required  to  substantiate  the  same. 

The  following  forms  may  serve  as  general  models  and 
prove  of  service  to  some  interested  party. 

FORM    OF    PEDDLER'S    LICENSE. 

By  authority  of  the  City  of  Springfield,  permission  is 
hereW  given  to  John  Dempsey  to  peddle  notions  of  all 
descriptions,  numbered  179,  from  the  date  hereof  until 
the  first  day  of  Sept.,  next  in  said  city,  subject  to  the 
ordinances  of  said  city  in  such  cases  made  and  provided 
and  to  revocation  by  the  Mayor  at  any  time  at  his  discre- 
tion. 

City  Seal.  Witness    the  hand  of  the  Mayor    of 

said  city  and  the  corporate  seal  hereof, 
this  1st  day  of  September,  1902. 

Gorman  Brown,  Mayor. 
Attest:     City   Clerk. 

On  the  back  of  the  license  is  printed  the  following: 
LICENSE  197. 

To  I '(-(Idlers-  Your  attention  is  directed  to  the  follow 
inn-  section  from  the  ordinance  relating  to  peddlers: 

<»n  5.  Any  person  who  shall  exercise  the  voca- 
tion of  peddler  by  means  of  a  wagon,  cart  or  other  vehicle 
shall  cause  his  name,  together  with  the  number  of  his 
license,  to  be  painted  on  the  outside  of  his  vehicle,  the 
letters  and  figures  not  less  than  one  inch  in  length. 

Any  violation  of  this  section  shall  subject  the  offender 
to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  Ten  Dollars  and  not  more  than 
Sixty  Dollars. 

LIENS. 

A  Lien  is  a  claim  which  one  person  has  upon  the  property 
of  another  as  security  for  some  debt  or  charge. 

1  lien  hi/  force  of  common  law  consists  in  a  mere  right  to 
retain  possession  of  the  property  until  the  debt  or  charge 

b  ^Particular  Lien  holds  the  property  of  another  because 
of  labor  bestowed  upon  it  or  money  expended  for  it. 


112  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

A  General  Lien  includes  a  particular  lien  and  con- 
sists in  a  right  to  retain  the  property  of  another  because 
of  a  general  balance  due  from  the  owner. 

Parties  Having  a  Particular  Lien  Without  Special  Sta- 
tute. ]•;/•<  rij  Mechanic  has  a  particular  lien  on  any  article 
on  which  he  has  expended  labor  and  money. 

Carriers  also  have  a  lien  on  all  goods  consigned  them 
for  special  services  rendered.  Lawyers  have  a  lien  on  all 
the  paper  in  a  case  for  their  pay. 

Pawnbrokers  have  a  right  of  lien  in  oa-e  whore  the 
pcr.-on  pawning  the  goods  has  authority  to  pledge,  but 
not  other  wise. 

All  \'cnder*  have  a  lien  on  goods  for  their  pay  a-  long 
as  they  are  not  delivered,  but  not  after  that. 

ConimiKKion  M<  rclmnlK  and  Brokers  have  a  general  lien 
on  goods  for  commission  due. 

ke<jni  Kites  of  a  Lion.  The  assential  requisite  of  a 
lien  con.-i.-ts  in  the  lawful  delivery  of  the  property  to 
the  party  claiming  the  lion  or  to  his  authorized  agent. 
Whenever  posse-.-ion  is  voluntarily  given  up  the  lien  is 
lost, 

h'il/lits  of  Creditor.     A  creditor  can  by  lien  retain  j. 
sion  of  goods  even  again.-t  the  assignee  of  debtor,  provided 
they  have  been  placed  honestly  into  his  hand-. 

Shippers  of  goods  have  a  lien  for  the  value  of  goods 
shipped. 

Liens  by  Express  Ayreenicnt.  Tin's  occur-  when  goods 
are  placed  into  the  hands  of  aa  person  for  >ome  special 
purpose  with  an  expiv.-s  contract  that  the  good*  shall  be  a 
pledgt  for  the  labor  or  expense  incurred  or  where  property 
is  delivered  to  another  with  the  express  understanding 
that  it  is  necosary  fora  loan  made  on  the -redit  of  it. 

\o  f.itn  Without  Sjtccidl  Shitnte*.  Boarding-house 
keepers  and  livery  keepers  are  entitled  to  lens  only  by 
special  statutes  of  the  state. 

S/xcidl  Statutes.  The  foregoing  cases  are  all  covered 
by  common  law,  but  in  many  states  special  statutes 
have  been  passed  which  by  particular  laws  mark  out 
minutel)'  the  course  of  procedure  to  enforce  the  lien. 
In  many  states  by  special  statutes  the  right  of  liens 
lias  been  given  to"  boarding-house  keepers,  livery  men 
and  others. 

/Enforcement  of  Liens.  A  person  holding  a  lien  un- 
der the  common  law  has  in  general  not  the  power  to 
sell  the  property;  it  is  only  a  right  to  force  payment 
by  holding  the  property  and  thereby  depriving  the  owner 
from  the  use  of  it  until  he  renders  justice  where  it  is  due. 
Where  property  is  held  as  security  for  a  loan  the  lender 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  113 

may  sell,  but  he  must  give  due  notice  of  the  time  and 
manner  of  sale  so  as  to  give  the  owner  of  the  property 
all  possible  chance  to  redeem  or  to  waive  rights.  Many 
states  have  special  statutes  for  the  enforcement  of  liens 
and  it  is  safest  to  consult  these  where  enforcement  be- 
comes necessary. 

MECHANIC'S  LIENS. 

Liens  created  by  statutes,  although  based  upon  the 
principles  of  common  law  are  designed  to  go  further, 
namely:  to  give  liens  even  where  the  possession  is  not 
with  the  consent  of  the  owner  or  where  exclusive  pos- 
ses>ion  is  impossible. 

Mechanic's  liens  are  exclusively  created  by  statutes;  and 
no  matter  how  just  the  claim  may  seem  the  lien  will  not 
exist  unless  the  party  brings  himself  under  the  provisions 
of  the  statute. 

The  statute  is  based  upon  the  principle  that  the  party 
who  has  increased  the  value  of  the  property  by  his  labor 
or  material  furnished  should  have  security  upon  the 
property  although  changed  in  form. 

Mechanics  arc  here  assured  of  their  right  to  a  lien  upon 
the  property  for  their  labor  and  material  furnished,  but 
as  to  details  concerning  the  conditions  of  the  lien  and  the 
manner  of  enforcing  it  they  will  do  well  to  consult  the 
statutes  of  their  particular  state. 

The  form  given  below  will  serve  as  a  general  model: 
Clerk  of  the  Boone  County  Court. 
Belvidere,  Ind. 

Sir . — Please  Take  Notice,  that  I,  James  Brown,  residing 
at  198  East  Ave.,  in  the  city  of  Belvidere,  County  of  Boone. 
have  a  claim  against  William  McCormick,  owner  (or  only 
contractor,  as  the  case  may  be)  of  a  new  four-story  brick 
(1  welling  house,  amounting  to  One  Thousand  Six  Hun- 
dred Dollars,  now  due  to  me,  and  that  the  claim  is  made  for 
and  on  account  of  material  furnished  in  pursuance  of  a  con- 
tract entered  into  the  1st  day  of  September,  1902  (here 
describe  the  contract,  between  the  undersigned  and  the 
said  James  Brown.  The  said  building  is  situated  on  Lot 
,  in  Block  ,  in  Johnson's  addition  to 

the  City  of  Belvidere,  on  the  east  side  of  State  St.,  and  is 
known  as  No.  1987  of  said  street.  The  following  is  a 
diagram  of  said  premises. 

(INSERT  DIAGRAM.) 

And  that  I  have  and  claim  a  lien  upon  said  building  and 
the  appurtenances  and  lot  on  which  said  building  stands, 


114  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

subject  to  the  provisions  of  an  Act  of  the  Legislature  of 
tin-  state  of  Indiana  entitled,  "  An  Act  to  Secure  the  Pay- 
incut  of  Mechanics,  Laborers  and  Persons  Furnishing 
.Material  Toward  the  Erection,  Altering;  or  Repairing  of 
Buildings  in  the  City  of  Belvidere,"  passed  .  19 

and  of  the  acts  amending  the  same. 

Dated   this   10th  day  of  September,   1902. 

James  Brown. 

James  Brown,  being  duly  sworn,  says  that  he  is  the 
claimant  mentioned  in  the  foregoing  notice  of  lien;  that 
he  has  read  the  said  notice  and  kno\v>  the  content^:  and 
that  the  same  is  true  of  his  own  knowledge,  except  a>  to 
those  matters  stated  on  information  and  belief,  as  to 
those  matters  he  believes  to  be  true. 

Sworn  before  me  this  10th  day  of  September,  A.  D.  1902. 
John  Jones,  Police  Justice. 

A  lien  should  be  sworn  to  before  a  Notary,  a  Justice  of 
the  Peace  or  County  Judge,  and  in  some  states,  County 

Clerk. 

It  should  be  filed  with  the  Clerk  of  the  County  Court. 

LEGAL  RELATION  OF  E.MIM.oYKH  AND  KM  l'L<  )VK. 
AGREEMENT  FoR   PERSONAL  SERVICES. 

An  agreement    to  work  for  another  is  a   very  common 
kind  of  contract  in  business  life. 
There  are  two  general  kind-. 

1.  To  do  some  particular  thing. 

2.  To  do  whatever  the  employer  may  direct. 
Brokers,    commission    merchants,    lawyers,    tradesmen, 

and  many  others  belong  to  the  first  class;  clerks  and  all 
others  employed  to  do  general  work  belong  to  the  second 
class. 

The  act  of  employing  in  both  clashes  is  a  contract  in 
which  each  party  agrees  to  do  a  certain  thing. 

1.  The  Compensation.     All  agreements  to  employ,  con- 
tain an  agreement  to  pay  for  the  services  rendered,'  which 
latter  agreement  is  either  expressed  or  implied.       When 
xerricex  (ire  requested  there  /*  «lw<i>/!<  an  implied  contract  to 
IKII/  u'liat  theij  arc  worth,  i.  e.,  the  price  usually  paid  by 
others  for  such  services. 

2.  Employer's  Agreement.     The  person  employed  to  do 
a  certain  work  must  fulfill  his  agreement,  but  he  need  not 
do  anything  else.     It  is  an  implied 

to 


, 

anything  else.     It  is  an  implied  part  in  crer;/  a<j;'' 
render  services,  that  the  work  will  be  done  with  ordinary 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  115 

skill,  care  and  diligence.  A  failure  in  this  makes  him  for- 
feit his  compensation,  no  matter  how  much  he  has  done, 
all  respects  responsible  for  the  work  done. 

3.  Loss    or   Injury.     AVhen    one    has    another's    pro- 
perty in  his  possession,  he  is  expected  to  take  all  possible 
care  of  it;  if  through  his  carelessness  it  is  lost  or  injured, 
the  careless  one  is  not  only  not  entitled  to  any  compensa- 
tion for  what  work  he  has  done,  but  must  compensate 
the  owner  for  his  loss  or  injury.     For  losses  occasioned 
otherwise  he  is  not  responsible. 

4.  Length  of  Employment.     Where  in  the  second  class 
a  person  is  employed  to  perform  a  certain  class  of  duties, 
the  time  for  which  he  is  hired  is  an  important  element, whether 
that  time  be  a  day,  a  week,  a  mounth,  a  year,  or  longer. 
When  no  time  of  service  is  specified,  the  time  when  pay- 
ment is  made  will  indicate  the  length  of  employment.  Thus 
so  many  dollars  a  week,  or  a  month,  it  is  a  hiring  for  a  week 
or  a  month,  respectively.     If  the  work  continues  the  next 
week  or  month  in  the  same  manner  it  is  a  new  contract 
on  the  same  terms. 

5.  Discharge     of    Employe.     An     employe     may     be 
di-vharired    at    the   end   of  his  time   without   any   cause 
or    previous    notice.     If  hired  at  so  much  per  week  and 
for   no    definite  time  he  may  be  discharged  at  the  end 
of  any  week,  or  even  during  the  week,  and  he  has  no 
right  to  insist  upon  working  after  he  is  discharged.     If, 
however,  the  discharge  is  without  good  cause,  i.  e.,  if  the 
work  is  all  right,  he  is  entitled  to  payment  for  the  whole 
period.     If.  on  the  other  hand,  there  was  good  reason  for 
the  discharge,  arising  from  his  own  fault,  he  is  entitled 
to  no  pay  for  any  of  that  period. 

(>.  Leaving  Services.  An  employe  can  leave  at  the 
end  of  the  time  without  giving  notice.  But  if  he  leaves 
before  the  expiration  of  the  time  he  is  entitled  to  no  pay 
lor  that  period,  no  matter  how  much  of  the  time  he  has 
worked. 

Thus,  if  he  agreed  to  stay  a  month  and  left  at  the  end 
of  three  weeks  he  would  be  entitled  to  nothing. 

The  general  rule  applies  here  as  elsewhere.  Each  party 
MUNI  kcc j>  ///.v  part  of  the  contract  if  the  other  does,' but  need 
not  if  the  other  does  not. 

REAL  ESTATE  MORTGAGES. 

A  Mortgage  is  a  conveyance  of  property,  either  personal 
or  real,  given  to  secure  payment  of  a  debt,  or  the  perfor- 
mance of  some  special  act.  When  the  debt  is  paid  the 
mortgage  becomes  void  and  of  no  value. 


116  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

The  word  means  a  "  dead  pledge,  "  because  the  property 
is  dead  to  him  who  executed  the  mortgage  unless  he  fulfills 
the  conditions  necessary  to  redeem  it. 

The  person  mortgaging  his  property  is  called  the  Mort- 
gagor, and  the  person  to  whom  the  mortgage  is  given 
the  Mortgagee. 

In  real  estate  mortgages,  unless  otherwise  provided, 
the  person  giving  the  mortgage  resins  po.-se><ion  of  the 
property,  receives  all  the  rents  and  other  profits,  and  pays 
all  taxes  and  other  expenses. 

Muxt  l>r  Acknowledged.  A  mortgage  pledging  real 
estate  inu.-t  be  acknowledged  like  a  deed,  before  a 
proper  public  officer,  whose  duty  it  is  to  record  >uch 
instruments. 

Must  be  in  Writing.  All  mortgages  must  be  in 
writing,  signed  and  scaled.  The  time  when  the  debt,  to 
secure  which  the  mortgage  was  given,  is  due  must  be 
plainly  stated,  and  the  property  conveyed  nm>t  be  clearly 
described,  located  and  scheduled. 

Owner  and  shipRedernption.  Formerly  the  mort- 
gagee was  considered  the  legal  o\\ner  of  the  property 
but  now  he  is  regarded  as  having  only  a  lien  upon  the 
property  by  \vay  of  security.  Tin-  tit'le  still  remains  in 
the  mortgagor,  Mid  by  having  inserted  a  redemptive 
clause  he  has  a  right  to  redeem  it.  An  equity  of  redemp- 
tion is  a  right  which  the  mongagor  ha-  to  retain  hi- 
by  meeting  the  conditions  of  the  mortgage,  after  the  time 
set  forth  in  the  terms  of  the  deed,  and  it  is  enforcible  at 
equity  and  not  at  law. 

The  time  of  redemption  is  generally  limited  by  statute 
to  one  year.  The  heirs  and  legal  representatives  of  the 
mortgagor  may  also  have  the  right  of  redemption;  but 
nothing  short  of  paying  the  whole  debt  gives  the  right  to 
redeem,  for  a  mortgagee  is  not  bound  to  take  his  money 
on  installments. 

Power  of  Sale.  A  power  of  sale  is  not  essential  to 
a  mortgage,  but  it  may  contain  a  clause  permitting 
the  sale  of  the  property,  if  forfeited  by  non-payment  of 
debt,  as  required.  A  mortgage  may  be  so  drawn  that 
the  property  can  be  sold  without  decree  from  the  court 
according  to  the  statutes  of  the  state,  or  by  agreement 
of  the  parties. 

Mortgages  are  sometimes  so  drawn  that  a  single  failure 
in  paying  the  interest  at  a  stated  time  renders  due  the 
whole*,  both  principal  and  interest,  and  gives  the  mortgagee 
authority  to  sell  the  property  long  before  the  debt  is  due. 

The  Accompanying  Bond  or  Note.  It  is  usual  not 
only  to  insert  a  covenant  of  promise  in  the  mortgage 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  117 

to  pay  the  debt,  but  for  the  mortgagor  to  give  also  his 
bond  or  note,  as  collatera,  to  the  personal  security. 
In  this  case  the  mortgagee  may  sue  and  recover  upon  the 
note  or  bond,  or  he  can  foreclose  his  mortgage;  and  if 
there  is  not  sufficient  realized  from  the  sale  to  pay  the 
debt,  he  may -recover  the  balance  on  the  bond  or  note. 

The  Note  or  Bond  is  the  principal  debt,  the  mortgage  is 
only  collateral  there  to. 

Assignment,  A  mortgage  can  be  assigned,  but  unless 
the  bond  or  note  is  also  assigned  it  is  worthless  and  gives 
no  right  to  foreclose. 

Making  Pai/nicntx.  If  the  wording  in  the  mortgage 
or  note  is  "payable  on  or  before"  a  certain  date,  the 
creditor  cannot  compel  payment  before  that  date  (if  the 
interest  is  kept  up),  but  the  debtor,  if  so  disposed,  can 
pay  at  any  time,  and  the  creditor  must  accept  it. 

A  debtor  cannot  compel  his  creditor  to  accept  payment 
before  it  is  due  because  he  has  a  right  to  have  his  money 
remain  on  interest  according  to  agreement. 

Whenever  payment  is  made  upon  a  note  or  bond  or 
mortgage  it  should  be  carefully  indorsed  upon  the  in- 
strument. 

Tendering  Payment.  If  the  full  amount  due  on  a 
mortgage  is  tendered  to  the  cridetor  it  stops  the  interest 
and  releases  the  lien  on  the  mortgage,  but  the  debt  remains. 
The  creditor  has,  after  that,  only  the  individual  respon- 
sibility of  the  debtor  to  secure  his  claim.  This  rule  is 
applicable  to  mortgages  on  real  and  personal  property, 
as  also  to  all  liens  for  personal  labor  and  chattels. 

Foreclosure.  If  the  mortgagor  fails  to  meet  the  con- 
ditions of  the  mortgage  then  the  mortgagee  may  fore- 
close. The  method  of  foreclosure  differs  in  several 
.  In  some  the  statutes  prescribe  a  short  summary 
method;  in  others  an  action  of  the  court  is  necessary;  in 
still  others  either  method  is  legal. 

Referring  the  case  to  a  master  in  chancery. 

Selling  it  to  the  highest  bidder  at  auction. 

Hearing  the  parties  by  the  Court. 

Deeding  to  the  purchaser. 

Advertising  the  property. 

Application  to  a  Court  of  Chancery  for  authority  to 
foreclose. 

Paying  over  any  surplus  fund  remaining  from  the  sale 
to  the  mortgagor. 

Since  the  interests  involved  in  giving  and  taking  a 
mortgage  on  real  estate  are  of  such  great  importance  that 
a  mistake  in  executing  it  or  in  complying  with  its  condi- 
tions may  subject  the  interested  parties  to  much  trouble 


118  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

and  heavy  losses  the  mortgage,  bond  and  note  should  be 
drawn  up  with  the  utmost  can-  and  the  conditions  laid 
down  strictly  and  promptly  complied  with. 

Pi:<  >MISS<  >I{  Y  \(  >TK  SECURED  BY  M(  )I!T<  IAGE. 

$5,000.  Chieago.    Sept.,    10,    1902. 

Two  years  after  date  I  promise  to  pay  to  John  Smith 
Five  Thousand  Dollars  at  tke  Continental  Hank  of 
Chicago,  with  interest  at  the  rate  of  six  per  cent,  p.-r 
annum,  making  such  sale,  on  demand,  to  the  party  for 

value    received. 

This  note  i-  .-eeiired  by  a  mortgage  of  even  date  here- 
with on  certain  real  estate  (d"seril>e  the  premises.) 

William  .Jones. 

REAL  ESTATE  MORTGAGE  TO  SECURE  PAYMENT 
(>K  A  HOVE  NOTE. 

This  Indenture,  made  this  Kith  day  of  September  in 
the  year  one  thousand  nine  hundred  and  two.  between 
William  .Jones  of  the  City.  County  and  Stale  of 

Illinois,  and  Mary  his  wife,  parties  of  the  first  part,  and 
.John  Smith,  of  the  City  of  Belvidere.  County  of  Hoone 
and  State  of  Indiana,  party  of  the  second  part, 

]\'ilmiwfli:  That  the  said  party  of  the  first  part, 
for  and  in  consideration  of  the  sum  of  Kive  Thousand 
Dollars,  does  grant,  bargain,  sell  and  convey  unto  the 
said  party  of  the  second  part  and  to  his  heirs  and  a-signs 
all  (give  a  complete  description  of  the  premises  mortgaged) 
together  with  all  the  hereditament-  and  appurtenances 
thereto  belonging  or  in  anywise  appertaining. 

This  conveyance  is  intended  as  a  mortgage  to  secure 
the  payment  of  the  above  note1  according  to  the  condi- 
tion of  the  same,  and  these  presents  shall  be  void  if  such 
payment  be  made. 

But  in  case  default  shall  be  made  in  the  payment  of  the 
principal  or  interest  as  above  provided,  than  the  party 
of  the  second  part,  his  executors,  administrators  as- 
signs, are  hereby  empowered  to  sell  the  premises  above 
described,  with  all  and  every  of  the  appurtenances  or  any 
part  thereof,  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  law,  and  out 
of  the  money  arising  from  such  sale  to  retain  the  said 
principal  and  interest,  together  with  the  costs  and  charge's 
of  making  the  such  sale,  and  the  surplus,  if  any  there  be, 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  119 

shall  be  paid  by  the  party  making  such  sale,  on  demand, 
to  the  party  of  the  first  part,  his  heirs  or  assigns,  etc. 

In  witness  whereof  said  party  of  the  first  part  hereunto 
set  their  hands  and  seals  the  day  and  year  first  above 
written. 

Signed, Sealed    and    Delivered      William  Jones  (L.  S.) 
in  presence  of  Mary   Jones,  (L.    S.) 

William  Baker, 

John  Scott. 

MORTGAGE-SHORT  FORM. 

The  mortgagor,  William  Smith  and  Mary  Smith,  his 
wife  of  the  lown  of  Garden  Prairie,  in  the  County  of  Cook 
and  Slate  of  Illinois,  Mortgage  and  Warrant  to  Howard 
.Jones,  of  the  same  place,  to  secure  the  payment  of  a  cer- 
tain promissory  note  for  the  sum  of  Two  Thousand  Dollars 
payable  to  the  order  of  the  said  Howard  Jones  in  three 
yeans  from  the  date  thereof,  with  interest  at  the  rate  of 
five  per  cent,  per  annum,  payable  semi-annually,  the 
following  described  Real  Estate:  Lots  number  one  (1), 
two  (2), "and  three  (3)  in  Block  No.  fifteen  (15)  of  John- 
son's addition  to  the  Town  of  Garden  Prairie,  in  the 
County  of  Cook  and  State  of  Illinois,  hereby  releasing 
and  waiving  all  rights  under  and  by  virtue  of  the  Williams 
Exemption  Laws  of  this  State. 

Dated  this  3rd  day  of  September,  A.  D.  1902. 

Signed,  Sealed  and  Delivered 
in  presence  of 

Amos  Brown,  William   Smith,    (L.    S.) 

Seth  Barstow.  Mary  Smith.  (L.  S.) 

CHATTEL  MORTGAGES. 

A  Chattel  Mortgage  is  a  mortgage  on  personal  property. 
Persons  sometimes  desire  to  use  their  personal  property 
as  security  and  yet  retain  possession  of  it,  as  for  instance, 
furniture,  machinery,  tools,  a  library,  or  a  stock  of  goods 
from  which  they  are  selling.  This  can  be  done  by  giving 
a  Chattel  Mortgage,  which  is  really  a  conditional  sale  of  the 
property,  to  the  creditor,  whose  the  property  becomes  it 
the  debt  is  not  paid  when  due. 

RULES  GOVERNING  CHATTEL  MORTGAGES. 
1      A  Chattel  Mortgage  must  be  acknowledged  before 
a  Justice  of  the  Peace  or  before  the  County  Judge. 
2.     It  runs  out  in  two  years. 


120  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

3.  The  property  must  be  taken  possession  of  by  the 
mortgagor  when  the  mortgage  matures,  or  other  creditors 
can  claim  the  property. 

4.  If  the  debt  is  not  paid  when  due  the  property  be- 
comes the  creditor's,   and   the  debtor  is  entitled  to  no 
surplus. 

5.  It  is  a  criminal  offense  for  the  mortgagor  to  sell  the 
property  covered  by  a  chattel  mortgage. 

6.  Mortmain's    of    prr-onal    properly    should    have    a 
clause  providing  for  the  equity  of  redemption. 

7.  A   mortgagee  may  sell  or  transfer  his  mortgage  to 
another,  but  the  purchaser  cannot  sell  Hie  property  until 
the  mortgage  matures. 


FOIIM  OF  CHATTKL  MORTGAGE. 

Know  All  Men  by  these  Presents.  That  I,  William 
Jones,  of  the  City  of  Milwaukee,  in  the  County  of  lioone 
and  State  of  Indiana,  acknowledge  myself  to  be  indebted 
to  John  Henderson  of  the  same  ])lace.  in  the  sum  of 
Six  Hundred  Dollar  .  to  be  paid  on  the  :?rd  day 

of  September,  11)02,  with  interest  at  live  per  cent,  from 
t  his  date. 

Now,  therefore,  in  consideration  of  such  indebtedness, 
and  in  order  to  secure  i  he  payment  of  tin-  >ame  a^  afore- 
said, 1  do  hereby  sell,  a<>ign.  iran>fer  and  ^>t  over  unto 
the  said  John  Henderson,  his  executors,  admim'st  ralors 
and  assigns,  the  goods  arid  chattels  mentioned  in  the 
schedule1  hereto  annexed  and  now  at  th'>  residence  No.  \~>S 
Maple  Street  in  the  City  of  Milwaukee  aforesaid. 

Provided,  however,  that  if  said  debt  and  interest  be 
paid  as  above  specified,  this  sale  and  transfer  shall  be 
void,  and  this  conveyance  is  also  subject  to  the  following 
conditions: 

The  property  hereby  sold  and  transferred  is  to  remain 
in  my  possession  until  default  be  made  in  the  payment 
of  the  debt  and  interest  aforesaid,  or  some  part  thereof: 
but  in  case  of  a  sale  or  disposal  or  attempt  to  remove  the 
same  from  said  residence,  or  an  unreasonable  depreciation 
in  value,  the  said  John  Henderson  may  take  said  property 
or  any  part  thereof  unto  his  own  possession. 

Upon  taking  said  property  or  any  part  thereof  into  his 
possession,  either  in  case  of  default  or  as  above  provided 
the  said  John  Henderson  shall  sell  the  same  at  public 
or  private  sale,  and  after  satisfying  the  aforesaid  debt 
and  interest  thereon  and  all  necessary  and  reasonable  costs, 
charges  and  expenses  incurred  by  him,  out  of  the  proceeds 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  121 

of  such  sale,  he  shall  return  the  surplus  to  me  or  my  repre- 
sentative. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and 
seal  this  3rd  day  of  September,  1902. 

Executed  in  the  presence  of 

Herman  Brown.  John  Henderson,  (L.  S.) 

RELEASE     AND     SATISFACTION     OF 
MORTGAGE. 

Know  All  Men  by  these  Presents,  That  the  debt  se- 
cured by  mortgage  upon  the  following  described  property, 
situated  in  Milwaukee,  in  Boone  County,  in  the  State  of 
Indiana,  to  wit:  (describing  it),  wherein  William  Jones  is 
grantor  and  John  Henderson  is  grantee,  and  dated  Septem- 
ber 3rd,  a  —  —  of  which  is  —  —  in  volume  — ,  page  — , 
the  office  of  the  (register  or  recorder)  of  deeds  of  Boone 

County ,    has  been  fully  satisfied,  in  consideration  of 

said  mortgage  is  hereby  released. 

Witness.  William  Jones. 

PARTNERSHIP. 

.1  Partnership  exists  when  two  or  more  persons  com- 
bine their  property,  their  labor,  their  skill,  or  all  of  these 
in  business,  to  share  the  gains  and  losses  in  certain  propor- 
tions. 


DIFFERENT    KINDS    OF    PARTNERSHIP. 

A  General  Partnership  is  constituted  between  indi- 
viduals if  11  icy  agree  to  enter  into  a  general  or  particu- 
lar business  1o  share  the  profits  and  losses  together  with- 
out fixing  any  limitations  or  conditions. 

A  Special  Partnership  is  an  agreement  entered  into 
to  perform  only  a  particular  work  and  to  put  in  a  limited 
amount  of  capital  and  to  receive  a  corresponding  share  of 
the  profits,  and  be  held  correspondingly  responsible  for  the 
contracts  of  the  firm. 

.  t  Secret  Partner  is  one  who  is  not  openly  or  generally  so 
declared. 

A  Dormant  or  Silent  Partner  is  one  who  takes  no  part 
in  the  transaction  or  control  of  the  business,  but  shares  in 
the  profits  and  losses  according  to  certain  agreements. 

A  Nominal  Partner  is  held  out  to  the  world  as  such, 
without  actually  participating  in  the  profits  and  losses  of 
the  business. 


122  MANUAL  OF  BUSIM  — 

HOW  PARTNERSHIPS  ARE  FORMED. 

All  persons  who  are  legally  competent  to  do  business 
for  themselves  may  enter  into  partnership. 

A  partnership  may  he  formed  by  a  mere  verbal  agree- 
ment and  stand  in  law,  but  a  written  agreement  is  the 
only  safe  one,  and  he  who  neglects  it  will  doubtless  have 
reason  i<>  regret  it  later. 

The  parties  may  agree  as  they  plea-e  a-  to  sharing 
profits  or  losses  but  in  the  absence  of  writing  to  prove 
the  contrary,  the  law  will  assume  that  partners  .-hare 
profits  and  losses  equally. 

The  articles  of  agreement  -hould  be  drawn  up  with 
special  care  in  writing  the  detail-  of  conditions,  liabilities 
and  proportionate  -hare  of  profit.-  or  lo—  fully  stated. 

I/uir  Sonti  a  I'urlin  rxlii i>  /*  ///  F<»-n  .  \\  i-  presumed 
I  hat  a  partnership  commences  at  the  time  the  article-  of 
copartnership  are  drawn  mile--  otherwise  -la ted. 

Use  oj  \<in/<'  in  Purtntrxlti f>.  It  is  generally  supposed 
that  one  partner  cannot  -ue  another.  Thi<  is  not  wholly 
true.  A  partner  can  sue  for  a  balance  due  him  after 
settlement  of  general  accounts  or  for  a  balance  due 
him  or  some  specific  account.  It  is.  hmxever.  l»e-t 
to  appeal  to  a  Court  of  Equity,  for  that  Court  can  do  for 
partnership  what  the  law  cannot  do. 

DISSOLUTION  OF  PAllTXF.b'SHIl'. 

A  partnership  may  be  dissolved  by  mutual  consent,  by 
expiration  of  pre-determined  time,  by  death  of  one  of  the 
partners,  by  insanity,  by  the  bankruptcy  of  either  partner 
or  by  the  Court  for  any  good  cause,  -uch  a-  dishonesty 
of  one  partner  against  'the  rest,  or  incapacity  cau-ed  by 
habitual  drunkenness 'or  conviction  of  any  crime. 

A  partner  may  withdraw  at  any  time  if  no  time  for  the 
continuation  of  the  partnership  is  mentioned  in  the  articles 
of  agreement,  but  he  must  give  notice  due  of  his  intention 
to  the  other  partners. 

If  the  time  for  the  continuance  of  the  partnership  is 
mentioned,  a  partner  can  nevertheless  withdraw  at  any 
time,  but  he  is  responsible  to  the  firm  for  damages  caused 
by  the  breach  of  his  promise. 

If  a  partner  dies  the  surviving  partners  alone  have  the 
right  to  settle  up  the  business.  To  his  heirs  and  legal 
representatives  they  need  only  to  render  an  account  of 
the  business. 

\otice  to  be  Given.  Upon  the  dissolution  of  a  part- 
nership by  mutual  consent,  it  should  be  indorsed  on 
the  articles  of  copartnership,  and  a  notice  given  in  some 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  123 


prominent  newspaper.     Special  notice  should  also  be  sent 
to  each  one  of -the  creditors  of  the  firm. 

Authority  of  Partners.  As  a  general  rule,  the  whole 
firm  and  each  member  of  it  is  bound  by  the  acts  and 
contracts  of  one  partner,  because,  in  the  eye  of  the  law, 
the  act  or  contract  of  one  is  regarded  as  the  act  of  all. 
Each  is  regarded  as  the  agent  of  all  without  any  express 
authority  being  given.  Thus,  loans,  purchases,  sales, 
assignments,  pledges,  or  mortgages  effected  by  one  partner 
on  the  partnership  account,  and  with  good  faith  in  the 
third  party  are  binding  on  all  the  firm. 

So  is  also  release  by  one  a  release;  notice  to  one  is 
notice  to  all ;  demand  of  one  is  demand  of  all.  In  matters, 
however,  not  connected  with  the  partnership,  but  intended 
for  his  own  personal  interests  the  firm  is  not  bound. 

Liability  of  the  Several  Partners.  For  the  payment  of 
partnership  debts  the  property  of  the  firm,  both  real  and 
personal,  us  well  as  that  of  each  individual  partner,  is  held 
responsible  for  amount  of  the  unpaid  partnership  debt. 

Partners  in  order  to  bind  all  must  act  in  unison;  two 
members  of  a  firm  cannot  conclusively  bind  a  third.  If 
one  of  my  partners  were  about  making  a  trade  with  A., 
of  which  I  do  not  approve,  and  I  thus  express  my  dissent 
to  A.,  the  trade,  if  consummated,  will  not  bind  me,  pro- 
vided I  give  notice  in  time  to  prevent  A.  from  entering 
into  it. 

Imlii'ithtfil  Debts  of  Partners.  If  a  partner  has  in- 
dividual debts  then  his  interest  in  the  firm  is  held  re- 
sponsible for  them,  after  the  debts  of  the  firm  have  been 
paid.  The  liabilities  of  the  firm,  however,  always  have 
the  first  claim  upon  its  own  property. 

Liabilities  of  a  New  Partner.  A  new  partner  is  not  res- 
ponsible for  the  debts  of  the  firm  contracted  by  the  same 
previous  of  his  admission. 

Selling  of  a  Partner's  Interest.  No  partner  can  sell  his 
interest  to  an  outside  party,  in  order  to  have  him  take  his 
place,  without  the  consent  of  the  other  partner. 

.1  nth  or  it  i/  of  Partners  After  a  Partnership  is  Dissolved. 
After  dissolution  each  partner  has  the  right  to  settle  up  the 
business,  unless  the  partners  agree  otherwise  and  give 
notice  thereof.  He  can,  however,  create  no  new  obliga- 
tions, but  only  settle  up  the  old  ones.  The  statute  law  ot 
the  state  should  be  carefully  complied  with  in  this  respect. 

The  following  forms  will  serve  as  models  for  drawing 
up  articles  of  copartnership: 


124  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

ARTICLES    OF    COPARTNERSHIP. 

Articles  of  Agreement  made  and  concluded  this  second 
day  of  September,  in  the  year,  A.  D.  one  thousand  nine 
hundred  and  two,  between  John  Meyers  of  the  first  part 
and  William  Smith  of  the  second  part,  both  of  the  City  of 
Boston,  County  of  Boone,  State  of  Massachusetts 

The  said  parties  have  agreed  to  associate  themselves 
as  co-partners  for  the  purpose  of  carryingon  the  Hardware 
Business  at  No.  197  South  Square  in  the  City  of  Boston. 

1.  The  name,  title  and  style  of  such  partnership  shall 
be  Meyers  <fc  Smith  and  it  snail  continue  five  years  from 
date  hereof,  except   in  case  of  tin-  death  of  either  of  the 
said  partners  within   the  .-aid   term. 

2.  That    the    said    John    Meyers    contribute. 
Thousand  Dollars  ($7,000)  and 'the  said  William  Smith 
One  Thousand  Dollars  ($1,000). 

3.  All  the  net  profits  arising  out  of  the  business  >hall 
be  divided  in  the  following  proportions:     Seven-eights  to 
the  said  John  Meyers  and  one-eight  to  the  said  William 
Smith. 

4.  That  books  of  account  shall  be  kept,  in  which  shall 
be  entered  a  full  and  exact  account  of  all  purchases,  -ales, 
transactions  and  accounts  of  said  firm,  and  which  shall 
always  be  open  to  the  inspection  of  both  parties  and  their 
legal  representatives  respectively. 

5.  That   the  said  John    Meyers   shall  have   exclusive 
charge  of  all  the  buying  for  the  firm. 

6.  Each  partner  shall  devote  all  his  time  to  the  -aid 
business  and  will  use  his  best  efforts  to  make  the  business 
successful  and  promote  the  interests  of  the  firms  in  every 
way. 

7.  Neither  party  shall  assume  any  obligation  or  lia- 
bility in  the  name  of  the  firm  for  the  accomodation  of  any 
other  person  or  persons  whatsoever  without  the  consent 
of  the  other  party;  nor  shall  either  party  lend  any  of  the 
funds  of  the  firm  without  the  consent  of  the  other  partner. 

And  it  is  further  agreed  that  if  either  party  violates 
any  of  the  aforesaid  articles  of  agreement  the  other  shall 
have  the  right  to  dissolve  this  co-partnership  immediately 
upon  becoming  informed  of  such  violation. 

In  witness  whereof,  we  have  hereunto  set  our  hands  and 
seals  the  day  and  year  above  written. 

John    Meyers,  (Seal.) 

Executed  and  Delivered         William  Smith.  (Seal.) 

in  the  presence  of 
Martin   Smith. 
William   Durlap. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  125 

DISSOLUTION  OF  PARTNERSHIP. 

We,  the  undersigned,  do  mutually  agree  that  the  within 
mentioned  partnership  be  and  the  same  is  hereby  dis- 
solved, except  for  the  purpose  of  the  final  liquidation 
and  settlement  of  the  business  thereof;  and  upon  such 
settlement  wholly  to  cease  and  terminate. 

In  witness  whereof,  we  have  hereunto  set  our  hands 
and  seals  this  third  day  of  September,  1902. 

John  Meyers,  (Seal.) 

William  Smith.  (Seal.) 

Signed,   Sealed  and  Delivered 
in  the  presence  of 
E.   G.   Norton. 
E.  P.  Johnston. 

NOTICE  OF  DISSOLUTION. 

Notice  is  hereby  given  that  the  partnership  heretofore 
existing  between  John  Meyers  and  William  Smith,  of 
Boston^  Mass.,  under  the  firm  name  of  Meyers  &  Smith, 
is,  this  third  day  of  September,  1902,  dissolved  by  mutual 
consent. 

John    Meyers. 

William  Smith. 

The  business  will  be  continued  at  Boston  by  John 
Meyers,  who  is  authorized  to  settle,  the  affairs  of  the 
said  firm. 

Boston,  September  3,   1902. 

PASSPORTS. 

A  Passport  is  a  written  permit  to  citizens  of  this  country 
to  travel  unmolested  in  any  foreign  country.  It  recom- 
mends them  to  the  protection  of  foreign  governments 

"  The  Senary  rfState  of  the  United  States,  at  Wash- 
ington, is  alone  properly  authorized  to  issue  passports, 
but  the  ministers  and  other  diplomatic  representatives 
of  our  government  abroad  may  also  grant,  issue  and  verity 

thNone  but  citizens  of  the  United  States  can  receive 
passports.  The  charge  is  $5.00.  u-on+a 

Any  officer  granting  unlawfully  a  passport  subjects 
himself  to  punishment  by  fine  ^  imprisonment 

Passports  may  be  issued  by  Collectors  of  Customs  to 
United  States  vessels  visiting  foreign  ports,  and  tne 


126  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

master  of  a  ship  who  sails  without  one  to  a  foreign  port 
makes  himself  liable  to  punishment. 

The  name,  age  and  residence  of  the  applicant,  with 
a  description  of  his  personal  appearance,  are  entered  in 
it,  to  properly  identify  him. 


CHAI'TKK    VII. 
Notes. 

RULES  KOH  WHITING,  COLLECTING   AM)    II:  \  \ -FKK  K  I  \< ;  NOTES 

A  note  is  void  when  founded  upon  fraud. 
Notes  are  made  payable  to  hearer  or  order. 
Money  paid  under  mistake  must  he  refunded. 
A  *ignatuiv  written  with  a  lead  pencil  is  valid. 
A  note  made  on  Sunday  is  void  in  some  states. 
A  note  a-  a  gift  is  void  for  want  of  consideration. 
The  face  of    a  note  is  the  sum  for  which  it  is  given. 
If  no  time  i>  specified  the  note  is  payable  on  demand. 
A  note  made  by  an  intoxicated  person  or  minor  i-  void. 
Outride  evidence  cannot  change  the  time  of  negotiable 
paper. 

A   note  given  by  one  who  cannot  write  should  be  wit- 
nessed. 

Always  write  the  name  of  the  place  and  state,    as  it  is 
just  as  important  as  the  date. 

The  signatures  on  a  note  or  bill   need  not  be  proven, 
unless  it  is  first  denied  under  oat  h. 

He  who  makes  the  note  is  the  first   debtor,  and  the  in- 
dorsers  are  held  conditionally  liable. 

The  person  who  promises  is  called  the  maker,  and  the 
one  to  whom  he  promises  is  called  the  payee. 

A  note  made  in  one  state,  payable  in  another,    must  be 
governed  by  the  laws  in  the  state  in  which  it  is  to  be  paid. 
Evidence  i*  allowed  in  correcting  a   mistake  made  in 
stating  the  amount. 

An  extension  of  the  time  of  a  note  by  holder  releases 
sureties  and  indorsers. 

An  indorser  can  avoid  liability  by  writing,   "without 
recourse"  on  the  back  of  a  note  with  his  signature. 

Days  of  grace  are  allowed  in  all  states  except  California, 
Arizona,  Idaho,  Illinois  and  Wisconsin. 

A  written  agreement  signed  by  one  person  to  pay  another 
at  a  fixed  time  a  stated  sum  of  money  is  called  a  note. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  127 

Upon  presentation  for  payment  and  refusal  by  maker 
at  maturity,  the  note  should  be  protested  by  a  Notary 
Public. 

If  "  with  interest "  is  included  in  the  note,  it  draws  the 
legal  rate  of  the  state  where  it  is  given  from  the  time  it  is 
made. 

A  note  obtained  through  fraud  in  the  hands  of  an  inno- 
cent party  who  has  acquired  it  in  good  faith  may  be  col- 
lected. 

All  the  parties  who  have  written  their  names  on  a  note 
are  liable  for  the  amount  due;  but  only  one  satisfaction 
can  be  recovered. 

A  note  given  by  one  who  is  not  of  age  cannot  be  collected 
by  law.  If  the  minor  ratines  after  becoming  of  age,  it 
becomes  valid. 

If  a  person  at  the  time  of  taking  a  note  has  notice  that 
it  is  void  through  fraud,  or  upon  any  legal  grounds,  he 
cannot  collect  it. 

One  who  receives  a  note  (knowing  it  to  have  defects) 
get  <  IK)  better  right  to  collect  it  than  the  one  from  whom  he 
received  it  had. 

If  the  note  is  to  draw  a  special  rate  of  interest  higher 
than  the  legal,  but  not  higher  than  the  laws  allow,  the  rate 
must  be  specified. 

When  a  note  says  I  promise,  but  it  is  signed  by  two 
or  more  parties,  each  signer  is  bound  for  the  full  amount 
and  either  or  all  may  be  sued. 

Changing  the  date,  amount,  time  of  payment,  or  any 
other  alterations  in  a  note,  releases  all  parties  from  liability 
who  have  not  consented  thereto. 

Demand  for  payment  of  a  note  must  be  made  upon  the 
last  day  of  grace;  if  that  day  is  a  Sabbath  or  a  holiday, 
demand  must  be  made  on  the  day  previous. 

The  words  "  value  received"  are  not  required  by  law, 
and  can   be  safely  omitted.     The  law  always  presumes 
value  was  received  until  evidence  is  shown  to  the  contrary. 

.Negotiable  paper,  payable  to  bearer,  or  indorsed  in 
blank  which  has  been  stolen  or  lost  cannot  be  collected  by 
the  thief  or  finder,  but  a  holder  who  receives  it  in  good  faith 
before  maturity  for  value  can  hold  against  the  owner's 
claims. 

To  make  the  indorser  of  a  note  responsible  the  note  must 
be  presented  and  payment  demanded  of  the  maker  on  the 
very  day  when  it  becomes  due.  If  payment  is  refused 
notice  must  be  given  immediately  to  the  indorser  or 
indorsers. 

When  several  persons  unite  in  a  note  and  say,  we  promise 
or  we  jointly  promise,  it  is  a  joint  liability  only,  and  all 


128  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

must  be  sued ;  but  if  they  say  we  or  either  of  us  promise,  or 
we  jointly  and   severally   promise,   the   liability  is   both 
joint  and  several,  and  either  or  all  may  be  sued. 
A  negotiable  note  must  contain  five  thi 

1.  That    the  date  of  payment  be  certain  to  eome. 

2.  That   it   have   one   of   the    two  words  "order"  or 
"  bearer." 

3.  That  the  amount  be  specified  and  certain. 

4.  That  it  be  payable  in  money  only. 

5.  That  it  be  an  unconditional  promise. 

FORMS    OF    NOTES. 

$625.00  Nashville,  Trim.,  July  26,  1{.)<!2. 

Six  months  ;ifter  date  1  promise  to  pay  to  J.  E.  Grady, 
or  order,  Six  Hundred  and  Twenty-five  Dollars  for  value 
received,  with  interest  at  eiirht  percent. 

G.  E.  Smith. 

PAYABLE  AT   HANK. 
$300.00  Ottawa,  111.,  July  6,  1902. 

Two  years  after  date,  for  value  received,  I  promise  to 
pay  to  R.  E.  Powers,  or  order,  Three  Hundred  Dollar-  at 
First  National  Bank.  Interest  six  per  cent,  per  annum. 

J.  J.  Ruddy. 

JOINT  AND  SEVERAL  NOTE. 

$500.00  Rock  Fall,-.  Neb.  Aug.,1  1902. 

Six  months  after  date,  we,  or  either  of  us,  promise  to 
pay  to  M.  E.  Brown  Five  Hundred  Dollars,  value  received. 
Interest  at  six  per  cent. 

J.  J.  Clark, 

M.  E.  Williams. 

MY    OWN    ORDER. 

$100.00  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  July  16,  1902. 

For  value  received  I  promise  to  pay  fifty  days  after  date, 
to  my  own  order,  One  Hundred  Dollars,  with  interest  at 
six  per  cent. 

J.  R.  Taylor. 

PRODUCE    NOTE. 

$50.00  Lexington,  Ky.,  July  25,  1902. 

For  value  received  I  promise  to  pay  to  Leo  Smith,  on 
demand,  Fifty  Dollars  in  goods  at  our  store. 

M.  E.  Woods  &  Co. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  129 

PRINCIPAL  AND  SURETY  NOTE. 
$600.00  Toledo,  Ohio,  Aug.  5,  1902. 

For  value  received  on  or  before  June  5,  1903,  I  promise 
to  pay  to  the  order  of  Wm.  E.  Brown,  $600.00.  Interest 
at  five  per  cent. 

J.  E.  Smith,  Principal. 
J.  G.  Ward,  Surety. 

ON    DEMAND. 

$25.00  Waterloo,  Iowa,  Aug.  6,  1902. 

On  demand  I  promise  to  pay  to  the  order  of  James  L. 
Gray  Twenty-five  Dollars  with  interest  at  five  per  cent. 

R.  E.  Edwards. 

JOINT    NOTE. 

$500.00  South  Bend,  Ind.,  July  2,  1902. 

Six  months  after  date  I  promise  to  pay  to  C.  E.  Baker, 
or  order,  Five  Hundred  Dollars,  value  received.  Interest 
at  six  per  cent. 

Wm.  E.  Rose. 

ACCOMMODATION    NOTE. 
$65.00  Henderson,  Mich.,  July  23,  1902. 

Twenty  days  after  date  I  promise  to  pay  to  the  order 
of  J.  E.  Barker  Sixty-five  Dollars  at  the  Davenport  Com- 
mercial Bank,  without  defalcation.     Value  received. 
Credit  the  drawer  J.  J.  Long. 

J.  E.  Barker. 

A  NOTE  BY  ONE  WHO  CANNOT  WRITE. 

$25.50  Denver.  Colo.,  July  28,  1902. 

Two  years  after  date  I  promise  to  pay  to  T.  E.  Ford, 
or  order,  Twenty-five  j5<j°0  Dollars,  with  interest  at  six 
per  cent.  Value  received.  his 

John    X    Carson. 
James  Lynch,  Witness.  mark. 

A  NOTE  BY  A  MARRIED  WOMAN. 
$400.00  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  July  1,  1902. 

Five  years  after  date  I  promise  to  pay  George  Snider, 
or  order,  Four  Hundred  Dollars,  with  interest  at  seven 
per  cent.  Value  received. 

Mrs.  A.    A.  Hartnett. 


130  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

COLLATERAL    NOTE. 

$600.00  South  Bend,  Ind.,  July  25,  1902. 

One  year  after  date  I  promise  to  pay  to  the  order  of 
John  Larney  Six  Hundred  Dollars,  without  defalcation, 
for  value  received.  Interest  at  six  per  cent. 

Having  deposited  United  States  Bonds  of  the  nominal 
value  of  Six  Hundred  Dollars,  which  I  authorize  the  holder 
of  this  note,  upon  the  non-performance  of  this  promise  at 
maturity,  to  sell  either  at  Broker's  Board  or  at  a  public 
or  private  sale,  without  demanding  payment  of  this  note, 
or  the  debt  due  thereon,  and  without  further  notice,  and 
apply  proceeds,  or  as  much  thereof  as  may  lie  nec< 
to  the  payment  of  this  note  and  all  necessary  charges, 
holding  myself  responsible  for  any  deficiency. 

J.  J.  Nonan. 

JUDGMKXT    NOTE. 

$600.00  Toledo,  Ohio,  July  24,  1902. 

Two  years  alter  date  I  promise  to  pay  to  J.  J.  Kelly,  or 
order,  Six  Hundred  Dollars,  at  the  Fiist  National  Hank. 
with  interest  at  five  per  cent.1  per  annum,  after  September 
2,  1902,  until  paid. 

And  to  secure  the  payment  of  the  said  amount  I  hereby 
authorize  irrevocably,  any  attorney  of  any  court  of  record 
to  appear  for  me  in  such  court,  in" term  time  or  vacation, 
at  any  time  hereafter,  and  confess  a  judgment  without 
process  in  favor  of  the  holder  of  this  note,  for  such  amount 
as  may  appear  to  be  unpaid  thereon,  together  with  the 
costs  and  twenty  dollars  attorney's  fees,  and  to  waive  and 
release  all  errors  which  may  intervene  in  any  such  pro- 
ceeedings  and  consent  to  immediate  execution  upon  such 
judgment,  hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all  that  the 
said  attorney  may  do  by  virtue  thereof. 

D.   E.   Ackerman. 

CORPORATION    NOTE. 

$800,00  Henderson,  Mich. 

One  year  after  date  the  Congdon  Hardware  Co.  prom- 
ises to  pay  L.  E.  Hampson,  or  order,  Eight  Hundred  Dol- 
lars with  interest  at  six  per  cent.     Value  received. 
Congdon  Hardware  Co., 

J.  C.  Congdon,  Pres. 
Attest:  L.  L.  Cooley,  Secy. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  131 

CHATTEL    NOTE. 

$500.00  Omaha,  Neb.,  July  26,  1902. 

Sixty  days  from  date,  for  value  received,  I  promise  to 
pay  J.  E.  Gorman,  Five  Hundred  Dollars  in  No.  3  oats, 
at  the  then  market  rate  the  same  to  be  delivered  at  the 
option  of  the  owner  within  the  limits  of  the  city  of  Hender- 
son. P.  E.  Peters. 

GOOD    PRINCIPLES    TO    PRACTICE 
REGARDING  NOTES. 

Notes  Past  Due.  Do  not  buy  a  note  past  due, 
especially  such  as  are  not  secured  by  mortgage.  In  ex- 
ceptional cases  it  may  be  right  and  proper^  A  cautious 
business  man  will  seldom  have  anything  to  do  with  a  note 
that  is  past  due. 

Canceled  Notes.  In  the  case  of  notes  secured  by 
mortgage,  it  is  well  to  cancel  them  or  mark  them  paid, 
whenever  they  are  taken  up,  but  do  not  destroy  them. 
Every  note  should  be  kept  until  the  last  one  has  been  paid 
and  the  mortgage  released. 

Indorsements.  Whenever  a  payment  of  interest  or 
principal  is  made  upon  your  note,  see  that  it  is  properly 
indorsed,  and  examine  to  be  sure  that  it  is  your  note. 
Indorsements  are  sometimes  made  upon  the  wrong  paper. 

Notes  Held  at  Bank.  When  you  call  for  your  note 
at  a  bank,  always  mention  the  exact  day  when  it  be- 
comes due.  If  it  is  another  party's  paper  which  the 
bank  holds  for  collection,  then  you  must  also  give  the 
names  of  that  person.  Banks  keep  their  own  notes  and 
those  of  their  customers  separately. 

Notes  Without  Recourse.  In  selling  a  note  payable 
to  your  order,  you  must  write  your  name  upon  the  back, 
otherwise  it  cannot  legally  be  transferred.  With  your 
name  written  on  the  back,  you  are  held  legally 
responsible  for  the  payment  of  the  note  should  the 
maker  fail  to  pay.  But  if  it  is  distinctly  understood 
when  you  sell  the  note  that  you  assume  no  further  re- 
sponsibility then  you  must  write  on  the  back  above 
your  signature,  the  words  "without  recourse." 

Notes  With  Surety.  When  holding  a  note  against 
a  party  that  is  signed  by  someone  else  as  surety,  you 
must  not  consent  to  an  extension  of  time  when  the  note 
comes  due,  unless  the  person  who  has  signed  it  gives 
his  consent  in  writing.  If  the  time  of  the  note  is  to  be 
extended  it  is  better  to  write  a  new  note  and  have  the 
parties  sign  it. 


132  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

Notes  Paid  at  a  Distance.  When  you  pay  notes  to 
parties  living  at  a  distance,  request  them 'to  send  it  to  the 
nearest  bank  for  collection.  You  can  then  go  there  and 
make  payment.  This  is  the  proper  and  most  businesslike 
way  to  pay  a  note  held  by  parties  living  at  a  distance. 

Payments  on  Notes.  Do  not  accept  interest  or  part  pay- 
ment of  principal  without  having  them  indorsed  upon  the 
notes.  All  payments  of  principal  and  interest  must  ap- 
pear as  indurH-ments  upon  the  back  of  the  note. 

RULES   FOR   INDORSING   NOTES 
AND   BILLS. 

The  word  indorsement  signifies  a  writing  on  the  back 
of  a  bill  or  written  instrument. 

The  indorsement  may  be  on  any  part  of  the  note  or 
on  a  paper  attached  to  it,  in  ink  or  in  pencil.  But  it 
is  better  that  the  indorsement  be  written  on  the  back  of 
such  a  paper  and  in  ink  to  prevent  erasure. 

When  a  note  or  bill  is  drawn  payable  to  a  person  or  his 
order,  it  is  transferable  only  by  indorsement.  In  law 
nothing  else  will  hold  parties  to  a  note  directly  liable  to 
the  holder. 

When  you  receive  money  on  a  note  or  bill,  the  amount 
and  the  date  on  which  it  was  received  should  be  written 
on  the  back  of  the  paper. 

When  "the  indorsement  is  in  blank  the  instrument 
may  be  transferred  by  mere  delivery. 

When  the  indorsement  is  in  full,  the  indorsee  must 
indorse  the  same  on  transferring  it  to  a  subsequent  holder. 

A  qualified  indorsement  releases  the  indorser  from 
liability. 

A  restrictive  indorsement  expressly  restricts  the  pay- 
ment of  a  paper  to  a  particular  person  only. 

A  conditional  indorsement  is  one  that  involves  some 
condition. 

FORM  1. 
INDORSEMENT  IX  BLANK. 

A.  B.  Crow. 

FORM  2. 

INDORSEMENT  IN  FULL. 
Pay  to  the  order^of 

J.U. -White, 
W._E.   Lenning. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


133 


FORM  3. 

RESTRICTIVE  INDORSEMENT. 
Pay  to  L.  O.  Jones  only. 

J.  J.  Collins. 

FORM  4. 

QUALIFIED  INDORSEMENT. 
Without  recourse. 

F.  B.  Kline. 

FORM  5. 

CONDITIONAL  INDORSEMENT. 
Pay  to  A.  B.  Jones,  or  order,  unless  I  give  you  notice 
not   to   pay   before   maturity. 

M.   E.   Elkins. 


FORM  6. 
INDORSEMENT     BY     AGENT. 

M.  E.  Wolf, 

Agent  for  J.  J.  Smith. 

FORM  7. 

GUARANTY  ON  NOTE. 
For  value  received  in  cash  I  hereby  guarantee  the  pay- 
nt of  the  enclosed  note.     J.  J.  Kane. 


ment 


FORMS  OF  INDORSEMENTS. 


BLANK 
INDORSEMENT. 


A  blank  indorsement  is 
writing  the  name  of  the 
holder  on  the  back  of 
the  note. 


FULL, 

INDORSEMENT. 


s1,. 
*•! 

o 


A  full  indorsement  is 
when  the  holder  writes 
upon  the  back  of  the  note 
the  name  of  the  party 
to  whom  it  is  to  be  paid 
and  signs  his  name  to  it. 


134 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINKSS. 


QUALIFIED 
INDORSEMENT. 


RESTRICTIVE 
INDORSEMENT. 


'<  *  § 


=  i  '  = 


In  this  indorsement  one 
can  avoid  liability  by 
inserting  the  words 
"without  recourse."  This 
method  of  indorsement 
transfers  the  note  to  the 
one  to  whom  it  is  sold. 

CONDITIONAL 
INDORSEMENT. 


This  indorsement  is  in 
tended  to  confine  the 
payment  to  some  par- 
ticular person  or  purpose. 


MONEY 

INDORSEMENT. 


s 


sS   v     - 

§•§!$ 


This  note  can  be  paid 
only  on  condition  named 
in  the  indorsement. 

Form  of  indorsement 
when  presented  for  pay- 
ment. 


Form  of    indorsement 
when  transferred. 


MANU 


INESS. 


135 


The  following  table  shows  the  relative  responsibility 
of  each  indorser.  Each  indorser  is  responsible  to  the 
one  below  him. 


In  a  Note. 

In  an  Un- 
accepted Draft 
or  Uncertified 

In  an  Accepted 
Draft. 

In  a  Certified 
Check. 

Check. 

1.  Maker. 
2.  First 

1.  Drawer. 
2.  First 

1.  Acceptor. 
2.  Drawer. 

1.  The   bank. 
2.  First 

Indorser. 

Indorser. 

3.  First 

Indorser. 

3.  Second 

3.  Socond 

Indorser. 

3.  Second 

Indorser. 

Indorser. 

4.  Second 

Indorser. 

4.  Third 

4.  Third 

Indorser. 

4.  Third 

Indorser. 

Indorser. 

Etc. 

Indorser. 

Etc. 

Etc. 

Etc. 

RULES  FOR  WRITING  RECEIPTS. 

A  Receipt  is  an  acknowledgment  in  writing  that  a  sum 
of  money  or  any  consideration  of  value  has  been  received 
by  the  party  giving  and  signing  the  same. 

When  an  agent  signs  a  receipt  he  should  first  sign  his 
name  and  then  write  his  principal's  name  underneath. 

A  Receipt  is  not  necessary  when  paying  a  note  or  draft 
as  the  indorsement  of  the  payee  and  the  return  of  the 
instrument  itself  becomes  a  receipt. 

A  receipt  obtained  through  fraud  or  given  by  error 
or  mistake  is  void. 

Do  not  neglect  to  state  whether  the  receipt  is  "on  ac- 
count," "in  full  of  all  accounts,"  or  "in  full  of  all  demands." 

The  law  compels  no  one  to  give  a  receipt,  but  business 
courtesy  has  established  the  custom  of  giving  them 
when  desired. 

If  people  who  transact  business  were  more  particular 
regarding  the  giving  and  taking  of  receipts,  there  would 
be  less  trouble,  fewer  lawsuits  and  thousands  of  dollars 
would  be  saved. 

That  clause  in  a  receipt  which  defines  the  debt  or  pur- 
pose for  which  payment  is  made  is  of  great  importance 
and  should  not  be  omitted. 

A  complete  receipt  should  contain  the  following  state- 
ments : 

That  the  payment  has  been  received. 

The  date  of  payment. 

From  whom  received,  and  if  for  another  it  must  be 
so  stated. 


136  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


To  what  debt  or  purpose  it  is  to  be  applied. 
By  whom  received,  and  if  for  another  on  whose  behalf 
it  was  received. 


FORMS   OF   RECEIPTS. 

(1)    RECEIPT     ON     ACCOUNT. 

$200.00  Springfield,   111..  July  23,   1902. 

Received  of  R.  E.  Foster  Two  Hundred  Dollars  on 
account. 

S.  E.  O'Connor. 

(2)    RECEIPT    FOR    MERCHANDISE. 

Denver,  Colo.,  July  25,  1902. 

Received  from  J.  J.  Smith  one  Liberty  Hic-ydc  Xo 

value  $75.00  on  approval,  to  be  returned  or  paid  for  in 
two  weeks. 

M.  E.  Walsh. 

(3)  RECEIPT    FOR     Rl.NT. 

Henderson,  Mich.,  July  6,  1902. 

Received  from  Grover  Hamilton  Twenty-five  Dollars 
in  full  for  two  months  rent  of  residence  at  No.  3528  AY' 
era  Ave.,  Property  of  R.  C.  Lane. 

T.  E.  Joyce,  Agent. 

(4)  RECEIPT  FOR  NOTE. 

South  Haven,  Midi.,  July  2,  1902. 

Received  from  J.  E.  Powers  his  note  at  seventy  days 
for  $264.00  in  settlement  of  bill  of  Oct.  24,  1'Mil . 

C.  H.  Grant. 

(5)  RECEIPT      FOR      BORROWED      MONEY. 

Aurora,  111.,  July  25,  1902. 

Borrowed  and  received  from  J.  J.  Ford  Fifty-five  Dol- 
lars which  I  promise  to  pay  on  demand,  with  "interest  at 
six  per  cent. 

J.    J.    Collins. 

(6)  RECEIPT   IN   FULL   OF  ALL  DEMANDS. 

Newark,  N.  J.,  July  28,  1902. 

Received  of  J.  E.  Murry  Six  Hundred  Dollars  in  full  of 
all  demands  to  date. 

W.  E.  Lynch. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  137 

(7)    RECEIPT  FOR  MONEY  ADVANCED  ON  CONTRACT. 

$2000.00  Springfield,  111.,  July  27,  1902. 

Received  from  W.  E.  Lynch  Two  Thousand  Dollars  in 
advance,  on  a  contract  to  build  for  him  a  brick  house  at 
No.  3352  S.  Hamilton  Ave.,  Springfield,  111. 

Win.  E.  Smith. 

(8)  RECEIPT  FOR  PURCHASE  OF  A  HORSE. 

$200.00  Henderson,  Mich.,  July  15,  1902. 

Received  from  M.  M.  Larney  Two  Hundred  Dollars 
for  one  black  horse,  guaranteed  to  be  only  three  years 
old,  gentle,  quiet  to  ride  or  drive. 

C.  E.  Baker. 

(9)    RECEIPT  FOR  A  PARTICULAR  BILL. 

St.  Louis,  Mo.,  July  29,  1902. 

Received  from  Thomas  Kelly  Twenty-five  Dollars,  in 
payment  for  a  bill  of  merchandise. 

J.  E.  Lamb. 

(10)    RECEIPT     FOR     INTEREST. 

South  Haven  Mich.,  July  2,  1902. 

Received  from  J.  M.  Meyer  Seventy-five  Dollars,  in  full 
for  service  rendered  to  date. 

R.  E.  Smith. 


(11)    RECEIPT  FOR  INTEREST. 

Newark,  N.  J.,  July  24,  1902. 

Received  from  James  E.  Logan  Two  Hundred  Dollars 
for  interest  to  July  2,  1902,  on  his  bond  and  mortgage; 
receipts  to  be  acknowledged  also  on  the  bond. 

A.  L.  Steele,  Executor. 
Rate  6  per  cent.     Time Months Days 

(12)    RECEIPT     FOR     PROPERTY. 

Jacksonville,  Fla.,  July  23, 1902. 

Received  from  T.  E.  Jones  the  following  enumerated 
articles  to  be  held  in  trust  for  him  and  returned  on  his 
demand  one  bicycle,  one  gold  ring,  and  one  rifle. 

M.  E.  Small. 


138  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


FOR    MERCHANDISE. 

Henderson,  Mich.,  July  25,  1902. 
W.  E.  Smith: 

Please  send  me  per  bearer  twenty  boxes  of  Uneeda 
biscuits,  and  oblige,  Yours  truly, 

T.   E.   Brown. 

ORDER    TO    CLOSE  ACCOUNT. 

$25.00  Newark.  N.  .!.,  July  3,  1902. 

Please  pay  to  H.  E.  Crowley,  or  bearer  Twenty-five 
Dollars  in  goods  and  this  shall  be  your  receipt  in  full  of 
my  account.  T.  E.  Jones. 

RULES    AM)    FORMS    FOR    WRITING 
DUE    \\\\A<. 

A  due  bill  is  a  written  acknowledgment  that  some- 
thing is  due  to  the  party  therein  named.  They  are  not 
payable  to  order,  and  cannot  be  aligned  by  indorsement, 
They  draw  no  interest  unless  so  >|veilied. 

$200.00  Albany.  N.  V..  July  2.  1902. 

Due  W.  E.  Little,  for  value  received.  Two  Hundred 
Dollars.  Walter  Stewart. 

IN  MKIM-H  \\DI-K. 

*(><).<)<)  Lynn,  Mass.,  July  23.  1<><>2. 

Due  J.  L.  Vincent,  or  order  Sixty  Dollars  payable  in 
merchandise  at  our  store. 

M.  E.  Jones. 

ON      DK.MANI). 

$300.00  Toledo,  Ohio,  July  2.  11)02. 

Due  W.  E.  Lynch,  on  demand.  Three  Hundred  Dollars 
in  cash,  and  Twenty  Dollars  in  merchandise  from  our 
factory.  Piper  &  Orowley. 

IMPORTANCE   OF  KEEPING  A  BANK    ACCOUNT. 

The  keeping  of  a  bank  account  is  a  matter  of  great  con- 
venience as  well  as  of  pecuniary  benefit  to  business  men 
and  women.  \Yhere  considerable  business  is  done,  money 
is  constantly  accumulating  which  when  deposited  in  a 
reliable  bank  is  more  secure  from  burglary  than  elsewhere. 
Sometimes  money  may  be  lost  through  robbery  or  failure 
of  a  bank,  but  of  all  losses  to  which  business  men  may  be 
exposed  that  by  failure  of  banks  is  the  least. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  139 


Henderson,  Mich., ,  19.  . 

Received  of 

..Dollars. 


The  first  line  contains  the  date;  the  second  "from 
whom,"  the  third,  the  amount  in  words;  the  fourth,  the 
consideration;  and  the  fifth  the  signature,  and  the  amount 
in  figures. 

RECEIPT  FOR  PAYMENT  BY  HAND  OF  THIRD  PARTY. 

$300.00  South  Haven,  Mich.,  July  2,  1902. 

Received  from  Wm.  Smith,  by  the  hand  of  R.  E.  Powers 
Three  Hundred  Dollars  in  full  for  proceeds  of  sale  of  stock 
sold  April  25,  1902. 

T.  E.  Ford. 

RECEIPT  FOR  INTEREST  ON  NOTE. 

Reading,  Pa.,  July  23,  1902. 

I  have  this  day  received  from  W.  E.  Lynch  Twenty- 
five  Dollars  in  full  of  interest  to  date  on  his  promissory 
note  for  Two  Hundred  Dollars  made  in  my  favor  on  the 
the  19th  of  July,  1901. 

W.  E.  Lawe. 

RULES  AND  FORMS  FOR  WRITING  ORDERS. 

1.  An    order    is  an  authorization  or  command  that 
money  be  paid. 

2.  An  order  contains  the  following:  The  drawee,  the 
payee  and  words  expressing  the  conditions  as  to  negoti  • 
ability. 

3.  Orders  are  negotiable,   but  the  person  on  whom 
they  are  drawn  is  not  under  obligation  to  pay  them,  unless 
they  have  been  accepted,  for  an  order  partakes  ot  1 
nature  of  a  draft. 

$100.00  Newark,  N.  J.,  July  25,  1902. 

Messrs.  Jackson,  Hunt  &  Co.,  will  please  pay  to  the 

bearer  One  Hundred  Dollars  in  goods,  and  charge  the 

same  to  my  account.  *  • 


140  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

The  practice  of  depositing  each  days  accumulation 
in  a  bank  so  as  to  be  drawn  whenever  wanted,  as  a  whole 
or  in  part,  is  a  great  advantage  to  people  doing  a  large 
amount  of  Im-i 

Of  course  when  depo-it-  are  large,  the  banker  is  greatly 
benefited  by  having  the  use  of  the  money,  provided  the 
rates  of  interest  are  good.  Bankers  on  the  other  hand, 
reali/ing  their  indebtedness  to  their  customers,  often 
render  such  aid  to  them  in  time  of  need  as  to  enable  them 
to  carry  forward  certain  enterprises  which  without  such 
aid  they  find  very  difficult. 

CHECKS. 

A  written  order  on  a  bank  directing  a  certain  amount 
of  money  to  be  paid  to  a  person  named,  or  to  his  order,  is 
called  a  check.  This  is  the  >imple>t  form  of  negotiable 
paper.  A  check  requires  no  -et  form  of  wording;  any 
properly  dated  demand  upon  a  bank,  by  a  depositor. 
correctly  signed,  is  a  check  and  will  draw  money.  The 
words  or  bearer  or  order  added  to  tip-  name,  makes  the 
cheek  payable  to  anyone  presenting  it.  but  without  the-e 
words  only  the  person  named  can  cash  the  check. 

CKIMIFIF.I)  CHI 

Certifying  means  that  the  person  drawing  the  money 
has  funds  to  the  amount  mentioned  to  his  credit  in  the 
bank,  and  the  bank  guarantee^  its  payment.  The  bank 
ollicer  writes  acn»s  t  he  face  Certified,  also  the  date  and 
his  signature:  of  the  words  (iood,  when  properly  indorsed, 
and  his  signature. 

FORGED    CHECK^. 

Some  forgers  can  imitate  a  signature  so  closely  that 
even  the  one  whose  name  is  forged  is  not  able  to  distinguish 
it  from  his  own,  and  can  only  swear  th-it  he  did  not  make 
out  the  check.  The  responsibility  of  detecting  the  forgery 
is  thrown  upon  the  teller.  The'  bank  pays  every  check 
at  its  own  risk.  The  person  who.-e  name  lias  been  forged 
is  not  allowed  to  rectify  the  forgery,  because  that  would 
shield  crime  and  encourage  it. 

RAISED    CHECKS. 

To  so  alter  the  writing  and  the  figures  of  a  check  that 
it,  will  call  for  more  money  than  the  drawer  gave  instruc- 
tion to  pay  is  called  raising  the  check.  To  prevent  this 
care  should  be  taken  to  always  (ill  in  the  empty  spaces 
with  lines.  l">e  words  instead  of  figures.  If  a  iai-ed 
check  is  paid  by  a  bank,  it  can  only  charge  the  depositor 
with  the  amount  for  which  he  himself  made  out  the  check. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  141 

WRITING,     PRESENTING    AND    INDORSING    CHECKS. 

A  check  is  a  written  order  on  a  bank  for  the  immediate 
payment  of  a  certain  sum  of  money. 

A  check  is  not  due  until  presented.  It  is  negotiable. 
It  has  no  days  of  grace. 

The  death  of  the  maker  of  a  check  before  presentment 
to  the  bank  renders  the  check  null  and  void. 

The  amount  of  the  check  should  always  be  written  out 
in  words. 

A  forged  check  paid  by  the  bank  is  the  bank's  loss  and 
not  the  depositors. 

Giving  a  check  is  not  payment  of  an  indebtedness  unless 
the  check  is  paid. 

Payment  of  a  check  may  be  stopped  by  subsequent 
order  to  the  bank  by  maker  before  presenting  of  check. 

In  sending  a  check  away  from  your  own  town  or  locality 
it  should  always  be  certified. 

In  presenting  a  check  to  the  bank  for  payment  always 
write  your  name  on  the  back  before  presenting  it. 

A  bank  can  stamp  a  check  good,  or  certify  it,  and  thus 
heroine  responsible  to  the  holder  for  the  amount. 

10  very  holder  of  a  check  is  liable  to  a  subsequent  holder 
only  for  the  time  for  which  he  would  be  held  if  originally 
liable. 

If  you  have  money  in  a  bank  and  wish  to  draw  out  a 
certain  sum  write  "  Pay  to  myself "  instead  of  writing 
your  name  in  the  body  of  the  check,  and  then  sign  it. 

A  safe  bank  ought  to  be  patronized,  for  it  is  dangerous 
to  keep  in  possession  large  sums  of  money. 

Always  keep  the  stub  of  your  check  book,  and  in  is- 
suing a  check  always  fill  the  stub  out  first. 

( 'ertificates  of  deposit  are  used  when  money  is  deposited 
for  a  short  time,  and  no  regular  account  is  kept.  They 
can  be  used  the  same  as  a  certified  check. 

FORMS  OF  CHECKS. 

PAYABLE      TO      BEARER. 

$300.00  South  Haven,  Mich.,  July  6,  1902. 

Commercial  State  Bank,  pay  to  J.  J.  Brown,  or  order, 
Three  Hundred  Dollars. 

W.  E.  Smith. 

PAYABLE    TO    YOURSELF. 

$75.00  Newark,  N.  J.,  July  2,  1902. 

Frankfort  Exchange  Bank,  pay  to  myself  Seventy-five 
Dollars. 

S.  E.  Jones. 


142  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

CERTIFIED    CHECK. 

$500.00  Akron,  Ohio,  July  7,  1902. 

Third  National  Bank  pay  to  bearer  Five  Hundred 
Dollar-. 

No.  2r,r>.  R.  E.   Kirhy. 

(Writ ton  across  the  face.)         Good  D.  E.  Larkins,  Ca<hier. 

CERTIFICATE      OF     DEPOSIT. 

$400.00  Frankfort.  Ky..  .Inly  4,  1902. 

W.  E.  Smith  ha-  deposited  in  this  hank  Four  Hundred 
Dollars  payable  to  tin-  order  of  II.  E.  Powers  on  the  return 
of  this  certificate  properly  indorsed. 

Y.    E.    Ford. 

INDORSING  CHECK-. 

1.  Checks  are  the  mo-t   convenient   commercial  paper 
in  use,  hence  they  are  very  common.      Vet   many  intelli- 
gent and  educated  people  do  not   thoroughly  understand 
the   use   of   the   same. 

2.  Bankers  are  very  particular  to  have  checks  properly 
indorsed  before  paying  them. 

3.  Write   across    the    hack,    not    length \\  i-e.    near   the 
top. 

4.  Do  not  send   away  a  check   indorsed   in   blank  but 
make  it  payable  to  the   person    to   whom   you   send   it. 
Then  if  lost  it  cannot  be  paid  to  anyone  else. 

5.  In  order  to  make  the  check  payable  to  ,-ome  par- 
ticular person  write,    Pay  to  the  order  of  (person's  name), 
and  sign  your  name  below. 

6.  Do  not  give  or  take  a  check  dated  ahead,  it  is  not 
a  good  policy. 

7.  Merely  writing  your  nnme  on  the  back  is  a  blank 
indorsement,    and    signifies    that    it    ha-    passed    through 
your  hands  and  is  payable  to  bearer,  anyone  into  whose 
hands    it    may   come. 

8.  In  depositing  a  check,  write,  For  Deposit,  and  be- 
low   this  your  name. 

9.  Always  indorse  a  check  as  it  appears  on  the  face. 
If  a  check  is  written  by  W.  E.  Grady,  it  cannot  be  in- 
dorsed William  Grady/   If  the  spelling  of  the  name  on 
the  face  is  wrong,  indorse  it  in  that  way  and  then  write 
it  underneath  correctly. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 
Patents. 

A  Patent  is  a  written  instrument  issued  by  the  National 
Government,  giving  the  inventor  the  exclusive  right  to 
use,  manufacture  and  sell  his  invention  or  improvement 
for  a  given  term  of  years  within  the  United  States. 

Without  such  a  patent  on  his  part  anyone  else  can  use 
or  sell  anything  he  has  invented.  A  patent  secures  to 
him  the  exclusive  right. 

A  patent  lasts  for  seventeen  years;  after  that  anyone 
can  make  use  or  sell  the  thing  patented. 

The.  patent  is  designed  to  encourage  and  protect  in- 
ventions. 

How  Obtained.  To  obtain  a  patent,  application  must 
be  made  to  the  commissioner  of  patents,  accom  panied  by 
carefully  prepared  papers  and .  drawings,  describing  the 
invention. 

These  are  examined  by  the  government  officers  to" 
sec  \\hether  the  case  is  a  proper  one  for  a  patent,  and  if 
it  is  the  patent  (also  called  letters  patent)  is  signed  and 
scut  to  the  inventor.  Foreigners  may  also  obtain  patents 
as  well  as  citizens  of  the  United  States. 

A  complete  application  comprises  the  petition,  speci- 
fication, oath  and  drawings  and  the  model  of  specimen 
when  required. 

The  Specifications.  In  framing  the  specifications  it  is 
well  to  pursue  following  order: 

1.  Preamble  giving  the  name  and  residence  of  the 
applicant  and   the  title  of  the  invention. 

2.  General  statement  of  the  object  and  nature  of  the 
invention. 

3.  Brief  description  of  the  drawings,   showing  what 
each  view  represents,  unless  no  drawing    is    practicable. 

4.  Detailed  description,   explaining  fully  the  alleged 
invention   and   the   manner  of  constructing,   practicing, 
operating  and  using  it. 

5.  Claim  or  Claims. 

6.  Signatures  of  inventor. 

7.  Signatures  of  witnesses. 

The  Oath.  The  applicant,  if  the  inventor,  must  make 
oath  that  he  believes  himself  to  be  the  first  and  original 


144  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


discoverer  or  inventor  of  the  art,  machine,  manufactture, 
composition  or  improvement  for  which  he  desires  a  patent ; 
and  that  to  his  best  knowledge  and  belief  the  same  was 
never  before  known  or  used. 

1  )r<nrin<jx.  The  applicant  for  a  patent  must  fur- 
nish a  drawing  of  his  invention  where  the  nature  of  the 
CMSC  admits  of  it.  Drawings  must  be  made  upon  pure 
white  bristol  board.  The  size  of  the  sheet  must  be 
exactly  ten  by  fifteen  inches,  leaving  a  margin  of  one 
inch  all  around  the  drawing. 

All  drawings  must  be  made  with  pen  and  with  India 
ink. 

The  inventor's  signature  must  be  placed  at  the  lower 
right-hand  corner  of  the  sheet  and  those  of  the  witnesses 
at  the  lower  left -hand  corner. 

Drawings  should  be  rolled,  not  folded. 

Mntli'l*  must  clearly  exhibit  every  feature  of  the  machine 
which  forms  the  subject  of  the  claim,  but  no  other  matter 
except  for  illustration. 

A  working  model  is  best  where  it  can  b»>  furnished. 

Aimmhnrnlx.      Tin*    applicant    has    a    right     to    amend 
before  or  after  the  first  rejection,  and  he  may  ainei; 
often   as   the  examining  oflicers   pre-ents  any   new   refer- 
ences or  reasons  for  rejection. 

In  case  an  applicant  does  not  prosecute  his  application 
for  two  years  after  the  date  when  the  last  official  notice 
was  mailed  to  him  it  will  be  held  that  the  application  has 
been  abandoned. 

/•:.r/r/,>.s/V»;.s.  Patents  >ince  March  2,  1861,  cannot 
be  exl  ended  except  by  Congi 

Axxtf/nnicutx.  Kvery  patent  or  any  interest  therein 
shall  be  assignable  in  law  by  an  instrument  in  writing. 
The  patentee  or  his  as.-igns  may  also  grant  and  convey  in 
like  manner  an  exclusive  right  under  his  patent  for  the 
whole  or  any  specified  part  of  the  United  81 

Mark.  Kvery  patented  article,  before  it  is  sold, 
must  be  marked  Patented,  so  as  to  give  notice  to  everyone 
that  it  is  patented. 

Infringement  is  the  making,  using  or  selling  the  pat- 
ented article  without  the  permission  of  the  owner  of 
the  patent.  Its  consequences  are  twofold:  (1)  The 
infringer  must  pay  to  the  owner  of  the  patent  whatever 
damages  the  latter  suffers  through  the  infringement, 
equivalent  usually  to  the  profits  which  the  infringer  has 
made;  (2)  The  Court  will  compel  the  infringer  to  stop. 
By  these  two  methods  the  exclusive  right  is  enforced. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  145 

FEES    REQUIRED    BY   LAW. 

1.  Application.     On     filing     each     original     applica- 
tion for  a  patent  except  in  design  cases,  fifteen  dollars, 
patent,  except  in  design  cases,  twenty  dollars. 

2.  Original  Patent.     On  issuing  each  original  patent, 
except  in  design  cases,  twenty  dollars. 

3.  In  Design  Cases.     For  three  years  and  six  months, 
ten  dollars;  for  seven  years,  fifteen  dollars;  for  fourteen 
years,  thirty  dollars. 

4.  Caveat.     On  filing  each  caveat,  ten  dollars. 

5.  Re-issue    of    Patents.     On    every    application    for 
the  re-issue  of  a  patent,  thirty  dollars. 

6.  Disclamer.     On  filing  each  disclanier,  ten  dollars. 

7.  'Extension    of    Patent.     On    every    application    for 
the  extension  of  a  patent,  fifty  dollars. 

8.  Grant  <>/  l-^rifiision.     On  the  granting  of  every  ex- 
t  <ii-ion  of  a  patent,  fifty  dollars. 

9.  Firxt    Appeal.     On   an   appeal   for   the   first   time 
from    the    primary   examiners    to    the    examiner-in-chief 
to  the  commissioner,  twenty  dollars. 

10.  Certified  Copies  of  Patents.     For  certified  copies  of 
patent^    and    other    papers,    including    certified    printed 
copies,  ten  cents  per  hundred  words. 

11.  Rfcordintj.      For     recording     every     assignment, 
agreement,  power  of  attorney,  or  other  paper,  of  three 
hundred  words  or  under,  one  dollar;  of  over  three  hundred 
and  under  one  thousand  words,  two  dollars;  of  over  one 
thousand    words,    three    dollars. 

12.  Copies  of  Drawing.     For  copies  of  drawings,  the 
reasonable  cost   of  making  them. 

13.  Full   Information.     These   fees   may   be   paid   to 
the   Commissioner   of   Patents,    or   to   the   Treasurer   or 
any  of  the  assistant  treasurers  of  the  United  States.     If 
you  desire  to  secure  a  patent  write  to  the  Commissioner 
of  Patents,  Washington,  D.  C.,  and  you  will  receive  all 
the  necessary  papers,  blanks,  and  complete  instructions 
and  directions. 

TRADE    MARKS. 

A  Trade  Mark  is  a  mark,  emblem  or  symbol  which  a 
merchant  or  manufacturer  uses  to  denote  his  own  goods. 
11  is  usually  attached  to  them  and  may  be  in  the  form 
of  letters,  words,  or  ornamental  designs.  The  right 
acquired  in  a  trade  mark  is  the  exclusive  right  to  use  it, 
or,  in  other  words,  the  right  to  keep  others  from  using 
that  trade  mark. 

The  right  may  be  acquired  by  a  citizen  or  foreigner 
and  lasts  as  long  as  the  trade  mark  is  used. 


146  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

Its  Object  is  to  protect  both  the  owner  and  the  pub- 
lic against  imitations  of  an  article  which  has  acquired  a 
good  reputation.  If  it  were  not  for  this  exclusive  right, 
others  might  place,  the  same  mark  on  their  goods,  and 
thus  deceive  the  public  into  believing  they  were  manu- 
factured by  the  same  firm.  This  would  deprive  the  one 
who  had  built  up  the  trade  of  the  benefit  of  his  industry 
and  skill  or  defraud  the  public  into  buying  an  inferior 
article. 

.\rf/uiring  a  Trade  Mark.  Copyrights  cannot  be 
granted  upon  trade  marks  or  labels  intended  to  be  used 
for  any  articles  of  manufacture. 

If  protection  for  such  names  or  labels  is  desired,  appli- 
cation must  be  made  to  the  Patent  Office,  where  they 
are  registered,  if  admitted,  at  a  fee  of  $6  for  label-  and 
$25  for  trade  marks. 

Infrinyment  of  a  trade  mark  is  prevented  in  the  same 
way  as  in  the  case  of  patents,  viz.:  by  a  suit  against  the 
infringer  for  damages  and  for  an  injunction  to  compel 
him  to  cease  using  it. 

COPYRIGHT. 

Copyright  is  defined  by  the  act  of  Congress  of  1874  a.-  t  he 
liberty  of  printing,  publishing,  eoinpilin.tr,  executing  and 
vending  any  original  book,  map,  chart,  dramatic  or 
musical  composition,  engraving,  print,  photograph  or 
negative  thereof,  or  of  a  painting,  drawing,  chromo, 
statue  or  statuary  and  of  models  or  designs  intended  to 
be  perfected  as  works  of  art. 

The  object  of  such  copyright  is  to  encourage  the  writing 
of  books  or  the  production  of  anything  that  may  con- 
duce to  the  advancement  of  art  and  literature  and  the 
general  improvement  of  mankind. 

COPYRIGHT  LAWS. 

AS    REVISED     BY    AN    ACT    OF    CONGRESS,     INCLUDING    THE 

PROVISIONS     FOR     FOREIGN      COPYRIGHT,      OF 

MARCH     3,     1891. 

1.  How  Obtained.  A  printed  copy  of  the  title  of 
the  book,  map,  chart,  dramatic  or  musical  composition, 
engraving,  cut,  print,  photograph  or  chromo,  or  a  de- 
scription of  the  painting,  drawing,  statue,  statuary  or 
model  or  design  for  a  work  of  the  fine  arts,  for  which 
copyright  is  desired,  must  be  delivered,  to  the  Librarian 
of  Congress  or  deposited  in  the  mail,  within  the  United 
States,  prepaid,  addressed. 

Librarian  of  Congress, 

Washington,  D.  C. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS;  147 

This  may  be  done  on  or  before  day  of  publication  in 
this  or  any  foreign  country. 

The  style  of  print  is  immaterial;  that  of  a  typewriter 
will  be  accepted. 

The  printed  title  required  may  be  a  copy  of  the  title 
page  of  such  publications  as  have  title  pages.  In  other 
cases  the  title  must  be  printed  expressly  for  copyright 
entry,  with  name  of  claimant  of  copyright.  But  a 
separate  title  is  required  for  each  entry,  and  each  title 
must  be  printed  on  a  paper  as  large  as  commercial  note. 
The  title  of  periodical  must  include  the  date  and  num- 
ber, and  each  number  of  the  periodical  requires  a  separate 
entry  of  copyright. 

2.  Copyright  Fees.  The  legal  fee  for  recording  each 
copyright  claim  is  50  cents,  and  for  a  copy  of  this  re- 
cord (or  certificate  of  copyright  under  seal  of  the  office) 
an  additional  fee  of  50  cents  is  required,  making  $1,  if 
certificate  is  wanted,  which  will  be  mailed  as  soon  as 
reached  in  the  records. 

For  publications  which  are  the  productions  of  persons 
not  citizens  or  residents  of  the  United  States  the  fee  for 
recording  title  is  $1,  and  50  cents  additional  for  a  copy 
of  the  record. 

Copies  Required.  Not  later  than  the  day  of  pub- 
lication in  this  country  or  abroad,  two  complete  copies 
of  the  best  edition  of  each  book  or  other  article  must  be 
delivered  or  deposited  in  the  mail  within  the  United  States, 
addressed  to  Librarian  of  Congress,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Must  Be  American.  Books  must  be  printed  from 
type  set  in  the  United  States  or  from  plates  made  there- 
from; photographs  from  negatives  made  in  the  United 
States;  chromos  and  lithographs  from  drawings  on  stone 
or  transfers  therefrom  made  in  the  United  States. 

Penalty.  Without  the  deposit  of  copies  above  re- 
quired the  copyright  is  void  and  penalty  of  $25  is  in- 
curred. No  copy  is  required  to  be  deposited  elsewhere. 

New  Edition.  The  law  requires  a  copy  of  each  new 
edition  wherein  any  substantial  changes  are  made  to  be 
deposited  with  the  Librarian  of  Congress. 

Notice  By  Imprint.  No  copyright  is  valid  unless 
notice  is  given  by  inserting  in  every  copy  published, 
on  the  title  page  or  following,  if  it  be  book,  or  if  a  map, 
chart,  musical  composition,  print,  cut,  engraving,  photo- 
graph, drawing,  chromo,  statue,  statuary,  or  model  or 
design  intended  to  be  perfected  as  a  work  of  the  fine  arts, 
by  inscribing  upon  some  portion  thereof  or  on  the  sub- 
stance on  which  the  same  is  mounted  the  following 
words,  viz.:  "Entered  According  to  Act  of  Congress 


148  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

in  the  year  .  by  ,  in  the  office  of  the  Librarian 

of  Congress  at  Washington,"  or  the  words,  "Copyright, 
19  ,  by 

Penalty  for  False  Claims.  The  law  imposes  a  penalty  of 
$100  upon  any  person  who  has  not  obtained  copyright  who 
shall  insert  the  notice,  "  Entered  According  to  Act  of  Con- 
gress," or  "  Copyright,"  or  words  of  the  same  import  in  or 
upon  any  book  or  article. 

Translation,  Etc.  The  copyright  law  secures  to  au- 
thors and  their  assigns  the  exclusive  right  to  translate 
or  to  dramatize  any  of  their  works;  no  notice  or  record  is 
required  to  enforce  this  right. 

Duration  of  Copyright.  The  original  term  of  copy- 
right runs  for  twenty-eight  years.  Within  six  months 
of  the  end  of  that  time  the  author  or  designer,  or  his 
widow  or  children  may  secure  a  renewal  for  the  further 
term  of  fourteen  years.  Applications  for  renewal  must  be 
accompanied  by  a  printed  title  and  fee  and  by  explicit 
statement  of  ownership  in  the  case  of  the  author  or  rela- 
tionship in  the  case  of  his  heirs,  and  must,  state  definitely 
the  date  and  place  of  entry  of  the  original  copyright. 
\\  it  Inn  two  months  from  date  of  renewal  the  record  thereof 
must  be  advertised  in  an  American  newspaper  for  four 
weeks. 

Time  of  Publication.  A  copyrighs  may  be  seeured 
for  a  projected  work  as  well  as  for  a  completed  work.  The 
publication  must,  however,  take  place  "within  a  reasonable 
time." 

Assignments.  Copyrights  are  assignable  by  any  in- 
strument of  writing.  Such  assignment  must  be  recorded 
in  the  office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress  within  sixty 
days  from  execution.  The  fee  for  this  record  is  $1  and  for 
a  certified  copy  of  assignment  $1 .  A  duplicate  copy  of  any 
copyright  record  costs  50  cents. 

Works  of  More  Than  One  Volume  must  have  a  copyright 
entered  for  each  volume.  Two  copies  of  each  volume 
should  be  sent.  So  also  of  the  successive  numbers  of  a 
periodical  or  other  articles  produced  in  serials. 

International  Copyright.  The  provision  as  to  copy- 
right entry  in  the  United  States  by  foreign  authors, 
etc.,  by  act  of  Congress  approved  March  3,  1891  (which 
took  effect  July  1,  1891),  are  the  same  as  the  foregoing, 
except  the  difference  in  the  cost,  as  stated  above. 

The  right  of  citizens  of  subjects  of  a  foreign  nation  to 
copyright  in  the  United  States  extends  by  presidential 
proclamation  to  Great  Britain,  France,  Belgium,  Switz- 
erland, Germany,  Italy,  Denmark  and  Portugal;  and 
Americans  can  secure  copyrights  in  those  countries  by 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  149 

making  their  arrangements  there  in  conformity  with  the 
laws  of  those  countries.  The  Librarian  of  Congress  can- 
not take  charge  of  any  foreign  copyright  business. 

Full  ^  Xante.  Every  applicant  for  copyright  should 
state  distinctly  the  full  name  and  residence  of  the  claimant 
and  whether  the  right  is  claimed  as  author,  designer  or 
proprietor.  No  affidavit  or  witness  to  the  application  is 
is  required. 

CHAPTER    IX. 
Measurements. 

It  is  proposed  in  this  connection  to  show,  first,  how 
one  may  find  out  with  absolute  exactness  any  kind  of 
measurement,  and,  second,  how  to  measure  with  approx- 
imate accuracy.  The  latter  is  more  important  in  every- 
day life  than  might  at  first  be  supposed.  It  is  often  im- 
possible to  apply  the  general  rules  of  weights  and  measures. 
If,  for  example,  one  buys  ten  tons  of  coal  he  cannot  stand 
by  and  see  it  weighed,  but  he  can,  by  a  simple  method, 
satisfy  himself  whether  he  has  good  measure  or  not. 
The  following  are  metes  and  bounds  of 

EXACT    MEASUREMENT. 

Troy  Weight.  24  grains  make  1  pennyweight,  20  penny- 
weight make  1  ounce.  By  this  weight  gold,  silver  and 
jewels  only  are  weighed.  The  ounce  and  pound  in  this 
are  the  "same  as  in  Apothecaries'  weight. 

Apothecaries'  Weight.  20  grains  make  1  scruple,  3 
scruples  make  1  dram,  8  drams  make  1  ounce,  12  ounces 
make  one  pound. 

Avoirdupois  Weight.  16  drams  make  1  ounce,  16  ounces 
make  1  pound,  25  pounds  make  one  quarter,  4  quarters 
make  1  hundred  weight,  2000  pounds  make  1  ton. 

Dry  Measure.  2  pints  make  1  quart,  8  quarts  make  1 
peck,  4  pecks  make  1  bushel,  36  bushels  make  1  chaldron. 

Liquid  or  Wine  Measure.  4  gills  make  1  pint,  2  pints 
make  1  quart,  4  quarts  make  1  gallon,  31£  gallons  make 
1  barrel,  2  barrels  make  one  hogshead. 

Time  Measure.  60  seconds  make  1  minute,  60  minutes 
make  1  hour,  24  hours  make  1  day,  7  days  make  1  week, 
4  weeks  make  1  lunar  month,  28,  29,  30  or  31  days  make 
1  calendar  month  (30  days  make  1  month  in  computing 
interest),  52  weeks  and  1  day,  or  12  calendar  months, 
make  1  year;  365  days,  5  hours,  48  minutes  and  49  seconds 
make  1  solar  year. 

Circular  Measure.  60  seconds  make  1  minute,  60 
minutes  make  1  degree,  30  degrees  make  1  sign,  90  degrees 
make  1  quadrant,  4  quadrants  or  360  degrees  make  1  circle. 


150  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

Long  Measure — Distance.  3  barleycorns  1  inch,  12 
inches  1  foot,  3  feet  1  yard,  5^  yards  1  rod,  40  rods  1  fur- 
long, 8  furlongs  1  mile. 

Cloth  Measure.  2}  inches  1  nail,  4  nails  1  quarter,  4 
quarters  1  yard. 

Miscellaneous.  3  inches  1  palm,  4  inches  1  hand,  6 
inches  1  span,  18  inches  1  cubit,  21.8  inches  1  Bible  cubit, 
2$  feet  1  military  pace. 

Square  Measure.  144  square  inches  1  square  foot,  9 
square  feet  1  square  yard,  30}  square  yards  1  square  rod, 
40  square  rods  1  rood,  4  roods  1  acre. 

Surveyors'  Measure.  7.92  inches  1  link,  25  links  1  rod, 
4  rods  1  chain,  10  square  chains  or  160  square  rods  1  acre, 
640  acres  1  square  mile. 

Cubic  Measure.  1728  cubic  inches  1  cubic  foot,  27 
cubic  feet  1  cubic  yard,  128  cubic  feet  1  cord  (wood),  40 
cubic  feet  1  ton  (shipping")  2,150.42  cubic  inches  1  standard 
bushel,  268.8  cubic  indies  1  standard  gallon,  1  cubic  foot 
four-fifths  of  a  bushel. 

Metric  11Y/V////X.  10  milligrams  1  centigram,  10  centi- 
grams 1  decigram,  10  decigrams  1  gram,  10  grains  1  deka- 
gram, 10  dekagrams  1  hektogram,  10  hektograms  1  kilo- 
gram. 

Metric  Measures.  (One  millimeter — Cubic  centimeter.) 
10  millileters  1  centiliter,  10  centiliters  1  deciliter,  10 
deciliters  1  liter,  10  liters  1  dekaliter,  10  dekaliters  1 
hektoliter,  10  hektoliters  1  kiloliter. 

Metric  Measure.  10  millimeters  1  centimeter,  10  centi- 
meters 1  decimeter,  10  decimeters  1  meter,  10  meters 
1  dekameter,  10  dekameters  1  hektometer,  10  hekto- 
meters  1  kilometer. 

RELATIVE  VALUE  OF  APOTHECARIES' 
AND  IMPERIAL  MEASURE. 

APOTHECARIES'.  IMPERIAL. 

1  gallon  equals  .  .  .6  pints,  13  ounces,  2  drams,  23  minims 

1  pint  equals '  16       "         5     "         18       " 

1  fluid  ounce  equals  1       "         0     "         20       " 

1  fluid  dram 1     "  2£     " 

SURVEYING  LAND. 

It  is  easy  to  get  at  the  quantity  of  land  in  a  given  field 
without  a  survey,  provided  exactness  is  not  necessary. 
A  building  lot  in  city  or  village  should  have  its  metes 
and  bounds  determined  to  a  nicety.  The  variation  of 
half  an  inch  might  make  trouble  and  expense. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


151 


But,  to  determine  whether  a  particular  piece  of  ground 
is  larger  or  smaller  than  claimed,  the  following  rule  is 
sufficient:  Multiply  the  length,  in  rods,  by  the  width, 
and  divide  the  result  by  160,  and  you  have  the  size,  in 
acres.  If  the  opposite  sides  are  unequal  then  take  one- 
half  the  aggregate  of  the  two  sides  as  the  base  of  calcula- 
tion. Fanners  and  gardeners  often  want  to  lay  off 
small  portions  of  land  for  different  crops. 
£!•  Tin's  is  easily  done  by  remembering  that  one  acre  of 
ground  contains  160  square  rods,  or  4,840  square  yards 
or  43,560  square  feet.  This  dimension  in  square  feet 
forms  the  easiest  base  of  calculation.  The  smallest 
practicable  fraction  of  an  acre  is  one-sixteenth,  thus 
that  fraction  contains  2,722^  square  feet.  If  the  amount 
be  in  excess  of  one  acre,  compute  the  excess  by  this  frac- 
tion, or  5445,  the  size  of  an  eighth  of  an  acre. 

CAPACITY  OF  TILES. 

The  following  table  is  convenient  in  determining  the 
capacity  of  different  sizes,  the  calculation  being  for 
gallons  per  minute: 

FALL  PER  100  FEET. 


Size 
of 
Tile 

1  in. 

3  in. 

6  in. 

9  in. 

12  in. 

24  in. 

36  in. 

3-inch  . 
4-inch  . 
6-inch  . 
8-inch  . 
9-inch  . 
10-inch  . 
12-inch  . 

13 

27 
75 
153 
205 
267 
422 

23 

47 
129 
265 
355 
473 
730 

32 

66 
183 
375 
593 
655 
1033 

40 
81 
224 
460 
617 
803 
1273 

46 
93 
258 
529 
711 
926 
1468 

64 
131 
364 
750 
1006 
1310 
2076 

79 
163 
450 
923 
1240 
1613 
2551 

HOW   TO    MEASURE    COAL    IN   A    BIN 

OR    BOX. 

A  solid  cubic  foot  of  anthracite  coal  weighs  about  93 
pounds.  When  broken  for  use  it  weighs  about  54  pounds. 
Bituminous  coal,  when  broken  up  for  use,  weighs  about 
50  pounds.  The  consequent  rule  for  the  approximate 
measurement  of  coal  in  a  bin  or  box  is  to  multiply  the 
length  in  feet  by  the  height  in  feet,  and  again  by  the 
breadth  in  feet,  and  this  result  by  54  for  anthracite  coal, 
or  by  50  for  bituminous  coal.  The  result  will  equal  the 
number  of  pounds,  and  to  find  the  number  of  tons,  divide 
by  2,000. 


152  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

•» 
HOW  TO  TELL  THE  AGE  OF  ANIMALS. 

By  the  time  a  colt  is  eight  months  old  it  has  a  full  set 
of  milk  teeth.  The-e  ti-eih  have  a  slender  fang,  and  on 
their  front  surface  grooves  or  furrows,  which  are  worn 
smooth  on  Ihe  middle  nippers  by  the  time  the  colt  is  a 
year  old,  and  on  the  next  pair  in  two  years,  from  the 
cutter  teeth  in  three  years. 

At  two  the  nippers  are  loose  and  fall  out,  their  place 
taken  by  two  permanent  teeth  with  deep,  black  cavities 
and  full  sharp  edges.  At  the  age  of  three  the  next  pair 
undergo  the  same  change  and  at  four  the  corner  teeth. 
By  five  year-  of  age  the  hor>e  ha»  a  full  set  of  permanent 
teeth.  These  teeth  grow  longer  by  slow  decrees,  and  at 
the  same  time  wear  away  at  the  bottom  the  wearing 
about  one-twelfth  of  an  inch  a  year — and  gradually  show 
irregularity  in  form. 

The  age  of  cattle  is  told  by  the  rings  on  the  horns,  as 
al-o  of  rams.  A-  a  rule  the  animal  begins  to  have  riny;s 
at  two  years  of  age,  forming  a  ring  a  year  after  that. 
This  is  not  an  infallible  rule,  but  it  is  a  convenient  OIK-  to 
know. 

The  age  of  a  ,-heep  i-  told  by  the  teeth.  A  young  sheep 
has  eight  even  front  lower  teeth  (no  upper  ones)  At 
the  age  of  two  the  front  two  are  supplanted  by  others  of 
greater  width.  At  three  a  new  small  tooth  appear-  on 
each  side  of  the  two  broad  ones.  At  four  the  animal  has 
six  new  teeth,  and  at  five  all  the  >et  are  broad.  Then 
they  begin  to  narrow,  and  the  teeth  of  an  old  sheep  are 
thin,  sharp  and  long. 

HOW  TO   ESTIMATE  THE   WEIGHT   Ol    CATTLE. 

To  find  the  weight  of  cattle  without  actually  weighing 
them,  multiply  the  girth  in  inches  by  the  distance  along 
the  back  from  the  tail  to  the  fore  part  of  the  shoulder 
blade,  and  divide  by  1  11  for  the  superficial  feet.  Then 
multiply  the  superficial  feet  by  the  number  of  pounds 
allowed  for  cattle  of  different  girths  and  the  product  will 
be  the  numberof  pounds  of  beef, veal  or  pork  in  the  animal. 

Cattle  having  a  girth  of  from  5  to  7  feet,  allow  23  Ibs. 
to  the  superficial  foot. 

Cattle  having  a  girth  of  from  7  to  9  feet,  allow  31  Ibs. 
to  the  superficial  foot. 

Small  cattle  and  calves  having  a  girth  of  from  3  to  5 
feet,  allow  16  pounds  to  the  superficial  foot. 

Pigs  and  sheep  having  a  girth  of  less  than  3  feet,  allow 
11  Ibs.  to  the  superficial  foot. 

When  the  animal  is  but  half-fattened  a  deduction  of 
1  Ib.  in  every  20  is  made,  and  if  very  fat,  1  Ib.  for  every 
20  must  be  added. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  153 

HOW  TO  FIND  THE  NUMBER  OF  TONS  OF 
HAY  IN  THE  MOW  OR  STACK. 

A  ton  of  dry  hay  is  variously  estimated  from  400  to 
500  cubic  feet  to  the  ton,  but  the  latter  figure  is  more 
likely  to  strike  the  right  averages.  To  measure  a  mow 
that  is  well  settled  multiply  the  length  in  feet  by  the 
height  in  feet,  and  this  by  the  breadth  in  feet,  and  divide 
the  result  by  500,  and  you  have  the  number  of  tons.  If 
the  hay  be  in  a  long  stack  multiply  the  length  in  feet  by 
the  width  in  feet,  and  this  by  one-half  the  height,  and 
divide  the  product  by  300.  If  it  be  in  a  round  stack, 
multiply  the  square  of  the  distance  around  the  stack  in 
yards  by  four  times  the  height  in  yards,  and  point  off  two 
places  from  the  right,  and  this  will  be  the  number  of 
cubic  yards  in  the  stack,  which,  divided  by  20,  will  equal 
the  number  of  tons.  It  is  usually  estimated  that  20 
cubic  yards  on  a  wagon  or  stack  will  weigh  a  ton;  in  a 
well  settled  stack  or  mow  fifteen  yards  will  weigh  it. 
There  is  a  greater  variation  in  hay  than  most  articles  for 
the  reason  that  it  settles  more,  and  there  is  considerable 
difference  in  different  kinds  of  hay. 

HOW  TO  MEASURE  CORN  IN  THE  CRIB. 

A  great  deal  of  corn  is  sold  in  the  crib  on  the  cob.  It 
is  estimated  that  it  takes  two  bushels  of  corn  on  the  cob 
to  make  one  bushel  of  shelled  corn.  Multiply  the  length 
of  the  crib  by  the  width,  and  that  result  by  the  height, 
making  allowance  for  the  thickness  of  the  crib  in  outside 
measurement.  Then  you  have  the  cubic  feet.  Multiply 
the  cubic  feet  by  eight  and  divide  by  ten.  This  wTould 
b<-  i-.'isy  enough  if  the  cribs  were  of  uniform  width,  but 
they  generally  widen  as  they  rise.  It  is  necessary  to  take 
the  middle  of  the  crib,  in  height,  as  the  base  of  calculation 
for  width  as  the  broadening  is  gradual  and  uniform. 
Another  rule  for  a  crib  flared  at  the  side  is: 

Multiply  half  the  sum  of  the  bottom  breadths  in  feet 
by  the  perpendicular  height  in  feet,  and  the  same  again 
by  the  length  in  feet;  multiply  the  last  product  by  .63 
for  heaped  bushels  of  ears,  and  by  .42  for  the  number  of 
bushels  in  shelled  corn. 

HOW  TO  MEASURE  A  PILE  OF  GRAIN. 

A  fanner  often  wants  to  estimate  the  number  of  bushels 
in  a  loose  pile  of  grain,  vegetables  or  wood,  or  in  a  cock 
of  hay.  To  do  so  he  should  measure  off  the  diameter 
and  the  height  of  the  pile,  and  then  multiply  the  diameter 
by  itself,  and  the  result  by  the  height.  This  done,  divide 
the  last  result  by  four.  This  is  not  very  accurate,  but 
it  is  near  enough  for  all  ordinary  purposes  of  calculation. 


154  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

TO  FIND  THE  NUMBER  OF  GALLONS  IN  A 

CISTKKX  OR  TANK. 

Multiply  the  square  of  the  diameter  in  feet  by  the 
depth  in  feet,  and  multiply  this  result  by  6,  and  you  have 
the  approximate  contents  of  the  tank  in  gallons.  (For 
exact  results,  multiply  the  product  by  5'v,  instead  of  6.) 
But  if  the  tank  be  larger  at  the  bottom  than  at  the  top, 
find  the  average  diameter  by  measuring  the  middle  part 
of  the  tank  halfway  between  the  top  and  bottom. 

Another  rule  is  to  multiply  the  square  of  the  diameter 
in  feet,  arid  multiply  this  result  by  47,  and  divide  the 
product  by  eight. 

In  calculating  the  capacity  of  tanks.  .'{IJ-g  gallons  are 
estimated  to  one  barrel,  and'  ('»:{  gallons  to  one  hothead. 

HOW  To  MEASUREA  HAHIJKL,  IN  GALLONS. 


The  barrel  is  usually  otimated  at  ^l1^  gallons,  and  the 
hogshead  at  CM  gallons.  But.  the  following  will  enable 
one  to  lind  the  exact  capacity  of  any  barrel.  A  gallon 
of  water  weighs  nearly  S,!o  pound.-,  avoirdupois.  A  pint 
is  generally  estimated  as  a  pound,  and  the  rule  is  to  add 
together  the  diameters  of  the  bung  and  head  in  inches 
and  divide  the  sum  by  two,  which  equals  the  average 
diameter.  Then  multiply  the  average  diameter  by  it>elf 
in  inches  and  again  by  the  height  in  inches,  then  multiply 
by  8  and  cut  off  the  right  hand  liguiv.  and  you  have  the 
number  of  cubic  inches.  Divide  by  231  and  you  have 
the  number  of  gallons.  To  find  the  number  of  bushels 
divide  by  2,150.4. 

HOW  MUCH  A  WAGON-BOX  HOLDS. 

Find  the  cubic  feet  of  grain  in  a  box  and  then  multiply 
the  same  by  4  and  divide  the  result  by  5,  and  you  have 
the  number  of  bushels.  This  simple  rule  is  based  on  a 
calculation  having  as  its  bottom  factor  the  United  States 
standard,  2150.42  cubic  inches  make  a  bushel.  The 
following  table  of  bin  or  box  capacity,  inside  measure- 
ments, are  furnished  as  helps  in  ready  reckoning  : 

A  box  24  inches  by  16  inches,  and  28  inches  deep  will 
contain  a  barrel. 

A  box  26  inches  by  15  J  inches,  and  8  inches  deep,  will 
contain  a  bushel. 

A  box  13£  inches  square  and  11  J  inches  deep,  will  con- 
tain a  bushel. 

A  box  12  inches  by  11£  inches,  and  9  inches  deep,  will 
contain  a  half-bushel. 


MANUAL  OF-BUSINESS. 


155 


A  box  10  inches  square,  and  10|  inches  deep,  will  con- 
tain a  half-bushel. 

A  box  8  1-5  inches  by  8  inches  square,  and  8  inches 
deep,  will  contain  a  peck. 

A  box  8  inches  square  and  4£  inches  deep  will  contain 
a  gallon. 

A  box  7  inches  square  and  4|  inches  deep  will  contain 
a  half-gallon. 

A  box  3  inches  square  and  4  1-5  inches  deep,  will  con- 
tain a  quart. 

A  box  3  inches  square  and  3f  inches  deep  will  contain 
a  pint. 

An  average  wagon-box  10  feet  long,  4  feet  wide  and 

15  inches  deep,  has  a  capacity  of  40  bushels. 

HOW  TO   MEASURE   THE   DISTANCE 
TRAVELED  IN  PLOWING. 

The  farmer  wants  to  know,  sometimes,  how  much 
ground  he  has  plowed  in  a  given  space  of  time.  This  he 
can  estimate  with  reasonable  accuracy,  it  being  accepted 
as  the  base  of  calculation  that  he  travels  at  the  rate  of 

16  to  18  miles  per  day  of  9  hours.     The  following  table 
will  serve  as  a  guide  in  the  calculation,  taken  together 
with  the  fact  that  there  are  43,560  square  feet  in  an  acre, 
and  that  number  of  feet  equals  eight  miles  and  a  quarter: 


Breadth  of  fur- 
row slice. 

Space   traveled 
in  plowing 
an  acre. 

Extent  plowed 
per  day. 

Inch. 

Miles. 

18  Mi.  16  Mi. 

7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 

11 
9  9-10 
9 

1  4-5  1  3-5 

2              1/4 
2  1-5      10-10 
2J          21-10 

Breadth  of  fur- 
row slice. 

Space  traveled 
in  plowing 
an  acre. 

Extent  plowed 
per  day. 

Inch. 

Miles. 

18  Mi  16  Mi. 

14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 

7 
61-6 

5M 
49-10 

2?J         2  24-5 
2  9-10     2  3-5 
3  1-10     2M 
3K       2  9-10 
3^       3  1-10 
3  1-5       3M 

156  MANUAL  OF  BUSIM 

HOW  MANY  BRICKS  REQUIRED 
FOR  A  WALL. 

The  usual  si/e  of  bricks  is  8  inches  long,  1  inches  wide 
and  2  inches,  high,  or  64  cubic  inches.  It  takes  27  such 
bricks  to  make  a  cubic  foot,  without  mortar,  and  from 
20  to  22  with  mortar.  The  following  is  a  common  rule 
for  brick  measurement: 

Multiply  the  length  of  the  wall  in  feet  by  the  height 
in  feet,  and  that  by  its  thickness  in  feet,  and  then  multiply 
that  result  by  20,  and  the  product  will  be  the  number  of 
bricks  in  the  wall.  If  there  are  doors  or  windows  in  the 
wall  then  multiply  their  height,  width  and  thickness 
together  and  deduct  the  amount  from  the  solid  contents 
of  the  wall,  before  multiplying  by  20. 

HOW  TO  MEASURE  A  WALL. 

It  is  customary  to  estimate  walls  by  the  perch,  a  perch 
being  equal  to  24%  cubic  feet.  At  least,  that  wa<  cus- 
tomary. The  foot  is  now  more  commonly  employed  as 
the  unit  of  measurement.  Cut -stone  is  sold  by  the  cubic 
foot.  Brick  largely  is  reckoned  by  the  thousand  brick 
laid  in  the  wall.  The  following  scale  for  wall  measurement 
is  in  common  use: 

4£  inch  wall  (  \  brick)  per  superficial  foot,     7  bricks. 

9  -inch  wall  (1  brick)  per  superficial  foot,  1-1  bricks. 
13  -inch  wall  (H  bricks)  per  superficial  foot,  21  bricks. 
18  -inch  wall  (2  bricks)  per  superficial  loot,  2S  bricks. 
22  -inch  wall  (2£  bricks)  per  superficial  foot,  35  bricks. 

For  every  half-inch  added  to  the  thickness  of  a  wall 
seven  bricks  are  allowed.  A  rule  which  often  comes  con- 
venient for  ascertaining  the  number  of  bricks  in  a  wall 
is  to  multiply  the  length  by  the  height,  deducting  for 
windows  and  doors,  getting  the  square  feet  of  the  wall, 
and  then  multiplying  the  number  of  feet  found  to  the 
surface  measurement  by  the  number  of  bricks  per  thick- 
ness, as  shown  in  the'  foregoing  scale.  In  buying  and 
selling  the  bricks  in  an  old  wall  this  rule  is  a  great  con- 
venience. 

HOW  TO  MEASURE  FOR  A  CHIMXKV. 

The  usual  way  to  ascertain  the  number  of  bricks  needed 
for  a  chimney  is  to  apply  the  following  rules : 

The  diameter  at  the  base  should  be  one-tenth  the  length, 
and  if  the  diameter  of  the  chimney  at  the  top  is  1\  feet 
or  over,  the  top  length  should  be  a  brick  and  a  half  in 
thickness.  The  chimney  should  be  one  brick  in  thickness 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  157 

for  25  feet  from  the  top  down,  and  a  half  brick  additional 
for  each  25  feet  to  the  bottom. 

HOW  TO  MEASURE  LOGS  AND  LUMBER. 

First  find  the  average  diameter  of  the  log,  and  then 
allow  4  inches  in  diameter  for  slab  waste,  then  square  the 
remaining  diameter  and  multiply  length  in  feet.  That 
will  give  the  number  of  feet  in  board  measure  contained 
in  the  log. 

In  board  measurement,  one  inch  in  thickness  is  the 
unit  employed.  Thus,  if  a  board  is  twenty  feet  in  length 
one  foot  in  width  and  one  inch  thick,  it  constitutes  twenty 
feet  of  lumber,  but  if  it  is  two  inches  thick  it  constitutes 
forty  feet,  or  if  half  an  inch,  ten  feet.  If  then,  the  measure- 
ment is  by  count,  the  thickness  must  be  the  base  of  cal- 
culation. 

It  is  customary  to  compute  the  length  and  height  of  a 
pile  of  boards  in  feet  and  the  width  in  inches.  Then, 
bearing  in  mind  that  twelve  inches  make  a  foot,  the 
computation  is  simplified.  For  example,  if  the  boards 
are  twenty-four  feet  long  and  six  inches  wide,  each  board 
will  contain  twelve  feet  in  lumber.  If  the  board  be  two 
inches  thick,  that  is,  a  plank,  then  double  the  figures  in 
price  measurement.  But  any  kind  of  timber  can  be 
computed  readily  by  remembering  that  one  foot  in  length 
one  foot  in  width  and  one  inch  in  thickness,  constitute  a 
foot  of  timber. 

HOW  TO   MEASURE   FOR  WALL  PAPER. 

To  find  the  amount  of  paper  required  to  paper  a  room, 
multiply  the  distance  around  the  room,  in  feet,  by  the 
height  of  the  room;  this  gives  the  superficial  area  of  the 
walls.  Multiply  the  length  of  the  windows  by  their 
width  and  this  by  the  number  of  windows.  Do  the  same 
with  the  doors,  and  subtract  the  sum  of  these  two  from 
the  superficial  area  of  the  walls,  and  you  have  the  number 
of  square  feet  of  paper  needed.  Now  each  roll  is  1$  feet 
wide  and  24  feet  long,  containing  36  square  feet;  divide 
the  square  feet  of  paper  needed  by  36  and  the  result  will 
be  1he  number  of  rolls  needed,  except  that  five  per  cent, 
should  be  allowed  for  waste. 

HOW  TO  MEASURE  A  WOOD  PILE. 

A  cord  of  wood  is  a  pile  8  feet  long,  4  feet  wide  and  4 
feet  high,  making  128  cubic  feet.  Consequently  the  rule 
for  measurement  is  self-obvious.  Tan-bark  is  also  sold 


158  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

by  the  cord.  What  is  called  a  "  stove-length  "  cord  differs 
from  a  regular  cord  in  width.  It  is  8  feet  long  and  4  feet 
high,  but  its  width  is  simply  the  length  of  a  stick  cut  or 
sawed  to  fit  actual  use  in  an  ordinary  stove. 

HOW  TO  MEASURE  CISTERNS  AND  WELLS. 

It  is  often  desirable  to  know  how  much  water  there 
is  in  a  cistern  or  old-fashioned  well.  The  rule  is:  Multiply 
the  square  of  the  diameter  in  inches  by  the  depth  of  the 
water  inmches,  and  this  by  oJ,  and  then  point  off  four 
figures.  The  result  will  be  the  quantity  in  gallons.  Of 
course,  if  the  rapacity  of  the  cjstern  or  well,  if  full,  were 
the  point  to  be  determined,  the  depth  of  the  well  or  ri-tern 
itself  would  be  taken.  If  it  be  desired  to  reduce  the 
calculation  to  barrels  divide  by  31$;  if  to  hogsheads, 
by  63. 

HOW  TO  MEASURE  A  FLOOR 
FOR  A  CARPET. 

Multiply  tho  length  of  the  room  in  feet  by  the  width 
in  feet,  and  divide  the  result  by  the  number  of  square  feet 
in  one  yard  of  carpeting,  and  the  result  will  equal  the 
number'of  yards  of  carpeting  it  will  take  to  cover  the  floor. 

HOW  TO  MEASURE  GAS. 

In  every  house  lighted  by  gas  is  a  meter  by  which  it  can 
be  determined  just  how  much  gas  is  actually  consumed, 
but  very  few  people  pay  any  attention  to  their  meters, 
and,  as  a  consequence,  are  liable  to  imposition. 

Gas  bills  are  rendered  monthly  and  are  based  on  the 
record  made  by  the  meter  in  one's  own  house.  That 
record,  or  registry,  is  taken  off  by  an  agent  of  the  gas 
company.  He  goes  to  the  house,  asks  to  see  the  meter 
and  then  makes  a  memorandum  of  the  number  of  feet 
shown  to  have  been  used  during  the  month.  Every 
householder  should  insist  that  any  member  of  his  house- 
hold who  opens  the  door  for  the  agent  should  accompany 
him  and  take  off  the  record  on  a  piece  of  paper,  or  better 
still,  a  little  blank-book  kept  for  that  purpose.  Then 
when  the  bill  comes,  figure  it  up  and  see  if  the  amount 
used  actually  comes  to  the  amount  charged,  at  the  rate 
given.  In  this  way  errors  will  be  corrected,  as  well  as 
frauds  detected.  It  is  not  necessary  to  understand  the 
mechanism  of  the  meter,  or  the  way  it  works — only  to 
take  pains  to  know  what  the  meter  really  records. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  159 

If  the  gas  bill  is  still  unreasonably  large  procure  a 
gasometer,  or  regulator,  the  object  of  which  is  to  maintain 
an  even  and  equitable  pressure.  If  the  pressure  is  uneven 
or  excessive  the  light  will  not  be  as  good  and  the  expense 
will  be  greater.  But  the  first  thing  is  to  make  sure  that 
the  bill  presented  is  only  for  the  number  of  feet  registered. 
In  many  cases  the  house  is  not  visited  at  all  and  the  bill 
is  based  on  guess  work,  but  if  the  householder  takes  a 
record  he  is  protected  against  that  sort  of  imposition, 
if  his  own  book  shows  no  record  he  knows  that  no  agent 
of  the  gas  company  visited  his  house  that  month.  A 
little  practical  attention  to  this  matter  will  prove  an 
effectual  safe-guard  against  extortionate  gas  bills.  The 
gas  meter  usually  has  three  dials  which  are  .used  in 
determining  the  number  of  feet  consumed,  and  a  fourth 
for  testing  the  meter. 

The  right  hand  dial  of  the  three  used  for  actual  meas- 
urement records  the  number  of  feet  by  hundreds,  up  to 
one  thousand,  and  the  left  hand  one,  the  number  in  tens 
of  thousands  up  to  one  hundred  thousand.  Thus,  if  the 
hands  or  pointers  have  passed  the  5,  6  and  7  figures  on 
these  dials  the  amount  consumed  is  76,500.  If  you  have 
any  suspicion  that  the  gas  meter  is  wrong,  or  that  you 
do  not  read  it  correctly,  apply  to  the  gas  inspector  of  your 
city  to  test  and,  if  need  be,  explain  the  meter.  If  you 
pay  no  attention  to  the  matter  and  simply  pay  whatever 
bill  is  presented,  you  have  only  yourself  to  blame  if  you 
are  imposed  upon. 

HOW  TO  ADJUST  THE  LOAD 
TO  THE  TEAM. 

It  is  highly  important  for  a  farmer  or  teamster  to  under- 
stand how  to  adjust  the  load  to  the  team,  the  burden  to 
the  horses  bearing  it.  For  example,  if  the  load  weighs 
two  ton.-,  and  is  a  hard  strain  on  the  horses,  one  of  them 
being  much  larger  and  stouter  than  the  other,  it  is  neces- 
sary to  regulate  the  evener,  or  whimetree  or  one  or  both. 
The  evener  is  usually  attached  to  the  tongue  of  the  wagon 
or  the  beam  of  the  plow,  in  the  middle,  and  the  clevises 
are  equally  distant  from  the  end.  In  that  case  each 
horse  has  the  same  strain  put  upon  him.  But  move  the 
evener  one  inch  from  the  center  and  the  horse  having  the 
short  end  will  have  to  draw  about  one-twentieth  more 
than  the  other,  and  if  the  clevises  are  uneven  one  inch 
the  difference  is  one-half  as  great.  Bearing  this  in  mind 
the  driver  can  adjust  either  the  clevises  or  the  evener  to 
his  idea  of  the  difference  between  the  drawing  capacity  of 
the  two  animals. 


160  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

Eveners  vary  in  length  according  to  the  nature  of  the 
road  or  the  character  of  the  ground  over  which  the  team 
must  travel,  but  this  general  idea  of  the  effect  of  chang- 
ing the  evener  or  the  clevises  will  enable  one  to  form  an 
estimate  of  how  to  make  the  adjustment,  which  is  suffi- 
ciently exact  for  all  practical  purposes.  (.'are  should  be 
taken  not  to  impose  upon  the  willing  beast  of  burden. 
The  adjustment  suggested  can  be  used  to  protect  the 
willing  from  the  natural  shirk. 

GENERAL    RILKS    FOR    ESTIMATES    OF 
MEASUREMENT. 

This  chapter  on  measurements  cannot  be  concluded  in 
any  better  way  than  by  giving  the  following  standard 
rules  of  mensuration : 

Multiply  three  >ides  of  a  cube  together  and  the  result 
is  it<  solid  contents,  and  multiply  the  «jiiaiv  of  the  length 
of  one  side  of  the  cube  by  six,  and  you  have  its  surface 

The  surface  of  a   sphere   is   found   by   multiplying  its 
diameter  by  its  circumference,  and  its' solidity  i'~ 
tained    by   multiplying    the    square    of   the   diameter    by 
3.1416. 

The  solidity  of  a  cylinder  is  found  by  multiplying  the 
area  of  one  end  by  its  length. 

The  area  of  a  triangle  is  found  by  multiplying  the  base 
by  one-half  the  altitude.  The  area  of  a  rectangle  is  found 
by  multiplying  the  length  by  the  breadth. 

The  area'  of  a  circle  is  ascertained  by  multiplying  one- 
half  the  diameter  by  one-half  the  circumference. 

The  circumference  of  a  circle  i>  three  and  one- 
seventh  times  greater  than  its  diameter. 

NAILS   REQUIRED   FOR   DIFFERENT 
KINDS  OF  WORK. 

For  1,000  shingles,  3*  to  5  Ibs.  4d  nails  or  3  to  3£  Ibs.  3d. 

For  1,000  laths,  about  7  Ibs.  3d.  fine. 

For  1,000  feet  clapboards,  about  18  Ibs.  6d.  box. 

For  1,000,  feet  covering  boards,  about  20  Ibs.  8d  com- 
mon, or  25  Ibs.  lOd. 

For  1 ,000  feet  upper  floors,  square  edged,  about  38  Ibs. 
lOd.  floor,  or  41  Ibs.  12d.  floor. 

For  1,000  feet  upper  floors,  matched  and  blind-nailed, 
38  Ibs.  lOd.,  or  42  Ibs.  12d.  common. 

For  10  feet  partitions,  studs  or  studding,  11  Ibs.  lOd. 
common. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  161 

For  1,000  feet  furring,  1x3,  about  45  Ibs.  lOd.  common. 

For  1,000  feet  furring,  1x2,  about  65  Ibs.  lOd.  common. 

For  1,000  feet  pine  finish,  about  30  Ibs.  8d.  finish. 

For  roofs  and  gutters  use  seven-pound  lead;  for  hips 
and  ridges,  six-pound;  for  flashings,  four-pound. 

Gutters  should  have  a  fall  of  at  least  one  inch  in  ten  feet. 

No  sheet  lead  should  be  laid  greater  in  length  than  ten 
or  twelve  feet,  without  a  dip  to  allow  for  expansion. 

Joints  to  lead  pipes  require  a  pound  of  solder  for  every 
inch  in  diameter. 

MEMORANDA  FOR  PAINTERS. 

Painter's  work  is  generally  estimated  by  the  yard,  and 
the  cost  depends  upon  the  number  of  coats  applied,  be- 
sides the  quality  of  the  work  and  the  material  to  be 
painted. 

One  coat  or  priming  will  take,  for  100  yards  of  painting, 
twenty  pounds  of  lead  and  four  gallons  of  oil.  Two-coat 
work,  forty  pounds  of  lead  and  four  gallons  of  oil.  Three- 
coat  work,  the  same  proportionate  quantity  as  two  coats; 
so  that  a  fair  estimate  for  100  yards  of  three-coat  would 
be  100  pounds  of  lead  and  sixteen  gallons  of  oil. 

One  gallon  priming  oil  will  cover  50  superficial  yards. 

One  pound  of  paint  covers  about  four  superficial  yards 
the  first  coat  and  about  six  each  additional  coat.  One 
pound  of  putty,  for  stopping  every  twenty  yards. 

One  gallon  of  tar  and  one  pound  of  pitch  will  cover 
twelve  yards  superficial  the  first  coat,  and  seventeen 
yards  each  additional  coat. 

A  day's  work  on  the  outside  of  a  building  is  100  yards 
of  first  coat,  and  80  yards  of  either  second  or  third  coat. 
An  ordinary  door,  including  casings,  will,  on  both  sides, 
make  eight  to  ten  yards  of  painting,  or  about  five  yards 
to  a  door  without  casings.  An  ordinary  window  makes 
about  two  and  one-half  or  three  yards. 

RULE  FOR  FINDING  THE  REQUIRED  AREA 
.   FOR  ANY  CHIMNEY. 

Multiply  the  nominal  horse-power  of  the  boiler  by  112, 
and  divide  the  product  by  the  square  root  of  the  height 
of  the  chimney  in  feet.  The  quotient  will  be  the  required 
area  in  inches,  at  the  top  of  chimney. 


162 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


Table  showing  diameter  and  height  of  chimney  for  any 
boiler: 


Horse 
Power  of 
Boiler. 

Height  of 
chimney 
in  feet. 

Interior 
diameter  at 
top. 

Horse 
Power  of 
Boiler. 

Height  of 
chimney 
in  feet. 

Interior 
diameter  at 
top. 

10 
12 
16 
20 
30 
50 
60 

60 
75 
90 
99 
105 
120 
120 

14  in. 
14  in. 
16  in. 
17  in- 
21  in. 
26  in. 
27  in 

70 
90 
120 
160 
200 
250 
380 

120 
120 
135 
150 
165 
180 
195 

30  in. 
34  in. 
38  in. 
43  in. 
47  in. 
52  in. 
57  in. 

WEIGHT  OF  BRICKWORK. 

Placing  tin-  weight  of  brickwork  at  112  pounds  pel- 
cubic  foot,  the  weights  per  superficial  foot  for  different 
walls  are: 

9  inch  wall 84  Ib. 

13  inch  wall 121  Ib. 

18  inch  wall 168  Ib. 

22  inch  wall 205  Ib. 

26  inch  wall  .  ..2431b. 


CONTRAST  OF  COLORS. 

White-Black  and  all  colors. 
Yello\\-Yiolet,  la\emler,  white. 
Red-Green,  olive. 
Blue-Orange,  auburn,  brown. 
Orange-Bine,  gray. 
Violet-Yellow,  citrine,  buff,  dun. 

Green-Red,  russet,  maroon,  chocolate,  citrine,  purple, 
violet,  lavender. 
Russet       ) 

Maroon      x-  Green,  olive. 
Chocolate  ) 

Gray-Orange,  auburn,  brown. 
Olive-Red,  russet,  maroon,  chocolate. 


PAPER. 


24  sheets — 1  quire 

20  sheets — 1  quire  outsides. 

25  sheets — 1  quire  printers. 
20  quires — 1  ream. 


21  £  quires.  .  1  ream  printers.' 
2  reams — 1  bundle. 
10  reams — 1  bale. 
60  skins — 1     roll    of    parch- 
ment. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


163 


WEIGHTS   AND   MEASURES. 

LINEAL    MEASURE. 


2\  inches — 1  nail. 

4  inches — 1  hand. 

3  inches — 1  palm. 

9  inches — 1  span. 
12  inches — 1  foot. 
45  inches — 1  ell. 

3  feet— 1  yard. 

6  feet — 1  fathom. 


4  poles  or  22  yards — 1  chain. 
220  yards  or  40  poles — 1  furlong. 
1760  yards  or  8  furlongs — 1  mile. 
7.92  inches— 1  link. 
100  links  or  66  ft.— 1   chain. 
10  chains — 1  furlong. 
80  chains — 1  mile. 
3  miles — 1  league. 


feet  or  5£   yards — 1  rod,  pole,  or  perch. 


LENGTH    OF    A    FOOT    IN    DIFFERENT 
COUNTRIES. 

Inches.  Inches. 

Spain 11 . 03     Denmark 12 . 35 

Holland 11.14     Prussia 12.36 

Sweden 11 . 14     Austria 12.45 

America '. 12     Portugal 12.96 

England 12     Russia 13.75 


LENGTI 
Russian  . 

I  OF  A  Mil 
COUN1 

Am.  yards. 
.  .1,100 
1,467 
.  .  .  .1,760 
.  .  .  .1,760 
.  .  .  .1,984 
.  .2,200 

L,E  IN  DIFFERENT 
rRIES. 

Am.  yards. 
Spanish  5,028 
German  5,866 
Swedish  and  Danish.  7,233 
Hungarian  8,630 

Italian  
English  
\  incrican 

Scotch  
Irish.  . 

Norwegian  12,400 

French  league  3,666 

SQUARE    MEASURE. 


II  1  square  inches-    I  squarefoot. 

9  square  feet — 1   square  yard. 
2721  feet — 1  square  rod  or  pole. 
40  rods — 1  square  rood. 

I!)  rood.-,  1 

160  rods 

4,840  yards  \  1  acre 

43,560  feet 

10  square  chains 


640  acres — 1  square  mile. 
2,471  acres — 1  hectare. 
7,840  square  yards — 1 

Irish  acre. 
6,150    square    yards — 1 

Scotch  acre. 
30  square  acres — 1   yard 

of  land. 

100  acres — Ihide  of  land. 
40  hides — 1  barony. 


164  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

SOLID    OR    CUBIC    MEASURE. 

1728  inches — 1   cubic  foot. 
27  cubic  feet — 1  cubic  yard. 
40  cubic  feet  of  rough  or  50  cubic  feet  of  hewn  timbei 

1  ton  or  load. 

108  cubic  feet — 1  stack  of  wood. 
128  cubic  feet — 1  cord  of  wood. 

AVOIRDUPOIS  WEIGHT. 

16  drachms— 1  ounce.  112  pounds — 1  cut. 

1(>  ounces— 1  pound.  20  cwt. — 1  ton. 

28  pounds — 1  quarter. 

TROY  WEIGHT. 

24  grains— 1  d\vt.  12  oz.— 1  11  >. 

20  clwt.— 1  oz. 

DRY  MEASURE. 

2  gallons — 1  peck.  04  gallons — 1  quarter. 

S  gallons — 1  bushel.  1  bushel — 1.28  cubic  feet. 


LIQUID  MEASURE. 

8.665  cubic  inches — 1  gill. 

4  gills — 1  pint. 

2  pints — 1  quart. 

4  quarts  — Igallon. 

1  gallon  U.  S.— 8.34  Ib. 

1  gallon  U.  S. — 231  cubic  inches. 

1  cubic  foot— 7.48  U.  S.  gallons. 


SIZE  OF  PAPER.     (Whatman's.) 

Inches. 

Emperor 72  x48 

Antiquarian 53  x31 

Double  elephant 40  x26f 

Atlas 34  x26 

Colombier 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  165 

SIZE  OF  PAPER.— CONTINUED. 

Imperial 30  x22 

Elephant 28  x23 

Super  Royal 27  x!9 

Royal 24  x!9 

Medium 22  x!7£ 

Demy 20  xl5£ 

Large  post 20fxl6| 

Post 19  x!5i 

Foolscap 17  xl3| 

Post 15  x!2£ 

Copy 20  x!6 

TABLE  OF  SQUARE  ROOTS, 

No.  Sq.  Root,  No.  Sq.  Root. 

25 5.  1400 37.42 

50 7.071    1450 38.08 

75 8.66    1500 38.73 

100 10.00    1550 39.37 

125 11.18    1600 40.00 

150 12.25    1650 40.62 

175 13.23  1700 41.23 

200 14.14  1800 42.43 

250 15.81  1900 43.59 

300 17.32  2000 .44.72 

350 .  .18.70  2100 45.82 

400 20.00  2200 46.90 

450 21.21  2300 47.95 

500 22.36  2400 .48.99 

550 23.45  2500 50.00 

600 24.49'  2600 50.99 

650 25.46  2700 ' 51.96 

700 26.46  2800 52.91 

750 27.39  2900 53.85 

800 28.28  3000 54.77 

850 29.15  3200 56.57 

900 30.30  3400 58.30 

950..         ..30.82  3600 60.00 

1000.  .       31.62  3800 61.64 

1050        32.40  4000 63.24 

1100 33.16  4200 64.80 

1150 33.91  4400 .66.32 

1200..       34.64  4600 67.82 

1250          .  .35.36  4800 69.28 

1300 36.06  5000 70.72 

1350..         ..36.74 


CHAPTER  X. 
Laws  Concerning  Public  Roads. 

1.  To  Prevent  Collisions,  and  to  secure  the  safety  and 
COnvenie&Oe  of  travelers  meeting  and  passing  each  other 
upon  the  highway,  a  code  of  rules  has  been  adopted  which 
constitutes  what    is   called    the   law   of   the   n.ad.      These 
rules,   originally   established   by   custom,    have,    in   many 
instances,   been   re-enacted  and  declared  by  .-tatute.  and 
are  of  general  and  uniform  observance  in  all  parts  of  the 
I'nited  States.      In  general,  they  apply  to  private  ways 
as  well  as  public  roads  and.  indeed. extend  to  all  places 
appropriated  either  by  law  or  in  fact,  for  the  purp< 
travel. 

2.  Public  ROCK]*  are  those  which  are  laid  out  and  sup- 
ported by  officers  entrusted  with  that  power.     Their  care 
and  control  is  regulated  by  the  statutes  of  the  different 
States,  and  in  detail  will  not   be  referred  to  here,  a^  they 
can  be  easily  looked  up  by  those  who  desire  information 
so  entirely  local. 

3.  Ownership.     The  soil  and  the  land  remain?*  in  the 
owner,  who  may  put  the  land  to  any  use.  and  derive  from 
it  any  profit,  not  inconsistent  with  the  rights  of  the  public. 
If  the  road  is  at  any  time  discontinued,  the  land  reverts 
to  the  owner. 

4.  Liability.     The  repair  of  highways  is  usually  im- 
posed upon  towns,  and  they  are  made' liable  by  statute 
for  all  damages  against   persons  or  estates,  from  injuries 
received  or  happening  in  consequence  of  a  neglect  of  duty 
on  the  part  of  the  officers  haveng  the  same  in  charge. 

5.  The  Primary  Law  of  the  road  is  that  all  persons 
using  the  same  must  exercise  due  care  to  prevent  collisions 
and  accidents.     No  one  can  claim  damages  for  an  injury 
mainly  caused  by  his  own  negligence. 

6.  Persons    traveling    with    carriages    or    vehicles    of 
transportaton,  meeting  on  any  public  way,  are  required 
to  turn  their  carriages  or  wagons  to  the  right  of  the  center 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  167 

of  the  road,  so  far  as  to  permit  such  carriages  or  wagons 
to  pass  without  interruption.  Any  unreasonable  occupa- 
tion of  the  public  way,  whether  arising  out  of  a  refusal 
to  turn  out  and  allow  a  more  rapid  vehicle  to  pass,  or 
from  an  unjustifiable  occupancy  of  such  a  part  of  the 
road  as  to  prevent  others  from  passing,  will  render  the 
party  so  trespassing  liable  for  damages  to  any  suffering 
injuries  therefrom.  A  loaded  vehicle  must  turn  out, 
and  allow  those  to  pass  who  may  reasonably  and  lawfully 
travel  faster. 

7.  Riders  are  not  governed  by  any  fixed  rules,  but 
are  required  to  use  reasonable  prudence  at  all  times  to 
prevent  accidents.     They  need  less  room  and  can  make 
quicker  movements,  and  are,  therefore,  not  under  as  well 
defined  rules  as  vehicles. 

8.  Pedestrians  have  a  right  to  use  the  carriage-way 
as  well  as  the  sidewalk,  and  drivers  must  exercise  rea- 
sonable   care    to  avoid    injuring    them,  but  a   foot  pas- 
senger  in  crossing  the  street  of  a  city  has  no  prior  right 
of  way  over  a  passing  vehicle;    both   are    bound    to  act 
with  prudence  to  avoid  an  accident,  and  it  is  as  much 
the  duty  of  the  pedestrian  to  look  out  for  passing  vehicles 
as  it  is  for  the  driver  to  see  that  he  does  not  run  over 
anyone:  nor  does  the  rule  requiring  vehicles  to  keep  to 
the  right  apply  to  carriages  and  foot  passengers,  for,  as 
regards  a  foot  passenger,  a  carriage  may  go  on  either  side. 

'.).  Runaways.  The  owner  of  a  runaway  horse  or 
horses,  if  negligent,  or  not  exercising  due  care,  is  respon- 
sible for  all  damages  that  may  occur.  If  a  horse  naturally 
quiet  to  ride  and  drive  is  frightened  by  a  railroad  train, 
steam  thrasher  or  other  causes  not  under  the  control  of  the 
rider  or  driver,  does  any  damage,  or  injures  any  person  or 
persons,  the  owner  is  not  responsible.  If  horses  are  known 
to  be  vicious,  or  sustain  a  runaway  reputation,  break  loose 
or  run  away  with  their  driver,  or  injure  any  person 
persons,  the  owner  is  responsible,  unless  it  can  be  shown 
that  the  horses  were  frightened  by  some  obstacle  which 
would  naturally  frighten  a  gentle  or  ordinarily  quiet 
horse. 


168  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

PETITION  FOR  LAYING  OUT  A  ROAD. 

To  the  Commissioners  of  the 
Town  of  Milwaukee,  County 
of  Boone,  State  of  Wisconsin. 

Your  petitioners,  of  the  town  of  Milwaukee,  would 
respectfully  represent  that  the  public  convenience  and 
wants  require  that  a  road  and  highway  should  be  laid  out 
and  constructed,  'beginning  at  the  northeast  corner  of 
William  .Jones'  farm,  in  the  town  of  Milwaukee,  and  lead- 
ing in  a  direct  line  south  to  the  town  of  Southport. 

Your  petitioners  would  therefore  ask  that  your  honors 
would  view  the  premises  and  locate  ;uul  construct  said 
road  and  highway,  according  to  the  laws  in  such  ca<es 
made  and  provided,  a^  shown  by  the  statutes  of  the  State. 

Signatures.  Signatures. 

I'KTITloX    l/oi!   CHAXdlXG  A  ROAD. 

To  the  Commissioners  for  the 
County  of 

The  undersigned  respectfully  represent  that  the  public 
road  and  highway  from  the  house  of  P.  X.  Malone,  in  the 
town  of  Helvidere,  passing  the  house  of  L.  K.  Peterson, 
to  the  house  of  William  Jones,  in  the  town  of  Belvidere, 
is  indirect,  inconvenient  and  out  of  the  way:  wherefore. 
your  petitioners  request  your  honorable  body  to  view  the 
premises,  straighten  or  new  locate  such  road,  and  discon- 
tinue such  parts  of  the  present  highway  a<  may  l>e  useless 
or  make  such  alterations  or  improvements  as  shall  appear 
to  your  honors  necessary. 

Signatures.  Signatures. 


CHAPTER  XI. 
Posted    Regulations. 

HOW   TO    SEND    MONEY. 

There  are  several  ways  to  send  money.  How  to  send 
it  by  telegraph  is  explained  elsewhere.  'The  way  to  send 
the  identical  money  is  to  send  it  by  express.  The  package 
should  be  counted  with  the  greatest  care,  and  then  a 
thread  sewed  through  it  so  that  a  bill  could  not  be  slipped 
out  if  it  be  paper  money.  If  it  be  coin  it  should  be  put 
in  a  strong  canvas  bag,  then  seal  the  knot  with  which 
it.  is  tied.  Better  still,  put  the  bag  in  a  box  securely 
nailed  or  screwed  down.  If  the  package  be  in  bills  the 
wrapper  should  be  carefully  tied  and  the  knots  sealed 
with  scaling  wax.  The  express  company  will  give  a  receipt 
for  the  amount  which  it  is  said  to  contain.  But  a  better 
way  to  send  money  by  express  is  to  buy  a  money  order. 
They  issue  for  any  amount  without  any  formal  application. 
If  a  person  has  a  bank  account  he  often  finds  it  most 
convenient  to  remit  by  draft.  You  fill  out  and  deposit 
the  following  blanks: 

Chicago,  111 190..     No. 

THE  METROPOLITAN  NATIONAL  BANK  OF  CHICAGO. 

Pay  to  the  order  of $ 

.  .  DOLLARS.    . 


METROPOLITAN   NATIONAL    BANK 
OF    CHICAGO. 

Chicago, 190.  . 

Wanted  by 

and Cents.          $ 100 

Payable  at 

State  of 

Payable  to 

Residence   or   place   of   business   of  person   to   whom 
money  is  to  be  paid. 

Town  or  city 

State   of ' 

No Street, 


Sent    by 

(Signature  of  Remitter  to  be  written  here.) 


170  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

Residence  or  place  of  business  of  Remitter. 

No  ...................  Street  ..... 

Town  or  city  ..................... 

State    of.  .-.  ...................... 

On  the  reverse  side  is  the  following  blank: 

v 

FKKS  CHAI;<;I:I)   F<>K   MUNKY  OUDKIIS. 
For  Orders  for  sums  of  $5  or  less  ............   ;1  cents. 

Over  s",  and  not   exceeding  S10  ..........    8  cents. 

(  )ver  -810  and  not   exceeding  sl.">  ..........  10  cents. 

Over  SI")   and    not    exceeding  -830   ........  lo  cents. 

Over  $30   and    not    exceeding   810  ........  20  cents. 

Over  SlO  and  not    exceeding  $50  .........  12.1  cents. 

Over  8-10  and  not   exceeding  8<iO  .........  30  cents. 

Over  800  and  not   exceedinir  S70  ..........  3.1  cents. 

(  )ver  870  and  not  exceeding  SXO  ..........  10  cents. 

Over  8<SO  and  not  exceeding  8100  .........  1.1  cents. 

A  single  money  order  may  be  issued  For  any  amount 
from  one  cent  to  One  Hundred  Dollars,  inclusive,  but 

must  not  contain  a  fractional  part  of  a  cent. 

VYAIYKI!   or   IDFATinCATlOX. 

The  Remitter  who  desires  to  relieve  the  Payee  of  his 
indorse  or  attorney  from  the  inconvenience  of  proving 
indentity  at  the  office  of  payment,  by  the  testimony  of 
another  person,  may  do  so.  at  his  own  risk,  by  signing 
the  following  form: 

Draft    on  ........... 

Order    of  ..............................  $  .......... 

You  then  receive  the  following  draft,  duly  filled  out, 

which  you  send  by  mail  to  the  payee: 

Chicago  ..............  190  No  ......... 

..............................  Pay    to    the    order    of 

..................................  $  ............... 

..............................  DOLLAIIS. 

With  Exchange. 
Value  received,  and  charge  the  same  to  account  of 

To  ..........    '" 


No  Protest.  Take  this  off  before  presenting.  Papers 
accompanying  this  draft  must  not  be  delivered  unless 
Draft  is  paid. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  171 

Still  another  way  is  to  send  the  money  through  the 
post  office.  The  cheapest  way  is  to  buy  a  postal  note, 
but  that  is  not  available,  for  there  is  no  safety  in  it.  Any 
person  could  get  it  cashed  without  identification.  The 
best  way  is  to  procure  a  money  order.  The  following 
is  the  blank  used: 

No Amount ") 

No Amount }> 

No Amount J 

These  numbers  and  amounts  are  to  be  written  in  by 
the  Postmaster.  There  being  three  blank  spaces,  more 
than  one  application  is  not  needed  when  the  Remitter 
sends  over  $100. 

APPLICATION  FOR  MONEY  ORDER. 

(To  be  filled  up  by  the  Remitter,  or  by  some  one  for 
him,  not  employed  in  the  post  office.) 

Date 190. . 

(Date  must  not   be   omitted.) 

For  the  sum  of DOLLARS. 

Identificaton  of  Payee,  Indorsee  or  Attorney  waived. 


Remitter. 

If  the  Remitter  signs  this  form,  the  issuing  Postmaster 
must  write  or  stamp  across  the  face  of  the  Money  Order 
and  of  the  Advice,  these  words :  "  Identification  of  Payee, 
Indorsee  or  Attorney  waived, "  and  must  add  there — 
to  his  official  signature. 

Note: — The  issue  of  a  single  applicant,  in  one  day,  of 
more  than  three  orders  payable  at  the  same  office,  and 
to  the  same  payee,  is  positively  forbidden. 

In  the  application  the  given  'names  of  the  Remitter  and 
Payee,  or  the  initials  thereof,  should  precede  their  sur- 
names, respectively.  If  the  Payee  has  only  one  given 
name,  it  should  be  written  in  full,if  known  to  the  Remitter. 
For  example,  the  name  John  Jones  should  be  written, 
and  not  as  J.  Jones.  Observance  of  this  rule  will  tend 
to  prevent  mistakes  and  delay  in  payment. 

Names  of  firms,  places  and  streets,  as  well  as  numbers 
and  amounts,  should  be  written  in  full  and  in  the  plainest 
manner  possible.  A  money  order  must  not  be  made 
payable  to  more  than  one  person  or  firm. 


172  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

As  there  are  several  Post  Offices  of  the  same  name  in 
the  United  States,  an  applicant  for  an  order  paj^able  at 
one  of  such  offices  must  be  careful  to  indicate  carefully 
which  one  of  them  he  means,  and  the  Po-t master  will 
satisfy  himself,  before  writing  out  the  order,  that  the 
office  indicated  is,  the  one  intended. 

These  are  the  various  methods  in  vogue  for  sending 
money.  The  choice  between  them  is  largely  a  matter 
of  circumstance  and  convenience. 

Third  Clax*  Mall<-r  (not  exceeding  \  pounds').  Printed 
matter,  books,  proof-sheets,  corrected  or  unconvcted, 
unsealed  circulars,  inclosed  so  as  to  admit  ea-y  inspection 
without  cutting  cords  or  wrapper  1  cent  for  each  2  ounces 

Fourth  r/f/x.s  Malta-.  Not  exceeding  4  pounds,  em- 
bracing merchandise  and  samples,  excluding  liquids, 
poisons,  grease,  inflammable  or  explosive  articles,  live 
animals,  insects,  etc.,  1  cent  an  ounce.  Po-tage  to  Can- 
ada and  Hritish  North  American  States,  2  cents  per  ounce, 
must  be  prepaid,  otherwise,  c.  cents. 

On  any  third  or  fourth  class  packages  may  be  written 
the  names  and  numbers  of  articles  enclosed.  The  sender 
is  also  allowed  to  mark  a  word  or  passage  in  a  book  or 
paper,  to  which  he  desires  to  call  special  attention.  He 
may  also  write  a  simple  inscription,  or  dedication,  upon 
the  cover  or  blank  leaves  of  a  book  or  pamphlet.  He 
may  attach  to  articles  of  merchandise,  by  tag,  or  labels, 
a  mark,  number,  name,  or  letter  for  purpose  of  identifica- 
tion. Printed  circulars  may  contain  the  written  name 
of  the  sender,  and  the  date.  The  sender's  address,  pre- 
ceded by  the  word  "from."  may  be  added  (inside  or  out) 
to  any  package1.  Any  other  writing  on  third  or  fourth 
class  matter  will  subject  the  package  to  letter  rates  of 
postage,  ami  render  the  sender  liable  to  a  fine  of  ten 
dollars  for  each  offence. 

Money  can  be  sent  with  absolute  safety  by  mail,  by 
procuring  a  Money  Order.  The  fees  are:  On  orders  not 
exceeding  *•">.  5  rents;  $10,  8  cents;  $10  to  $15,  10  cents; 
$15  to  $30,  15  cents;  $30  to  *K).  2n  cents;  S  10  to  $50,  25 
cents;  $80  to  $100,  45  cents. 

All  postmasters  in  the  Tinted  States  issue  Postal  Notes 
for  any  sum  under  $5  at  3  cents  each. 

FOREIGN  POSTAGE. 

To  all  parts  of  Europe.  Turkey,  Persia,  Egypt,  India, 
Japan,  Bermudas,  Cuba,  Porto  Kico,  Mexico,  Honduras, 
Venezuela,  Brazil,  Argentine  Republic,  Chili,  Peru, 
Ecuador,  and  Newfoundland  for  letters,  5  cents  per  half 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  173 

ounce,  prepayment  optional;  if  not  prepaid  a  fine  is  col- 
lected on  delivery. 

Postal-Card,  1  cent  in  addition  to  stamp  impressed. 

Newspapers,  2  cents  each,  if  not  over  four  ounces,  and 
2  cents  for  each  additional  four  ounces  or  parts  thereof. 

For  other  Printed  Matter  and  Samples,  1  cent  for  each 
package  and  an  additional  1  cent  for  each  two  ounces  or 
fraction  thereof — the  minimum  rate  for  commercial  papers 
being  five  cents  for  a  package. 

All  matter,  except  Letters  must  be  prepaid. 

Letters  and  other  packages  may  be  registered  on  pay- 
ment of  a  fee  of  ten  cents. 

Letters  to  New  South  Wales,  Queensland,  Victoria  via, 
San  Francisco,  12  cts.  per  £  oz. ;  Australia,  except  above 
places,  5  cts.  per  £  oz. ;  New  Zealand,  12  cts.  per  |  oz. 

SUGGESTIONS. 

Owing  to  the  frequent  handling  all  mail  matter  neces- 
sarily receives  it  is  advisable  always  to  use  good  envelopes, 
as  many  of  the  thin  ones  split  open,  which  excites  suspicion 
and  blame  against  entirely  innocent  officials. 

Prepayment  of  one  full  rate  of  postage  on  first  class 
matter  insures  its  being  forwarded,  but  it  is  best  to  fully 
prepay,  else  the  receiver  of  the  letter  must  meet  the  defi- 
ciency. All  mail,  except  first-class  matter,  must  be  fully 
prepaid  or  it  will  not  be  forwarded. 

When  the  full  rate  of  postage  has  been  prepaid  on  first 
class  matter,  and  all  other  matter  when  fully  prepaid, 
may,  at  the  request  of  the  party  addressed,  be  forwarded 
from  one  post-office  to  another.  Postmasters  can  return 
second,  third  and  fourth-class  matter  only  upon  zeceipt 
of  postage  stamps  to  cover  remailing.  A  printed  or  writ- 
ten request  on  such  matter,  asking  postmasters  to  notify 
sender  of  non-delivery,  and  of  amount  of  postage  required 
to  return  same,  is  allowable  and  will  be  honored. 

All  inquiries  relating  to  lost  mail  matter  of  any  sort, 
either  domestic  or  foreign,  should  be  addressed  to  the 
Chief  Inspector,  Post  Office  Department,  Washington, 
D.  C. 

Inquiries  relating  to  mail  matter  supposed  to  have  been 
sent  to  the  Dead  Letter  Office,  should  be  sent  to  the  Third 
Assistant  Postmaster  General. 

In  all  letters  of  inquiry  fullest  information  must  be 
given,  such  as  name  and  address  .of  sender  or  writer,  date 
and  place  of  mailing,  to  whom  and  to  what  address  the 
article  was  mailed,  and  a  brief  description  of  the  contents. 
Whenever  it  is  known  when  or  why  letter  was  sent  to  the 


174  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

Dead  Letter  Office,  this  should  be  stated  as  should  the 
number  of  any  registered  matter. 

Always  write  "Transient"  or  "General  Delivery"  on 
matter  for  persons  not  living  where  you  send  mail  to  them 

\Ylien  directing  to  cities,  always  add  the  street  and 
number,  or  post  office  box,  of  the  person  addressed,  unless 
marked  "Transient  "  or  "  (Jem-nil  Delivery." 

To  insure  certainty  in  dispatch  of  mail,  give  the  county 
in  which  post-office  is,  and  spell  out  the  name  of  the  State 
in  full. 

If  you  will  write  or  print  your  name  and  addn— 
the  contents,  it'  a  package)  in  the  upper  left  hand  corner 
of  your  mail  matter,  it  will  be  returned  to  you  for  correc- 
tion, if  improperly  addressed,  or  insufficiently  paid,  and  if 
not  called  for  at  it-  destination,  it  can  be  returned  to  you 
without  going  to  the  Dead  Letter  Office.  If  a  letter,  it 
will  be  returned  free. 

Register  all  valuable  letters  and  packages.  Registry 
fee  ten  eents,  which  with  the  postage  mu>t  be  fully  pre- 
paid. The  name  and  address  of  the  .-ender  must  be  given 
on  the  outside  of  the  envelope  or  wrapper  of  all  registered 
articles.  Hegist  ration  does  not  make  the  Department 
responsible  for  lost  letters,  but  it  does  so  mark  the  progress 
of  a  letter  that  tampering  with  it  is  almost  wholly  im- 
possible. 

FOREIGN  POSTAO  \ •:. 

To  all  parts  of  the  I'liiver-al  Postal  I'nion  (embracing 
neaarly  every  civili/ed  country!  : 

On  letter*,  /ire  cent*  for  each  Imlj  ounce  or  fraction  thereof, 
prepayment  optional.  Double  rate-  are  collected  on 
delivery  of  unpaid  or  short-paid  letter-. 

On  newspapers,  book-,  pamphlets,  photographs,  sheet 
music,  map  engravings,  and  similar  printed  matter,  one 
cent  for  each  two  ounces  or  fraction  thereof. 

To  Canada  (including  Nova  Scotia,  New  Brunswick, 
Manitoba  and  Prince  Edward  Island):  Letters,  two 
cents  for  each  ounce  or  fraction  thereof;  Books,  Circulars 
and  similar  printed  matter,  one  cent  for  each  two  ounces, 
or  fraction  thereof.  Second  ('lass  Matter,  same  as  in 
the  United  States  Samples  and  Merchandise,  on- 
per  ounce.  Packages  must  not  exceed  \  pounds,  (i  ounces 
in  weight,  prepayment  compulsory. 

To  Mexico:  Letters,  Postal  Cards  and  printed  matter, 
same  rates  as  in  the  Tinted  States.  Samples,  one  cent 
per  ounce;  Merchandise  other  than  Samples,  can  only  be 
sent  by  Parcel  Post. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  175 

To  Australia  (except  New  South  Wales,  Queens- 
land and  Victoria),  via  San  Francisco:  On  Letters, 
five  cents  for  each  half  ounce  or  fraction  thereof.  To 
places  excepted  above,  twelve  cents  for  each  half  ounce; 
on  Newspapers,  two  cents  each,  prepayment  compulsory. 

Limits  of  Size  and  Weight:  Packages  of  samples 
of  merchandise  to  the  countries  named  above  (except 
Great  Britain,  France,  Belgium  and  Switzerland),  must 
not  exceed  8f  oz.,  nor  measure  more  than  8  in.  in  length, 
4  in.  in  breadth  and  2  in  depth;  and  packages  of  printed 
matter  must  not  exceed  4  Ibs.  6  oz.  Packages  of  mer- 
chandise samples  to  Great  Britain,  France,  Belgium, 
Switzerland  and  Argentine  Republic  are  limited  to  12 
oz.  in  weight,  12  in.  in  length,  8  in.  in  width,  and  4  in. 
in  depth.  Packages  of  printed  matter  to  Germany  and 
Great  Britain  are  limited  to  2  ft.  in  length  and  1  ft.  in 
each  other  dimension. 

INTERNATIONAL  OR  FOREIGN 
MONEY-ORDER  FEES. 

On  Algeria,  Belgium  British  India,  Cape  Colony,  Con- 
si  am  inople,  Denmark,  Dominion  of  Canada,  Egypt, 
England,  France,  German  Empire,  HongHong,  Ireland, 
Italy,  Jamaica,  Japan,  Newfoundland,  New  South  Wales, 
Xc\v  Zealand,  Portugal,  Sandwich  Islands,  Scotland, 
Shanghai,  Sweden,  Switzerland,  Tasmania,  Victoria. 

For  sunls  not  exceeding  $10 lOcts. 

( )ver   $10,    not  exceed.  $20 20cts. 

Over  $20,   not  exceed.  $30 30cts. 

( >ver  $30,   not  exceed.  $40 40cts. 

( her  $40,   not  exceed.  $50 SOcts. 

Orders  can  also  be  obtained  on  Austria  and  the  East 
Indies,  by  remittance  through  the  Postal  Department  of 
Switzerland,  subject  to  the  rates  of  the  Swiss  Department 
to  those  countries.  Also  on  Norway  and  the  Nether- 
lands, through  the  Postal  Department  of  the  German 
Empire,  subject  to  the  rates  of  the  German  Department 
to  those  countries. 

No  order  issued  for  a  larger  amount  than  $50  in  United 
States  money. 

UNITED  STATES  POSTAGE  RATES. 
Letters.     Prepaid    by    stamps,    2    cents    each    ounce 
or  fraction  thereof  'to  all  parts  of  the  United  States  and 
Canada;  forwarded  to  another  office  without  charge  on 


176  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

request,  of  the  person  addressed;  if  not  called  for,  re- 
turned to  the  writer  free  if  indorsed  with  the  request. 
If  the  stamp  is  omitted  the  letter  is  forwarded  to  the 
Dead  Letter  Office,  and  returned  to  the  writer.  For 
registering  letters  the  charge  is  ten  cents  additional. 
Drop  letters,  at  letter  carrier  offices,  2  cents  per  ounce 
or  fraction  thereof,  at  the  other  offices  1  cent  per  ounce 
or  fraction  thereof.  On  insufficiently  prepaid  matter 
mailed  in  Canada,  6  cents  per  ounce  or  fraction  thereof. 
Stamped  postal  cards  furnished  only  by  Government, 
1  cent  postal  card,  or,  anything  but  the  address  written 
on  the  face,  letter  po>tage  is  charged.  Postage  on  all 
newspapers  and  periodicals  sent  from  newspaper  offices 
to  any  part,  of  the  United  .States  to  regular  subscribers, 
must  be  paid  in  advance  at  the  office  of  mailing. 


WITHDRAWAL    OF    MAIL     MATTER. 

Before  Dixjxilch.  After  mailable  matter  has  been 
deposited  in  the  post  office  it  cannot  be  withdrawn 
except  by  the  writer  thereof  or  sender,  or  in  case  of  a 
minor  child,  the  parent  or  guardian  duly  authorized  to 
control  the  correspondence  of  the  writer.  The  utmost 
care  mu-t  be  taken  to  axvrtain  that  the  person  desiring 
to  withdraw  the  matter  is  the  one  person  entitled  to  do  so. 
It'  necessary,  the  postma-ter  should  require  the  applicant 
to  exhibit  a  written  address  in  the  same  hand  as  that 
upon  the  letter,  and  such  description  of  the  letter  or 
article  mailed,  or  other  evidence,  as  will  identify  the  -aim- 
am!  satisfy  the  postmaster  that  the  applicant  is  entitled 
to  withdraw  it. 

The  postmaster  acts  at  his  peril  in  permitting  such 
withdrawal,  and  would  be  liable,  however  honest  his 
intentions,  were  he  to  deliver  it  to  an  imposter  or  one  not 
entitled  to  it.  He  should  in  no  ca>e  delay  a  mail,  or 
retard  the  business  of  his  office  in  order  to  search  for  a 
letter  desired  to  be  withdrawn. 

Lcflern  With  Stamp*  Canceled  not  to  be  Withdrawn  for 
Moiling  on  the  Cars.  After  canceling  the  >tamps  upon  a 
letter  the  postmaster  must  not  return  it  to  the  person  mail- 
ing it  to  him  to  take  it  to  a  railway  post  office.  If  received 
too  late  to  put  in  the  locked  pouch,  the  postmaster  or  his 
assistant  or  sworn  clerk  may,  after  cancelation  and  post- 
marking, take  it  to  the  postal  car.  The  railway  postal 
clerk  may  receive  it  from  such  postmaster,  assistant  or 
clerk,  but  is  forbidden  to  receive  such  canceled  letter  out- 
side of  the  pouch  from  any  other  person. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  177 


Withdrawal  by  Sender  After  Dispatch.  After  a  letter 
has  passed  from  the  mailing  post  office,  the  delivery 
of  same  may  be  prevented,  and  its  return  to  the  writer 
secured,  by  an  applicant  by  the  writer  to  the  post- 
master at  the  office  of  mailing,  stating  reasons  therefor, 
identifying  the  letter,  and  supporting  such  application 
with  sufficient  proof  in  writing.  Upon  such  application 
and  evidence,  and  upon  a  deposit  being  made  by  the 
writer  of  a  sum  sufficient  to  cover  all  expenses  incurred, 
the  postmaster  shall  telegraph  a  request  for  the  return 
of  such  letter  to  his  office,  if  it  has  been  forwarded,  to 
the  postmaster  at  the  office  of  address,  carefully  describ- 
ing the  same,  so  as  to  identify  it  and  prevent  the  return 
of  any  other  matter.  On  receipt  of  such  request  the 
postmaster  at  the  office  of  address  shall  return  such 
letter  to  the  mailing  postmaster  in  a  penalty  envel- 
ope, who  will  deliver  it  to  the  writer  upon  payment 
of  all  expenses  and  of  letter  rate  of  postage  on  the  matter 
returned,  on  the  envelope  of  which,  postage-due  stamps 
of  the  proper  value  must  be  placed  and  canceled, 
and  upon  the  prepayment  also,  of  a  registered  parcel, 
addressed  to  the  First  assistant  Postmaster  General, 
Division  of  Correspondence,  P.  O.  Department,  in  which 
the  postmaster  shall  inclose  and  transmit  the  application 
of  the  writer  and  all  proofs  submitted  by  him  together 
with  the  writer's  receipt  for  it,  and  the  envelope  of  the 
n  turned  letter. 

Letters  Withdrawn  from  the  Mail  Require  Prepayment 
Anew.  A  letter  which  has  been  withdrawn  from  the  post 
office  by  the  sender,  after  the  stamp  has  been  canceled,  for 
the  purpose  of  adding  to  the  message,  cannot  be  remailed 
without  new  prepayment  of  postage. 

Return  of  Registered  Matter.  Registered  matter  cannot 
be  returned  without  the  consent  of  the  addressee  and  the 
approval  of  the  Department. 

Prepayment  of  Postage.  First  class  matter  will 
be  forwarded  for  delivery  in  the  domestic  mails  on  the 
prepayment  of  one  full  rate  of  postage.  The  deficiency 
will  be  collected  by  postage-due  stamps  at  the  place  of 
delivery.  All  other  domestic  matter  must  be  fully  pre- 
paid. When  by  any  inadvertence  mail  matter  of  any 
reaches  its  destination  without  any  prepayment, 
double  the  prepaid  rates  will  be  collected  from  the  ad- 
dressee. When  part  prepayment,  however,  is  made,  only 
the  actual  deficiency  will  be  collected. 

Second,  third  and  fourth  class  matter  will  neither  be 
forwarded  nor  returned  without  the  prepayment  of  ad- 
ditional postage. 


178  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

Postage  Due  Must  Be  Paid  in  CW/.  Po>tmasters 
cannot  lawfully  accept  postage  stamps  in  payment  of 
postage  remaining  due  on  letters.  The  amount 'due  must 
invariably  be  paid  in  cash. 

Dotihle  Postage  Collected  on  Unpaid  Foreign  Mail.  Letter 
addressed  to  foreign  countries  other  than  Mexico  and 
Canada,  will  be  forwarded  without  the  prepayment  of 
po-iage.  but  double  postage  will  be  collected  from  the  ad- 
dressee on  delivery. 

Set/led  /''ureii/H  Mattir  Other  1'han  Letter*.  Sealed  mat- 
ter addressed  to  foreign  countries,  not  in  the  usual  and 
ordinary  form  of  a  letter,  mu-t  he  fully  prepaid  to  be  for- 
warded. When  not  prepaid,  it  will  be  returned  to  sender 
or  sent  to  the  Dead  Letter  Office. 

Simmf.  Third  ond  Fourth  ('In.--*  l-'or<  /«///  Mail.  Matter 
from  foreign  countries  analagous  to  our  domestic  second, 
third  and  fourth  class  matter  will  be  forwarded  without 
the  prepayment  of  additional  postage. 

Return  of  Domestic  Letter*.  Domestic  letters  bear- 
ing the  return  card  of  the  sender  will  be  returned  to 
sender  should  they  prove  undeliverable  at  the  end  of 
the  time  stated  on  the  envelope,  or  if  no  lime  is  stated, 
at  Ihe  end  of  thirty  days. 

Letter*  Without  Return  Card.  Letters  which  are  not 
deliverable  and  do  not  bear  the  return  card  of  the 
sender,  are  sent  to  the  Dead  Letter  Office,  where 
they  are  opened,  and  returned  in  a  penalty  envelope  di- 
rected to  the  sender,  if  his  address  is  contained  therein. 
When  a  letter  is  not  deliverable  at  an  address,  the  city 
directory  is  searched  for  a  new  address.  If  found,  the 
new  address  is  marked  on  the  letter  and  delivery  made 
to  the  addressee.  In  view  of  this,  it  is  advisable  that 
everyone  should  see  that  his  or  her  name  is  inserted  in 
the  city  directory.  If  unavoidably  left  out  of  the  direc- 
tory, the  post  office  should  be  notified,  so  that  the  name 
may  be  entered  in  the  post  office  interleaved  directory. 

Chattue  of  Ada're**.  Business  houses  changing  their 
address  should  notify  their  letter  carrier  of  their  route 
or  the  general  post  office.  All  changes  in  corporation 
names  or  titles  of  firms  should  be  reported  to  the  post 
office,  in  order  that  mail  may  he  promptly  delivered:  this 
is  also  true  with  respect  to  the  establishment  of  new  firms 
or  newspapers,  or  any  business  concern  to  which  mail  is 
addressed.  When  changing  an  address  state  if  it  has 
been  previously  changed  and  to  where. 

Send*  r  May  Specify  Time  Letter  Shall  He  Held.  The 
sender  of  a  letter  may  specify  the  time  a  letter  shall  be  held 
pending  delivery,  but  no  'time  less  than  three  days  will 
be  observed. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  179 

.\o  Charge  for  Letters  Returned.  Letters  are  returned 
to  senders  if  not  deliverable,  without  additional  charge 
for  postage. 

"Disputed  Mail."  Whenever  there  is  a  dispute 
between  the  members  of  a  firm  regarding  the  delivery  of 
mail,  the  matter  should  be  referred  to  the  postmaster  for 
adjudication. 

Letters  Addressed  to  "Agent,"  or  "In  Care  of."  Letters 
addressed  to  anyone  as  the  agent,  manager  or  representa- 
tive of  a  business  firm,  belong  to  the  business  firm.  Letters 
addressed  care  of  business  firm,  individual  or  house,  belong 
to  the  persons  so  addressed  and  not  to  the  person  or  per- 
sons in  whose  care  they  are  addressed. 

Cause  of  Non-Delivery  to  be  Stamped.  All  re- 
quest, card  or  official  matter  of  any  class  returned 
to  sender,  or  undelivered  matter  sent  to  the  Dead  Letter 
Office,  must  bear  on  its  face  the  reason  for  such  return, 
as,  such  "  refused,  "  "  Removed, "  "  Present  Address 
Unknown,  "  "  Deceased, "  "  Unclaimed,  "  "  Cannot  be 
Found, "  etc.,  and  must  also,  in  every  instance,  bear  the 
post  mark  of  the  office  from  which  it  is  returned.  No 
article  of  undeliverable  matter  must  be  detained  at  the 
office  to  which  it  is  addressed  for  a  longer  time  than  that 
named  in  the  return  request. 

Postal  Cards,  Etc.,  Not  Given  Directory  Service.  Postal 
cards,  and  matter  of  the  second,  third  and  fourth  class, 
not  deliverable,  are  not  given  directory  service. 

Treatment  of  Valuable  Second,  Third  and  Fourth 
Claxs  Matter.  Matter  of  the  second,  third  or  fourth 
class,  of  obvious  value,  if  not  deliverable  and  if 
the  address  of  the  sender  is  not  enclosed,  is  sent  to 
to  the  Dead  Letter  Office.  When  the  address  of  the 
sender  is  disclosed,  a  card  will  be  mailed  requesting  post- 
age for  returning  or  forwarding. 

^Printed  Matter  of  "Obvious  Value"  Defined.  Printed 
matter  of  obvious  value  is  defined  to  be  such  as  magazines, 
pictorials,  music,  pictures,  photographs,  books  or  pamph- 
lets, likely  to  be  of  use  or  value  to  the  addressee. 

' '  Unclaimed  Matter  is  A  dvertised. ' '  All  un- 
claimed matter  of  the  first  class,  except  registered, 
refused,  fictitious  card  and  request  matter,  if  not  de- 
liverable, is  advertised  weekly  by  lists  posted  at  the  post 
office,  stations  and  sub-stations.  One  cent  will  be  col- 
leHed  when  an  advertised  letter  is  delivered. 

"Mail  Sent  Under  Cover."  Matter  sent  under 
cover  to  a  postmaster  with  a  request  to  mail  is  always 
stamped  "  Mailed  under  cover  at — "  which  prevents  de- 
ception. 


180  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

GENERAL    REGULATIONS    CONCERNING 
FOREIGN   MAILS. 

The  following  regulations  are  in  effect  on  and  after 
January  1,  1900.  Until  that  date  regulations  published 
in  previous  issues  of  the  Guide  are  in  force. 

CXIYKRSAL    POSTAL    CONVENTION   SIGNKI)   AT 
WASHINGTON—REGULATIONS  IX    MFFECT 
JAXl'AHY  1,  1900. 

The  following  principal  provisions  of  the  Universal 
Postal  Convention  of  Washington,  applicable  to  articles 
in  the  mails  exchanged  on  and  after  .January  1,  1900, 
between  the  Cniled  States  and  the.  other  countries  (ex- 
cept Canada  and  Mexico)  embraced  in  the  rniversal 
Postal  Union,  are  published  for  the  information  and 
guidance  of  postal  officials  and  the  public: 

1.  The  postage  rates  remain  unchanged.     They  are  as 
follows,  viz: 

For  Letters.  Five  (5)  cents  for  each  half  ounce  or 
fraction  of  half  ounce;  prepayment  optional. 

For  Post-Cards.  Two  (2)  cents  for  each  single  cards, 
and  four  (4)  cents  for  double  card<. 

For  Prints  of  AVer//  Kind.  One  (1)  cent  for  each 
(2)  ounces  or  fraction  of  two  (2)  ounces;  limit  of  weight, 
four  pounds,  six  ounces;  limit  of  size,  eighteen  (18) 
inches  in  any  direction,  except  that  rolls  of  prints 
may  measure  thirty  inches  (30)  in  length  and  four  (4) 
[nones  in  diameter. 

For  Commercial  Papers.  Five  (5)  cents  for  the 
first  four  (4)  ounces  or  less,  and  one  (1)  cent  for  each 
additional  two  (2)  ounces  or  fraction  thereof  ounces;  limit 
of  weight,  twelve  (12)  ounces;  limit  of  size,  twelve  (12) 
by  eight  (8)  by  four  (4)  inches 

*A11  articles  other  than  letters  must  be  prepaid,  at  least 
in  part.  Double  the  deficient  postage  calculated  at  the 
above  rates  is  collectible  of  the  addressee,  upon  the  de- 
livery of  articles  upon  which  postage  has  not  been  prepaid 
in  full. 

2.  The  sender  of  an  article  may  cause  it  to  be  with- 
drawn from  the  mails,  or  its  address  to  be  changed;  pro- 
vided the  legislation  of  the  country  for  which  the  article 
is  destined  allows  such  withdrawal  or  change  of  address. 

3.  In  the  case  of  unpaid  letters  and  short  paid  articles 
of  any  kind  returned  to  the  senders  as  undeliverable,  the 
senders  must  pay  the  amount  which  would  have  been 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  181 

collected  of  the  addressees  if  the  articles  had  been  de- 
livered. 

4.  The   following   articles   are   prohibited   circulation 
in  international  mails,  viz: 

Articles  which  do  not  conform  to  the  conditions  pre- 
scribed for  them.  Articles  which  may  be  dangerous  or 
likely  to  soil  or  injure  other  articles.  Current  coin, 
articles  liable  to  custom's  duty,  gold,  silver,  precious 
stones,  but  only  to  those  countries  the  legislation  of  which 
does  not  permit  their  admission  to  the  mails. 

5.  Postage  stamps  are  required  to  be  printed  as  far 
as  possible  in  the  following  colors,  viz: 

Stamps  of  the  value  of  five  cents  in  dark  blue;  stamps 
of  the  value  of  two  cents  in  red;  stamps  of  the  value  of 
one  cent  in  green. 

6.  Every  article  addressed  for  delivery  in  a  foreign 
country  must  show  upon  its  cover  an  impression  of  the 
date  stamp  of  the  mailing  post  office. 

7.  A  post  office  receiving  letters  and  post-cards  from 
foreign  countries  must  impress  its  date  stamp  on  the 
back  of  letters  and  on  the  front  of  post-cards. 

8.  Every    unpaid    or    short-paid    article    must    have 
marked   upon  its   cover  the  capital  letter  "T".     Such 
marking  is  done  by  the  exchange  post  office,  which  dis- 
patches the  article  abroad. 

9.  Articles  addressed  by  initials  or  in  pencils  are  not 
allowed  to  be  registered. 

10.  Registered  articles  for  which  a  "Return  receipt" 
is  desired  must  be  marked  very  plainly  "  Return  receipt.  " 

The  return  must  be  made  out  and  attached,  by  means 
of  a  string  tied  crosswise,  to  the  article.  '  When  an  article 
is  received  accompanied  by  a  return  receipt,  said  receipt 
must  be  signed  by  the  person  to  whom  the  article  is  deli- 
vered, and  must  be  returned  to  the  exchange  office  whence 
the  article  was  received. 

11.  Post-cards  must  not  exceed  in  size  5|  by  3|  inches, 
and  must  bear  on  the  front  the  words  "  Post-card. "     En- 
gravings or  advertisement  may  be  printed  on  the  front 
provided  they  do  not  interfere  with  a  perfectly  distinct 
address.      Postage  stamps  and  small  adress  label  may  be 
affixed  to  the  front ;  and  the  sender  may  also  write,  print 
or  stamp  his  name  and  address  on  the  front,  but  nothing 
else  is  allowed  to  be  placed  there. 

12.  The  sender  of  a  double  post-card  may  write  his 
name  and  address  on  the  front  of  the  reply  half  of  the 
double  card. 

13.  Post-cards  (single  and  double)  issued  by  private 
establishments   are   admitted   to   enternational "  mails  in 


182  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


those  countries  which  authorize  the  issue  of  such  cards, 
provided  the  cards  conform  as  regards  size,  and  the  con- 
sNtency  of  tin1  paper,  with  the  official  post-cards. 

14.  Samples  <>f  merchandise  arc  admitted  only  under 
the  following  conditions,  viz.: 

First -a.  They  must  be  placed  in  bags,  boxes  or  re- 
movable envelopes  in  such  a  manner  as  to  admit  of  easy 
inspection. 

1).  They  inu.-t  not  have  any  salable  value,  nor  bear 
any  manuM-ript  other  than  the  name  and  the  .-ocial  posi- 
tion of  the  sender,  the  address  of  the  person  for  whom 
they  are  intended,  a  manufacture'.-  or  a  trace  mark,  num- 
bers of  orders,  prices,  and  indication-  relating  to  weight 
and  size,  as  \\ell  as  to  the  quantity  to  be  di>po>ed  of, 
or  those  which  are  nece>-arv  to  precisely  indicate  the 
origin  and  nature  of  the  merchandise. 

\rticles  of  irla>s.  liquids  oils  fatty  suh-tances, 
dry  powders,  whether  coloring  or  not.  as  well  a-  live 
bees,  are  admitted  a-  samples,  provided  they  are  put  up 
in  the  following  manner: 

Fir*(.  Articles  of  glass  mu>t  be  packed  solidly  in 
boxes,  in  a  way  to  prevent  all  danger  to  the  corres- 
pondence and  tiie  emplo; 

S«'<>/xl.  Liquids,  oils  and  substances  easily  lique- 
iiable  must  be  enclosed  in  gla->  bottles  hermetically 
closed.  Fach  bottle  must  be  placed  in  a  wooden  box 
filled  with  sawdust,  cotton  or  spongy  material  in  suffi- 
cient quantity  to  absorb  the  liquid  in  ca>e  the  bottle 
should  be  broken.  Finally,  the  box  it>elf  mu.-t  be  en- 
closed in  a  ca.-e  of  mental  or  wood,  with  a  screw  top,  or 
of  strong  and  thick  leather. 

If  perforated  wooden  blocks  are  used,  mea>uring  at 
K  a-t  one-tenth  of  an  inch  in  the  thinnest  part,  sufficiently 
filled  inside  with  absorbing  material,  and  furnished  with 
a  lid.  it  is  not  necessary  that  the  block*  should  be  enclosed 
in  a  second  ca 

Third. — Fatty  substances,  -uch  as  ointments,  soft 
soaps,  resins,  etc.  must  be  enclosed  in  an  inner  cover 
(box,  bag  of  linen  or  parchment,  etc.).  which  must  be 
placed  in  a  second  box  of  wood,  metal  or  strong  and 
thick  leather. 

Fourth. — Dry  powders  must  be  placed  in  cardboard 
boxes  enclosed  in  a  bag  of  linen  or  parchment. 

Fiftli. — Live  bees  must  be  enclosed  in  boxes  which 
avoid  all  danger  and  permit  examination  of  the  con- 
tents. 

»S i.ctlt.-~ Specimens  of  natural  history,  such  as  dried 
or  preserved  animals  or  plants,  geological  specimens,  etc., 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  183 

which  are  not  sent  for  commercial  purposes,  are  admitted 
at  the  postage  rate  and  under  the  conditions  of  weight 
and  size  prescribed  for  samples. 

15.  Prints  of  all  kinds  are  subjected  to  the  following 
conditions,  viz: 

a.  Facsimile    copies    of    manuscript    or    typewriting 
if  sent  as  prints  must  be  mailed  at  the  post  office  windows 
in  not  less  than  twenty  (20)   perfectly  identical  copies. 

b.  Stamps    or   forms    of   prepayment,    whether   can- 
celed or  not,  as  well  as  all  printed  articles  constituting 
the  sign  of  monetary  value,  are  not  admitted  as  prints. 

o.  The  following  manuscript  additions  may  be  made 
to  prints:  The  name,  business  and  residence  of  the 
sender;  to  visiting  cards,  the  title  and  address  of  the 
sender  and  congratulations,  thanks,  etc.,  not  to  exceed 
five  words;  the  date  of  despatch,  the  necessary  correc- 
tions on  proofs  of  printing,  and  the  "  copy "  may  be 
enclosed  with  the  proof;  correction  of  errors  in  printing, 
other  than  proof;  the  erasure  and  underscoring  of  cer- 
tain words;  the  insertion  or  correction  of  figures  in  price 
lists,  advertisements,  trade  circulars  and  prospectuses; 
the  insertion  of  the  name  of  the  traveler,  the  date  and 
place  of  his  intended  visit,  in  notices  concerning  the 
trips  of  commercial  travelers;  the  dates  of  sailing  on 
notices  relating  to  the  sailing  of  vessels;  the  name  of  the 
person  invited:  the  date,  object  and  place,  on  cards  of 
invitation  and  notices  of  meetings;  a  dedication  on  books, 
journals,  photographs,  Christmas  and  New  Year's  cards; 
fashion  plates,  maps,  etc.,  may  be  painted;  to  cuttings 
from  journals,  the  title,  date,  number  and  address  of  the 
journal  from  which  they  were  cut  may  be  added. 

d.  No  manuscript  additions  other  than  those  above 
indicated  are  allowed  upon  prints. 

e.  Prints  must  be  wrapped  so  that  the  contents  can 
be  easily  examined,  without  damaging  the  cover.     But 
cards  may  be  forwarded  without  covers. 

f .  Cards   bearing  the  title   "  Post-card "   are  not  ad- 
mitted at  the  postage  rate  applicable  to  prints. 

16.  Commercial    papers,    samples  and  prints  may  be 
enclosed  in  one  and  the  same  packages;  provided,   (1) 
that  each  article  taken  singly  does  not  exceed  the  limits 
of  weight  and  size  applicable  to  it;  (2)   that  the  total 
weight  does  not  exceed  four  (4)  pounds  six  (6)  ounces; 
and  (3)  that  the  minimum  charge  shall  be  five  (5)  cents 
if  the  package  contains  "commercial  papers,"  and  two 
(2)  cents  if  it  contains  samples. 


CHAPTER  XII. 
Discount   e^nd  Interest. 

.       To   find    the    commission,    the    ( 
Selling   Price  and  per  cent,  of  commission  being  gi\en. 

RlUe.  Multiply  the  cost  or  selling  price  by  the  rale 
per  cent  of  commission. 

fc.ra  tuple.  Ho\v  much  commi^ion  will  !><•  due  an 
agent  who  buys  $">.()()()  worth  of  merchandise  on  a  coin- 
mi— ion  of  6  pel  cent.? 

OPEUATIi>\. 

S."), 1)1)1)      Investment    or   ba-e. 
.06 — per  cent  of  Commission. 


$300.00 — Commission  or  percentage. 

K.cpltttutlion.  Since  the  rate  of  commission  i>  »>  p.-r  cent., 
the  whole  commission  due  the  airent  \\iil  he  ('»  per  cent,  of 
the  investment,  So.lHH),  or  $300. 


TO  FIND  THE  [NVESTMENT  OB  GROSS  SALES, 

THE    COMMISSION    AM)    I'KII    (  i 
OF    COMMISSION     I'.KINC    GIVEN. 

A'///c.  DiviiU1  the  commission  by  the  rate  per  cent. 
of  commisison. 

Example.  If  an  agent's  rate  of  commission  is  4  j^er 
cent.,  what  value  of  goods  must  he  sell  to  earn  a  com- 
mission of  $100? 

OPERATION. 

Com. 

4  %— .04  (  $100.00 
$2,500 

Explanation.  Since  the  agent's  commission  is  4 
per  cent.,  he  earns  four  cents  l>y  selling  SI  worth  of 
goods;  the  value  of  the  goods  sold,  therefore,  must  be 
as  many  times  $1  as  four  cents  is  contained  times  in  SI 00 
which  is  2,500  times,  and  2,500  time-  M  i-  si2,500. 


MANUAI*  OF  BUSINESS.  185 

TO  FIND  THE  INVESTMENT  AND  COMMISSION 

WHEN   BOTH  ARE   INCLUDED   IN  A 

REMITTANCE  BY  THE  PRINCIPAL. 

Rule.  Divide  the  remittance  by  1  plus  the  rate  per 
cent,  of  commission. 

Example.  If  $2,020  is  sent  to  a  Boston  agent  for 
the  purchase  of  oats,  how  much  will  he  invest,  his  rate 
of  commission  being  1  per  cent? 

OPERATION. 

$1.00  Investment.         $1.01)  $2,020 

.01 — Commission.   "  $2.000  Sum  invested  oats. 

$1.01 — Actual  cost  to  principal  of  each  dollar  invested  by 
agent. 

Explanation.  For  each  dollar  invested  the  prin- 
cipal supplies  the  dollar  invested  and  1  cent  for  the  agent's 
services,  therefore,  the  agent  will  invest  only  as  many 
dollars  in  oats  as  $1  plus  1  cent,  or  $1.01  is  contained 
times  in  $2,020,  or  2,000  times,  hence  the  investment  $2,00 

DISCOUNTS. 

Discount  is  the  allowance  made  from  the  amount 
of  a  debt,  a  note,  or  other  obligation,  or  a  deduction  from 
the  price  of  goods,  for  payment  before  it  is  due. 

Trade  Discount,  is  the  allowance  made  by  manu- 
facturers and  merchants  upon  their  fixed  or  list  prices. 

When  there  is  more  than  one  Trade  Aiscount  they  are 
known  as  Discount  Series. 

Trade  discount  is  computed  by  the  rules  of  percentage 
on  the  market  price  as  a  base.  When  a  series  of  discounts 
is  allowed,  the  first  only  is  so  computed,  and  in  every  sub- 
sequent discount  the  remainder  after  each  preceding  dis- 
count is  regarded  as  the  base. 

TO    FIND    THE    SELLING    PRICE,    THE   LIST 

PRICE    AND    DISCOUNT    SERIES    BEING 

GIVEN. 

Example.  The  list  price  of  a  horse  is  $500,  what  is 
the  net  selling  price,  if  a  discount  of  30  per  cent,  is  allowed? 

OPERATION. 

30 — Per  cent,  of  discount.  150— Discount. 

$150.00— Discount.  $350— Net  selling  price. 

Explanation.  Since  the  discount  is  30  per  cent.,  and 
the  list  price  or  base  is  $500,  the  discount  to  be  de- 
ducted will  be  40  per  cent.,  or  $150.  The  net  price  will 
be  $500  —  $150  —  $350. 


186  MANUAL  OF  BUSIN! 

TRUE  DISCOUNT. 

True  Discount  is  the  difference  1><>1  ween  the  face  of  a 
debt  due  at  a  future  time,  and  its  present  worth. 

Tin-  I'rrxrnt  U'orth  of  a  debt  payable  at  a  future  time 
without  interest  is  its  value  now;  hence  is  such  a  sum  as 
being  put  at  simple  interest  at  the  legal  rate  will  amount 
to  the  given  debt  when  it  becomes  due. 

TO    FIND    THE    PRESENT    WolJTH    AND 
TRUE  DISCOUNT. 

/•:.rti>// />!<'.  Find  the  present  worth  and  true  dis- 
count of  a  claim  for  $954.05  due  3  years  (>  months  hence 
at  3  per  cent  per  annum. 

OPERATION. 

$    .105 — Interest  on  SI  for  3  yr<.  <i  mo.  at  o  per  cent. 
1.105— Amount.       1.105)  $954.65 

$863.93,  present  worth. 
$954.65— 863.93— $90.72. 

fc.ri>l<tn(iti(Hi.  The  amount  of  the  debt  at  the  end 
of  -'I  years  (i  months  i<  s(.):>  l.i  ;.">.">  and  s  nee  SI  would  in 
that  'time  at  (i  per  cent,  amount  to  .Sl.lO">  is  contained 
times  in  S(.)f)  I. (•»:>.  or  SM13.93.  If  the  frier  is  *!>.->  ir.r,  ;,nd 
iN  present  worth  is  only  SS(i;>.!»;>,  the  true  discount  will 
be  $951. (if)  minus  $863.93,  or  *'.n).72. 

Ii'ulc.  Divide  the  amount  of  the  debt  at  its  maturity 
by  one  dollar  plus  its  interest  for  the  given  time  ami  rate 
and  the  quotient  will  lie  the  present  worth.  Subtract  the 

E  resent    worth  from  the  amount,  and  the  remainder  will 
e  the  true  discount. 

BANK  DISCO  I*  NT. 

Hank  Discount,  is  a  deduction  from  the  sum  due  upon 
a  negotiable  paper  at  its  maturity  for  the  cashing  or  buy- 
ing of  such  paper  before  it  becomes  due. 

The  discount  may  be  a  fixed  sum,  but  is  usually  the 
interest  at  the  legal  rate  taken  in  advance.  Bank  dis- 
count is  usualh'  reckoned  on  a  basis  of  360  days  a  year. 

The  Time  in  bank  discount  is  always  the  number  of 
days  from  the  date  of  discounting  to  the  date  of  maturity. 

The  Term  of  Discount  is  the  time  the  note  has  to  run 
after  being  discounted. 

\otcs  containing  an  interest  clause  will  bear  interest 
from  date  to  maturity  unless  other  time  be  specified. 

Non-Interest  Bearing  Xotes  become  interest  bearing  if 
not  paid  at  maturity. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  187 

The  Maturity  of  a  note  or  draft  is  indicated  by  using 
a  short  vertical  line  with  the  date  on  which  the  note 
or  draft  is  nominally  due,  on  the  left,  and  the  date  of  ma- 
turity on  the  right;  thus,  September  12—16. 

TO  FIND  THE  DISCOUNT  AND  PROCEEDS,  THE 

FACE  OF  A  NOTE,  TIME  AND  RATE 

PER  CENT  OF  DISCOUNT  BEING 

GIVEN. 

Example.  Find  the  bank  discount  and  proceeds  of 
a  note  for  $600  due  in  60  days  at  5  per  cent. 

OPERATION. 
$605.00— Face. 

5.00— Discount  for  60  days. 


$595 . 00— Proceeds. 

Explanation.  The  bank  discount  of  a  note  being 
its  interest  for  the  time  plus  grace  and  the  proceeds  being 
the  face  of  a  note  minus  the  bank  discount,  it  is  only 
necessary  to  compute  the  interest  on  the  face  for  the  full 
time  to  obtain  the  discount  and  to  subtract  such  discount 
from  the  face  to  find  the  proceeds;  thus,  $5.00  being  the 
discount,  $600  minus  $5.00  equals  $595.00  proceeds. 

Hide.  Compute  the  interest  for  the  time  and  rate 
for  the  bank  discount  and  subtract  this  discount  bank 
from  the  face  of  the  note  to  find  the  proceeds. 

TO  FIND  THE  FACE  OF  A  NOTE,  THE  PRO- 
CEEDS, TIME  AND  RATE  PER  CENT.  OF 
DISCOUNT  BEING  GIVEN. 

Example.  What  must  be  the  face  of  a  note,  payable 
in  30  days,  that  when  discounted  at  3  per  cent,  the  pro- 
ceeds may  be  $300? 

OPERATION. 

$1 . 00     —Face  of  note  of  $1. 
.  0101— Discount  of  note  of  $1. 

.  9899— Proceeds  of  note  of  $1. 
.9899) $300 


$303.17  face  required. 

Explanation.  If  the  discount  of  $1  at  3  per  cent, 
for  33  days  is  .0101,  the  proceeds  of  $1  of  the  note  would 
be  $1  mmus  $  .0101  or  $  .9899,  and  if  the  proceeds  of 


188  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

$1  are  $  .9899  it  would  require  as  many  dollars  face  of 
note  to  give  $300  as  $  .9899  are  contained  times  in  $300 
or  $303.17. 

Rule.       Divide  the  proceeds  of  a  note  by  the  proceeds 
of  $1  for  the  given  rate  and  time. 


PROFIT  AND  LOSS. 

Profit  and  Loss  treats  of  gains  or  losses  in  business 
transactions. 

The  Gross  or  Full  <•<»(  of  an  article  is  its  first  cost 
increased  by  all  outlays  incident  to  its  purchase  and 
holding  to  date  of  sale. 

The  Net  Selling  Price  is  the  gross  selling  price,  1' 
charges  incident  to  its  sale. 


TO  FIND  THE   PROFIT  AND  LOSS,  THE 
COST  AND   RATE   BEING   GIVEN. 

K. rumple.       An    agent    paid    $60    for    a    carriage    and 
sold  it  at  a  profit  of  t>  per  cent.      \Vhat  was  his  gain? 

OPERATION. 

$60.00    —Cost. 

.06     — Per  cent,  of  gain. 


$3.60000— Gain. 

Explanation.  Since  the  agent  gained  6  per  cent, 
or  6  cents  on  $1,  on  the  $60  of  cost  he  would  gain  (iO 
times  $  .06,  or  $3.60. 

Rule.      Multiply  the  cost   by  the  rate. 


TO  FIND  THE  COST,  THE  GAIN  <  >!•{  !.<  »ss.  AND 

THE  RATE  OF  GAIN  OR  LOSS  BEING 

GIVEN. 

Rule.       Divide  the  gain  or  loss  by  the   per  cent,   or 
gain  or  loss. 

TO  FIND  THE  RATE  OF  PROFIT   OR    LOSS, 

THE   COST   AND  THE  PROFIT   OR 

LOSS  BEING   TAKEN. 

Rule.     Divide  the  profit  or  loss  by  the  cost. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  189 

TO  FIND  THE  COST,  THE  SELLING  PRICE  AND 

THE  RATE  PER  CENT.  OF  PROFIT  OR 

LOSS  BEING  GIVEN. 

Rules.  Divide  the  selling  price  by  1  plus  the  rate 
of  gain. 

Divide  the  selling  price  by  1  minus  the  rate  of  loss. 

TAXES. 
TO  FIND  A  PROPERTY  TAX. 

Example.  The  rate  of  taxation  in  the  city  of  Belvi- 
dere  Illinois,  is  2  per  cent.  What  amount  of  tax  must 
a  person  pay  whose  personal  property  is  valued  at  $5,000 
and  who  owns  real  estate  assessed  at  $10,000 

OPERATION. 

$10,000 
5,000 


$15,000  times  .02—4300. 

Explanation.  Since  his  total  valuation  was  $15,000, 
and  the  rate  of  taxation  2  per  cent.,  his  tax  would  be  2  per 
cent,  of  $15,000  or  $300. 

Rule.  Multiply  the  total  assessed  value  by  the  rate 
per  cent,  of  taxation. 

INSURANCE. 
TO  FIND  THE  COST  OF  INSURANCE. 

Example.  The  stock  in  a  store  is  insured  for  $200, 
What  is  the  cost  of  insurance  for  one  year  at  6  per  cent, 
premium,  if  $2.00  is  charged  for  the  policy? 

OPERATION. 

$200 — Amount  insured. 
.  02 — per  cent,  of  premium. 


$4.00  equal  Premium. 


$4.00  equal  Premium. 
$2.00  equal  cost  of  policy. 

$6.00  equals  full  cost  of  insurance. 

Explanation.  Since  the  amount  insured  is  the  base 
and  the  per  cent,  of  premium  is  the  rate,  if  the  amount 
is  multiplied  by  the  rate  the  product,  $4.00  will  be  the  pre- 
mium; adding  $2.00,  cost  of  policy,  equals  $6.00  the  full 
cost. 

Rule.  Multiply  the  amount  of  insurance  by  the  rate 
per  cent,  of  premium,  and  add  extra  charges,  if  any. 


190  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

TO  FIND  THE  AMOUNT  INSURED,  THE  PRE- 

MIUM AND  PER  CENT.  OF  PREMIUM 
BEINC,  (IIYEN. 


From  the  full  cost  of  insurance  subtract  tin1 
extra  charges,  if  any;  divide  the  remainder  by  the  per 
cent,  of  premium  and  the  quotient  will  be  the  face  of  the 
policy. 

PARTIAL   PAYMENTS. 

Payments  made  at  different  times  of  part  of  a  debt 
should  always  be  endorsed  upon  the  back  of  the  note. 

The  following  rule  is  simple  and  more  equitable  than 
many  complicated  processes  given,  especially  when  the 
debt  is  not  of  long  standing. 

This  Commercial  or  Merchant's  rule  is  commonly  used 
in  finding  the  amount  due  on  notes  and  accounts  running 
a  year  or  less,  ;in<l  js  ba-ed  on  the  principle  that  both 
debt  and  payment  s  ^draw  interest. 

Find  the  amount  of  the  principal  from  the  time  it  began 
to  draw  interest  to  the  day  of  settlement. 

Find  the  interest  on  rach  payment  from  the  time  it 
was  made  to  the  day  of  settlement.  Subtract  the  suin 
of  the  payments  and  interest  thereon  from  the  principal 
amount,  The  remainder  will  be  the  sum  due  at  lime  of 
settlement. 


LEGAL  POINTS  CONCERNING  INTEREST. 

1.  Interest  is  money  paid  for  the  use  of  money.      If 
one   borrows   money   promising  to  repay  it    with  an   ad- 
tional  amount,  the  sum  borrowed  is  called  the  Principal 
the  additional  amount   interest.      It    is  usuallv  stated   as 
so  much  per  cent.,  i.  e..  so  many  dollars  of  'interest    for 
every  hundred  dollars  of  principal. 

2.  When     Allowed.        Interest     is    allowed    (1)     when 
it  is  expressly  contracted  for,  (2}  when  such  an  agreement 
is  implied,  (3)  when  a  debt  has  become  due  but  remains 
unpaid. 

The  most  common  instance  in  the  first  class  is  where 
money  is  borrowed.  The  debtor  usually  expressly  agrees 
to  pay  the  debt  and  interest. 

The  second  class  is  where  money  is  borrowed  and  the 
agreement  to  pay  interest  is  implied  from  the  nature  of 
the  business  or  the  usual  custom. 

The  thrid  class  relates  to  the  interest  accruing  after 
the  debt  becomes  due,  and  it  is  a  general  rule  that  one 


MANUAL  OP  BUSINESS.  191 

who  fails  to  pay  money  due  must  also  pay  interest  upon 
it  up  to  the  time  he  does  pay. 

3.  Usury.       Many    of    the    states    for    bidonyone    to 
give  or  receive  more  than  a  tsated  rate  of  interest.     This 
rate  differs  in  the  different  states,  varying  from  six  to 
twelve  per  cent.     The  taking  of  a  higher  rate  than  that 
allowed  by  the  law  is  usury;  thus  Usury  is  unlawful  in- 
terest. 

4.  Legal       Rate.       Every    state    has    established    a 
certain  rate  which  shall  be  the  rate  of  interest  in  all  those 
cases  where  the  parties  have  not  fixed  their  own  rate. 
This  is  called  the  Legal  rate,  and  in  most  states  it  is  six 
per  cent,  per  annum. 

A  promise  to  "pay  $100  and  interest"  means  interest 
at  the  legal  rate  of  the  State  in  which  the  payment  is  to 
be  made. 

5.  Penalty    of    Usury.       Some    penalty    is    inflicted 
upon  the  one  who  takes  usury,  i.  e.,  upon  the  lender 
not  upon  the  borrower.     It  varies  in  the  different  states, 
but  is  usually  one  of  three  kinds:  (1)  the  forfeiture  of  the 
usurious  interest,  i.  e.,  all  above  the  lawful  rate;  (2)  the 
forfeiture  of  all  the  interest;  or  (3)  the  forfeiture  of  both 
principal  and  interest. 

In  a  state  where  the  first  rule  is  adopted,  the  lender 
who  has  lent  at  a  usurious  rate  may  recover  the  principal 
and  the  interest  at  the  legal  rate;  where  the  second  is 
adopted,  only  the  money  he  leni;  and  where  the  third  is 
adopted  not  'even  that. 

(See  Interest  Laws.) 

6.  Book    Accounts.       Interest    may    be    charged    on 
book  accounts,  when  it  is  known  to  the  customer  that  it 
is  a  common  practice  of  the  seller  to  charge  interest;  but 
not  until  the  statement  is  rendered. 

7.  Judgments.     Interest     upon     a     judgment     dates 
from  the  time  the  judgment  was  rendered.     Debts  ofr 
board  and  lodging  where  there  was  no  time  fixed  or  price 
of  payment  fixed  will  not  draw  interest  until  they  are 
reduced  to  judgments. 

8.  Administrators,  Executors,  Guardians  and  Trustees 
may  be  charged  interest  upon  all  trust  funds  in  their 
hands  after  their  failure  to  invest  them  within  a  reason- 
able time, 

9.  Co-Partnership.     If    a    partner    withdraws    money 
from  the  funds  belonging  to  the  firm  for  private  use,  he 
will  be  liable  for  interest  on  the  same. 

10.  Policy    of    Insurance.       If    loss    occurs    under    a 
policy  of  insurance,  it  bears  interest  from  the  time  it  is 
due  according  to  the  terms  of  the  policy. 


192  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

11.  Compound  interest  is  not  collectable  by  law. 
When  interest  has  accumulated  and  become  payable,  an 
agreement  that  it  shall  be  added  to  the  principal  thus 
formed  will  usually  be  deemed  lepal. 


MONEY. 

Money  means  those  articles  which  are  received  and 
pass  from  hand  to  hand  among  all  the  people  as  the 
representative  of  so  much  value. 

All  civilized  nations  have  some  form  of  money.  It 
consists  cither  of  coin  made  by  the  Government,  or  paper 
money  issued  or  recognized  as  money  by  the  Government. 

Kinds.  In  the  United  States  the  coin  is  of  three 
kinds: 

1.  Gold  coin,  consisting  of  the  gold  dollar,  five  dollar 
piece  and  other  multiples  of  a  dollar. 

2.  Silver    coin,    consisting    of    the    silver    dollar,    half 
dollar,  and  other  fractions  of  a  dollar. 

3.  The  minor  coins,  made  chiefly  of  copper,  or  nickel 
and  consisting  of  the  one,  two,  three  and  five  cent  pieces. 

The  paper  money  is  also  of  three  kinds. 

1.  Notes  issued  by  the  United  States  Government. 

2.  Certificates  issued  by  the  United  States  Government 
upon  the  deposit  of  gold  or  silver  with  it. 

3.  Bills  issued  by  national  banks.  . 


LEGAL  TENDER  IS  THAT  KIND  OF  MONEY 

WHICH   BY  LAW   (AX    BE  OFFERED 

IN  PAYMENT  OF  A  DEBT. 

Creditors  may  if  they  choose  take  in  payment  not  only 
any  kind  of  money,  but  any  other  article,  such  as  a  draft, 
or 'goods.  Checks  are  commonly  used  for  that  purpose. 
In  case  the  creditor  insists,  the  person  bound  to  pay 
must  provide  legal  tender. 

LEGAL  TENDER  CONSISTS  SUBSTANTIALLY 

OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  COIN  AND 

THE  UNITED  STATES  NOTES. 

United  States  certificates  and  the  national  bank  notes 
are  not  legal  tender.  Nevertheless  they  pass  as  freely  as 
money,  because  they  are  considered  safe.  They  consti- 
tute the  greater  part  of  the  paper  money  in  circulation. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  193 

RARE  U.  S.  COINS  AND  THEIR  VALUE. 

Coins  are  valuable  because  they  are  rare,  not  because 
they  are  old.  The  following  are  the  prices  paid  by  numis- 
matists, or  coin-gatherers,  for  most  of  the  rarer  dates  if 
not  mutilated,  pierced  or  badly  worn. 

HALF    CENTS. 

1796 $  9.00  to  $  20  00 

1831 4.00  to         7.00 

1636 5.00  to         8.00 

1840  to  1849,  small  date 3.00  to         5  00 

1852 2.00  to        4.00 

CENTS. 

1793,  wreath $     2 . 00  to  $     3 . 50 

1793,  chain 3 . 50  to         6  50 

1793,  liberty  cap 3.50  to        8.00 

1799 5.00  to       15.00 

1804 2.00  to        4.00 

1809 50  to         1 . 50 

SILVER    HALF    DIMES. 

1794 1.00  to  1.50 

1796 1.50  to  2.00 

1801 1.25  to  2.50 

1802 20.00  to  40.00 

1803 1.00  to  22.50 

1805.  2.00  to  4.00 

1846 50  to  1 . 50 

SILVER    DIMES. 

1796 $  0.75  to  $  1.50 

1797,  16  stars 1 .00  to  2.50 

1797,  13  stars 1.00  to  3.00 

1800 1.50  to  2.00 

1801-1804 1 . 50  to  5 . 00 

1822 50  to  1.25 

1846 .25  to  1.00 

SILVER   TWENTY    CENT. 

1877 $     1.00  to  $     1.50 

1878 1.00  to         1.50 

SILVER    QUARTER   DOLLARS. 

1796 $     1.25  to  $     5.00 

1804 1.00  to         3.00 

1823 15.00  to       25.00 

1827 25.00  to       40.00 

1853,  no  arrows 2.00  to        4.00 


194  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


SILVER   HALF    DOLLARS. 

1794 $     1.50  to  $  350 

1796 20.00  to  30.00 

1797 20.00  to  30.00 

1801-2 1.50  to  3.00 

1815 1.50  to  4.00 

1836,  reeded 1 . 00  to  2 . 00 

1838,  Orleans 10.00  to  15  00 

1852 1.25  to  2.50 

1853,  no  arrows 15. 00  to  30. 00 

SILVER    DOLLARS. 

1794 $  25.00  to  $  35.00 

1804 350.00  to  500.00 

1836 2.50  to  5.00 

1838 20.00  to  35.00 

1839 20.00  to  30.00 

1851 15.00  to  25.00 

1852 15.00  to  25.00 

1854 2.50  to  4.00 

1855 2.00  to  3.50 

1856 1.25  to  2.00 

1858 15.00  to  25.00 

COUNTERFEIT  MONEY. 

A  counterfeit  bank-note  is  a  fac-Minile  of  the  genuine, 
or  as  nearly  like  it  as  is  possible  to  make  it.  A  ximrinus 
note  is  one  whose  designs  arc  different  from  the  genuine, 
and  is  intended  to  pass  in  places  where  the  genuine  is 
unknown.  An  altered  note  is  one  that  is  altered  from 
a  lower  to  a  higher  denomination;  or  on  a  broken  or  bogus 
bank,  having  the  name  or  locality  changed  for  that  of 
some  reputable  bank. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  counterfeit  money,  coin  and  paper. 
A  spurious  coin  is  told  easily  by  its  lightness  of  weight, 
generally.  The  ring  of  the  metal  on  any  hard  substance 
is  dull  if  there  is  alloy  in  the  coin.  The  milling  or  edge- 
work  is  usually  imperfect.  But  there  is  not  much  danger 
from  this  direction.  The  real  danger  is  from  paper  money. 

RULES  FOR  DETECTING  COUNTER- 
FEIT MONEY. 

1.  Counterfeiters  rarely,  if  ever,  get  the  imprint  or 
engraver's  name  perfect.  The  shading  in  the  back- 
ground of  the  vignette  and  over  and  around  the  letters 
forming  the  name  of  the  bank  on  a  good  bill  is  even  and 
perfect;  on  a  counterfeit  it  is  uneven  and  imperfect. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  195 

2.  Examine  the  vignette  or  picture  at  the  top  of  the 
note  closely.     If  the  note  be  genuine,  the  faces  have  a 
life-like  expression,   the  eyes  are  well  defined,   showing 
the  pupil  and  the  white  distinctly,  the  drapery  or  dress 
fits  well,  looks  easy  and  natural,  and  shows  the  folds 
very    plainly — in    short,    the    entire    figure    harmonizes. 

The  sky  is  clear,  or  transparent,  soft  or  even,  not 
scratchy,  and  all  the  different  objects  have  a  finished 
appearance.  In  the  genuine  note,  all  the  small  figures 
in  the  background  are  perfectly  executed. 

3.  Examine   the   lettering.     In   a  genuine   bill   it   is 
absolutely  perfect.     There  has  never  been  a  counterfeit 
put  out  but  was  more  or  less  defective  in  the  lettering. 

4.  Examine   the  medallion  rulings  and  the  circular 
ornaments  around  the  figure  carefully,  and  see  if  they 
are    uniform,    regular    and    smooth.     If    there    are    two 
medallions  on  a  note,  designed  to  be  alike,  they  are  ex- 
actly alike,  as  they  are  from  the  same  original  die.     This 
work  is  done  by  a  geometrical  lathe,  a  machine  of  great 
cost,    which   produces   fine,    ornamental   circles   of   such 
exquisite   uniformity   and   perfection   that   it   is   almost 
impossible  for  a  counterfeiter  to  produce  a  good  imitation. 

5.  Examine  the  signature  of  the  president  and  the 
cashier.     In    some    they    are    lithographed    fac-similies, 
inked  over  with  a  pen,  giving  them  the  appearance  of 
being  stamped.     The  stroke  has  a  dead  color  and  rough 
edge,  and  the  pen  does,  not  always  follow  the  hair-stroke 
exactly.     The    genuine    signatures,    being    written    with 
a  pen,  look  more  or  less  glossy,  and  the  stroke  has  a  smooth 
edge. 

6.  There  are  two  silk  lines  through  the  bill  length- 
wise, one  near  the  top  and  one  near  the  bottom.     By 
holding  it  up  to  the  light  you  can  easily  see  the  threads 
in  each  bill.     This  is  one  of  the  best  tests  of  a  genuine 
bill,  because  no  counterfeiter  can  put  in  the  silk  threads 
and'  imitate  the  genuine  bill  in  that  respect. 

7.  Bank  notes   that  have   been  altered   by  what  is 
called  the  "pasting  process"  can  be  detected  by  holding 
them  to  the  light.     The  parts  pasted  on  will  then  be  easily 
discovered.     If  any  alteration  has  been  made  by  sub- 
stituting letters  or  figures  for  others  that  have  been  erased, 
the  denomination  in  the  center  of  the  note,  if  carefully 
examined,  letter  by  letter,  will  be  found  to  be  blurred 
and  improperly  formed,  and  the  parallel  lines  irregular 
and  imperfect. 

8.  The  paper  of  a  counterfeit  is  always  of  an  inferior 
quality,   while  the  government  has  the  best  and  most 
perfect   system  of  manufacturing  the  highest  grade  of 
paper. 


196  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

9.  The  texture  of  the  paper  between  the  letters  is 
frequently    destroyed.     This    defect    can    be    discovered 
by  comparing  the  paper  between  the  letters  with  that 
immediately  above  and  below  them.     Sometimes  the  ink 
of  the  altered  part  is  different  from  the  rest  of  the  note. 

10.  The  ink  used  in  genuine  notes  is  very  difficult 
to   imitate.      It    gives   a   clear,   glossy   impression,   while 
counterfeiter's  ink  looks  dull,  smutty  and  muddy. 

These  rules  are  especially  approved  by  New  York 
hankers. 

One  should  be  careful  not  to  be  imposed  upon  by  a 
stranger  seeking  the  accommodation  of  having  one 
large  bill  exchanged  for  several  small  o 

One  should  acquire  the  habit  of  looking  sharply  at  a 
bill  before  taking  it,  especially  of  a  stranger,  and,  more 
especially,  at  a  place  of  amusement,  or  where  there  is 
a  special  tendency  to  haMe  and  liability  to  imposition. 


CHAFFER  XIII. 
Property,  R^eaJ  a.nd  Personal. 

All  property  is  divided  into  real  estate  and  personal 
property. 

1.  Kt'dl    I-Jxtute    means   land    and    everything   growing 
or  built  upon  it,  such  as  trees,   houses   aiul  all   kinds   of 
buildings. 

2.  Personal    Property    is    everything    else.     Thus    all 
capital  stock  of  railroad  companies  and  other  companies 
is  personal   property,  even  though  the  property  of  cor- 
porations  consists   only  of  land. 

A  note,  draft  or  claim  upon  a  debtor  is  personal  property. 
Real  estate  may  change  to  personal  property.  Thus, 
trees  growing  and  coal  in  mine  are  real,  but  when  trees 
are  cut  down  and  coal  is  mined,  they  become  personal. 
Real  seems  to  imply  the  immovable  character  of  property. 

KINDS  OF  OWNERSHIP. 

1.  Full  Otrncrxhip.     The  greater   part    of  real   e.-tate 
in    this    country    is    owned    in    full    absolute    ownership; 
in  legal  terms,  'it  is  owned  in  fee  simple. 

One  may  do  what  he  pleases  with  property  he  owns 
in  full.  He  can  sell  it,  give  it  away  or  destroy  it.  A- 
long  as  he  injures  no  one  else  by  doing  so,  no  one  has  a 
right  to  interfere. 

2.  Life  Ownership.     Property  may  be  given  to  a  per- 
son to  hold,  and  to  use  as  long  as  he  lives.     He  may 


MAUNAL  OF  BUSINESS.  197 

use  it  as  he  sees  fit;  occupy  and  use  it  himself  or  rent  it. 
But  he  cannot  (1)  sell  or  mortgage  it;  (2)  he  cannot  trans- 
fer it  to  another  by  will;  (3)  he  must  not  decrease  its 
value  by  cutting  down  trees  or  taking  down  buildings. 
He  can,  however,,  transfer  or  assign  his  life  ownership 
to  another. 

3.  How   Obtained.     A  life   ownership   may    be  given 
by  the  real  owner  to  one  whom  he  wishes  to  provide  as 
long  as  the  party  may  live,  as  a  profligate  son  or  invalid 
child. 

A  widow  is  by  law  entitled  to  a  life  interest  in  one- 
third  of  all  the  lands  her  husband  has  owned  since  their 
marriage.  That  is  called  her  dower.  In  many  states 
a  widower  is  entitled  to  a  life  interest  in  all  the  lands 
which  his  wife  has  owned  since  their  marriage,  provided 
a  child  has  been  born  to  them. 

4.  Joint  Ownership.     Here  each  person  has  a  present 
and  equal  right  to  possession.     All  can  use  it  or  sell  it 
together,   each  can  dispose  of  his  share  as  he  pleases. 
If  in  a  division  they  cannot  agree,  one  can  bring  suit 
and  the  court  will  divide  it. 

5.  To  Hold  in  Trust.     Sometimes  property  is  placed  in 
trust  of  a  third  party  for  the  use  of  children  tinder  age. 
Such  a  person  is  called  a  Trustee,  and  if  entrusted  with 
the  duty  of  managing  the  property  and  applying  the  pro- 
fit s  to-the  use  of  those  to  be  benefited. 

The  rights  of  such  trustee  are  usually  defined  by  a  will. 
The  powers  of  the  trustee  over  the  property  are  governed 
by  the  deed  or  will  creating  the  trust. 

The  trustee  can  do  nothing  with  the  estate  to  benefit 
himself.  The  beneficiary  has  no  power  over  the  property, 
in  some  cases  he  cannot  even  transfer  his  rights  to  receive 
th<>  income  to  another. 


SALE  OF  PROPERTY. 

A  Sale  is  an  Agreement  to  Exchange  Property  for  Money. 
It  is  a  change  of  ownership  for  money. 

Possession  is  not  ownership.  A  person  may  possess 
what  he  does  not  own,  or  own  what  he  does  not  possess. 
An  agreement  to  sell  at  some  future  time  is  not  a  sale. 

A  Sale  is  Complete  as  soon  as  the  agreement  is  made 
and  the  ownership  changes  immediately,  whether  the 
goods  are  delivered  or  not.  Parties  may  agree  upon  the 
terms  of  a  sale  that  the  ownership  is  not  change. to  until 
payment  is  made  or  the  goods  are  delivered. 


198  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

Destruction  by  Fire.  If  property  is  destroyed  by  fire 
the  owner  at  that  item  must  bear  the  loss  no  matter 
who  possesses  them.  If  it  was  u  >;ile  the  buyer  must 
pay  for  them.  If  it  was  only  an  agreement  of  a  future 
sale  he  need  not  pay  because  the  seller  cannot  carry 
out  his  part  of  the  agreement. 


REQUISITES  OF  A  SALE. 

Five  things  are  necessary  to  every  sale. 

1.  That  the  agreement  should  be  binding. 

2.  That   the   property   exist. 

3.  That  it  is  owned  by  tin-  -eller. 

4.  That  the  agreement  must  refer  to  >ome  particular 
property. 

5.  That  the  consideration  should  be  money. 

An  agreement  to  sell  requires  only  the  first  and  last; 
a  sale  all  of  the  five. 

1.  Every   Sale   is   a   Contract.     The    buyer   agrees   to 
pay  a  certain  sum  for  the  goods,  the  seller  agrees  to  fur- 
nish the  goods  for  the  specified  Mini,   the  consideration 
is  the  agreement  by  the  buyer  to  pay  for  what  lie  buys. 
Fraud  in  any  part  of  the  acontract  releases  the  defrauded 
party  from 'his  obligations. 

2.  Property  Must  A'.n'.sY.     If  A  ><-lls  a  horse  to  B,  and 
unknown  to  either  the  horse  had  died   before  the  sale, 
the  whole  contract  would  be  void.     If  B  had  paid  the 
price  it  must  be  returned  to  him.     If  an  article  not  yet 
manufactured   is  paid  for  in  advance  and  is  destroyed 
before  finished  the   manufacturer  must  sustain  the  loss 
and  furnish  another  article  or  restore  the  money  to  the 
purchaser. 

3.  Sale  WilJioitl  Otrnt'rxhijt  /*  X<>  Xale.     No  one  can 
claim  a  thing  simply  because  he  has  bought   it  unless 
he  has  purchased  it"  from  the  owner.     The  true  owner 
of  property  can  claim  it  at  any  time    and    in    whosever 
hands  he  finds  it. 

If  I,  without  my  knowledge,  buy  stolen  property, 
even  if  it  has  been  delivered  into  my  possession,  the 
original  owner  can  claim  it.  It  makes  no  difference 
through  how  many  hands  the  property  may  have  passed. 

This  rule  does  not  apply  to  money  or  negotiable  papers, 
payable  to  bearer,  such  as  notes,  checks,  etc.  Posse>-k>n 
in  this  case  is  sufficient  evidence  of  ownership.  Money 
and  such  papers  pass  daily  from  one  party  to  another, 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  199 

ownership  cannot  be  first  considered.     This  is  especially 
true  of  money. 

If,  however^  a  thief  should  give  stolen  money  to  a  friend, 
the  latter  could  not  keep  it.  If  securities  over  due  were 
offered,  say  at  half  their  value,  the  banker  would  have 
reason  to  suspect  that  they  had  been  stolen;  the  true 
owner  could  take  them  without  indentifying  the  pur- 
chaser. 

4.  Particular  Property.     A  sale  must  refer  to  particular 
property.     If  I  order  particular  goods,  say  cloth  or  wares, 
they  do  not  become  mine  until  they  have  been  selected. 
If  no  particular  property  is  referred  to  it  is  merely  an 
agreement  to  sell,  and  not  a  sale. 

5.  Price.     An  agreement  to  pay  money  is  a  necessary 
element  of  sale.     The  price  need  not  always  be  fixed. 
I  can  order  goods  without  stipulating  a  price,  the  pay- 
ment of  a  reasonable  price  is  implied.     When  no  time  of 
payment  is  mentioned  the  same  is  due  immediately. 

Sale  of  Debts.  A  claim  upon  a  debtor  may  be  sold  just 
the  same  as  other  property,  but  notice  of  such  a  sale 
must  be  given  to  the  debtor. 

Defects.  Should  there  be  any  defects  in  the  property 
or  animals  which  can  be  seen,  that  does  not  relieve  the 
buyer  from  meeting  obligations,  though  he  claims  not 
to  have  seen  the  defects. 


CHAPTER  XIV. 
Transportation. 

The  business  of  the  transportation  of  goods  and  the 
IUAVS  which  regulate  the  same  are  of  great  importance 
and  should  be  thoroughly  understood  by  everyone. 
Those  who  transport  goods  for  others  are  called  Carriers, 
arid  since  all  the  business  is  done  under  contract  sush 
contracts  are  very  numerous. 

Common  Carriers.  A  common  carrier  is  one  whose 
business  is  to  transport  from  place  to  place  the  goods  of 
anyone  who  may  employ  him. 

The  most  common  ones  are  the  railroad,  steamboat, 
steamship  and  express  companies.  Truckmen  and  others 
who  offer  their  services  to  the  public  generally  are  also 
common  carriers. 

Two  elements  are  necessary  to  constitute  one  a  com- 
mon carrier:  (1)  his  following  it  as  a  business,  and  (2) 
his  offering  his  services  to  the  public  generally.  Those 
who  work  only  for  a  particular  person  are  not  common 
but  private  carriers. 


200  MANUAL  OF  BUSIM 

Obligation  to  Take.  A  common  carrier  is  obliged  by 
law  to  take  any  goods  that  are  offered  to  him  for  trans- 
portation to  any  point  on  his  route,  provided  his  usual 
compensation  is  offered  him  in  advance. 

In  case  the  carrier's  cars  arc  full  he  may  refuse  to  take 
more;  he  may  also  refuse  to  carry  freight  of  a  dangerous 
character,  such  as  explosives. 

Compensation.     Carriers   may   establish   such   ral 
make  such  contracis  as  they  choose.     Large  corporations 
usually  have   established   >«-heduIes   of   rates.     They   can 
change  these  from  time  to  time,   but   they   must 
the  goods  of  all  persons  at    th<»e   rates.     They   cannot 
demand  more  from  one  person  than  from  another,   but 
must   treat   all  alike.     Often   the  State  provides  a  maxi- 
mum rate  which  they  are  not  allowed  to  exceed. 

Payment.  Common  carriers  may  demand  their  pay 
in  advance,  yet  they  often  transport  the  goods  and  col- 
lect the  freight  from  the  person  receiving  the  same. 

In  case  the  person  to  whom  the  goods  are  sent   r 
to   pay  the   charges   the   carrier  must   collect   from    the 
sender,  for  it   was  with  him  the  contract   was  made  and 
he  alone  can  be  sued.     The  other  party  made  no  contract 
with  the  carrier,  hence  cannot  be  sued.      But  if  the  sender 
is  acting  as  the  agent  of  the  person  to  whom  they  are  to 
be  sent  the  company  may  sue  the  latter,  for  in  th. 
the  contract  was  made  with  him. 

Carrier's  Lien.     Common   Carriers  have  another  way 
to   obtain   their   pay.     Common   carriers   may   keep   the 
goods    they    have    transported    until    their    char- 
paid. 

Thus,  there  are  three  ways  in  which  a  carrier  may  en- 
force payment  of  his  freight,  viz. : 

1.  He  may  refuse  to  take  the  goods  unless  payment 
is  made  in  advance. 

2.  He  may  transport  them  and  then  keep  them  until 
paid. 

3.  He  may  transport  and  deliver  them  and  then  sue. 
the  person  with  whom  he  made  his  contract. 

LIABILITIY  OF  RAILROAD  AND 

EXPRESS  COMPANIES.  f 

Loss  or  Injury.  Common  carriers  are  responsible  for' 
any  loss  or  injury  occurring  to  goods  which  they  an  , 
transporting.  Any  damages  that  have  occurred  to  tlu-j 
goods  while  in  possession  of  the  carrier  must  be  made, 
good.  He  has  complete  control  over  the  goods  as  if 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  201 

they  were  his  own,  and  if  while  in  his   possession   they 
suffer  injury  it  is   his  loss. 

The  carrier  is  not  liable  for  the  "act  of  God,"  such  as 
cyclones,  floods,  lightning,  a  public  enemy  as  in  war,  or 
(in  shipping)  for  perils  of  the  sea.  But  fire,  unless  caused 
by  lightning,  does  not  come  under  this  head.  Robbery 
or  theft  does  not  relieve  them  from  liability. 

Any  damages  that  have  occurred  to  the  goods  while 
in  possession  of  the  carrier  must  be  made  good  if  it  oc- 
curred through  the  carelessness  of  any  of  the  employes. 

Perishable  Goods.  Carriers  are  not  responsible  for 
loss  to  fruits  that  decay  in  their  possession,  or  goods 
shipped  in  defective  boxes  or  carelessly  packed,  such  as 
glassware,  crockery  or  other  articles  that  are  easily 
broken. 

If  a  package  is  of  great  value,  such  as  money,  the  com- 
mon carrier  must  be  informed  of  it. 

Collecting  Damages.  In  case  of  damage  to  goods  the 
railroad  or  express  company  should  be  duly  notified  and 
the  amount  of  damages  stated  or  sworn  to  before  a  proper 
officer  and  with  sufficient  evidence,  if  required. 

A  common  carrier  must  pay  the  market  value  at  the 
point  of  destination  of  all  property  lost  or  destroyed 
by  his  fault  while  in  his  care  for  transportation. 

'Receipt.     In   shipping  goods   by  freight   or  express  a 
receipt  should  always  be  taken  and  carefully  preserved. 


COMMON  CARRIERS  OF  PERSONS. 

A  common  carrier  of  persons  is  one  who  holds  himself 
out  to  carry  for  hire  from  place  to  place  all  such  persons 
as  choose  to  emploj'  him.  Railroads,  steamboats,  street 
car,  omnibus  and  stage  line  companies  are  the  most  com- 
mon. 

His  Duty.  He  must  carry  all  persons  who  may  present 
themselves  for  carriage  provided  they  are  in  a  proper 
condition  and  offer  their  fare.  He  is  bound  to  provide 
suitable  and  proper  means  of  conveying,  with  suitable 
attention. 

His  Liability.  He  is  bound  to  use  the  highest  degree 
of  care  and  diligence  in  the  conduct  of  his  business  and 
is  responsible  for  negligence  of  any  kind.  He  is  bound 
to  protect  the  passengers  against  insult  or  injury  from 
his  servants  and  employees.  He  must  give  passengers 
reasonable  time  to  get  off  and  on  the  carriage  and  suitable 
means  of  doing  so. 


202  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

The  responsibility  begins  as  soon  as  the  passenger 
steps  into  the  carriage  or  even  upon  the  grounds  and 
premises,  such  as  railroad  depots,  with  their  platforms 
and  walks,  or  landing  places  of  steamboats  owned  by 
the  carrier. 

Negligence  and  carelessness  on  the  part  of  passengers 
which  result  in  their  injury  or  death  excuses  the  common 
carrier  from  liabilities. 


BAGGAGE. 

Baggage. — Carriers  of  passengers  are  responsible  for 
their  baggage.  Wearing  apparel,  personal  ornaments  and 
a  reasonable  amount  of  money  for  expends  are  pro- 
perly baggage. 

Dilni/  in  Forwarding  Ilo(/i/<!(/<\  Carriers  are  liable  for 
dainage  incurred  by  passenger-;  for  unnecessary  delay  in 
forwarding  their  baggaire.  I'll'1  measun-  of  the  damage 
is  the  value  of  t  he  use  of  the  property  to  the  owner  during 
the  delay  of  delivering  it.  This  value,  however,  may  be 
difficult  to  prove  by  evidence. 


HOW  TO  COLLECT  DEBTS. 

Pu>i  as  you  go,  or  a  strictly  ca>h  business  i-.  the  best 
and  safest  method  of  doing  business.  Hut  certain  con- 
ditions or  customs  in  trade  make  this  -ometimes  imprac- 
tical or  impossible,  and  credit  mu.-t  be  given.  Cnder 
this  method  dishonest.  carele<-  or  unfortunate  people 
contract  debts,  then  refuse,  neglect  or  are  unable  to  pay 
them  and  collections,  peaceable  or  forced,  become  a 
necessity. 

The  requisite  steps  to  collect  such  debts  are  a  matter  of 
great  importance  and  should  be  understood  by  every- 
body, but  they  are  not  and  much  unpleasant ne—  and 
heavy  losses  are  often  the  result. 

Hut  if  the  defects  cannot  be  seen  and  the  seller  recom- 
mends the  property  as  good  or  sound  the  buyer  is  relieved 
from  filling  his  part  of  the  contract. 

Time  of  Possession.  When  no  time  of  payment  is 
mentioned  the  law  presumes  that  the  property  must  be 
paid  for  before  the  purchaser  can  secure  possession. 
When  credit  is  given  the  buyer  is  entitled  to  immediate 
possession. 

In  connection  with  sales  of  considerable  value  it  is 
always  well  to  advance  a  small  amount  to  bind  the 
seller  to  the  bargain. 


CHAPTER  XV. 

Rights  and  Obligations  of  Parents 
and  Children. 

In  ancient  domestic  life  the  father  ruled  as  an  absolute 
monarch  over  the  family.  So  it  is  still  in  oriental  coun- 
tries. Christian  civilization  has  greatly  modified  this 
and  laws  have  been  enacted  that  set  forth  the  relation 
of  parent  and  child,  defining  the  duties  and  obligations 
of  each. 

RIGHTS  OF  PARENTS. 

1.  As  long  as  a  child  is  under  age  he  is  subject  to  the 
control  of  the  parents,  who  have  all  reasonable  authority 
to   enforce   obedience.     As  long  as  a  child  is  properly 
treated  by  the  parents  no  one  has  a  right  to  interfere 
nor  to  take  away  and  retain  a  child  against  their  wishes. 

2.  Adopting  a  Child.     When  a  child  is  adopted  by 
another  family  its  parents  lose  their  claim  upon  it  and 
the  adopting  "persons  take  their  place.     A  child  cannot 
be  adopted  without  the  consent  of  its  parents,   but  if 
consent  is  once  given  it  cannot  be  revoked. 

A  child  over  fourteen  must  himself  consent  to  the  adop- 
tion. The  court  has  in  all  cases  the  right  to  consent  to 
or  refuse  the  adoption. 

Application  must  therefore  be  made  at  the  County  Court 
and  the  judge  will  consider  it  and  pass  upon  it. 

3.  Punishment.     Parents  have  a  right  to  punish  their 
minor  children  providing  they  are  not  guilty  of  cruelty. 
Brutality  is  severely  punished  by  law  as  a  crime.     The 
punishment  must    *be    reasonable,  leaving  no  bruise  or 
injuring  the  health  of  the  child. 

4.  Claims  Upon  Earnings.     While  the  child  is  a  minor 
parents  have  a  right  to  all  his  earnings.     They  can  claim 
them  of  his  employer.     Parents,  however,  may  free  the 
child  and  allow  him  to  collect  and  use  his  own  wages. 


204  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

When  this  once  made  public  the  parents  cannot  thereafter 
collect  the  child's  wages. 

5.  A  Ifunnirai/  Cfiild.  A  child  has  no  right  to  leave 
home  without  permission  of  the  parents;  if  he  does  he 
can  be  brought  hack  by  force.  Relations  or  others  who 
would  keep  him  can  be  forced  by  la\v  to  give  him  up 
unless  it  can  be  shown  that  the  father  is  brutal  in  his 
treatment  of  the  child  or  is  not  capable  because  of  drunk- 
enness or  other  causes  to  properly  care  for  the  child. 


OHLKIATIOXS  OF   PAKKNTS. 

Obligation  to  Support.  The  lav.  requires  that  parents 
shall  support  their  minor  children.  A  child  having 
property  of  his  o\\  n  does  not  releave  the  parents  from 
supporting  him.  They  can,  however,  by  applying  to  the 
Court,  get  permission  to  use  a  part  or  all  of  the  income 
from  the  child's  property  for  his  support.  Heyond  this 
the  parents  have  no  claim  upon  or  control  over  the 
child's  property. 


CHILIWKVS   MIGHTS  AM)  OBLIGATIONS. 

1.  A  child  can  own  property  over  which  the  parents 
have  no  control,  except  the  u>e  of  the  income  of  the  -ame 
for  the   support    of   the   child,   as  slated   above. 

2.  Where  it   is  shown  that   parents  are  unable  to  .-up- 
port   themselves   the   child   is   under   legal   obligations   to 
support  and  care  f.or  them,  at  least  do  what  he  can  to- 
ward such  support. 

3.  If   a   child   commits   a    premeditated   crime    he   is 
personally  liable:  parents  cannot   be  held  responsible  for 
crimes  committed  by  their  minor  children. 

4.  Guardian.      A  guardian  may  be  appointed  over  an 
orphan  child,  or  the  child  may  choose  his  own  guardian, 
who  in   a    legal    sense    exercises    all    the    authority   of    a 
parent. 


CHAPTER  XVI. 

Parliamentary  Rules  and  Forms 
of   Resolutions, 

Trace  each  motion  to  its  respective  references  and  you 
master  at  a  glance  the  intricacies  of  parliamentary  usages, 
comprising  some  three  hundred  points  of  order. 

Forms  in  which  questions  may  be  put,  8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.14. 

Motions  to  withdraw  a  motion a.  e.  g.  i.  m.  n.  p. 

Questions  of  precedence  of  questions  ...  1.  2.  3.  4.  5.  6.  7. 

To  take  up  a  question  out  of  its  proper  order,  a.e.g.i.l.n.p. 

Motion  to  take  from  the  table a.e.g.k.l.n.p. 

Motion  to  suspend  the  rules c.e.h.j.m.n.p. 

To  substitute  in  the  nature  of  an  amendment,c.e.h.i.m.n.p. 

Motion  to  make  a  subject  a  special  order.  .  .  .c.e.h.i.l.n.p 

Question  whether  subject  shall  be  discussed,  .a.e.g.i.l.o.q. 

Motion  that  committee  do  not  rise a.e.g.j.m.n.p. 

Motion  to  refer  a  question c.f.h.j.m.n.p. 

Motion  to  reconsider  an  undebatable  question, a.e.g.j.m.n.r. 

Motion  to  reconsider  a  debatable  question,  .c.f.g.j.m.n.p. 

Reading  papers a.e.g.i.m.n.p. 

Questions  of  privilege c.e.h.i.m.n.p. 

Questions  touching  priority  of  business.  .  .  .  a.e.h.i.m.n.p. 

Motion  for  previous  question a.e.g.i.l.n.p. 

Motion  to  postpone  indefinitely c.f.g.i.m.n.p. 

Motion  to  postpone  to  a  definite  time d.e.h.i.m.n.p. 

Motion  for  the  arders  of  the  day a.e.g.i.m.o.q. 

Objection  to  consideration  of  question a.e.g.i.l.o.q. 

Motion  to  limit  debate  on  question a.e.h.i.l.n.p. 

Motion  to  lay  on  the  table a.e.g.k.m.n.p. 

Lea  veto  continue  speaking  after  indecorum,  a.e.g.i.n.m.n.p. 

Motion  to  extend  limits  of  debate  on  question,a.e.h.i.m.n.p. 

Motion  to  commit a.f.h.i.m.n.p. 

Motion  to  close  debate  on  question a.e.h.i.l.n.p. 

Call  to  order a.e.g.i.m.o.q. 

Motion  to  appeal  from  Speaker's  decision 

generally c.e.g.i.m.n.q 

Motion  to  appeal  from  Speaker's  decision  re- 
indecorum  a.e.h.i.m.n.q. 

Motion  to  amend  the  rules c.e.h.i.l.n.p. 

Motion  to  amend  an  amendment c.e.g.i.m.n.p. 


206  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

Motion  to  amend c.e.h.i.m.n.p. 

Motion  to  determine  time  to  which  to  ad- 
journ   b.e.h.i.m.n.p. 

Motion  to  adjourn a.e.g.j.m.n.p. 

a. — Question  undebatable;  sometimes  remarks  tacitly 
allowed. 

b. — Undebatable  if  another  question  is  before  the  assembly. 

c. — Debatable  question. 

d. — Limited  debate  only  on  propriety  of  postponement. 

e. — Does  not  allow  reference  to  main  question. 

f. — Opens  the  main  question  to  debate. 

g. — Cannot  be  amended. 

h. — May  be  amended. 

i. — Can  be  reconsidered. 

j. — Cannot  be  reconsidered. 

k. — An  affirmative  vote  on  this  question  cannot  be  recon- 
sidered. 

1. — Requires  two-third  vote,  unless  special  rules  have  been 
enacted. 

m. — Simple  majority  suflices  to  determine  the  question. 

n. — Motion  must  be  seconded. 

o. — Does  not  require  to  be  seconded. 

p. — Not  in  order  when  another  IIMS  the  floor. 

q. — Always  in  order  though  another  may  have  the  floor. 

r. — May  be  moved  and  entered  on  the  record  when  another 
has  the  floor,  but  the  lmsine<s  then  before  the  assembly 
may  not  be  put  aside.  The  motion  must  !>;>  made  by 
one  who  voted  with  the  prevailing  >ide,  and  on  the  same 
day  the  original  vote  was  taken. 

1. — Fixing  the  time  to  which  an  adjournment  may  be 
made;  ranks  first. 

2. — To  adjourn  without  limitation;  second. 

3. — Motion  for  the  Orders  ot  the  Day;  third. 

4. — Motion  to  lay  on  the  table;  fourth. 

5. — Motion  for  the  previous  question;  fifth. 

6. — Motion  to  postpone  definitely;  sixth. 

7. — Motion  to  commit;  seventh. 

8. — Motion  to  amend;  eighth. 

9. — Motion  to  postpone  indefinitely;  ninth. 
10. — On  motion  to  strike  out  words,   "Shall  the  words 
stand  part  of  the  motion?"  unless  a  majority  sus- 
tains the  words  they  are  struck  out. 

11. — On  motion  for  previous  question  the  fonn  to  be  ob- 
served is;  "Shall  the  main  question  be  now  put?" 
This,  if 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  207 

12. — On  an  appeal  from  the  chair's  decision,  "Shall  the 
decision  be  sustained  as  the  ruling  of  the  house?" 
The  Chair  is  generally  sustained. 

13. — On  motion  for  Orders  of  the  Day,  "  Will  the  house 
now  proceed  to  the  Orders  of  the  Day?"  This,  if 
carried,  supersedes  intervening  motions. 

14. — When  an  objection  is  raised  to  considering  question, 
"Shall  the  question  be  considered?"  Objection 
may  be  made  by  any  member  before  debate  has 
commenced,  but  not  subsequently.  Many  occa- 
sions arise  in  social  life,  such  as  the  death 
of  a  member  of  some  society,  the  retiring  of 
an  officer,  or  some  other  occurrence  calling  forth 
rejoicings  or  regrets,  where  expressions  of  sympa- 
thy, of  gratitude  or  of  congratulation  are  called  for. 
Such  expressions  are  usually  clothed  in  the  form  of 
resolutions  similar  to  the  following; 


RESOLUTIONS  OF  CONDOLENCE. 

ON    THE    DEATH    OF    A    PUBLIC    OFFICER. 

Whereas,  It  has  pleased  Almighty  God  in  His  Infinite 
wisdom  to  remove  from  our  midst  our  honored  and  worthy 
fellow-member,  John  Jones,  and 

Whereas,  The  pleasant  and  intimate  relations  which  for 
ten  years  he  has  held  with  this  Board  as  a  fellow  Director 
make  it  eminently  fitting  that  we  should  place  upon  record 
our  feelings  of  appreciation  of  his  services  and  regret  for 
his  loss,  therefore  be  it 

Resolved,  That  this  Board  of  Directors  will  ever  hold  in 
grateful  remembrance  the  sterling  business  qualities,  the 
patience,  integrity  and  clear-sightedness  displayed  for 
many  years  by  our  late  fellow-member,  John  Jones,  in  the 
work  of  this  board. 

Resolved,  That  the  sudden  removal  by  the  death  of  our 
esteemed  fellow-citizen  from  the  position  which  he  held 
as  a  public  officer  creates  a  vacancy  not  easily  filled,  and 
that  his  fellow-members  fully  realize  and  deeply  deplore 
the  loss  occasioned  to  themselves  and  to  the  public  at 

Resolved,  That  we  hereby  extend  our  deepest  sympathy 
to  the  bereaved  relatives  and  friends  of  the  deceased, 
hoping  that  even  in  the  sadness  of  their  affliction  they 
may  yet  find  some  consolation  in  knowing  that  the  worth 
of  his  private  qualities  and  the  value  of  his  public  services 
are  properly  appreciated. 

Resolved, "That  a  copy  of  these  resolutions  be  properly 


208  MANUAL  OF  W'SIXESS. 

engrossed  and  sent  to  the  family  of  our  deceased  fellow- 
member,  and  that  the  resolutions  In-  also  published  in  each 
of  the  daily  papers  of  this  city. 

DEATH  01    A  SOCIETY  MEMBER. 

At  a  special  meeting  of  the  Philologian  Literary  Society, 
held  at  Newbury  Hall  on  the  evening  of  Tuesday,  Sep- 
tember 10th,  the  following  preamble  and  resolutions  were 
unanimously  adopted: 

117/ovY/N,  [t  has  seemed  good  to  the  ruler  of  the  Universe 
to  remove  from  among  us  our  talented  and  beloved  friend 
and  fellow-member,  .James  Wilson;  therefore,  in  view  of 
the  loss  \\-e  have  sustained,  and  the  still  greater  loss  occa- 
sioned to  his  respected  relatives.  ],••  it 

/iV.sWm/,  That  the  members  of  this  society  hereby  desire 
to  express  their  sense  of  bereavement  and  grief  at  the  loss 
of  one  of  their  earliest,  most  faithful  and  most  gifted 
members,  and  to  record  the  enjoyment  and  profit  which 
they  have  long  had  in  the  genial,  social  and  brilliant  in- 
tellectual qualities  of  the  decea>ed. 

Resolved,  That  we  sincerely  sympathize  with  the  rela- 
tives and  near  friends  of  our  late  beloved  associate,  and 
that  we  respectfully  commend  them  for  consolation  to 
Divine  Providence,'  who  though  sometimes  inx-rutabie 
in  His  dispensation,  yet  doefh  all  things  well,  feeling  sure 
that  to  them,  as  to  us,  there  is  comfort  in  the  knowledge 
that  the  deceased  was  not  only  honorable  and  manly  in 
all  respects,  but  was  also  a  devoted  and  consistent 
Christian. 

/.YXM//VV/,  That  in  token  of  our  sorrow  at  the  death  of 
our  friend,  the  members  of  this  society  wear  a  badge  of 
crape  upon  the  left  arm  for  thirty  days. 

AY.Wm/,  That  the  secretary  of  this  meeting  is  in- 
structed to  send  a  copy  of  these  resolutions  to  the  parents 
of  the  deceased  as  a  testimony  of  our  grief  and  sympathy. 

RETIREMENT  OF  AN  OFFICER. 

At  a  meeting  of.  the  Aldermen  and  Councilman  of  Chi- 
cago, in  Common  Council  assembled,  the  following  resolu- 
tions were  adopted  without  a  dissenting  vote: 

Whereas,  Our  esteemecl  fellow  citizen,  William  Martin, 
has  handed  to  us  his  written  resignation  of  the  office  of 
City  Collector,  assigning  as  reasons  therefor  his  increasing 
and  bodily  infirmity  and, 

Whereas.  The  said  William  Martin  has  filled  the  office 
from  which  he  now  retires  for  thirty  years,  to  the  great 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  209 

satisfaction  of  all  citizens  of  whatever  political  party; 
and  during  this  time  our  taxes  have  been  lighter  and 
our  improvements,  at  the  same  time,  more  extensive 
than  those  of  our  neighboring  cities,  therefore  be  it 

Resolved,  That  in  unwillingly  accepting  the  resigna- 
tion of  Collector  Martin  the  Mayor  and  Common  Council 
of  this  city  desire  to  express  to  him,  in  the  heartiest  and 
most  sincere  manner,  the  thanks  both  of  themselves 
and  of  the  public  for  his  prolonged  valuable  labors  in  be- 
half of  the  public  interest,  and  hope  that  in  his  retire- 
ment from  office  he  will  enjoy  the  happiness  of  a  peaceful 
and  serene  old  age. 

Resolved,  That  a  copy  of  these  resolutions  be  hand- 
somely embossed  at  an  expense  of  not  more  than  fifty 
($50)  dollars,  and  presented  to  the  retiring  treasurer 
us  a  mark  of  our  esteem. 

(Signed   by   the   Mayor,   Aldermen   and   Councilmen.) 


CHAPTER  XVII. 
Dictionary  of  Business  Terms. 

Abatement.  A  discount  made  for  damage,  overcharge, 
or  payment  for  a  debt  before  it  is  due. 

.  1  crept.     To    acknowledge  by    signature,  or   agree   to 
perform,  according  to  the  expressed  terms. 

Acceptance.  A  formal  agreement  by  signature  to  pay 
a  draft  or  bill  according  to  its  terms. 

Accommodation.  The  loan  of  money  or  of  a  name, 
without  any  other  consideration  than  favor. 

Accommodation  Paper.  Notes  or  bills  drawn  to  be  dis- 
counted, and  not  founded  on  actual  sale  of  goods  or 
bona-fide  indebtedness. 

Account.  A  systematic  record  of  debits  and  credits, 
under  the  name  of  a  person,  species  of  property  or  cause. 

Account  Book.     A  book  containing  accounts. 

Account  Sales.  A  detailed  statement  rendered  by  a 
commission  merchant  to  his  principal,  showing  the  sales 
of  certain  goods,  the  expense  attending  the  same,  and 
the  difference  or  net  proceeds. 

Account  Current.  A  detailed  statement  of  the  trans- 
actions between  parties  for  a  certain  period,  showing 
what  is  the  condition  of  affairs  at  the  present  time. 

Accrue.     To  increase,   to  accumulate,   as  profits. 

Acknowledge.  To  admit;  as  by  letter  to  admit  the 
receipt  of  money  or  goods;  or  by  signature  to  certify 
to  the  genuineness  of  a  deed  or  mortgage. 

Acknowledgment.     A  receipt  or  admission. 


210  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

Actuary.     One  skilled  in  annuities  and  insurance. 

Acquittance.  A  release  from  debt  or  obligation;  a 
written  discharge  or  receipt  in  full. 

Adjust.     To  put  in  order  for  settlement. 

Ad  Valorem .  According  to  the  value.  Ad  valorem 
duties  arc  an  impost  of  a  certain  percentage  on  the  cost 
or  value-  of  the  article  imported.  Specific  duties  are  levied 
upon  the  quantity,  measurement,  or  weight;  as  so  many 
cents  or  dollars  per  gallon,  yard  or  pound,  as  li 
may  be. 

A  France.  Money  paid  before  goods  are  delivered; 
increase  of  value  in  merchandise;  money-  or  acceptance 
from  the  commission  merchant  to  the  consignor  before 
the  goods  are  disposed  of. 

.\ a1  rent nrc.  An  enterprise  or  hazard;  goods  shipped 
to  be  sold  on  account  and  risk  of  the  shippers. 

Adventure  in  Co.  Goods  sent  to  be  sold  on  joint  ac- 
count of  the  shipper  and  the  consignee. 

Adrise.  Information  communicated  by  letter;  usually 
the  announcement  of  goods  shipped,  or  bills  sent  for 
acceptance. 

Atn'nl.     One  commissioned  to  do  business  for  another. 

Agreement.     The  meeting  of  minds;  a  contract. 

Allow.  To  concede  or  discount  an  amount  to  be  paid, 
as  an  abatement. 

Alloirance.  A  deduction  from  the  gross  weight  of 
goods. 

Amount.  The  sum  total;  the  aggregate.  (Iros- amount 
is  the  total  without  deduction:  net  amount,  the  total 
less  deduction. 

Answer.  To  be  responsible  for;  to  discharge  a  debt  or 
obligation;  to  reply  for  a  letter  of  query. 

Application.  Making  a  request  ;  the  formal  preliminary 
process  for  obtaining  insurance. 

\]>{>li/.  To  appropriate  in  a  particular  \vay;  as,  apply- 
ing proceeds  in  the  payment  of  a  specified  debt. 

Appraise.     To  set  a  price  upon;  to  value. 

Appraisement.  Valuation  of  merchandise  or  ^fcher 
property. 

.1  ppraiwr.  One  who  sets  a  value  upon  goods;  a  govern- 
ment official  whose  duty  it  is  to  examine  and  report  the 
dutiable  values  of  imported  merchandise. 

Appreciate.     To  raise  the  value  of. 

Apprize.     Same  as  appraise. 

Appropriation.     A  sum  set   apart   for  a  certain  object. 

Arbitral  ion.  A  method  of  settling  differences  in  busi- 
ness matters  by  referring  the  affair  in  dispute  to  two  or 
more  disinterested  parties. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  211 

Article.  A  clause  in  a  contract;  a  distinct  part  of  an 
agreement  in  writing;  a  particular  commodity;  as  an 
article  of  merchandise. 

Articles  of  Copartnership.  The  text  of  a  copartner- 
ship contract. 

Assets.  Resources;  the  property  or  effects  of  an  in- 
dividual company,  or  corporation ;' used  in  contradistinc- 
tion to  liabilities. 

Assignat.  The  name  of  the  French  paper  issued  by 
the  government  after  the  revolution;  nominally  100 
francs. 

Assignee.  A  person  to  whom  the  affairs  of  an  insolvent 
debtor  are  referred  for  settlement.  An  assignee  is,  in 
effect,  a  trustee  for  the  creditors,  his  duty  being  to  make 
the  most  out  of  the  property  for  their  benefit. 

Assignment.  The  act  or  instrument  by  which  the  prop- 
erty and  effects  of  an  insolvent  or  embarrassed  merchant 
are  placed  in  the  hands  of  an  assignee. 

Assignor.  One  who  assigns  or  makes  over  his  property 
arid  effects  for  the  benefit  of  his  creditors. 

Association.     A  joint  stock  company. 

Assume.  To  undertake  or  promise  to  perform  any 
specified  service.. 

Assurance.  A  species  of  insurance;  as  contracts  under 
which  a  certain  sum  is  to  be  paid  on  the  death  of  an  in- 
dividual, or  upon  a  contingency  which  is  certain  to  occur. 

Attachment.  A  legal  process  by  which  property  in  the 
hands  of  a  party  not  the  debtor  may  be  levied  upon  for 
the  payment  of  a  debt. 

Attorney.  An  agent,  the  authority  under  which  an 
attorney  acts  is  usually  in  writing,  and  under  seal,  called 
a  "power  of  attorney." 

Audit.     To  examine  and  verify  accounts. 

Auditor.  One  who  examines  accounts;  an  officer  of 
the  government  through  whose  hands  all  claims  upon 
the  treasury  must  pass. 

Average.  A  fair  sample;  the  adjustment  of  the  pro- 
portion of  loss  sustained  by  insurers;  the  mean  time  for 
the  payment  of  the  whofe  of  several  sums  due  at  different 
times. 

Balance.  Scales  for  weighing;  amount  remaining  due 
on  settelment;  the  difference  between  the  debit  and  the 
credit  sides  of  an  account. 

Balance  of  Trade.  The  difference  between  the  value 
of  the  exports  and  imports  of  a  country. 

Balance  of  Account.  An  account  used  to  contain  the 
balances  of  resources  and  liabilities,  comprising  an 
epitomized  statement  of  the  condition  of  a  business. 


212  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

Balance  Sheet.  A  statement  in  condensed  form  show 
ing  the  condition  and  progress  of  business. 

Bona  Fide.     In  good  faith;  honestly. 

Bankable.  Funds  which  are  received  at  the  bank  at 
par  value. 

Bank  Balance. — Amount  on  deposit  at  bank  subject  to 
draft. 

Brink  Book.  The  book  of  a  depositor  in  which  each 
deposit  is  entered  by  the  receiving  Idler,  and  which  servos 
at  the  dealer's  voucher. 

Banker.  A  dealer  in  money;  one  who  is  intrusted 
with  the  Funds  of  another. 

Bank  Hours.  The  time  within  which  business  is  trans- 
acted at  a  bank,  in  most  cities  the  hours  between  10  A.  M. 
and  3  P.  M. 

Bank  Notes.  The  promissory  notes  of  a  bank  which 
are  payable  on  presentation  at"  its  counter,  and  on  that 
aCCOUnI  called  money. 

Bankrupt.  A  person  who  is  unable  to  pay  his  debts, 
or  who  is  broken  up  in  his  hu-iness;  the  term  usually 
applies  to  merchants  or  business  men. 

Hun/c.^.  Corporate  institutions  chartered  by  State  or 
Federal  authority  for  the  convenient  transaction  of  mone- 
tary operations.  They  are  authorized  to  receive  money 
on  deposit  to  is-ue  their  own  promissory  notes  which 
pass  as  money;  to  discount  paper,  or  lend  money  on  se- 
curity, etc.  Their  special  privileges  in  these  directions 
are  granted  upon  the  ground  of  the  benefits  which  they 
confer,  and  in  consideration  of  certain  guaranties  upon 
their  part  which  render  them  safe  and  reliable. 

Bank  Xtock.  The  paid  up  capital  of  a  bank,  usually 
divided  into  shares  of  a  certain  amount,  for  which  cer- 
tificates are  given,  and  which  may  be  transferred  by 
assingment . 

Bargain.  \  contract  or  verbal  agreement;  used  often- 
times in  the  sense  of  an  advantageous  purchase. 

Barter.  To  traflic  or  trade,  by  exchanging  one  com- 
modity for  another. 

Ba~aar.  \  word  of  eastern  u<age,  ,-ignifying  a  place 
of  exchange  or  general  market  place;  a  repository  of 
fancy  articles,  especially  of  dress. 

Bcim-r.  Tlu-  person  bearing,  holding  or  presenting 
for  payment  a  note,  draft  or  check.  Bills  payable  to  bearer 
are  negotiable  without  endorsement. 

Bill.  An  account  rendered  in  items;  a  general  term 
for  negotiable  paper,  as  Bills  Payable,  Bills  Receivable, 
Bills  of  Exchange. 

Bill  Book.  A  book  containing  the  particulars  of  all 
notes  and  drafts  issued  and  received. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  213 

Bill  Head.  A  printed  form  used  by  merchants  for 
their  bills  and  statements  of  account. 

Bill  of  Exchange.  A  general  designation  given  to 
drafts,  either  foreign  or  domestic.  A  foreign  bill  of  ex- 
change is  usually  drawn  in  sets  of  three,  and  sent  by  dif- 
ferent steamers  or  other  modes  of  conveyance,  so  that 
at  least  one  will  be  sure  to  meet  its  destination.  The 
payment  of  any  one  of  these  cancels  them  all. 

Bill  of  Lading.  A  written  document  signed  by  the 
proper  officer  of  a  vessel  acknowledging  the  receipt  of 
certain  packages  or  quantities  of  goods,  and  promising 
to  deliver  the  same  "in  like  good  order,"  at  the  place 
directed,  dangers  of  the  sea  excepted. 

Bill  Parcels.     A  detailed  account  of  goods  sold. 

Bill  of  Sale.  An  instrument  given  by  the  seller  to 
the  buyer,  conveying  his  right  and  interest  to  and  in 
the  goods  therein  specified. 

Bills  Payable.  Our  notes  and  draft  payable  to  other 
parties. 

Bills  Receivable.  Other  people's  notes  or  drafts  in 
our  possession  made  payable  to  us. 

Bond.  A  written  instrument  under  seal,  binding  the 
party  who  executes  it  to  perform  certain  expressed  acts, 
usually  to  pay  a  certain  sum  of  money  at  a  certain  time. 
The  penalties  for  non-performance  in  a  bond  are  usually 
placed  at  double  the  sum  mentioned,  for  the  purpose  of 
covering  cost  of  collecting,  interest,  etc. 

Bondsman.  One  who  is  bound,  or  gives  security  for 
the  faithful  performance  of  any  contract. 

Book  Debt.  An  entry  or  charge  on  a  Ledger;  called 
also  an  open  account,  in  contradistinction  to  a  written 
promise  or  note. 

Brand.  Technically,  a  mark  made  with  a  hot  iron 
upon  a  cask  or  case;  in  common  usage,  a  trade  mark 
either  written,  engraved  or  printed,  consisting  of  a  simple 
device,  picture,  combination  or  name. 

Breadstuff s.  An  American  term  applied  to  grain, 
flour,  meal,  etc. 

Broker.  An  agent  or  middleman  between  buyer  and 
seller;  one  who  purchases  or  sells  goods  for  others;  a 
dealer  in  stocks. 

Bull.  A  stock-exchange  term  applied  to  a  person  who, 
believing  that  a  certain  stock  will  rise  in  the  market, 
makes  his  contracts  upon  that  faith;  contradistinctive  of 
Bear,  which  signifies  one  who  believes  that  a  certain  stock 
will  decline  in  the  market,  and  acts  upon  that  belief.  The 
contest  between  the  Bulls  and  Bears,  which  creates  such 
activity  in  the  stock  exchange,  in  an  effort  on  either  hand 


214  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

to  realize  the  hopes  upon  which  these  transactions  are 
based. 

Bullion.  A  commercial  name  for  uncoined  gold  or 
.silver. 

Bushel.  A  cylindrical  vessel  18J  inches  in  diameter 
and  8  inches  deep  inside.  Its  capacity  is  2150  42-100 
cubic  inches. 

Call.     Demand  for  payment  of  an  installment  due. 

Cancel.     To  erase;  to  annul. 

Capital.     Money  or  other  property  invested  in  business. 

Capital  Stock.  Money  or  other  property  invested  in  an 
incorporated  company.* 

Choses  in  Possession.     Personal  things  of  which  one  has 
--ion. 

Choses  in  Action.  Personal  things  of  which  the  owner 
has  not  the  possession,  but  merely  a  right  of  action  for  their 

-ion. 

_  Collateral.  That  which  is  by  the  side,  and  not  the  direct 
line.  That  which  is  additional  to,  or  beyond  a  thing. 

^Comwon  L<nr.  That  system  of  law,  or  form  of  the  .-cinice 
of  juris-prudenee,  which' has  prevailed  for  ages  in  England 
and  in  the  Tinted  States,  in  contradistinction  to  other 
great  systems,  such  as  the  Roman  or  Civil  Law.  It  is  the 
unwritten  law,  as  dist inguished  from  the  written  or.-tat- 
Ute  law.  See  Statute  Law. 

Contingency.     That   which  may  po->iblv  come  to 
an  event  which  may  occur;  a  possibility;  a  casualty. 

Contingent.     Possible,  or  liable,  but  not  certain  to  occur. 

Capital  Stock.  \  paid-in  fund  of  a  corporation  or  the 
amount  of  value  which  a  man  employs  in  his  business. 

Cash  Account.  \  record  of  receipts  ami  disbursements 
ot  cash  in  the  form  of  an  account. 

Cottage.     A  rate  by  the  hundred. 

Certificate.  A  written  testimony,  a  voucher;  a-  a  cer- 
tificate of  stock,  or  certificate  of  deposit. 

Certified  Check.  \  check  which  has  been  certified  by 
the  bank  upon  which  it  is  drawn,  making  the  bank  abso- 
lutely responsible  for  its  payment. 

Charges.  Expenses  incurred  in  purchasing,  packing  and 
shipping  goods. 

Check.  An  order  on  a  bank  for  money  drawn  by  one 
who  has  cash  on  deposit. 

Check  Book.  \  book  of  printed  or  engraved  blank 
orders  for  checks. 

Circulating  Medium.  Cash  and  Bank  notes  payable 
on  demand;  the  medium  of  exchange. 

Clearance.  A  document  from  a  custom-house  officer 
permitting  a  ship  to  depart  on  her  voyage 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  215 

Clearing  House.  A  kind  of  banking  exchange  for  the 
convenience  of  daily  settlements  between  banks. 

Clerical  Error.  An  error  in  calculation  or  other  acci- 
dental error  on  books  or  documents. 

Coin.  Pieces  of  metal  stamped  with  certain  impres- 
sions fixing  their  value  as  a  medium  of  exchange. 

Coinage.  Assaying  and  converting  metals  into  pieces 
of  money  or  coins. 

Commercial  Paper.  Bills  of  exchange,  drafts  or  pro- 
missory notes  given  in  the  course  of  business. 

Commission.  A  charge  given  or  undertaken,  percentage 
allowed  an  business  done. 

Commission  Agent.  One  who  buys  or  sells  on  commis- 
sion. 

Common  Carrier.  One  who  for  a  pecuniary  considera- 
tion engages  to  transport  the  goods  or  merchandise  of  any 
who  may  choose  to  employ  him,  from  one  place,  to  another. 
Common  Carriers  are  restricted  and  privileged  by  law 
both  for  their  own  and  the  public  benefit. 

Confidential  Creditor.  A  creditor  who  from  the  pecu- 
liar character  of  his  claims  is  perferred  over  the  ordinary 
creditor  in  the  fullness  of  payment. 

Consignee.  The  person  to  whom  goods  are  sent  or 
consigned. 

Consignment.  Goods  consigned  to  a  correspondent 
or  agent  to  be  sold  on  account  of  the  sender. 

Consigner.  The  party  who  consigns  or  transmits 
goods. 

Consumption.     A   using   up;   the   quantity   consumed. 

Contraband.  Trade  carried  on  contrary  to  the  laws 
of  a  country. 

Contraband  Goods.  Articles  prohibited  by  the  laws 
to  be  imported  or  exported  on  certain  conditions. 

Copartnership.  An  agreement  between  two  or  more 
persons  for  joining  in  a  business  enterprise,  each  having 
a  proportionate  interest  therein. 

Corner.  A  term  used  to  express  a  monopolizing  arrange- 
ment entered  into  between  dealers  for  the  purpose 
of  creating  a  fictitious  value  in  any  kind  of  produce, 
stocks  or  other  commodity. 

Corporation.  Name  applied  to  persons,  usually  several, 
authorized  by  law  to  transact  business  as  an  association 
or  individual,  under  some  name,  as  the  Jackson  Manu- 
facturing Company. 

Correspondent.  One  who  carries  on  intercourse  with 
another  by  letter. 

Cost.  That  which  has  been  expended  in  obtaining  or 
producing  an  article. 


216  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

Counterfeit.     A  spurious  imitation  or  forgery. 

Countermand.     A  contrary  order. 

Coupon.  An  interest  certificate  which  is  cut  off  when 
payment  is  made. 

Credit.  The  opposite  of  debit;  what  is  due  to  another; 
the  time  given  for  payment  for  goods  sold;  reputation, 
pecuniary  integrity. 

Creditor.     One  to  whom   something  is  owing. 

Credit  Xi/xtcnt.     The  >\>iem  of  selling    goods  on    time. 

Currciici/.  That  which  pa»<  s  for  money;  usually 
applied  for  paper  money. 

Current.  Pas-ing  freely  from  hand  to  hand  as  cur- 
rency; now  running. 

Custom.  The  patronage  or  ,-upport  of  and  establish- 
ment; the  revenue  duties  levied  on  imported  good.-. 

Customer*.  Those  who  are  in  the  haliit  of  purchasing 
from  one  concern,  and  who  can  lie  relit  d  upon  to  do  so. 

Custom  nr  ('H<!<IC.  That  which  has  existed  in  practi>e 
among  merchants  or  bu>ine->  men  >o  long  and  uniformly 
a^  to  he  generally  accepted  ill  the  place  of  written  law. 
Common  law  is  the  embodiment  of  mercantile  i; 

Ct/xluttiN.       Taxes    or    revenue    duties    levied   on 
exported    or   imported. 

Dormant.     Silent,  not   known,  not  acting. 

I)U)-(*H.  Pei>onal  rot  mint,  or  fear  of  personal  injury 
or  imprisonment. 

Damage*.  Claims  against  underwriters  for  amount  of 
loss  or  injury,  also  against  merchants  on  account  of 
failure  in  whole  or  in  part  in  fulfilling  agreements,  and 
from  various  other  causes  growing  out  of  bush: 

Date.  Statement  in  a  letter  or  upon  a  bill  of  lading 
or  on  books  of  account  of  the  day  of  the  month  ami  year 
upon  which  the  letter  was  written,  or  the  transaction 
effected. 

Dai/  Book.  The  book  upon  which  the  consecutive  trans- 
actions of  a  business  are  recorded;  the  book  of  original 
entry. 

Days  of  Grace.  The  time  usually  allowed  beyond  the 
expressed  time  for  the  payment  'of  negotiable  paper. 
In  nearly  all  States  three  days  of  grace  are  allowed  on 
all  "written  obligations  unless  otherwise  expre>-ly  stated. 

Deal.     To  trade  or  traffic;  to  buy  or  sell. 

Dealings.     Transactions  between  two  or  more  persons. 

Dealer.  A  trader  in  goods  of  any  kind.  The  regular 
cu.-iciners  or  depositors  of  a  bank  are  called  dealers. 

Debenture.  A  certificate  given  by  the  collector  of 
the  port  of  entry  to  an  importer  for  drawback  of  duties 
on  imported  merchandise:  duties  on  which  when  the 
merchandise  is  exported  are  to  be  refunded. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  217 

Debit.  A  term  used  in  bookkeeping  to  express  the 
left  hand  page  of  a  ledger. 

Debt.     That  which  one  person  owes  another. 

Debtor.     One  who  owes. 

Decimal.     Any  number  expressed  in  the  scale  of  tens. 

Decimal  Currency.  A  currency  based  upon  the  decimal 
system,  such  as  that  of  the  United  States. 

Declined.     Fallen  in  value. 

Defaulter.  One  Avho  is  criminally  deficient  in  his 
accounts. 

Deficit.  A  deficiency;  the  difference  between  an  ac- 
countant's statement  of  assets  and  the  assets  them- 
selves. 

Delivery.  Transferring  the  possession  of  goods  from 
one  person  to  another. 

Demand.     A  claim  made  for  a  debt  due. 

Deposit.  Money  paid  on  account  of  a  purchase; 
money  placed  in  a  bank;  gross  amount  to  the  credit  of  a 
dealer. 

Discount.  An  allowance  for  prompt  payment  on  a  bill 
or  debt  not  due;  a  sum  paid  by  way  of  interest  for  the 
advance  of  money. 

Discount  Days.  The  days  in  the  week  in  which  the 
directors  or  the  discount  board  of  a  bank  meet  to  con- 
sider paper  offered  for  discount. 

Din'dend.  A  division  of  share,  proportional  payment 
made1  to  creditors  out  of  the  estate  of  bankrupt;  division 
of  the  profits  received  by  stockholders  from  the  earnings 
of  a  joint  stock  company. 

Double  Entry.  The  system  of  entry  which  secures  the 
entire  record  of  a  transaction;  so-called  because  for 
every  transaction  there  are  at  least  two  entries,  one  on 
the  debit  and  one  on  the  credit. 

Draft.  A  deduction  allowed  from  the  gross  weight 
of  goods;  the  number  of  feet  which  a  ship  sinks  in  the 
water;  an  island  or  domestic  bill  of  exchange,  which  is 
a  written  order  or  request  by  one  person  upon  another 
for  the  payment  of  a  specified  sum  of  money  at  a  specified 
time. 

Draw.     To  make  a  draft. 

Drawback.  The  paying  back  of  duties  by  the  govern- 
ment on  the  exportation  of  imported  goods. 

Drawee.  The  person  on  whom  the  draft  or  bill  is 
drawn. 

Drawer.  The  party  who  makes  the  draft,  or  who  re- 
quests that  the  payment  be  made. 

Due  Bill.  A  written  acknowledgment  of  debt;  not 
transferable  by  mere  endorsement. 


218  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


Duties.  A  tax  levied  by  the  government  on  imported 
goods;  money  paid  to  the  government  on  imports  and 
exports. 

FAciiicni.  One  of  the  simplest  parts  or  principles  of 
which  anything  con-i-N;  one  of  the  fundamental  or  es- 
sential ingredients. 

Entitle.  The  degree.  <|iiaiitity,  nature  and  extent  of 
interest  which  a  person  has  in  real  property. 

EstoojM-d.  A  preclusion  of  a  person,  arising  from  pre- 
vious conduct,  from  asserting  a  fact  inconsistent  there- 
with. A  man  is  estooped  from  contradicting  what  he  has 
once  avowed.  A  condu-ive  admission,  which  cannot  be 
denied  or  controverted.  - 

l:'.r>'rnf,;l.  AS  applied  to  contracts,  signifies  already 
done,  or  accomplished,  or  performed. 

I:\rfcntor.  One  who  is  appointed  by  a  testator,  or  by 
the  court,  to  carry  into  effect  the  provisions  of  a  will. 

Executory.     Yet  to  be  performed. 

Eartvxt.  Money  paid  to  the  seller  by  a  purcha-er  to 
bind  a  verbal  bargain;  delivery  of  part  of  the  good-  -old 
to  bind  t  he  cont  ract . 

Ea^u.      Not  pressed  for  money. 

Effect*.      Movable  property;     available  funds. 

Embezzling.  Fraudulently  appropriating  money  or  goods 
entrusted  to  his  charge  by  a  clerk  or  employ- 

Engagement.      An  obligation  or  contract  entered  into. 

Enlrif.     The  record  of  any  business  transaction. 

ExrJni »<]<•.  Tin"  place  where  merchants  of  a  city  meet 
to  transact  business;  a  term  used  to  designate  that  kind 
of  mercantile  transactions  by  which  merchants  pay  debts 
to  distant  creditors  without  transmitting  money'. 

Exchange  Broker.  One  who  negotiates  foreign  bills  of 
exchange. 

A'.ro'.sr.  Taxes  or  duties  on  articles  produced  and  con- 
sumed at  home;  internal  revenue  tax. 

Exhibit.  A  transcript  of  ledger  balances;  a  \\ritten 
statement  of  the  affairs  of  a  merchant. 

Export.     To  send  goods  to  a  foreign  country. 

h\r l>(»i  Dutif.  A  duty  imposed  by  some  governments 
on  the  exportation  of  certain  kinds  of  merchandise. 

J''.r/iort<r.     One  who  sends  goods  to  a  foreign  country. 

A'.r/w/.s-.  The  articles  exported  or  sent  out  of  the 
country. 

I-;.r/<'nxi»n.  An  agreement  on  the  part  of  a  creditor  to 
allow  further  time  for  the  payment  of  a  debt;  the  ex- 
tending of  the  various  items  of  a  bill  to  the  final  dollar 
and  cent  column. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  *219 

Factor.  An  agent  employed  to  sell  goods  or  merchan- 
dise consigned  or  delivered  to  him,  by  or  for  his  principal, 
for  a  compensation  commonly  called  factorage  or  com- 
mission. 

Face.  The  exact  amount  expressed  on  the  face  of  a 
bill  or  other  mercantile  paper,  without  addition  for  in- 
terest or  reduction  for  discount. 

Failure.  Suspension  of  payment;  inability  to  meet 
mercantile  engagements. 

Fixtures.  That  part  of  a  furnishing  of  a  store  or  office 
which  is  not  movable,  such  as  gas-pipes  and  burners, 
partitions. 

Flat.  Dull  of  sale;  a  stock  exchange  term  used  to 
express  the  price  of  bonds,  etc.,  when  the  sales  are  made 
without  reference  to  accumulated  interest. 

Footing.  The  expressed  amount  of  a  column  or  col- 
umns of  figures;  adding  up  columns  of  figures. 

Forced  Sales.  Sales  of  goods  made  under  necessity  or 
compulsion. 

Foreign  Bill  of  Exchange.  A  bill  drawn  by  a  person 
residing  in  one  country  or  State  upon  a  person  residing 
in  another  country  or  State. 

Forgery.  A  fraudulent  or  counterfeit  imitation  or  de- 
ception practiced  in  making  or  uttering  a  false  note,  bill 
of  exchange  or  other  instrument;  altering  a  note,  check 
or  order  with  fraudulent  intent. 

Gain.     Profit;  increase  in  wealth. 

General  Order  Store.  A  government  bonded  warehouse 
to  which,  under  a  "  General  Order, "  all  foreign  merchan- 
dise is  sent  that  is  not  claimed  by  the  owner  or  consignee 
within  a  certain  number  of  hours  or  days  after  the  arrival 
of  a  vessel  in  port. 

Go-Between.     Agents  for  both  parties. 

Good  Will.  The  interest  which  attaches  to  an  estab- 
lished business,  and  which  is  supposed  to  inhere  in  it 
whoever  may  be  its  proprietor.  The  good  will  of  a  busi- 
ness is  often  as  much  a  matter  of  purchase  and  sale  as 
any  other  commodity.  Its  value  depends  upon  the 
probability  that  force  of  habit  or  other  cause  will  induce 
its  former  patrons  to  continue  their  patronage. 

Grace.     See  Days  of  Grace. 

Gross.  Twelve  dozen;  the  great  gross  is  12  times  12 
dozen. 

Gross  Weight.  The  total  weight  of  goods  and  boxes, 
bags,  or  chests  in  which  they  are  packed. 

Guarantee.  He  to  whom  a  guaranty  is  made;  a  promise 
to  answer  for  the  payment  of  some  debt,  or  the  performance 
of  some  duty,  in  case  of  the  failure  of  another  person,  who 


220*  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


is,  in  the  first  instance,  liable  to  such  payment  or  per- 
formance. 

Guarantor.  One  who  makes  or  gives  a  guaranty;  one 
who  engages  to  secure  another  in  any  right  or  possession. 

Guaranty.  An  undertaking  to  answer  for  the  perfor- 
mance of  a  contract  or  the  payment  of  a  debt  or  duty 
of  another  in  case  of  the  failure  of  such  other  to  pay  or 
perform. 

Handbills.  Advertisements  printed  on  small  sheets  to 
be  distributed  by  hand  or  posted  in  public  places. 

Hand  Money.  Money  paid  by  the  purchaser  at  the 
closing  of  a  contract  or  sale. 

Intestate.  Dying  without  having  made  a  valid  will; 
a  person  who  dies  without  making  a  valid  will. 

In  Toto.     In  the  whole,  altogether,  entirely. 

In  Transit u.  In  a  state  of  transition;  going  from  one 
place  to  another. 

Implements.  Tools  or  instruments  of  whatever  sort 
which  serve  the  purposes  of  workmen  in  their  proper 
occupations. 

Impost.  A  duty  or  tax  levied  by  government  on  goods 
imported. 

Improvement.  Advance  in  prices,  brisker  demand  for 
goods,  an  alteration  for  the  better  in  the  Duality  of  goods 

Income.      Total    amount     of    earning    and    recei;- 
money  from  all  .sources. 

Income  Taxes.  A  tax  laid  upon  the  income  of  a  person 
or  corporation  beyond  some  prescribed  amount  which  the 
law  exempts. 

Indemmfication.  The  act  of  securing  against  lo->, 
damage  or  penalty,  reimbursement  of  loss,  damage  or 
penalty. 

Indemnity.     A  guarantee  against  loss. 

Insolvency.     Bankruptcy. 

Installment.  A  part  of^a  sum  of  money  paid  or  to  be 
paid  at  a  particular  time. 

Instant.     A  day  of  the  present  or  current  month. 

Instructions.  Orders  given  by  a  principal  to  his  agent 
in  relation  to  his  agency. 

Insurable  Interest.  An  interest  which  one  has  in  ships 
or  goods  without  having  any  right  of  control. 

Insurance.  A  contract  whereby,  for  a  stipulated  con- 
sideration, called  a  premium,  an  insurance  company 
indemnifies  the  party  insured  against  loss  or  injury  to 
certain  property  or  interests;  the  rate  paid  for  indemnity, 

Interest.  A  share  in  the  business  or  its  profits;  a  sum 
paid  for  the  use  of  money;  literally  the  use  of  money. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  221 

Interest  Account.  The  account  on  a  ledger  which 
shows  the  amount  paid  and  received  for  the  use  of  the 
money. 

Internal  Revenue.  That  part  of  the  revenues  of  our 
government  which  is  collected  in  the  form  of  internal 
duties. 

Inventory.  A  list  of  merchandise  usually  made  out  at 
certain  periods  of  the  business  year,  for  the  purpose  of 
knowing  the  quantity  and  value  of  unsold  merchandise, 
in  order  to  ascertain  the  condition  of  the  business. 

Invoice.  A  written  account  or  bill  of  merchandise 
bought;  a.  bill  of  items. 

Involved.     Embarrassed  by  debts. 

Joint  Tenants .  Two  or  more  persons  to  whom  are  granted 
lands  or  tenements  to  be  held  in  fee-simple,  fee-tail,  for 
life,  for  years  or  at  will.  The  right  of  survivorship 
belongs  to  an  estate  thus  held. 

Judgment  Note.  A  note  given  in  the  usual  form,  and 
containing  in  addition  a  power  of  attorney  to  the  payee, 
or  other  person,  to  appear  and  confess  judgment  for  the 
sum  therein  contained,  against  the  maker. 

Joint  Stock.  A  stock  or  fund  formed  by  the  union  of 
several  .shares  from  different  persons. 

Journal.  A  book  of  consecutive  business  record,  usually 
the  medium  between  the  Day-book  or  Blotter  and  the 
Ledger. 

Junior  Partner.  The  youngest  member  of  a  firm;  one 
who  acquires  an  interest  in  an  established  business. 

Kiting  or  Kite-Flying.  Exchanging  checks  on  differ- 
ent banks  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  the  use  of  money 
for  a  single  day. 

Lien.  A  hold  or  claim  which  one  person  has  on  property 
of  another,  as  a  security  for  some  debt  or  charge. 

Lease.  A  contract  for  the  occupation  of  a  store  or 
other  building.  Leases  are  usually  in  writing  and  run 
one  year  or  more. 

Legal  Tender.  The  name  given  to  those  notes  which 
the  government  has  declared  shall  be  received  in  the  pay- 
ment of  all  ordinary  debts. 

Letter-Book.  The  book  in  which  letters  are  trans- 
cribed or  copied. 

Letters  of  Advise.  A  book  containing  information 
of  a  shipment  of  goods,  of  a  bill  of  exchange  being  drawn 
on  the  party  addressed,  or  of  some  act  done  by  the  writer 
of  the  letter  in  which  the  person  to  whom  it  is  written  has 
an  interest. 

Letter  of  Attorney.  A  writing  by  which  one  person 
authorizes  another  to  act  in  his  stead,  commonly  called 
power  of  attorney. 


222  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


Letter  of  Credit.  A  letter  authorizing  credit  to  a 
certain  amount  of  money  to  be  given  to  the  bearer. 

Liability.     A  debt  or  other  legal  claim  against  a  person. 

I^'ccnse.  Legal  permission  to  do  a  certain  act,  such 
as  selling  gOOds,  etc. 

Loan.      That  which  is  lent  for  a  temporary  purpose. 

Loss  and  (tain.      \    term   used   in  general   to     express 

fluctuation   in  value.      As  applied  to  an  account  it    means 

a  collection  of  the  particular  lo--e-  ;l!l(l  <r;lins  ,,f  a     bu-i- 

lie   result    of  net    Io-<  or  net    gain   being  shown   by 

either  side. 

Matnriti/.      Arrival    of    the    time    fixed    for    payment; 
termination  of  the  period  which  a  demand  has  to  run; 
becoming    due. 

Manifest.      List  of  a  ship'.-  cargo. 

Marie.  A  letter,  number  or  device  put  upon  boxes 
or  packages  shipped,  or  upon  manufactured  goods,  to 
distinguish  them  from  others;  a  trade  mark. 

Marl.      A  place  of  sale  or  traffic. 

Mtrehanlile  Ai/eneif.  A  concern  whose  bu.-ine-s  it  is 
to  procure  information  relating  to  the  .-landing  and 
credit  of  country  merchant-  for  the  use  of  city  merchants 
or  ot  hers  wit  h  whom  they  deal. 

Mt  rehanlih'  J'n/nr.  Notes  or  acceptances  given  by 
merchants  for  goods  bought  or  received  on  con-igment. 
This  term  is  contradistinctive  from  accommodation 
paper,  elsewhere  explained. 

Mcrehanilixe.  A  general  name  for  goods  bought  and 
sold  by  merchants. 

Merchantable.  Salable;  without  defect;  up  to  a 
standard  in  the  material  and  manufacture. 

M<  reliant  Marine.  A  collective  term  for  the  ships, 
vessels  and  steamers  licensed  and  registered  by  any 
government  to  engage  in  commerce. 

Metallic  Currcncif.  Silver  and  gold  coins  forming 
the  circulating  medium  of  the  country. 

Mefric  Xi/xfcin.      A    system    of    weights    and    me.- 
based  upon  the  idea  of  employing  as  the  unit  a  uniform 
standard,  the  multiples  and  subdivision  of  which     should 
follow  in  decimal  progression. 

Mint.  A  place  established  by  the  government  where 
money  is  coined. 

Manei/  of  Account.  The  denomination  in  which  ac- 
counts are  kept,  in  an}-  country  or  locality;  the  standard 
by  which  values  are  measured. 

Manci/  Order.  An  order  on  a  third  requesting  him 
to  pay  the  person  named  a  certain  sum  of  money;  not 
negotiable. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  223 

Monopoly.  The  sole  power  of  dealing  in  any  species 
of  goods  or  of  dealing  with  a  country  or  market,  obtained 
either  by  engrossing  the  articles  in  market  by  purchase 
or  by  a  license  from  government. 

Mortgage.  The  transfer  of  property  to  secure  the 
payment  of  debt. 

Negotiable.  Applied  to  a  contract,  the  right  of  action 
on  which  is  capable  of  being  transferred  by  delivery,  or 
indorsement  and  delivery. 

Negotiation.  The  deliberation  which  takes  place  be- 
tween the  parties  touching  a  proposed  contract. 

\ominal.     Existing  in  name  only. 

Negotiable  Paper.  Notes,  drafts  or  other  written 
obligations  which  are  transferable  and  pass  readily  from 
hand  to  hand. 

Negotiate.  To  propose  or  consider  terms  with  a  view 
to  a  bargain  or  agreement. 

Xct.  The  exact  amount  or  weight  without  the  bag, 
box  or  covering. 

Net  Proceeds.  The  actual  return  after  deducting  all 
charges  and  expenses. 

\c(  Profits.  The  clear  gain  or  result  after  deducting 
the  losses  from  the  gains. 

\<'t  Weight.  The  exact  weight  of  merchandise  with- 
out case  or  covering. 

Note.     A  written  obligation  to  pay  money  or  goods. 

Overt.  Open  to  view,  apparent,  not  covert  or  secret; 
manifest. 

Old  Accounts.  Unsettled  bills,  or  open  ledger  balances 
of  long  standing. 

On  Sale.  Goods  held  and  for  sale  by  a  party  with 
other  than  the  owner;  merchandise  left  by  the  owner 
HI  10 (her  person  for  sale. 

Ojicn  Account.     A  running  or  unsettled  account. 

Option.  A  stock  broker's  term  for  the  privilege  of 
taking  or  delivering  at  a  future  day  a  certain  number 
of  shares  of  a  given  stock  at  a  price  agreed  upon. 

Outstanding  Accounts.  The  book  debts  and  claims 
which  are  yet  to  be  collected. 

Over.  Surplus;  cash  on  hand  not  accounted  for;  money 
not  required  for  the  day's  payment. 

Over-Charge.  A  charge  at  a  higher  rate  than  that 
implied  or  agreed  upon,  or  than  the  usual  rates. 

Over-Drawn.  To  draw  for  a  greater  sum  than  one's 
credit  balance  in  a  bank  or  with  a  banker. 

Over-Due.  A  note  or  obligation  remaining  unpaid 
after  the  time  specified  for  its  payment. 

Over-Stock.     A  supply  beyond  the  demand. 


224  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


Over-Trading.  Buying  poods  beyond  the  means  of 
payment,  or  beyond  the  demand  for  them. 

Owe.     To  be 'in  debt. 

Prima  Facie.     On  the  first   view  of  the  matter. 

Panic.  A  financial  crisis  among  business  men,  gene- 
rally the  result  of  over-trading  and  speculation. 

Paper  Currency.  A  circulating  medium,  composed  of 
government  or  bank  notes  which  represent  money. 

Par.     Equality  is  nominal  and  actual  exchange. 

Par  of  Ejcclnuw.  The  value  of  a  coin  or  money  of 
account  of  one  country  expressed  in  the  standard  of 
another.  To  a-eertain  the  par  of  exchange  between 
sterling  and  I'nited  States  currencies,  get  the  value  of 
a  pound  sterling  in  "greenbacks." 

Pass  Book.  A  book  in  which  a  trader  enters  articles 
bought  on  credit  and  then  pa->es  or  -ends  it  to  the  credi- 
tor for  his  information.  Hank  pass  book. 

Pawnbroker.  One  who  lends  money  on  pledge  or  tin- 
deposit  of  good-. 

Pay.  To  discharge  a  debt ;  to  make  suitable  return  for 
expense  or  trouble. 

Payable.    Justly  due. 

Payee.  The  one  in  whose  favor  a  note  or  bill  of 
exchange. 

Pdijcc.  The  one  in  whose  favor  a  note  or  bill  of  ex- 
change is  drawn,  or  who  is  to  receive  the  money. 

Pdi/nicnt.     The  discharge  of  a  debt;  that  which  is  paid. 

Personal  Effect*.  Wearing  apparel  and  other  per-onal 
property  in  actual  use. 

Petty  Cash  Hook.  A  book  containing  a  record  of  small 
receipts  and  disbursements. 

Policij.  The  writing  or  instrument  in  which  a  con- 
tract of  insurance  is  embodied. 

Premium.  The  sum  paid  for  insurance  or  indemnity; 
advance  above  par  value. 

Price  Current.  A  list  of  merchandise,  with  market 
price. 

Price  Lixt.  A  written  or  printed  list  of  articles  for  sale 
with  prices  attached. 

Principal.  An  employer;  the  head  of  a  commercial 
house;  the  sum  on  which  interest  accrues. 

Profit  and  Loss.     See  loss  and  gain. 

Promissory  Note.  A  written  promise  to  pay  to  a 
person  named  at  a  specified  time  a  certain  sum  of  money 
unconditionally. 

Pro  Eata.     A  proportional  distribution. 

Protest.  A  formal  notice  to  the  sureties  of  a  note  or 
draft  stating  that  the  same  was  not  paid  at  maturity; 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  225 

or  to  the  drawer  of  a  draft  stating  that  the  same  was  not 
accepted  upon  presentment. 

Provisions.  In  the  price  current  of  England  and  the 
United  States  under  this  head  are  included  butter,  cheese, 
beef,  pork,  bacon,  shoulders,  hams  and  lard. 

Quasi.     As  if;  in  a  manner;  in  ssome  respects. 

Quarantine.  Restraint  of  intercourse  to  which  a  ship 
is  subjected,  upon  the  supposition  that  she  may  be  in- 
fected with  disease. 

Quotations.  The  published  current  prices  of  stocks, 
bonds,  produce,  etc. 

Real  Estate.  A  term  which  is  applied  to  land  in  its 
most  enlarged  signification,  including  everything  that 
legally  passes  with  it  in  making  conveyance  of  the  land. 

Receipt.  A  written  acknowledgement  of  having  re- 
ceived money  or  some  other  valuable  consideration. 

Receipt  Book.  A  book  in  which  receipts  are  taken  for 
the  payment  of  money. 

Rent.  Amount  paid  for  the  privilege  of  occupying 
another's  premises. 

Resources.  Any  species  of  property  having  a  money 
value. 

Retail.     To  sell  in  small  quantities. 

Retire.  To  take  up  one's  note  before  due;  to  relinquish 
business. 

Revenue.  The  annual  income  of  a  state  or  nation  from 
all  sources. 

Secondarily.  A  term  applied  to  the  liability  of  an 
endorser  of  a  note,  or  the  drawer  of  a  bill,  signifying  that 
he  is  only  conditionally  liable,  the  maker  of  the  bill  or 
accepter  beirig  primarily  or  first  liable. 

Speciality.  A  writing  sealed  and  delivered  under  some 
agreement. 

Sale.  The  transfer  of  property  from  one  person  to 
another  for  a  price  paid  or  to  be  paid. 

Sales.  Much  used  to  indicate  the  extent  of  business 
transacted  for  a  given  period,  or  to  indicate  relatively  the 
general  business  of  a  commercial  house. 

Sample.  A  small  quantity,  or  piece  of  any  kind  of 
goods  used  to  show  the  quality  of  the  whole. 

Seller's  Option.  A  term  mostly  confined  to  the  sales 
of  stocks,  for  a  sale  which  gives  to  the  seller  the  option 
of  delivering  the  article  sold  within  a  certain  time,  the 
buyer  paying  interest  up  to  delivery. 

Selling  Out.  Disposing  of  the  entire  stock,  usually  to 
close  the  business. 

Set-off.     One  demand  placed  against  another. 


226  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

Short.  Deficient  in  ready  money;  a  term  used  by 
brokers  when  they  -sell  stocks,  or  other  property  without 
owning  them,  the  intention  being  to  buy  before  the  day 
of  delivery  at  a  less  price  than  the  present  ruling  rate. 

Shrinkage.     A  reduction  in  the  bulk  of  measurement. 

Sight.  Usually  the  time  of  presenting  a  bill  to  the 
drawee. 

Sight  Draft.  A  draft  drawn  payable  at  sight,  or  on 
representation  to  the  drawee. 

Signature.     The  name  of  a  person  written  by  himself. 

Sin/ /tie  Interest.  Legal  interest  on  the  principal  only, 
not  interest  on  the  interest. 

Sink.     To  lower  in  amount  or  value. 

Sinking  Concern.  A  bu>iness  establishment,  or  firm 
continually  losing  money. 

Sinking   Euml.      \    fund    set    apart    from    carnii.. 
other  sources  of  income,  for  the  redemption  of  debts  of 
government,   or  of  a  corporation. 

Sleeping  Partner.  Silent;  one  who  lias  an  interest  in 
the  profits  without  letting  his  name  appear,  or  taking  any 
part  in  the  business. 

Specie.  (}<)Id,  silver  or  copper  coined  by  authority 
and  used  as  a  circulating  medium  of  commerce. 

Speculate.  To  purchase  with  the  expectation  of  a  con- 
tingent advance  in  value,  and  a  consequent  sale  as  a 
profit. 

Stfindunl.  That  which  is  established  by  authority  or 
custom,  as  a  rule  or  measure  of  quantity. 

Sterling.  The  current  standard  money  of  (livat  Bri- 
tain. 

Stock.  Capital  in  trade;  the  title  of  the  proprietor 
of  the  busine>s. 

Stock  Account.  \  ledger  account  representing  the 
proprietor  and  showing  the  net  investment. 

Stock  Exchange.  A  place  where  brokers  and  bankers 
meet  daily  to  buy  and  sell  goods,  bonds,  etc. 

Stockholder.  C)ne  who  holds  shares  in  the  capital  Mock 
of  a  jointstock  company. 

Stock-In-Trade.  The  property  of  a  merchant  which  is 
actually  employed  in  his  business;  the  goods  kept  for 
sale. 

Stock  Market.     The  state  of  demand  for  stocks. 

Stock  on  Hand.     Unsold  merchandise. 

Stocks.  Share  in  the  capital  stock  of  a  joint-stock 
company. 

Stoppage  in  Tninxitu.  The  seller  of  goods  on  credit 
resuming  possession  after  their  shipment,  before  they  get 
the  actual  possession  of  the  buyer. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  227 

Stopped  Payment.  Equivalent  to  the  term  failure; 
as  when  a  merchant  fails,  or  ceases  to  pay  his  notes  or 
liabilities. 

Storage.  Amount  paid  for  the  privilege  of  storing 
goods  in  another  person's  warehouse. 

Surety.  A  person  who  binds  himself  to  pay  a  sum  of 
money,  or  perform  some  act  in  case  of  the  failure  of  an- 
other to  do  so. 

Survey.  An  examination  into  the  condition  of  a  ship 
or  its  cargo. 

Suspend.     To  stop  payment. 

Tacit.  That  which,  although  not  expressed,  is  under- 
stood from  the  nature  of  the  thing,  or  from  the  provi- 
sions of  the  law;  implied. 

Testator.     The  person  who  has  made  a  valid  will. 

Tort.     A  private  or  civil  wrong  or  injury. 

Tare.  A  deduction  made  from  the  weight  of  goods 
on  any  account. 

Tariff.  A  rate  of  duty  fixed  by  law  on  imports  and 
exports. 

Ten-Forties.  One  of  the  first  loans  of  the  government 
during  the  war,  so-called  because  of  the  privilege  of  the 
government  to  take  it  up  in  ten  years,  or  to  let  it  remain 
forty  years,  at  its  own  option. 

Terms.     The  condition  of  a  sale,  or  agreement. 

Trade  Discount.  An  allowance  or  discount  made  to 
a  dealer  in  the  small  trade. 

Trade-Mark.  A  device,  writing,  or  ticket  put  upon 
manufactured  goods  to  distinguish  them  from  others,  and 
protect  the  manufacturer  from  fraudulent  imitations. 

Trade-Price.  The  price  at  which  goods  are  sold  to 
those  in  the  same  trade. 

Trans-Ship.  To  transfer  merchandise  from  one  con- 
veyance to  another. 

Transportation.      Carrying  from  one  place  to    another. 

Treasury  Notes.  Notes  of  various  denominations  is- 
sued by  the  government,  and  received  in  payment  of  all 
dues,  except  for  duties  on  imported  goods. 

Treaty.  An  agreement  between  two  nations  made 
with  a  view  to  extend  the  commercial  intercourse  of  the 
contracting  parties.  The  President  of  the  United  States 
has  power  to  make  treaties  with  foreign  governments, 
with  the  concurrent  vote  of  two-thirds  of  the  Senate. 

Undenvriter.  One  who  insures  a  vessel  or  cargo;  so- 
called  because  he  underwrites  his  name  on  the  condi- 
tions of  a  policy. 

Unmerchantable.     Unsalable  from  any  cause. 

Unseaworthy.     Not  fit  for  a  voyage. 


228  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 


Unsound.  Merchandise,  the  value  of  which  is  im- 
paired. 

Usury.  The  taking  of  more  than  legal  interest  for 
the  use  of  money. 

Valid.     Of  binding  force;  strong;  effectual. 

Vendee.  One  who  purchases  a  thing;  one  to  whom  a 
thing  is  sold. 

Yi-mlnr.     \  seller;  a  vender;  the  one  who  sells  a  thing. 

Void.     That  which  has  no  force,  or  effect. 

Voidable.  That  which  h:is  some  force,  or  effect,  but 
which,  in  consequence  of  some  inherent  quality,  may  be 
legally  annulled  or  avoided. 

Valuation.     The  estimated  worth  of  a  thing. 

Value.     To  estimate  the  worth  of. 

V  til  lie  Received.     A   phrase   usually,    but    not    n« 
rily,  forming  a  part  of  the  body  of  a  promissory  note,  or 
bill  of  exchange,  to  denote  that  a  consideration   ha- 
given   for  it. 

\'cntnn  .  A  term  u-ed  by  -eamen.  and  sometime-  by 
owners  and  captaii,  \S,  for  adventure. 

\'onclicrx.  Receipts  memoranda,  entries  or  docu- 
ments, the  production  of  which  establishes  a  fact. 

\\'<iir<r.  The  relinquishment ,  or  refusal  to  accept  of 
a  right. 

Warrant ij .  A  convenant  of  security;  a  promise;  or 
stipulation  by  deed  insurance  against  defects;  assurance 

Waste.      Refuse;  chippings,  remnants,  etc. 

\\'<i*t(t<ic.     Shrinkage,  loss  in  handling,  etc. 

}\'(i!l-Iiill.  A  document  containing  a  li.-t  and  de>crip- 
tion  of  good-  ><Mit  by  a  common  carrier  by  land. 


CHAPTER  XVIII. 
Business  Abbreviations. 

For  the  facilitation  of  accounts  and  correspondence  in 
business,  certain  abbreviations,  common  to  all,  are  em- 
ployed. They  should  not  be  used  indiscriminately, 
especially  in  correspondence.  Be  sure  the  person  ad- 
dressed 'would  understand  them.  Those  sanctioned  by 
good  usage  are  as  follows: 

A. 

@. — At.  Apr. — April. 

Acc't.  or  %. — Account.         Ass't'd. — Assorted. 
Amt. — Amount.  Aug. — August. 

Ans. — Answer. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS 


229 


B. 

B. — Bank.  .       Brot.  or  brot. — Brought. 

Bal. — Balance.  bu. — Bushel. 

B.  Rec.— Bills  Receivable. 
B.  Pay. — Bills  Payable, 
bbl. — Barrel. 


Bot. — Bought. 


%—  Care  of. 

c. — Cents. 

C.  B.— Cash  Book. 

Cap. — Capital. 

Chgd.— Charged. 

Co . — Company . 


bis. — Bales. 

B.  O.  or  b.  o.  Buyer's  option. 

bxs. — Boxes. 


C. 

C.  O.  D.— Collect     on     De- 
livery. 

Com . — Commi  ssion . 
Cr. — Creditor. 
Cwt. — Hundred- weight. 


D.  or  d. — Dollar. 
Dec . — December, 
do. — The  same. 
Dep. — Deposit. 
Dft. — Draft. 


D. 

Dis. — Discount, 
doz. — Dozen. 
Dr.— Debtor, 
d's. — Days. 

E. 

E.  E. — Errors  excepted.  Eng. — English. 

Exch. — Exchange.  •  Ex. — Example. 

E.    &.    O.    E. — Errors  and  Exp. — Expense    or  expenses 
omissions  excepted. 

F. 


Feb. — February, 
fig'd. — Figured. 
For'  d . — Forward . 
fol.— Folio. 


gal. — Gallon. 


hf.— Half. 


Ins. — Insurance. 
I.  B. — Invoice  Book, 
inst. — Instant,     (present 
month.) 


frt.— Freight. 
Fr. — Francs, 
ft.— Feet. 

G. 

gr. — Grain    or    Gross. 

H. 

hhd.     Hogshead. 
I. 

int. — Interest. 

inv. — Invoice,  inventory. 

I.  O.  U. — I  owe  you. 


230  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

J. 

Jan. — January. 

L. 

Ibs. — Pounds.  Led. — Ledger. 

M. 

M. — One  thousand.  mo. — .Month. 

Mar. — March.  MS. •  —  Manuscript. 

Mdsc.    -Merchandise.  MSS. — Manuscripts. 

X. 
N.  B.— Nota  Bone.     Tak«-  Nov.-    November. 

particular  notice.  X.    P.  — Xotary   public. 

No. — Number. 

O. 
Oct. — October.  ox. — Ounce,  ounce-. 

P. 

p. — Page.  per. — By. 

pp. — Pages.  pr. — Pair. 

P.    H.    -Pass   Book.  pcs.      Pi 

pay't.    -Payment.  pts.    -Pints. 

Pd. — Paid.  preni.    -Premium. 

Q. 

Qr. — Quarter.  qt-.  -Quart  <. 

R. 

R.  R.— Railroad.  Rrc't.     Hreeipt. 

Rec'd  or  rec'd. — Received. 

S. 

Sept.-   September.  Shp't.— Shipment. 

Sh. — Ship.  S.  O.  or  s.  o. — Seller's  option. 

Sunds.  -Sundries.  Str. — Steamer. 

Schr. — Schooner. 

T. 

Treasr. — Treasurer.  tres. — Tierces. 

Treas. — Treasury. 

U. 
ult. — Ultimo  (last  month)     U.  S.— United   States. 

Y. 
yds.— Yards.  yr.— Year. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  231 

SIGNS. 

$.— Dollar.  X.— Sign  of  multiplication. 

' ' . — Ditto  (the  same)  •*• . — Sign  of  division. 

£. — Pound.  =. — Sign  of  equality. 

%. — Per  cent.  I1. — One  and  one-fourth. 

No. — Number.  I8. — One  and  two-fourths. 

+. — Sign  of  addition.  I3. — One  and  three-fourths. 
— .     Sign  of  subtraction. 

In  this  connection  may  also  be  given  the  characters 
which  are  to  arithmetic  what  the  foregoing  abbreviations 
are  to  letters  and  bookkeeping. 

=Equal;  as  12  inches=l  foot,  or  4  x  5=20. 

-j-Plus,  or  more;  signifies  addition,  as  3 — 5 — 7=15. 

—Minus,,  or  less;  signifies  subtraction,  as  12 — 4=8. 

x  Multiplied  by:    signifies  multiplication,  as  8x7=56. 

-f-  Divided  by;  signifies  division,  as  56-5-8=7. 

:  ::  :  Proportion;  as  2  :4  ::8  :  16;  that  is,  as  2  is  to 
4  so  is  8  to  16. 

I/  Prefixed  to  a  number  denotes  that  the  square  root 
of  that  number  is  required,  as  y  36=6. 

I/3  Prefixed  to  a  number  denotes  that  the  cube  root 
of  that  number  is  required,  as  t/3  27=3. 

2  Added  to  a  number  signifies  that  the  number  is  to 
be  squared,  as  4s  means  that  4  is  to  be  multiplied  by  4. 

8  Added  to  a  number  signifies  that  the  number  is  to 
be  cubed,  as  43  means  4  x  4  x  4=64. 

.  Decimal  point,  when  prefixed  to  a  number,  signifies 
that  that  number  has  a  unit  (1)  for  its  denominator,  as 
.1  is  one-tenth,  .2  is  two-tenths,  .12  twelve  hundredths, 
.125  is  one  twenty-five  one  thousandths,  etc. 

0  Signifies  degrees;  '  minutes,  and  "  seconds. 

CHAPTER  XIX. 
Business  Mevxims. 

MAXIMS  OF  WORLD'S  LEADERS. 

The  roughest  road  often  leads  to  the  smoothest  fortune. 

— Franklin. 

Be  what  nature  intended  you  for,  and  you  will  succeed. 

— Sidney  Smith. 

Seest  thou  a  man  diligent  in  business,  he  shall  stand 
before  kings.  —Solomon. 

No  man  can  end  with  being  superior  who  will  not  begin 
with  being  inferior.  — Sidney  Smith. 

Dost  thou  love  life,  then  do  riot  squander  time,  for  that 
is  the  stuff  life  is  made  of.  — Franklin. 


232  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

Actions,  looks,  words,  steps  form  the  alphabet  by  which 
you  may  spell  "character."  — Larater. 

Make  a  bargain  at  once.  Be  an  offhand  man.  Be 
cautious  and  bold.  — Rothschild's  Business  Rule. 

Men  who  have  made  their  fortunes  are  not  those  who 
had  five  thousand  dollars  to  start  with,  but  started  fair 
with  a  well  earned  dollar  or  two.  — Greenwood. 

One  conscience  only  will  one  Brutus  fit  ; 
So  wide  is  art,  so  narrow  human  wit.  — Pope. 

The  heights  by  great  men  reached  and  kept 

Were  not   attained  by  sudden  flight; 
But   they,  while  their  companions  slept, 
Were  toiling  upward  in  the  night. 

— Long/ell' 

The  truest  wisdom  is  to  have  a  resolute  determination. 

— Xapoleon. 

It  is  worth  a  thousand  pounds  a  year  to  have  the  habit 
of  looking  on  the  bright  side  of  things, 

— Dr.  Samuel  Johnson. 

Become  known  and  favorably  known. 

Settle  often;*have  short    accounts. 

Leave  nothing  undone  that  ought   to  be  done. 

Be  economical,  industrious  and  self-reliant. 

Cut  short  your  loss-s;  let  your  profits  go  on. 

Make   no   haste   to   be   rich   if  you   would   prosper. 

Trust   nothing  to  memory  that' should  be  in  writing. 

Do  not  take  too  much 'advice;  Think  for  yourself. 

Kver  live,  misfortune  excepted,  within  your' income. 

No  man  will  be  sucee>4ul  who  neglects  hia  bush 

A  man  of  honor  respects  his  word  as  he  does  his  bond. 

Make  your  business  known  in  few  words  without  loss 
of  time. 

Choose  that  investment  which  will  best  promote  your 
regular  bus  in.' 

Let  your  dealings  with  a  stranger  be  most  carefully 
considered. 

Business  men,  in  business  hours,  attend  only  to  business 
matters. 

Follow  your  business  closely  and  it  will  lead  you  to 
honor  and  wealth. 

Know  the  exact  condition  of  your  affairs  by  keeping 
accurate  accounts. 

Be  courteous  to  all  with  whom  you  may  come  in  con- 
tact. Courtesy  may  prove  a  fortune  in  itself. 

Avoid  speculation.  Concentrate  your  energy  and 
means  on  your  business. 

Treat  all  men  with  respect;  confide  in  few;  wrong  no 
man. 


MANUAL -OF  BUSINESS.  233 

Keep  your  word  as  good  as  a  bank.  Remember  that 
an  honest  man  is  the  noblest  work  of  God. 

Be  economical.  A  gain  usually  requires  expense;  what 
is  saved  is  clear. 

Be  well  satisfied  before  you  give  credit  that  those  to 
whom  you  give  it  are  men  to  be  trusted. 

Never  boast  about  your  business. 

Never  sign  a  paper  for  a  stranger. 

Never  fail  to  keep  a  business  engagement. 

Never  refuse  a  choice  when  you  can  get  it. 

Never  take  a  chance  on  another  man's  game. 

Never  waste  time  in  useless  regret  over  losses. 

Never  advertise  a  competitor's  goods  by  running  them 
down. 

Never  fail  to  be  civil  to  all  with  whom  you  come  in 
contact. 

Never  fail  to  read  a  paper  carefully  before  signing 
your  name  to  it. 

Never  gamble  or  take  chances  on  the  board  of  trade. 

Never  neglect  to  perform  the  commission  which  your 
friend  may  have  entrusted  to  you. 

Never  borrow  money  and  neglect  to  pay.  If  you  do 
you  will  soon  be  known  as  a  person  of  no  business  in- 
tegrity. 

Never  think  that  a  man's  time  is  of  little  value  because 
he  is  polite. 

Never  forget  that  if  you  are  faithful  in  a  few  things 
you  may  be  ruler  over  many. 

Never  disappoint  an  old  customer  in  the  time  of  the 
delivery  of  goods  for  the  sake  of  obliging  a  new  one. 

Never  fail  to  tell  the  truth.  If  truthful,  you  will  £et 
your  reward.  You  will  get  your  punishment  if  you  de- 
ceive. 

Never  fail  to  speak  kindly,  if  a  merchant,  and  you 
address  your  clerk;  if  an  overseer,  and  you  address  your 
workman ;  if  in  any  position  where  you  exercise  authority 
you  show  yourself  to  be  a  gentleman  by  your  pleasant 
mode  of  address. 

Goods  well  bought  are  half  sold. 

Goods  in  store  are  better  than  bad  debts. 

Little  savings  are  the  words  that  state  dividends. 

It  is  better  to  saw  wood  well  than  to  plead  law  poorly. 

The  larger  your  account  with  trust,  the  sooner  debt 
will  take  your  business  into  his  hands.  Debt  is  the 
jailor  of  credit. 

A  good  buyer  hears  and  sees  a  great  deal  more  than 
he  tells. 


234  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

A  good  deal  that  is  called  luck  consists  in  good  man- 
agement. 

If  you  would  know  the  value  of  a  dollar  try  and  bor- 
row one. 

Goods  are  never  cheap  enough,  provided  they  can  be 
bought  cheaper. 

Success  is  doing  what  a  man  undertakes  well;  failure 
is  doing  it  poorly. 

It  is  not  the  amount  of  goods  that  a  mill  produces  that 
makes  its  owners  rich  or  poor,  hut  the  amount  compared 
with  the  capital  invested. 

Shrewd  buyers  never  trade  with  a  man  who  is  selling  out 
at  cost. 

Time  is  money.  What  we  call  time  enough  always 
proves  little  enough. 

Leave  "tricks  of  the  trade"  to  tho-e  who<e  education 
was  never  completed. 

Study  for  yourself  the  theory  of  commercial  law,  and 
avoid  law  suits  if  possible. 

Take  care  of  your  business  while  young,  and  it  will 
take  care  of  you  when  old. 

Bad  luck  'is  the  man  who  stands  with  his  hands  in  his 
pockets  waiting  to  see  how  it  will  turn  out. 

Watch  your  credit  books  closer  than  you  watch  your 
money  vaults;  a  small  leak  will  sink  a  great  ship. 

WHY  BUSINESS  MKN    FAIL. 

Want   of  moral   strength. 

Too  many  irons  in  the  fire. 

Mistakes  in  the  choice  of  profe^ion^. 

Lack  of  principle,  of  fixed  purpose,  of  perseverance. 

Want  of  punctuality,  honesty  and  truth. 

Stupidity,  laziness,  rashness  and  dishonesty. 

A  lack  of  good  judgement  in  giving  credit. 

Lack  of  persistent  and  protracted  effort. 

Loss  of  confidence  by  misrepresenting  good-;. 

Outside  of  confidence  by  misrepresenting  goods. 

Outside   speculations   not    thoroughly   understood. 

Want  of  thoroughness,  want  of  fixedneo  of    purpose. 

Living  beyond  income,  and  speculating  with  borrowed 
funds. 

rnwillingness  to  begin  at  the  foot  of  the  ladder  and 
work  up. 

Wavering  purpose,  non-sticktoitiveness. 

Desiring  another  man's  success  without  being  willing 
to  work  as  that  man  does,  and  begin,  as  he  did,  at  the 
foot  of  the  ladder. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  235 

Giving  money-making  the  first  place,  and  right-doing 
a  second  place. 

Trying  to  do  too  many  things  rather  than  sticking  to 
the  one  thing  one  knows  most  about. 

MAXIMS. 

Pay  as  you  go. 
Live  and  let  live. 
Talking  pays  no  toil. 
Waste  not,  want  not. 
Poverty  parts  friends. 
Wealth  makes  worship. 
Better  buy  than  borrow. 
Wealth  makes  wit  waiver. 
Out  of  debt,  out  of  danger. 
Before  honor  is  humility. 
To  rob  Peter  to  pay  Paul. 
Don't  buy  a  pig  in  a  poke. 
By  pride  cometh  contention. 
Money  makes  the  mare  go. 
Money  is  welcome  anywhere. 
Sorrow  will  pay  no  debt. 
Spare  well  and  spend  well  . 
Early  birds  catch  the  worms. 
It's  gude  to  be  sib  to  seller. 
Money  littles  makes  a  nickle. 
Of  ill  debtors  men  get  aiths. 
Wilful  waste  makes  woeful  want. 
All  is  not  gold  that  glitters. 
Trade  is  the  mother  of  money. 
Sloth  is  the  mother  of  poverty. 
A  nod  o' honest  men  is  enough. 
The  weakest  must  go  to  the  wall. 
Credit  is  better  than  ill-luck. 
Little  and  often  fills  the  purse. 
Misreckoning  is  no  payment. 
Nothing  venture,  nothing  win. 
Business  is  the  salt  of  life. 
A  stich  in  time  saves  nine. 
Lazy  folks  take  the  most  pains. 
Idleness  is  the  root  of  all  evil. 
Opportunity  makes  the  thief. 
Sue  a  begger  and  catch  a  louse. 
A  full  purse  never  lacks  friends. 
A  light  purse  is  a  heavy  curse. 
Nae  wonder  to  see  wasters  want. 
Keep  something  for  a  sore  foot. 


236  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

Live  not  to  eat  but  eat  to  live. 
A  man  may  buy  gold  too  dear. 
Penny  wise  and  pound  foolish. 
Pay  him  to  his  ain  coin. 
Thrift  is  a  guide  revenue. 
.Make  hay  while  the  MID  shines. 
.Make  the  best   of  u  bad  bargain. 
Ill-gotten  goods  seldom  prosper. 
Never  quit  certainly  for  hope. 
No  alcheny  is  equal  to  saving. 
A  rolling  stone  gather-  no   i 
Manners  often  make  fortunes. 
A  penny  saved  is  a  penny  earned. 
Good  wan-  makes  quick  markets. 
Debt   is  the  worst   kind  of  poverty. 
Reckless  youth  makes  rueful  age. 
A  fool  and  his  money  are  soon  parted. 
The  cost  oworgangs  the  profit. 
Poverty  is  the  mother  o'   a'  arts. 
Hich   folks  have  routh  o'  friend-. 
God  help  th«-  Heli,  the  poor  can  beg. 
There's  no  compassion  like  the  penny. 
Credit  lost   is  like  a  broken  glass. 
Ill  payers  are  aye  gude  cravers. 
Possession  is  nine  points  of  the  law. 
Money  make*  a  man  free  ilka  where. 
Mony  ane's  gear  is  mony  ane's  death. 
It's  a   hard  task  to   be   poor  and  leal. 
Credit  is  better  than   ill   won  gear. 
Quick   returns   make   rich   merchants. 
Jll  laying  up  makes  mony  thieves. 
Owre  braw  a  purse  to  put  a  plack  in. 
All  is  not  gain  that  is  got  into  a  purse. 
Venture    not    all   in    one   bottom. 
1   eanna  sell  the  cow  an  sup  the  milk. 
He  has  licked  the  butter  off  my  bread. 
Gathering  gear  is  a  pleasant  pain. 
Gear  is   easier  gotten   than   guided. 
A  bad  workman  quarrels  with  his  tools. 
Idleness    is    the    greatest    prodigality. 
Covetousncss  brings  naething  hame. 
Credit  .keeps  the  crown  o'   the  causey. 
Necessity  is  the  mother  of  invention. 
But  at  a  market  but  sell  at  home. 
Change  of  a  fortune  is  a  lot  of  life. 
Jack 'of  all  trades  and  master  of  none. 
Remove  an  old  tree  and  it  will  wither. 
Short  reckonings  make  long  friends. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  237 

Old   reckonings    breed   new   disputes. 

Goods  are  not  theirs  who  enjoy  themselves. 

Your  tongue  rins  aye  before  your  wit. 

Poor  folk's  friends  soon  misken  them. 

The  covetous  man  is  his  own  tormenter. 

He  that  has  twa  hoards  will  get  a  third. 

He  that  shows  his  purse  bribes  the  thief. 

Ill-won  gear  winna  enrich  the  third  heir. 

Want  o'wit  is  waur  then  want  o' wealth. 

He'll  soon  be  a  beggar  than  canna  say  no. 

It's  gude  gear  that  pleases  the  merchant. 

The  penny  is  well  spent  that  saves  a  groat. 

A  pound  o'care  winna  pay  an  ounce  debt. 

Bear  wealth  weel,  poorith  will  bear  itself. 

A  greedy  e'er  ne'er  gat  a  gude  pennyworth. 

When  rogues  fall  out,  honest  men  get  their  own. 

A  handfu'  o' trade  is  worth  a  gowpen  o'gowd. 

Better  go  to  bed  supperless  than  to  rise  in  debt. 

Don't  measure  other  people's  corn  by  your  bushel. 

Great  gain  and  little  pain  make  a  man  soon  weary. 

He  was  born  with  a  silver  spoon  in  his  mouth. 

He  that  has  nae  gear  to  tine  may  hae  shins  to  pine. 

He  who  marries  for  wealth  doth  sell  his  liberty. 

Saving  at  the  spigot  and  spendingat  the  bung. 

He  has  feathered  his  nest,  he  may  flee  when  he  likes. 

He  that  will  cheat  in  play  winna  be  honest  in  earnest. 

We  are  bound  to  be  honest  and  no  to  be  rich. 

Your  purse  was  steekit  when  that  was  paid  for. 

A  nice  wife  and  a  back  door  often  makes  a  rich  man  poor. 

Gentry  sent  to  market  will  not  buy  one  bushel  of  corn. 

Poverty  makes  a  man  acquainted  with  strange  bed- 
fellows. 

Of  all  the  crafts  to  be  an  honest  man  is  the  master 
craft. 

He  who  spends  all  he  gets  is  in  the  highroad  to  beggary. 

Lock  your  door  that  you  may  keep  your  neighbors 
honest. 

A  fool  can  make  money;  it  requires  a  wise  man  to 
spend  it. 

A  man  may  lose  his  goods  for  want  of  demanding 
them. 

An  hour  in  the  morning  is  worth  two  in  the  afternoon. 

Spare  when  you  are  young  and  spent  when  you  are  old. 

You  cannot  have  your  cake  and  eat  it  also. 

The  greatest   wealth  is   contentment   with  little. 

Covet  not  that  which  belongs  to  others. 

Cut  your  coat  according  to  your  cloth. 

Dependence  is  a  poor  trade  to  follow. 


238  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

God  help  those  who  help  themselves. 

He    that    lendeth    loseth   double. 

Idleness  is  the  parent  of  want  and  shame. 

Keep   thy   shop   and   thy   shop  will   keep  thee. 

Money  will  do  more  than  my  lord's  letter. 

Never  fall  out  with  your  bread  and   butter. 

Constant    occupation    prevents    temptation. 

Depend   not   on   fortune,    but    on    conduct. 

He    dances    well    to    whom    fortune    pipe-. 

<'leanlines>  in  nae  pride,  dirt's  nae  hone>ty. 

Mony    purses    hand     friends    lang    thegither. 

He   loveB    roast    meat    well    that    licks    the    spit. 

Kverybody's    bu>ine^s    is    nobody's    bu-ines>. 

Every    man    is    the   architect    of    his   own    fortune. 

He   that    goes   a-borrowing  goes   a-><>rrowing. 

He  that   will  not   be  saved  needs  no  preacher. 

An  honest    man's  word  is  as  irood  as  his  bond. 

A    -rival    dowry    is    a    bed    full    of    troubles. 

Good    words   cost    nothing,    but    are    worth    much. 

Burning  a   halfpenny   candle   seeking  a    farthing. 

When  fortune  smiles  on  thee  take  the  advant;:. 

An  inch  o'  glide  fortune  is  worth  a  fathom  o'  forecast. 

Put  twa  pennies  in  a  purse  and  they'll  keep  thegither. 

K iches  are  got  wi'  pain,  kept  wi'  care  and  tint  wi'  grief. 

One  thing  for  you  about  an  honest  man's  house  but 
a  day's  work. 

He  may  well  be  contented  who  needs  neither  borrow 
nor  flatter. 

He  that  has  no  silver  in  his  purse  should  have  silver 
on  his  tongue. 

A  word  fitly  spoken  is  like  apples  of  gold  in  pictures 
of  silver. 

Go  to  the  ant,  thou  sluggard;  rounder  her  way-  and 
be  wise. 

The  poor  is  hated  even  of  his  neighbor;  but  the  rich 
has  many  friends. 

Money  is  like  the  muck  midden,  it  does  nae  good  till 
it  be  spread. 

If  ye  sell  your  purse  to  your  wife,  gie  her  your  breeks 
to  the  bargain. 

Take  care  of  the  pence,  and  the  pounds  will  take  care 
of  themselves. 

When  poverty  comes  in  at  the  door,  love  flies  out  at  the 
window. 

The  labor  of  the  righteous  tendeth  to  life,  the  fruit  of 
the  wicked  to  sin. 

The  rich  ruleth  over  the  poor;  and  the  borrower  is 
servant  to  the  lender. 


MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS.  239 

Wealth  makes  many  friends;  but  the  poor  is  separated 
from  his  neighbor. 

In  all  labor  there  is  profit;  but  the  talk  of  the  lips  tend- 
eth  only  to  penury. 

Better  is  a  little*  with  righteounesss,  than  great  reve- 
nues without  right. 

Cast  thy  bread  upon  the  waters,  for  thou  shalt  find  it 
after  many  days. 

When  we  have  gold  we  are  in  fear-when  we  have  none 
we  are  in  danger. 

Be  it  for  better,  or  be  it  for  worse,  be  ruled  by  him 
that  beareth  the  purse. 

Early  to  bed  and  early  to  rise,  makes  a  man  healthy, 
wealthy  and  wise. 

The  slothful  man  saith,  There  is  a  lion  without;  I  shall 
be  slain  in  the  streets. 

Iron  sharpeneth  iron;  so  a  man  shapeneth  the  counte- 
nance of  his  friend. 

The  hand  of  the  diligent  shall  bear  rule;  but  the  sloth- 
ful shall  be  under  tribute. 

Better  is  a  dinner  of  herbs  where  love  is,  than  a  stalled 
ox  and  hatred  therewith. 

Who  spends  more  than  he  should,  shall  not  have  to 
spend  when  he  would. 

Wealth  has  made  mair  men  covetous  than  covetous- 
ness  has  made  men  wealthy. 

There  is  a  tide  in  the  affairs  of  men  which,  taken  at  the 
flood  leads  on  to  fortune. 

Ken  when  to  spend  and  when  to  spare,  and  ye  needna 
be  busy,  and  ye' 11  ne'er  be  bare. 

Boast  for  thyself  of  to-morrow,  for  thou  knowest  not 
what  a  day  may  bring  forth. 

As  a  bird  that  wandereth  from  her  nest,  so  is  a  man 
that  wandereth  from  his  place. 

A  false  balance  is  an  abomination  to  the  Lord;  but  a 
just  weight  is  his  delight. 

Better  is  a  dry  morsel  and  quietness  therewith,  than 
a  house  full  of  sacrifices  and  strife. 

Treasures  of  wickedness  profit  nothing  j  but  right- 
eousness delivereth  from  death. 

He  that  is  greedy  of  gain  toubleth  his  own  house;  but 
he  that  hateth  gifts  shall  give. 

The  rich  man's  wealth  is  his  strong  city,  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  poor  is  their  poverty. 

He  that  is  surety  for  a  stranger,  shall  smart  for  it;  and 
he  that  hateth  suretyship  is  sure. 

It  is  nought,  it  is  nought,  saith  the  buyer;  but  when 
he  is  gone  his  way,  then  he  boasteth. 


240  MANUAL  OF  BUSINESS. 

He  that  loveth  pleasure  shall  be  a  poor  man;  he  that 
loveth  wine  and  oil  shall  not  be  rich. 

He  that  observeth  the  wind  shall  not  sow,  and  he  that 
regardeth  the  clouds  shall  not  reap. 

Much   food  is  in  the  tillage  of  the  poor;  but  there  is 
that  is  destroyed  for  want  of  judgment. 

As  vinegar' to  the  teeth,  and  as  smoke  to  the  eyes,  so  is 
the  sluggard  to  them  that  send  him. 

He  become! h  poor  that  dealeth  with  a  slack  hand; 
but  the  hand  of  the  diligent  maketh  rich. 

Love  not  sleep,  lest  thou  come  to  poverty;  open  thine 
eyes,  and  thou  shall  be  satisfied  with  bread. 

The  rich  man  is  wise  in  his  own  conceit  ;  but  the  poor 
that  hath  understanding  searcheth  him  out. 

Be  thou  diligent  to  know  the  state  of  the  flocks,  and 
look  well  to  thy  herds,  for  riches  are  not  forever. 

He  that  gathereth  in  summer  is  a  wise  son;  but  he  that 
sleepeth  in  harvest  is  a  son  that  cau.-es  shame. 

The  sluggard  will  not  plow  by  reason  of  the  cold;  there- 
fore shall  he  beg  in  harvest  and  have  nothing. 

A  good  name  is  rather  to  be  chosen  than  great  riches, 
and  loving  favor  rather  than  silver  and  gold. 

A  man  that  has  friends  mu>t  show  himself  friendly; 
and  there  is  a  friend  that  sticketh  closer  than  a  brother/ 

Hy  much  slot  hfulness  the  building  deeayeth;  and 
through  idleness  of  ;he  hands  the  house  droppeth  through. 

The  drunkard  and  the  glutton  .-hall  come  to  poverty; 
and  drowsiness  shall  clothe  a  man  with  r.-n 

He  that  hath  pity  upon  the  poor  lendeth  to  the  Lord; 
and  that  which  he  has  given  will  he  pay  him  again. 

There  is  that  maketh  himself  rich,  yet  hath  nothing; 
there  is  that  maketh  himself  poor,  yet  hath  great  riches. 

Seest  thou  a  man  diligent  in  his  business;  he  shall  stand 
before  kings;  he  shall  not  stand  before  mean  men. 

There  is  that  scattereth,  and  yet  increase!  h;  and  there 
is  that  with-holdeth  more  than'  is  meet,  but  it  tendeth 
to  poverty. 

The  sleep  of  a  laboring  man  is  sweet,  whether  he  eat 
little  or  much;  for  the  abundance  of  the  rich  will  not  suffer 
him  to  sleep. 

As  a  madman  who  casteth  firebrands,  arrows  and 
death,  so  is  the  man  that  deceiveth  his  neighbor,  and 
saith,  Am  not  I  in  sport? 

When  goods  increase,  they  are  increased  that  eat 
them;  and  what  good  is  there  to  the  owners  thereof,, 
saving  the  beholding  of  them  with  their  eyes. 

Whatsoever  thy  hand  findeth  to  do,  do  it  with  thy 
might,  for  there  is  no  work,  nor  device,  nor  knowledge, 
nor  wisdom  in  the  grave,  whither  thou  goest. 


INDEX. 


Accepting  Drafts 48 

Accident  Insurance 99 

Accommodation  Note — Form  of 129 

Account — Assignment  of 72 

Account,  Bank — Importance  of  Keeping 138 

Account — Cash 34 

Account — Merchandise 34 

Accounts — Affidavits  to 60 

Accounts — Personal 34 

Accounts — Stock  or  Partner's %     35 

Acknowledgment — A  Single  Grantor's 59 

Acknowledgment  by  Husband  and  Wife  . 59 

Acknowledgments 58 

Additional  Rules  Concerning  Contracts 84 

Addressing  Envelopes — Models  for 14-15 

Adopting  a  Child 203 

Affidavits :  .  .  .  .     59 

Affidavit — General  Form  of 60 

Affidavits — to  Accounts 60 

Affidavits — to  Petition 61 

Agency  and  Attorney 61 

Agent — Form  of  Indorsement  by 133 

Agent's  Visit— Notice  of 20 

Age  of  Animals — How  to  Tell 152 

Agreement— for  Hiring  a  Farm  Hand 57 

Agreement — for  Hiring  a  Workman 56 

Agreement — for  Personal  Services 114 

Agreement — for  Sale  of  Personal  Property 55 

Agreement — Landlord's 104 

Agreements 55 

Agreements  —Tenant's 104 

Agreement — to  Cultivate  Land  on  Shares 57 

Agreement — with  Clerk  for  Service 56 

Amount  Insured — How  to  Find,  when  the  Premium  and  Per 

Cent,  of  Premium  are  Given 190 

Animals  Age  of—How  to  Tell 152 


242  INDEX. 


Apology — for  Breaking  a  Business  Engagement 28 

Apology — for  Delay  in  Payment 27 

Apology — Letter  of 27 

Apothecaries'  Measure — Relative  Value  of 150 

Apothecaries'  Weight 139 

Appeal — Right  to 43 

Application  for  Bookkeeper 25 

Application  for  Canva.-.-er 26 

Application  for  Clerkship— Boy's 26 

Application  for  Money  Order 171 

Application  for  Patent —Fees  Required  by  Law  for  Filing.  .  .  .  146 

Application  for  Salesman 26 

Application  for  School 27 

Application  for  Situation 25 

Apprentice  Forms 66 

Apprentice — Indenture  of  ....                           (17 

Apprentice — Release  of (>7 

Arhit  ration 68 

Arbitration  Award — Form  of  .  .  69 

Arbitrators— P'orm  of  Notice  to 69 

Arrests  Prohibited 42 

Articles  of  Copartnership 124 

Assignment  for  the  Benefit  of  Creditor-  71 

Assignment   of  Account 72 

'iiment  of  Mortgage 7 '2 

Assignments 70 

nunent — Simple 7J 

'imient   uith  Power  of  Attorney  .  .  .72 

Attaching  the  Body 42 

Attachment — Object  of 42 

Attachment   Obtained 41 

Attachments 41 

Attorney — Power  of 64 

Avoiding  Debts — Suggestions  for 37 

Avoirdupois  Weight 149-164 

B 

Baggage  2O2 

Baggage — Delay  in  Forwarding 202 

Bail 73 

Balance  Trial — Rules  for  Detecting  Errors  in 36 

Bank  Discount 50^186 

Bank  Draft 46 

Hanking 45-51 

Banking  Rules 45 

Barrel,  in  Gallons — How  to  Measure 154 

Bill — Error  in  Letter  Complaining  of 19 


INDEX.  243 

Bill  of  Exchange 50 

Bill  of  Goods — Ordering 16 

Bill  of  Lading 74-75 

Bill  of  Sale ....'...".      7.5 

Bill  of  Sale — Form  of 76 

Bills— Payable \     35 

Bills — Receivable 35 

Bills—  Rules  for  Indorsing 132 

Body  Attachment 42 

Bond  Arbitration — Form  of 69 

Bond — Creditor's 41 

Bond — General  Form  of 77 

Bond  of  Indemnity 78 

Bonds 76 

Bond  to  a  Corporation 77 

Book  Accounts — Interest  on 191 

Book — Check 47 

Bookkeeper— Letter  Recommending 24 

Bookkeeper's  Application 26 

Bookkeeping 29-37 

Bookkeeping — Points  of  Law  on 37 

Book— Pass 47 

Boy's  Application  for  a  Clerkship 26 

Breaking  a  Business  Engagement — Apology  for 28 

Bricks  Required  for  a  Wall — Number  of 156 

Brickwork— Weight  of 162 

Brokers 78 

Broker's  Merchandise  Contract 79 

Building- -Contracts  for 84 

Building  Fence— Contract  for 86 

Business  Forms — Legal 54 

Business — Power  to  take  Charge  of  and  Carry  on 65 

Business  Terms — Dictionary  of 209 

c 

Canvasser's  Application     . 26 

Capitals 8 

Carpet  for  a  Floor—How  to  Measure 158 

Cash  Account 34 

Carrier's  Duty 201 

Carriers — Common 199 

Carrier's  Compensation 200 

Carrier's  Liability 201 

Carrier's  Lien 200 

Carrier's  Obligation  to  Take  Goods 200 

Carrier's  Payment 200 

Catalogue — Request  for 17 


244  INDEX. 


Cattle  Weight  of — How  to  Estimate 152 

Certificate  of  Deposit — Form  of 142 

Certified  Check — Form  of 142 

Certified  Checks 140 

Chattel  Mortgage— Form  of 120-131 

Chattel  Mortgages 119 

Chattel  Mortgages — Rules  Governing 119 

Chattel  Note— Form  of 131 

Check    Book    

Check,  Certified — Form  of 142 

Checks   140 

Checks — Certified 140 

Checks — Forged    1 40 

Checks — Forms   of    141 

Checks  —Indorsing    141-142 

Check — Letter  Containing 18 

Check,  Payable  to  Bearer— Form  of 141 

Check,  Payable  to  Yourself— Form  of 141 

Checks— Presenting 141 

Checks — Raised 140 

Checks  -Writing 141 

Child — Adopting 203 

Child's  Earnings — Parents'  Claim  upon    203 

Child — Punishment  of 203 

Child— Runaway 204 

Children  and  Parents— Rights  and  Obligations  of 203 

Children— Obligation  of  Parent  to  Support 204 

Children's  Obligations 204 

Children's  Rights 204 

Chimney — How  to  Measure  for   156 

Chimney — Rules  for  Finding  the  Required  Area  for 161 

Circular  Measure 149 

Cistern  or  Tank — How  to  Find  the  Number  of  Gallons  in 154 

Cisterns  and  Wells — How  to  Measure 158 

Clauses  in  Leases — Examples  of  some  of  the  Additional 96 

Clerk — Agreement  with  for  Service 56 

Clerkship — Boy's  Application  for 26 

Coal  in  a  Bin  or  Box — How  to  Measure 151 

Coins  and  their  Value— Rare  U.  S 193 

Collateral  Note — Form  of 130 

Collect,  Debts — How  to   202 

Collect  Debts — Power  of  Attorney  to 64 

Collect  Rents  -  Power  of  Attorney  to 64 

Collecting   Damages   of   Railroad    or   Express   Companies   for 

Damaged  Goods 201 

Collecting  Notes — Rules  for 126 

Collection — Enclosing  Notes  for 19 

Collections— Cost  of  by  Law .44 


INDEX.  245 


Collections-  -Delay  in  Forced 44 

Collections — First  Steps  in  Making 38 

Collections — Legal  Steps  in 39 

Colors — Contrast  of 162 

Commercial  Correspondence .....  7 

Commercial  Paper — Transfer  of 52 

Commission 184 

Commission  and  Investment — How  to  Find — When  Both  are 

Included  in  a  Remittance  by  the  Principal 185 

Commission  and  Per  Cent,  of  Commission  Being  Given  to 

Find  the  Investment  of  Gross  Sales 184 

Commission — Offer  to  Sell  on 21 

Commission — Shipment  on 19 

Common  Carriers 199 

Common  Carriers  of  Persons 201 

Compensation — Carriers 200 

Complaint — A  Tenant's 20 

Compound  Interest 192 

Congratulation — Letter  of : 28 

Consideration  of  a  Contract 80 

Contracts 80 

Contracts  -  Additional  Rules  for 84 

Contract — Consideration  of 80 

Contract— Essential  Parts  of 81 

Contracts  for  Building 84 

Contract  for  Building  Fence 86 

Contract  for  Building  Sidewalks 86 

Contract  for  Laying  Tile 85 

Contracts — General  Laws  Covering 82 

Contract — Guaranty  for  the  Performance  of 92 

Contract — Merchandise  Broker's 79 

Contract — Rules  for  Writing 81 

Contracts  that  are  Binding  without  Writing 82 

Contracts  that  are  Not  Lawful 83 

Contracts  that  Cannot  be  Enforced  83 

Contracts  that  Must  be  in  Writing 82 

Contract — Who  May  and  May  Not  Make 80 

Contrast  of  Colors 162 

Copartnership — Articles  of 124 

Copartnership — Dissolution  of 16 

Copartnership — Notice  of 16 

Copyright 146 

Copyright  Laws  146-149 

Corn  in  the  Crib — How  to  Measure 153 

Corporations 86 

Corporation — Bond  to 7 

Corporation  Note — Form  of  130 

Correspondence — Business 1° 


246  INDEX. 


Correspondence — Commercial 77 

Cost  and  the  Profit  or  Loss  being  Given,   How  to  Find   the 

Rate  of  Profit  or  Loss 188 

Cost  and  Rate  being  Given,  How  to  Find  Profit  and    Loss.  .  .  .    188 
Cost — How  to  Find  the  Gain  or  Los*,  and  the  Rate  of  Gain  or 

Loss  being  Given 188 

Cost — How  to  Find,  when  the  Selling  Price  and  the  Rate  Per 

Cent,  of  Profit  or  Loss  are  (liven 189 

Cost  of  an  Article— Gross  or  Full 188 

Cost  of  Collections  by  Law   44 

Counterfeit  Money 194 

Credit— A  Guarantee  Letter  of 110 

Credit— Letter  of 100,  109 

Creditors— Assignment  for  the  Benefit  of  71 

Creditor's  Bond 

Cubic  Measure 180,  104 

Cultivate  Land  on  Shares  --Agreerne:.'    U)  ...      57 

D 

Death   of  Public  Officer  -  Form    of    Resolu- 
tions of  Condolence  on  207 

Death   of  a  Society  Member — Form  of  Ill-solutions  of  Condo- 
lence on 

Debt  Already  Incurred  —  Guaranty  of                                         ,  ...  93 

Debt— Real  Estate  Held  for 43 

Debts 37-45 

Debts,  Collection  of      Power  of  Attorney 64 

Debts— How  to  Collect • _"-' 

Debts  Not  Yet  Incurred— Guaranty  of  a 93 

Debts — Suggestions  for  Avoiding 37 

Deed— Quit  Claim 91 

Deeds .  .  .  88 

Deeds— Different  Kinds  of 89 

Deed — Warranty 89 

Delay  in  Forced  Collections 44 

Delay  in  Forwarding  Baggage 202 

Delay  in  Payment  —  Apology  for 27 

Demanding  Payment 50 

Deposit — Form  of  Certificate  of 142 

Deposit  Ticket   46 

Detecting  Errors  in  Trial  Balance — Rules  for 36 

Dictionary  of  Business  Terms 209 

Different   Kinds  of  Deeds 89 

Different   Kinds  of  Partnership 121 

Discount    and    Interest    184-199 

Discount   and   Proceeds— How  to   Find  the  Face  of  a   Note, 

Time  and  Rate  Per  Cent,  of  Discount  Being  Given 187 


INDEX.  247 

Discount — Bank 50-186 

Discount—  Enclosing  Notes  for 18 

Discount  Series  and  List  Price  Being  Given — How  to  Find 

the  Selling  Price 185 

Discount — Term  of 186 

Discount — Trade 185 

Discount — True 186 

Dissolution — Notice  of 125 

Dissolution  of  Copartnership 16 

Dissolution   of    Partnership    122-125 

Distance— Long  Measure 150 

Distance  Traveled  in  Plowing-  -How  to  Measure 155 

Draft — Bank 46 

Drafts — Accepting 48 

Draft—  Sending 18 

Drafts — Forms  of 49 

Drafts — Transferring 48 

Drafts— Writing 48 

Dry    Measure    149-164 

Due  Bill— Payable  in  Merchandise— Form  of 138 

Due  Bill — Payable  on  Demand—  Form  of 138 

Due  Bills — Forms  for  Writing 138 

Due  Bills- -Rules  for  Writing 138 

Duty  of  a  Carrier ,   201 

Duties  of  the  Landlord 102 

Duties  of  the  Tenant  ...  .103 


Earnings— Child's— Parent's  Claim  Upon 203 

Election— Power  to  Vote  as  Proxy  at 65 

Employer  and  Employe — Legal  Relation  of 114 

Enclosing  Notes  for  Collection 19 

Enclosing  Notes  for  Discount 18 

Engagement — Breaking — Apology  for 28 

Envelopes — Models   for  Addressing 14-15 

Error  in  Bill — Letter  Complaining  of 19 

Essential  Parts  of  a  Contract  .   . 81 

Estate—  Real 196 

Estimates  of  Measurement — General  Rules  for 160 

Exact  Measurement .'    149 

Examinations — Recognizance  for  Further 73 

Examining  Witnesses  to  a  Deed,  on  Oath,  upon  the  Bible 58 

Examples  of  Some  of  the  Additional  Clauses  in  Leases 96 

Execution  for  Debt 41 

Expense 35 

Express  Companies — Liabilities  of 200 

Express  and  Railroad  Companies — Liabilities  of 200 


248  INDEX. 


Face  of  a  Note-How  to  Find  the  Proceeds, 

Time  and  Rate  Per   Cent,  of  Discount  Being  Given.  ...    -|  37 

Fall  of  Land  per  100  Feet 151 

Farm  Hand — Agreement  for  Hiring 57 

Farm  Leases 103 

Farm — Lease  of  a 106 

Fees  Charged  for  Money  Orders 170 

Fees — International  or  Foreign  Money  Order 175 

Fees — Required  by  Law  for  Filing  Application  for  Patent    ...  146 

Fence- -Contract   for  Building 86 

Fire  Insurance 94 

Fire  Insurance  Policy 95 

Fire  Insurance — Renewal  of 96 

Firm — Letter  Introducing 23 

First    Stops  in    Making  Collections    38 

Foot — Length  of  in  Different  Count  rips 163 

Forced  Collections — Delay  in 

Foreign  Mails— General  Regulations  Concerning isi) 

Foreign  Money  <  >rder  Fees 17") 

Foreign    Postage    172-175 

Forged  Checks 140 

Forged  Papers — Laws  Regarding 53 

Formed  —  How  Partnerships  are 122 

Form  of  Accommodation  Note 129 

Form  of  Application  for   Incorporating 87 

Form  of  Arbitration  Award 09 

Form  of  Arbitration  Bond C>!) 

Form  of  Bill  of  Sale  . 7<i 

Form  of  Certificate  of  Deposit                                   112 

Form  of  Certified  Check 112 

Form  of  Chattel  Mortgage 120 

Form  of  Chattel  Note 131 

Form  of  Check  Payable  to  Bearer 141 

Form  of  Check  Payable  to  Yourself 141 

Form  of  Collateral  Note 13O 

Form  of  Conditional  Indorsement 133 

Form  of  Corporation  Note 130 

Form  of  Due  Bill  Payable  in  Merchandise 138 

Form  of  Due  Bill  Payable  on  Demand 138 

Form  of  General  Recommendation 

Form  of  Guaranty  on  Note 133 

Form  of  Indorsement  by  Agent   133 

Form  of  Indorsement  in  Blank    132 

Form  of  Indorsement  in    Full 132 

Form  of  Joint  and  Several  Note 128 

Form  of  Joint  Note  .  .129 


INDEX.  249 

Form  of  Judgment  Note 130 

Form  of  Letters  requesting  Payment 39 

Form  of  a  Note  by  a  Married  Woman 129 

Form  of  a  Note  by  One  Who  Cannot  Write 129 

Form  of  Note  Payable  at  Bank '  '    128 

Form  of  Note  Payable  on  Demand 129 

P'orm  of  Note  Payable  to  My  Own  Order 128 

Form  of  Notice  to  Arbitrators   69 

Form  of  Order  to  Close  Account 138 

Form  of  Peddler's  License ..,,    Ill 

Form  of  Petition  for  Changing  a  Road 168 

Form  of  Petition  for  Laying  out  a  Road 168 

Form  of  Principal  and  Surety  Note 129 

Form  of  Produce  Note 128 

Form  of  Qualified  Indorsement 133 

Form  of  Receipt  for  Borrowed  Money  . 136 

Form  of  Receipt  for  Interest 137 

Form  of  Receipt  for  Interest  on  Note 139 

Form  of  Receipt  for  Merchandise   136 

Form  of  Receipt  for  Money  Advanced  on  Contract 137 

Form  of  Receipt  for  Note   136 

Form  of  Receipt  for  a  Particular  Bill 137 

Form  of  Receipt  for  Payment  by  Hand  of  Third  Party 139 

Form  of  Receipt  for  Property 137 

Form  of  Receipt  for  Purchase  of  a  Horse. 137 

Form  of  Receipt  for  Rent 136 

Form  of  Receipt  in  Full  of  All  Demands 136 

Form  of  Receipt  on  Account 136 

Form  of  Resolutions  of  Condolence  on  the  Death  of  a  Public 

Officer 207 

Form  of  Resolutions  of  Condolence  on  the  Death  of  a  Society 

Member 208 

Form  of  Resolutions  of  Condolence  on  the  Retirement  of  an 

Officer 208 

Form  of  Restrictive  Indorsement 133 

Form  of  Submission  to  Arbitration   68 

P'orm  of  Summons  Requesting  Payment 40 

Forms—  Apprentice 66 

Forms  for  Writing  Orders 139 

Forms — Legal  Business 54 

Forms  of  Checks 141 

forms  of  Drafts 49 

Forms  of   Indorsements 133-134 

Forms  of    Notes    128-131 

Forms  of  Receipts 136-137 

Forms  of  Writing  Due  Bills 138 

Forwarding  Baggage— Delay  in 202 

Full  Ownership  of  Property 196 


250  INDEX. 


Gains  and  Losses  36 

Gain  or  Loss,  and  the  Rate  of  Gain  or  Loss  Being  Given— to 

Find  the  Cost   188 

Gallons  in  a  Cistern  or  Tank — How  to  Find  the  Number  of      .  154 

( Jarnishment 42 

Gas — How  to  Measure 158 

General  Form  of  Affidavit GO 

General  Form  of  Bond 77 

General  Laws  Covering  Contracts  .    .  82 

General   Regulations  Concerning  Foreign  Mails   180 

General  Rules  for  Estimates  of  Measurement    160 

Good  Principles  to  Practice  Regarding  Notes 131 

Goods  in  Transportation  — Injury  of 2U<) 

Goods  in  Transportation— Loss  of      .  L>n<) 

Goods  in  Transportation  -  Perishable 2<H 

Goods — Notice  of  having  Forwarded    20 

Goods    -Obligation  of  Carrier  to  Take 2(>o 

Goods — Ordering  a  Bill  of 16 

Goods ---Receipt   for  Shipping  .  201 
Grain,  Pile  of  — How  to  Measure  . 

Guarantee  Letter  of  Credit 110 

Grantor'.-  Single  Acknowledgment 59 

Gro><  i>r  Full  Co-t  of  an  Article 188 

Sales  or  Investment.  How  to  Find      the  Commission  and 

Per  Cent,  of  Commission  Being  Given 184 

Guaranties 91 

Guaranty  for  the  Performance  of  a  Contract 92 

( iu.-iranty  for  the  Purchase  of  a  horse 93 

Guaranty  of  a  Debt  Already  Incurred    93 

Guaranty  of  a  1 'ebt    Not    Yet    Incurred MX 

Guaranty  of  a    Note 92 

Guaranty  on  Note— Form  of 133 

H 

Hand,  Farm— Agreement  for  Hiring 57 

Hay  in  the  Mow  or  Stack — How  to  find  the  Number  of  Tons    .  .  132 

Headings— Model 12 

Holding  up  the  Right  Hand   58 

Horsa — Guaranty  for  the  Purchase  of 93 

How  Much  a  Wagon-box  Holds 154 

How  Obtained — Ownership  of  Property 197 

How  Partnerships  are  Formed 122 

How  Stock  is  Watered 87 

How  to  Adjust  the  Load  to  the  Team 159 

How  to  Collect  Debts  ...  202 


INDEX.  251 

How  to  Estimate  the  Weight  of  Cattle 152 

How  to  Find  the  Amount  Insured — when  the  Premium  and 

Per  Cent:  of  Premium  are  Given 190 

How  to  Find  the  Cost  of  Insurance  1S9 

How  to  Find  the  Cost,  the  Gain  or  Loss,  and  the  Rate  of  Gain 

or  Losa  Being  Given 188 

How  to  Find  the  Cost,  the  Selling  Price  and  the  Rate  Per  Cent. 

of  Profit  or  Loss  Being  Given 189 

How  to  Find  the  Discount  and  Proceeds — the  Face  of  a  Note, 

Time  and  Rate  Per  Cent,  of  Discount  Being  Given 187 

How  to  Find  the  Face  of  a  Note — the  Proceeds,  Time  and  Rate 

Per  Cent,  of  Discount  Being  Given 187 

How  to  Find  the  Investment  and  Commission —when  Both  are 

Included  in  a  Remittance  by  the  Principal 185 

How  to  Find  the  Number  of  Tons  of  Hay  in  the  Mow  or 

Stack  153 

How  to  P'ind  the  Present  Worth  and  True  Discount 186 

How  to  Find  the  Profit  and  Loss — the  Cost  and  Rate  Being 

Given 188 

How  to  Find  a  Property  Tax ...  189 

How  to  Find  the  Rate  of  Profit  or  Loss — the  Cost  and  the 

Profit  or  Loss  Being  Given 188 

How  to  Find  the  Selling  Price — the  List  Price  and  Discount 

Series  Being  Given 185 

How  to  Measure  a  Barrel,  in  Gallons 154 

How  to  Measure  Cisterns  and  Wells 158 

How  to  Measure  Coal  in  a  Bin  or  Box 151 

How  to  Measure  Corn  in  the  Crib  153 

How  to  Measure  Distance  Traveled  in  Plowing 155 

How  to  Measure  Floor  for  a  Carpet 158 

How  to  Measure  for  a  Chimney 156 

How  to  Measure  for  Wall  Paper 157 

How  to  Measure  Gas 158 

How  to  Measure  Logs  and  Lumber 157 

How  to  Measure  a  Pile  of  Grain 153 

How  to  Measure  a  Wall 156 

How  to  Measure  a  Wood  Pile 157 

How  to  Send  Money 169 

How  to  Tell  the  Age  of  Animals  152 

Husband  and  Wife — Acknowledgment  by 59 


Identification-Waiver  of 170 

Imperfect  Goods— Letter  of  Complaint  for 

Imperial  Measure — Relative  Value  of 150 

Importance  of  Keeping  a  Bank  Account 138 

Incorporating — Form  of  Application  for -  •  87 


252  INDEX. 


Indenture  of  an  Apprentice 67 

Indorsement,  Conditional — Form  of 133 

Indorsement  by  Agent — Form  of 133 

Indorsement  in  Blank — Form  of 132 

Indorsement  in  Full — Form  of ' 1^2 

Indorsement,  Qualified — Form  of 133 

Indorsement,  Restrictive — Form  of 1  :'•:* 

Indorsers — Relative  Responsibility  of 135 

Indorsing  Checks 141-142 

Indorsing  Bills— Rules  for     

Indorsing  Notes— Rules  for 132 

Injury  of  Good*  in  Transportation 200 

Insolvency — Net 36 

Insurance 93 

Insurance — Accident 99 

Insurance — Fire 94 

Insurance  Fire — Renewal  of 96 

Insurance — How  to  Find  Cost  of 189 

Insurance — Life 97 

Interest 190 

Interest  and  Discount 35,  181,  199 

Interest — Compound 192 

Interest — Form  of  Receipt  for 

Interest — Legal  Points  Concerning 190 

Interest— Legal  Rate  of 191 

Interest  on  Book  Accounts 191 

Interest  on  Note — Receipt  for 139 

Interest  upon  a  Judgment 191 

Interest— When  Allowed 190 

International  Money  Orders — Fees 175 

Introduction — Letters  of 23 

Investment  and  Commission — How  to  Find,  when    Both  are 

Included  in  a  Remittance  by  the  Principal 

Investment    or   Gross  Sales,    How   to   Find — the  Commission^ 

and  Per  Cent,  of    Commission    Being  Given 184 

J 

Joint  and  Several  Note 46 

Joint  Note— Form  of 129 

Joint  Ownership  of  Property 197 

Judgment  for  Debt 40 

Judgment — Interest  upon 191 

Judgment  Note — Form  of  .  . 130 

K: 

Kinds  of  Money  in  the  United  States  192 

Kinds  of  Ownership 196 


INDEX.  253 


Lading,  Bill  of  74-75 

Land — Agreement  for  Cultivation  of  on  Shares   57 

Land,  Fall  of — per  100  Feet 151 

Landlord   and  Tenants'   Leases     99 

Landlord — Duties  of  the 102 

Landlord — Rights    of 100 

Landlord's  Agreement     104 

Landlord's  Notice  to.  Quit 105 

Land — Surveying 150 

Law  on  Bookkeeping 29-33 

Laws  Concerning  Public  Roads 166-167 

Laws— Copyright    146-149 

Laws  Regarding  Forged  Papers 53 

Laws  Regarding  Lost  Notes  or  Bills 51 

Laying  Tile — Contract  for  .  .  .    86 

Lease  of  a  Farm 106 

Lease  of  Real  Estate 107 

Leases — Farm 105 

Leases  for  Renting  a  House ...    103 

Leases — Landlord  and  Tenants 99 

Legal  Business  Forms 54 

Legal  Points  Concerning  Interest 190 

Legal  Rate  of  Interest 191 

Legal  Relation  of  Employer  and  Employe 114 

Legal  Steps  in  Collections   39 

Legal  Tender 192 

Length  of  a  Foot  in  Different  Countries.  . 163 

Letter  Complaining  of  Error  in  Bill 19 

Letter  Containing  Check 18 

Letter  Containing  Remittance 17 

Letter — Form  of 11 

Letter  Introducing  a  Firm 23 

Letter  Introducing  One  Gentleman  to  Another 24 

Letter  of  Complaint  for  Imperfect  Goods.  . 19 

Letter  of  Congratulation 28 

Letter  of  Credit 109 

Letter  of  Introduction 23 

Letter  of  Revocation 66 

Letter  of  Sympathy 28 

Letter — Position  of  Parts  of 11 

Letter  Recommending  a  Bookkeeper 24 

Letter  Recommending  a  Salesman 24 

Letter  Requesting  a  Loan 28 

Letters — Business,  Rules  for  Writing 10 

Letters,  Forms  of — for  Requesting  Payment 39 

Letters — Models  for  Closing 13 


254  INDEX. 

Letters  of  Apology 27 

Letters  of  Credit ]  08 

Letters  of  Recommendation 23 

Letters  Requesting  Payment 21 

Letters  Requesting  Payment  of  Rent 22 

Liabilities  and  Resources 

Liabilities  of  Express  Companies 200 

Liability  of  Carrier 201 

Liability  of  Railroad  Companies 200 

License 110 

License — Form  of  Peddler's Ill 

Lien — Carrier's 200 

Liens Ill 

Liens — Mechanic's 113 

Life  Insurance 97 

Life  Insurace  Policy 98 

Life  Ownership  of  Property 196 

Lineal  Measure 163 

Liquid  or  Wine  Measure 149-164 

List  Price  and  Discount  Series  Being  (liven — How  to  Find  the 

Selling  Price 185 

Load  to  the  Team — How  to  Adjust 159 

Loan — Letter  Requesting 28 

Load  to  the  Team — How  to  Adjust.  . 157 

Log*  and  Lumber — How  to  Measure 1~>7 

Lone  Measure— Distance 150 

im1  ( lains .  30 

Loss  of  Goods  in  Transportation •_'()() 

Lo*t   Notes  or  Rillo — Laws  Regarding 51 

M 

Mail  Matter— Suggestions  Regarding  1  73 

Mail  Matter— Withdrawal  of 176-179 

Marks  of  Punctuation 8 

Marks— Trade 146 

Married  Women — Form  of  Note  by 129 

Maturity  of  a  Note 187 

Maxims 2o5-240 

Maxims — Business 231-234 

Measure,  Apothecaries' — Relative  Va.-ue  of 150 

Measure  a  Barrel,  in  Gallons — Hew  to 154 

Measure,  a  Carpet  for  a  Floor — How  to 158 

Measure — Circular 149 

Measure  Cisterns  and  Wells — How  to 158 

Measure  Coal  in  a  Bin  or  Box — How  to 151 

Measure  Corn  in  the  Crib — How  to 153 

Measure — Cubic .    150-164 


INDEX.  255 

Measure  the  Distance  Traveled  in  Plowing — How  to 155 

Measure — Dry 149-164 

Measure  for  a  Chimney — How  to 156 

Measure  for  Wall  Paper— How  to 157 

Measure  Gas — How  to 1 5^ 

Measure,  Imperial — Relative  Value  of 150 

Measure — Lineal 103 

Measure — Liquid 149-164 

Measure  Logs  and  Lumber — How  to 157 

Measure — Long  Distance 150 

Measure — Metric 150 

Measure — Paper 162 

Measure  Pile  of  Grain — How  to 153 

Measure — Solid ]  64 

Measure — Square 150-163 

Measure — Surveyors'     150 

Measure — Time 149 

Measure  Wall — How  to 156 

Measure — Wine .' 149-164 

Measure  Wood  Pile — How  to 157 

Measurement.  Estimates  of — General  Rules  for 160 

Measurement — Exact 149 

Measurements 146-165 

Measures  and  Weights 163-165 

Mea.>ures — Metric 150 

Measures — Miscellaneous 150 

Mechanic's  Liens 113 

Memoranda  for  Painters 161 

Merchandise  Account     34 

Merchandise  Broker's  Contract 79 

Merchandise — Form  of  Receipt  for 138 

Method  of  Obtaining  an  Attachment 41 

Metric  Measures 150 

Metric  Weights 150 

Miscellaneous  Measures 150 

Model  Headings 12 

Models  for  Addressing  Envelopes  .  . 14-1,5 

Models  for  Closing  Letters 13 

Money — Counterfeit !94 

Money — How  to  Send 169 

Money— Kinds  of  in  the  United  States 192 

Money  Order — Application  for 171 

Money  Orders — Fees  Charged  for 170 

Money  Order  Fees — International  or  Foreign 175 

Mortgage — Assignment  of 72 

Mortgage — Promissory  Note  Secured  by   US 

Mortgage — Release  and  Satisfaction  of 121 

Mortgage — Short  Form 119 


256  INDEX. 


Mortgages — Chattel 119 

Mortgages— Real  Estate 115 

N 
Nail*  Required  for  Different  Kinds  of  Work    160 

Net  Insolvency 36 

Net  Selling  Price 188 

Net  Worth 36 

Non-Interest  Bearing  Notes 186 

Note,  Accommodation — Form  of 129 

Note,  by  a  Married  Woman — Form  of 129 

Note,  by  One  Who  Cannot  Write — Form  of 129 

Note.  Chattel — Form  of 131 

Note,  Collateral  -Form  of 130 

Note,  Corporation, — Form  of 130 

Note — Guaranty  of  a 92 

Note — Joint  and  Several 40 

Note,  Joint  and  Several — Form  of 12s 

Note,  Joint— Form  of 129 

Note,  Judgment — Form  of 1^> 

Note — Maturity  of  . 187 

Note,  Payable  on  Demand— Form  of !_'<» 

Note,  Payable  to  My  Own  Order — Form  of 12* 

Note,  Principal  and  Surety — Form  of 129 

Note,  Produce — Form  of 128 

Notes— Forms  of 128  i:U 

Notes — Non-Interest  Bearing 186 

Notes,  Payable  at  Bank— Form  of 12S 

Notes— Regarding  Good  Principles  to  Practice 131 

Notes— Rules  for  Collecting 126 

Notes — Rules  for  Indorsing 132 

Notes — Rules  for  Transferring 12t> 

Notes— Rules  for  Writing 1 2fi 

Notice  of  an  Agent's  Visit 20 

Notice  of  Copartnership 16 

Notice  of  Dissolution 1  2.'» 

Notice  of  Having  Forwarded  Goods   

Notice  of  Leaving — Tenants' 105 

Notice  to  Quit — Landlord's 105 

Number  of  Bricks  Required  for  a  Wall 156 

Number  of  Gallons  in  a  Cistern  or  Tank— How  to  Find 154 

Number  of  Tons  of  Hay  in  the  Mow  or  Stack — How  to  Find.  .  .  153 

o 

Object  of  the  Attachment 42 

Obligation  of  Carrier  to  Take  Goods 200 

Obligations  of  Children 204 


INDEX.  257 


Obligations  of  Parents  and  Children  .    .....................    203 

Obligation  of  Parent  to  Support  Children  ..................    204 

Offer  to  Sell  on  Commission   .............................      21 

Order  to  Close  Account  —  Form  of  ..........  ".  .............    138 

Ordering  a  Bill  of  Goods   ...............................      16 

Orders—Forms  for  Writing  ............................    139 

Orders  —  Rules  for  Writing  .............................    139 

Ownership  —  Kinds  of  ................................    196 

Ownership  of  Property  —  Full  .   ...........................    196 

Ownership  of  Property  —  How  Obtained  ...................    197 


Painters-Memoranda  for--..  ........................  161 

Paper  —  Commercial  Transfer  of  .........................      52 

Paper  —  Forged  Laws  Regarding  ....................  .....      53 

Paper  Measure  ................  .............  ..........    162 

Paper—  Size  of   ....................................  164-165 

Parents  and  Children  —  Rights  and  Obligations  of  ...........   203 

Parent's  Claim  Upon  a  Child's  Earnings  ....................   203 

Parent,  Obligation  of,  to  Support  Children  .................    204 

Parents  —  Rights  of  ....................................   203 

Parliamentary  lUiles  and  Forms  of  Resolutions  .............   205 

Partial  Payments  .....................................    190 

Partnership  ...........................................    121 

Partnership  —  Different  Kinds  of  .........................    121 

Partnership  —  Dissolution  of   ..........................  122-125 

Partner's  or  Stock  Account  .............................      35 

Pass  Book  ............................................     47 

Passports  ...........................  ..................    125 

Patent   Fees  ..........................................   146 

Patents    ........................................  144-145 

Payment,  Delay  in  —  Apology  for  ...........  ..............      27 

Payment  —  Demanding  .................................     50 

Payment  —  Letters   Requesting    ........................  21-22 

Payment  of  Carriers  ....................................   200 

Payment  of  Rent  —  Letters  Requesting  ....................     22 

Payments—  Partial  ....................................   190 

Pedler's  License  —  Form  of  ..............................    Ill 

Penalty  of  Usury  ......................................   191 

Penmanship  ..........................................        7 

Penmanship  —  Rules  for  ................................        7 

Perishable  goods  in  Transportation  .......................    201 

Personal  Accounts  ........  .............................     34 

Personal  Property  .....................................   196 

Personal  Property  —  Agreement  for  Sale  of   ................     55 

Personal   Services  —  Agreement  for  .......................   114 

Persons  —  Common  Carriers  of  .  .......   201 


258  INDEX. 

Petition — Affidavit  to 61 

Petition  for  Changing  a  Road — Form  of 168 

Petition  for  Laying  out  a  Road — Form  of 168 

Pile  of  Grain — How  to  Measure  153 

Pile  of  Wood— How  to  Measure 157 

Plowing,  Distance  Traveled  in — How  to  Measure 155 

Points  of  Law  on  Bookkeeping 37 

Policy — Fire  Insurance 95 

Policy— Life  Insurance 98 

Postage — Foreign 172-1 75 

Postage  Rates  on  Articles  Between  the  United  States  and 

Other  Countries 180-183 

Postage  Rates— United  States 175 

Postal  Regulations 169-183 

Postals— Rules  for  Writing 9 

Power  of  Attorney 64 

Power  of  Attorney — Assignment  with 72 

Power  of  Attorney  to  Collect  Debts 64 

Power  of  Attorney  to  Collect  Rents 64 

Power  to  Take  Charge  of  and  Carry  on  Business 65 

Power  to  Vote  as  Proxy  at  an  Election 65 

Practical  Rules  for  Detecting  Errors  in  Trial  Balance 36 

Premium  and  Per  Cent,  of  Premium  Being  Given,  to  Find  the 

Amount  Insured 190 

Presenting  Checks 141 

Present  Worth 186 

Present  Worth  and  True  Discount— How  to  Find 186 

Proceeds  and  Discount,  How  to  Find,  the  Face  of  a  Note, 

Time  and  Rate  Per  Cent.  Being  Given 187 

Profit  and  Loss 188 

Profit  and  Loss,  How  to  Find,  the  Cost  and  Rate  Being  Given .  .  188 

Prohibited  Arrests 42 

Promissory  Note  Secured  by  Mortgage 118 

Property — Form  of  Receipt  for  137 

Property  Held  in  Trust 197 

Property — Joint  Ownership  of 197 

Property — Ownership  for  Life 196 

Property — Personal 196 

Property —  Personal  Agreement  for  Sale 55 

Property— Real  and  Personal 196 

Property— Sale  of 197 

Property  Tax— How  to  Find 189 

Proxy  at  an  Election — Power  to  vote.  .  65 

Public  Roads — Laws  Concerning  166-167 

Punctuation 8 

Punctuation  Marks 8 

Punishment  of  a  Child 203 

Purchase  of  a  Horse — Guarantee  of  ...  93 


INDEX.  259 


Qualified  Indorsement— Form  of 133 

Quit  Claim  Deed 91 

R 

Railroad  Companies-Liabilities  of 20O 

Raised  Checks 140 

Rare  U.  S.  Coins  and  their  Value 193 

Rate  of  Interest— Legal 191 

Rate  of  Profit  and  Loss,  How  to  Find,  the  Cost  and  the  Profit 

or  Loss  Being  Given 188 

Rates,  Postage  on  Articles  Between  the  United  States  and 

Other  Countries  180-183 

Real  and  Personal  Property  196 

Real  Estate  35-196 

Real  Estate  Held  for  Debt 34 

Real  Estate— Lease  of 107 

Real  Estate  Mortgages 115 

Real  Estate  Mortgage  to  Secure  Payment  of  Above  Note 118 

Receipt  for  Borrowed  Money — Form  of 136 

Receipt  for  Interest — Form  of 137 

Receipt  for  Interest  on  Note — Form  of 139 

Receipt  for  Merchandise- -Form  of 136-138 

Receipt  for  Money  Advanced  on  Contract — Form  of 137 

Receipt  for  Note— Form  of 136 

Receipt  for  a  Particular  Bill — Form  of 137 

Receipt  for  Payment  by  Hand  of  Third  Party — Form  of 139 

Receipt  for  Property — Form  of  137 

Receipt  for  Purchase  of  a  Horse — Form  of 137 

Receipt  for  Rent— Form  of 136 

Receipt  for  Shipping  Goods 201 

Receipt  in  Full  of  All  Demands— Form  of 136 

Receipt  on  Account — Form  of 136 

Receipt — Sending 18 

R-eceipts — Form  of 136-138 

Receipts — Rules  for  Writing 135 

Recognizance  for  Further  Examinations 73 

Recommendation — General  Form  of 25 

Recommendation — Letters  of 23 

Regulations,  General,  Concerning  Foreign  Mails 180 

Relative  Value  of  Apothecaries'  Measure 150 

Relative  Value  of  Imperial  Measure 150 

Release  and  Satisfaction  of  Mortgage 121 

Release  of  an  Apprentice 67 

Remittance — Letter  Containing 17 


260  INDEX. 


Renewal  of  Fire  Insurance 96 

Renting  a  House — Leases  for   105 

Rent — Payment  of  Letters  Requesting 22 

Rents — Power  of  Attorney  to  Collect 64 

Request  for  Calatogue  and  Terms   17 

Requesting  Payment — Form  of  Letters  for 39 

Requesting  Payment — Form  of  Summons 40 

Requisites  of  a  Sale 198 

Resolutions  of  Condolence  on  the  Retirement  of  an  Officer — 

Form  of 208 

Resolutions  of  Condolence  on  the  Death  of  a  Public  Officer- 
Form  o£ 207 

Resolutions  of  Condolence  on  the  Death  of  a  Society  Member 

— Form  of 

Resolutions — Parliamentary  Rules  and  Forms  of   2u"> 

Resources  and  Liabilities 36 

Responsibility,  Relative,  of  Each  Indorser — Table  Showing.  .  .    135 

Restrictive  Indorsement — Form  of 133 

Retirement  of  an  Officer — Resolutions  of  Condolence  on 208 

Revocation — Letter  of 66 

Right  Hand— Holding  Up .".S 

Right  to  Appeal 43 

Rights  and  Obligations  of  Parents  and  Children 203 

Nights  of  Children 204 

Rights  of  Landlords 100 

Rights  of  Parents 203 

Rights  of  Parents  and  Children   203 

Rights  of  Tenants 101 

Road — Form  of  a  Petition  for  Changing 168 

Road — Form  of  a  Petition  for  Laying  Out 168 

Roads — Public,  Laws  Concerning 160-167 

Rules — Banking 

Rules  for  Collecting  Notes 126 

Rules  for  Finding  the  Required  Area  of  any  Chimney 161 

Rules  for  Indorsing  Bills 132 

Rules  for  Indorsing  Notes 132 

Rules  for  Penmanship 7 

Rules  for  Spelling 9 

Rules  for  Transferring  Notes 126 

Rules  for  Writing  a  Contract 81 

Rules  for  Writing  Due  Bills 138 

Rules  for  Writing  Notes 126 

Rules  for  Writing  Orders 139 

Rules  for  Writing  a  Postal 9 

Rules  for  Writing  Receipts 135 

Rules,  General,  for  Estimates  of  Measurement 160 

Rules  Governing  Chattel  Mortgages 119 

Runaway  Child 204 


INDEX.  261 


Sale-Bill  of       ..............................................  75 

Sale  of  Property  .......................................  197 

Sale—  Requisites  of  ....................................  198 

Sale—  Things  Necessary  ................................  198 

Salesman  —  Letter  Recommending  ........................  24 

Salesman's  Application  ..................................  26 

School  —  Application  for  ................................  27 

Selling  Price  and  the  Rate  Per  Cent,  of  Profit  or  Loss  Being 

Given  to  find  the  Cost  ...............................  189 

Selling  Price  —  How  to  Find,  the  List  Price  and  Discount 

Series  Being  Given  .................................  185 

Selling  Price—  Net  ......................................  188 

Send  Money—  How  to  ..................................  169 

Sending  Draft  .........................................  18 

Sending  Receipt  .......................................  IS 

Service  —  Agreement  with  Clerk  for  .......................  56 

Shipment  on  Commission  ...............................  19 

Shipping  Goods  —  Receipt  for  ............................  201 

Short  Form  Mortgage  ..................................  119 

Sidewalk  —  Contract  for  Building  ..........................  86 

Signs  ................................................  231 

Simple  Assignment  .....................................  72 

Single  Grantor's  Acknowledgment     .......................  59 

Situations  —  Applications  for  .............................  25 

Size  of  Paper  .  .  ,  ...................................  164-165 

Solid  Measure  .........................................  164 

Spelling  —  Rules  for  ....................................  9 

Square  Measure  ....................................  150-163 

Square  Root—  Table  of  .................................  165 

Stocks—  How  Watered  .................................  87 

Stock  or  Partner's  Account  ..............................  35 

Submission  to  Arbitration  —  Form  of  ......................  68 

Suggestions  for  Avoiding  Debts  ..........................  37 

Suggestions  Regarding  Mail  Matter  .......................  173 

Summons,  Forms  of,  for  Requesting  Payments  .............  39 

Surveying  Land  ........................................  150 

Surveyors'  Measure  ....................................  150 

Sympathy—  Letter  of  ..................................  28 


Table  of  Square  Roots  ................................  165 

Table  Showing  the  Relative  Responsibility  of  Each  Indorser.  .    135 
Tank  or  Cistern  —  How  to  Find  the  Number  of  Gallons  ........    154 

Tax,   Property  —  How  to  Find    ...........................    189 

Tenant—  Duties  of  the  .................................    105 

Tenant's  Agreement  ....................................    104 


262  INDEX. 

Tenant's  Notice  of  Leaving 105 

Tenants — Rights  of 101 

Tender— Legal 192 

Term  of  Discount 186 

Terms — Request  for 17 

Things  Necessary  to  Every  Sale 198 

Third  Party — Form  of  Receipt  for  Payment  by 139 

Ticket— Deposit 46 

Tile—Contract  for  Laying 85 

Tile— Laying  Contract  for 85 

Time  Measure 149 

To  Find  the  Investment  or  Gross  Sales,  the  Commission  and 

Per  Cent,  of  Commission  Being  Given 184 

To  Find  the  Number  of  Gallons  in  a  Cistern  or  Tank 154 

Tons  of  Hay  in  the  Mow  or  Stack — How  to  Find  N  umber  of ...  153 

Trade  Discount 185 

Trade  Marks 14G 

Transferring  Commercial  Paper 52 

Transferring  Drafts 48 

Transferring  Notes — Rules  for 126 

Transportation 199 

Transportation — Injury  of  Good*  in 200 

Transportation — Loss  of  Goods  in  JOO 

Trial  Balance — Rules  for  Detecting  Errors  in 3Q 

Troy  Weight   149-164 

True  Discount 1S6 

True  Discount  and  Present  Worth — How  to  Find 186 

Trust  —Property  Held  in 197 

u 

United  States  Postage  Rates  175 

Universal   Postal   Convention   Signed   at   Washington — Regu- 
lations in  Effect  January  1,  1900 180 

Usury 191 

Usury— Penalty  of 191 

\7 

Value  of  Rare  U.  S.  Coins 193 

\A/ 

Wagon-box  Holds-How  Much  154 

Waiver  of  Identification 170 

Wall— How  to  Measure 156 

Wall— Number  of  Bricks  Required  for 156 

Wall  Paper— How  to  Measure  for  157 

Warranty  Deed 89 


INDEX.  263 

Watered — How  Stock  is 87 

Weight — Apothecaries 149 

Weight — Avoirdupois    149-164 

Weight  of  Brickwork 162 

Weight  of  Cattle— How  to  Estimate 152 

Weights  and  Measures 163-165 

Weights— Metric 150 

Weight— Troy 149-164 

Wells  and  Cisterns — How  to  Measure 158 

Who  May  and  May  Not  Make  a  Contract 80 

Why  Business  Men  Fail 234 

Wine  Measure 149-164 

Withdrawal  of  Mail  Matter   176-179 

Witness — Examination  of 58 

Wood  Pile— How  to  Measure 157 

Workman — Agreement  for  Hiring, 56 

Worth— Net    36 

Writ 42 

Writing  Checks 141 

Writing  Drafts 48 

Writing  Notes— Rules  for 126 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


W  83  !9!5 
6 


30m-l,'15 


U 


4  Hf&SZ 


